diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'lib/libc/gen')
249 files changed, 41898 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/Makefile.inc b/lib/libc/gen/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..968b318 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +# @(#)Makefile.inc 8.6 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 +# $FreeBSD$ + +# machine-independent gen sources +.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/${MACHINE_ARCH}/gen ${.CURDIR}/gen + +SRCS+= __getosreldate.c __xuname.c \ + _pthread_stubs.c _rand48.c _spinlock_stub.c _thread_init.c \ + alarm.c arc4random.c assert.c basename.c check_utility_compat.c \ + clock.c closedir.c confstr.c \ + crypt.c ctermid.c daemon.c devname.c dirname.c disklabel.c \ + dlfcn.c dlfunc.c drand48.c erand48.c err.c errlst.c errno.c \ + exec.c feature_present.c fmtcheck.c fmtmsg.c fnmatch.c \ + fpclassify.c frexp.c fstab.c ftok.c fts.c fts-compat.c ftw.c \ + getbootfile.c getbsize.c \ + getcap.c getcwd.c getdomainname.c getgrent.c getgrouplist.c \ + gethostname.c getloadavg.c getlogin.c getmntinfo.c getnetgrent.c \ + getosreldate.c getpagesize.c \ + getpeereid.c getprogname.c getpwent.c getttyent.c \ + getusershell.c getvfsbyname.c glob.c \ + initgroups.c isatty.c isinf.c isnan.c jrand48.c lcong48.c \ + lockf.c lrand48.c mrand48.c nftw.c nice.c \ + nlist.c nrand48.c opendir.c \ + pause.c pmadvise.c popen.c pselect.c \ + psignal.c pw_scan.c pwcache.c \ + raise.c readdir.c readpassphrase.c rewinddir.c \ + scandir.c seed48.c seekdir.c sem.c semctl.c \ + setdomainname.c sethostname.c setjmperr.c setmode.c \ + setproctitle.c setprogname.c siginterrupt.c siglist.c signal.c \ + sigsetops.c sleep.c srand48.c statvfs.c stringlist.c strtofflags.c \ + sysconf.c sysctl.c sysctlbyname.c sysctlnametomib.c \ + syslog.c telldir.c termios.c time.c times.c timezone.c tls.c \ + ttyname.c ttyslot.c ualarm.c ulimit.c uname.c unvis.c \ + usleep.c utime.c valloc.c vis.c wait.c wait3.c waitpid.c \ + wordexp.c + +SYM_MAPS+=${.CURDIR}/gen/Symbol.map + +# machine-dependent gen sources +.if exists(${.CURDIR}/${MACHINE_ARCH}/gen/Makefile.inc) +.include "${.CURDIR}/${MACHINE_ARCH}/gen/Makefile.inc" +.endif + +MAN+= alarm.3 arc4random.3 \ + basename.3 check_utility_compat.3 clock.3 \ + confstr.3 ctermid.3 daemon.3 devname.3 directory.3 dirname.3 \ + dladdr.3 dlinfo.3 dllockinit.3 dlopen.3 \ + err.3 exec.3 \ + feature_present.3 fmtcheck.3 fmtmsg.3 fnmatch.3 fpclassify.3 frexp.3 \ + ftok.3 fts.3 ftw.3 \ + getbootfile.3 getbsize.3 getcap.3 getcontext.3 getcwd.3 \ + getdiskbyname.3 getdomainname.3 getfsent.3 \ + getgrent.3 getgrouplist.3 gethostname.3 getloadavg.3 \ + getmntinfo.3 getnetgrent.3 getosreldate.3 \ + getpagesize.3 getpass.3 getpeereid.3 getprogname.3 getpwent.3 \ + getttyent.3 getusershell.3 getvfsbyname.3 \ + glob.3 initgroups.3 isgreater.3 ldexp.3 lockf.3 makecontext.3 \ + modf.3 msgctl.3 msgget.3 msgrcv.3 msgsnd.3 \ + nice.3 nlist.3 pause.3 popen.3 pselect.3 psignal.3 pwcache.3 \ + raise.3 rand48.3 readpassphrase.3 rfork_thread.3 \ + scandir.3 sem_destroy.3 sem_getvalue.3 sem_init.3 \ + sem_open.3 sem_post.3 sem_timedwait.3 sem_wait.3 \ + setjmp.3 setmode.3 setproctitle.3 \ + siginterrupt.3 signal.3 sigsetops.3 sleep.3 \ + statvfs.3 stringlist.3 \ + strtofflags.3 sysconf.3 sysctl.3 syslog.3 tcgetpgrp.3 \ + tcsendbreak.3 tcsetattr.3 tcsetpgrp.3 time.3 times.3 timezone.3 \ + ttyname.3 tzset.3 ualarm.3 ucontext.3 ulimit.3 uname.3 \ + unvis.3 usleep.3 utime.3 valloc.3 vis.3 wordexp.3 + +MLINKS+=arc4random.3 arc4random_addrandom.3 arc4random.3 arc4random_stir.3 +MLINKS+=ctermid.3 ctermid_r.3 +MLINKS+=devname.3 devname_r.3 +MLINKS+=directory.3 closedir.3 directory.3 dirfd.3 directory.3 opendir.3 \ + directory.3 readdir.3 directory.3 readdir_r.3 directory.3 rewinddir.3 \ + directory.3 seekdir.3 directory.3 telldir.3 +MLINKS+=dlopen.3 dlclose.3 dlopen.3 dlerror.3 dlopen.3 dlfunc.3 \ + dlopen.3 dlsym.3 +MLINKS+=err.3 err_set_exit.3 err.3 err_set_file.3 err.3 errc.3 err.3 errx.3 \ + err.3 verr.3 err.3 verrc.3 err.3 verrx.3 err.3 vwarn.3 err.3 vwarnc.3 \ + err.3 vwarnx.3 err.3 warnc.3 err.3 warn.3 err.3 warnx.3 +MLINKS+=exec.3 execl.3 exec.3 execle.3 exec.3 execlp.3 exec.3 exect.3 \ + exec.3 execv.3 exec.3 execvp.3 exec.3 execvP.3 +MLINKS+=fpclassify.3 finite.3 fpclassify.3 finitef.3 \ + fpclassify.3 isfinite.3 fpclassify.3 isinf.3 fpclassify.3 isnan.3 \ + fpclassify.3 isnormal.3 +MLINKS+=frexp.3 frexpf.3 frexp.3 frexpl.3 +MLINKS+=fts.3 fts_children.3 fts.3 fts_close.3 fts.3 fts_open.3 \ + fts.3 fts_read.3 fts.3 fts_set.3 fts.3 fts_set_clientptr.3 \ + fts.3 fts_get_clientptr.3 fts.3 fts_get_stream.3 +MLINKS+=ftw.3 nftw.3 +MLINKS+=getcap.3 cgetcap.3 getcap.3 cgetclose.3 getcap.3 cgetent.3 \ + getcap.3 cgetfirst.3 getcap.3 cgetmatch.3 getcap.3 cgetnext.3 \ + getcap.3 cgetnum.3 getcap.3 cgetset.3 getcap.3 cgetstr.3 \ + getcap.3 cgetustr.3 +MLINKS+=getcwd.3 getwd.3 +MLINKS+=getcontext.3 setcontext.3 +MLINKS+=getdomainname.3 setdomainname.3 +MLINKS+=getfsent.3 endfsent.3 getfsent.3 getfsfile.3 getfsent.3 getfsspec.3 \ + getfsent.3 getfstype.3 getfsent.3 setfsent.3 \ + getfsent.3 setfstab.3 getfsent.3 getfstab.3 +MLINKS+=getgrent.3 endgrent.3 getgrent.3 getgrgid.3 getgrent.3 getgrnam.3 \ + getgrent.3 setgrent.3 getgrent.3 setgroupent.3 \ + getgrent.3 getgrent_r.3 getgrent.3 getgrnam_r.3 getgrent.3 getgrgid_r.3 +MLINKS+=gethostname.3 sethostname.3 +MLINKS+=getnetgrent.3 endnetgrent.3 getnetgrent.3 innetgr.3 \ + getnetgrent.3 setnetgrent.3 +MLINKS+=getprogname.3 setprogname.3 +MLINKS+=getpwent.3 endpwent.3 getpwent.3 getpwnam.3 getpwent.3 getpwuid.3 \ + getpwent.3 setpassent.3 getpwent.3 setpwent.3 getpwent.3 setpwfile.3 \ + getpwent.3 getpwent_r.3 getpwent.3 getpwnam_r.3 \ + getpwent.3 getpwuid_r.3 +MLINKS+=getttyent.3 endttyent.3 getttyent.3 getttynam.3 \ + getttyent.3 isdialuptty.3 getttyent.3 isnettty.3 \ + getttyent.3 setttyent.3 +MLINKS+=getusershell.3 endusershell.3 getusershell.3 setusershell.3 +MLINKS+=glob.3 globfree.3 +MLINKS+=isgreater.3 isgreaterequal.3 isgreater.3 isless.3 \ + isgreater.3 islessequal.3 isgreater.3 islessgreater.3 \ + isgreater.3 isunordered.3 +MLINKS+=ldexp.3 ldexpf.3 ldexp.3 ldexpl.3 +MLINKS+=makecontext.3 swapcontext.3 +MLINKS+=popen.3 pclose.3 +MLINKS+=psignal.3 strsignal.3 psignal.3 sys_siglist.3 psignal.3 sys_signame.3 +MLINKS+=pwcache.3 group_from_gid.3 pwcache.3 user_from_uid.3 +MLINKS+=rand48.3 _rand48.3 rand48.3 drand48.3 rand48.3 erand48.3 \ + rand48.3 jrand48.3 rand48.3 lcong48.3 rand48.3 lrand48.3 \ + rand48.3 mrand48.3 rand48.3 nrand48.3 rand48.3 seed48.3 \ + rand48.3 srand48.3 +MLINKS+=scandir.3 alphasort.3 +MLINKS+=sem_open.3 sem_close.3 sem_open.3 sem_unlink.3 +MLINKS+=sem_wait.3 sem_trywait.3 +MLINKS+=setjmp.3 _longjmp.3 setjmp.3 _setjmp.3 setjmp.3 longjmp.3 \ + setjmp.3 longjmperr.3 setjmp.3 longjmperror.3 \ + setjmp.3 siglongjmp.3 setjmp.3 sigsetjmp.3 +MLINKS+=setmode.3 getmode.3 +MLINKS+=sigsetops.3 sigaddset.3 sigsetops.3 sigdelset.3 \ + sigsetops.3 sigemptyset.3 sigsetops.3 sigfillset.3 \ + sigsetops.3 sigismember.3 +MLINKS+=statvfs.3 fstatvfs.3 +MLINKS+=stringlist.3 sl_add.3 stringlist.3 sl_find.3 \ + stringlist.3 sl_free.3 stringlist.3 sl_init.3 +MLINKS+=strtofflags.3 fflagstostr.3 +MLINKS+=sysctl.3 sysctlbyname.3 sysctl.3 sysctlnametomib.3 +MLINKS+=syslog.3 closelog.3 syslog.3 openlog.3 syslog.3 setlogmask.3 \ + syslog.3 vsyslog.3 +MLINKS+=tcsendbreak.3 tcdrain.3 tcsendbreak.3 tcflow.3 tcsendbreak.3 tcflush.3 +MLINKS+=tcsetattr.3 cfgetispeed.3 tcsetattr.3 cfgetospeed.3 \ + tcsetattr.3 cfmakeraw.3 tcsetattr.3 cfsetispeed.3 \ + tcsetattr.3 cfsetospeed.3 tcsetattr.3 cfsetspeed.3 \ + tcsetattr.3 tcgetattr.3 +MLINKS+=ttyname.3 isatty.3 ttyname.3 ttyname_r.3 ttyname.3 ttyslot.3 +MLINKS+=tzset.3 tzsetwall.3 +MLINKS+=unvis.3 strunvis.3 unvis.3 strunvisx.3 +MLINKS+=vis.3 strvis.3 vis.3 strvisx.3 +MLINKS+=wordexp.3 wordfree.3 diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/Symbol.map b/lib/libc/gen/Symbol.map new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8167aaa --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/Symbol.map @@ -0,0 +1,453 @@ +/* + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +FBSD_1.0 { + __xuname; + pthread_atfork; + pthread_attr_destroy; + pthread_attr_getdetachstate; + pthread_attr_getguardsize; + pthread_attr_getinheritsched; + pthread_attr_getschedparam; + pthread_attr_getschedpolicy; + pthread_attr_getscope; + pthread_attr_getstackaddr; + pthread_attr_getstacksize; + pthread_attr_init; + pthread_attr_setdetachstate; + pthread_attr_setguardsize; + pthread_attr_setinheritsched; + pthread_attr_setschedparam; + pthread_attr_setschedpolicy; + pthread_attr_setscope; + pthread_attr_setstackaddr; + pthread_attr_setstacksize; + pthread_cancel; + pthread_cleanup_pop; + pthread_cleanup_push; + pthread_cond_broadcast; + pthread_cond_destroy; + pthread_cond_init; + pthread_cond_signal; + pthread_cond_timedwait; + pthread_cond_wait; + pthread_detach; + pthread_equal; + pthread_exit; + pthread_getspecific; + pthread_join; + pthread_key_create; + pthread_key_delete; + pthread_kill; + pthread_main_np; + pthread_mutex_destroy; + pthread_mutex_init; + pthread_mutex_lock; + pthread_mutex_trylock; + pthread_mutex_unlock; + pthread_mutexattr_destroy; + pthread_mutexattr_init; + pthread_mutexattr_settype; + pthread_once; + pthread_rwlock_destroy; + pthread_rwlock_init; + pthread_rwlock_rdlock; + pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock; + pthread_rwlock_trywrlock; + pthread_rwlock_unlock; + pthread_rwlock_wrlock; + pthread_self; + pthread_setcancelstate; + pthread_setcanceltype; + pthread_setspecific; + pthread_sigmask; + pthread_testcancel; + alarm; + arc4random; + arc4random_addrandom; + arc4random_stir; + __assert; + basename; + check_utility_compat; + clock; + closedir; + confstr; + encrypt; + des_setkey; + des_cipher; + setkey; + ctermid; + ctermid_r; + daemon; + devname; + devname_r; + dirname; + getdiskbyname; + dladdr; + dlclose; + dlerror; + dlfunc; + dllockinit; + dlopen; + dlsym; + dlvsym; + dlinfo; + dl_iterate_phdr; + drand48; + erand48; + err_set_file; + err_set_exit; + err; + verr; + errc; + verrc; + errx; + verrx; + warn; + vwarn; + warnc; + vwarnc; + warnx; + vwarnx; + sys_errlist; + sys_nerr; + errno; + execl; + execle; + execlp; + execv; + execvp; + execvP; + fmtcheck; + fmtmsg; + fnmatch; + __fpclassifyf; + __fpclassifyd; + __fpclassifyl; + frexp; + setfstab; + getfstab; + getfsent; + getfsspec; + getfsfile; + setfsent; + endfsent; + ftok; + ftw; + glob; + globfree; + getbootfile; + getbsize; + cgetset; + cgetcap; + cgetent; + cgetmatch; + cgetfirst; + cgetclose; + cgetnext; + cgetstr; + cgetustr; + cgetnum; + getcwd; + getdomainname; + setgrent; + setgroupent; + endgrent; + getgrent_r; + getgrnam_r; + getgrgid_r; + getgrnam; + getgrgid; + getgrent; + /* + * Why are __gr_parse_entry() and __gr_match_entry() not static in + * gen/getgrent.c? + */ + getgrouplist; + gethostname; + getloadavg; + getlogin; + getlogin_r; + getmntinfo; + setnetgrent; + getnetgrent; + endnetgrent; + innetgr; + getosreldate; + getpagesize; + getpeereid; + _getprogname; + getprogname; + setpwent; + setpassent; + endpwent; + getpwent_r; + getpwnam_r; + getpwuid_r; + getpwnam; + getpwuid; + getpwent; + getttynam; + getttyent; + setttyent; + endttyent; + isdialuptty; + isnettty; + getusershell; + endusershell; + setusershell; + getvfsbyname; + __isnan; + isnan; + __isnanf; + isnanf; + __isinf; + isinf; + __isinff; + __isinfl; + isatty; + initgroups; + jrand48; + lcong48; + ldexp; + lockf; + lrand48; + mrand48; + nftw; + nice; + nlist; + nrand48; + opendir; + pause; + posix_madvise; + popen; + pclose; + shm_open; + shm_unlink; + pselect; + psignal; + raise; + readdir; + readdir_r; + readpassphrase; + getpass; + rewinddir; + scandir; + alphasort; + seed48; + seekdir; + user_from_uid; + group_from_gid; + sem_init; + sem_destroy; + sem_open; + sem_close; + sem_unlink; + sem_wait; + sem_trywait; + sem_timedwait; + sem_post; + sem_getvalue; + semctl; + setdomainname; + sethostname; + longjmperror; + getmode; + setmode; + setproctitle; + setprogname; + siginterrupt; + sys_signame; + sys_siglist; + sys_nsig; + signal; + sigaddset; + sigdelset; + sigemptyset; + sigfillset; + sigismember; + sleep; + srand48; + fstatvfs; + statvfs; + sl_init; + sl_add; + sl_free; + sl_find; + fflagstostr; + strtofflags; + sysconf; + sysctl; + sysctlbyname; + sysctlnametomib; + syslog; + vsyslog; + openlog; + closelog; + setlogmask; + ttyslot; + ttyname_r; + ttyname; + timezone; + times; + time; + telldir; + tcgetattr; + tcsetattr; + tcsetpgrp; + tcgetpgrp; + cfgetospeed; + cfgetispeed; + cfsetospeed; + cfsetispeed; + cfsetspeed; + cfmakeraw; + tcsendbreak; + _init_tls; + __tls_get_addr; + tcdrain; + tcflush; + tcflow; + ualarm; + ulimit; + uname; + unvis; + strunvis; + strunvisx; + usleep; + utime; + valloc; + vis; + strvis; + strvisx; + wait; + wait3; + waitpid; + wordexp; + wordfree; +}; + +FBSD_1.1 { + fts_open; + fts_close; + fts_read; + fts_set; + fts_children; + fts_get_clientptr; + fts_get_stream; + fts_set_clientptr; +}; + +FBSDprivate_1.0 { + /* needed by thread libraries */ + __thr_jtable; + + _pthread_atfork; + _pthread_attr_destroy; + _pthread_attr_getdetachstate; + _pthread_attr_getguardsize; + _pthread_attr_getinheritsched; + _pthread_attr_getschedparam; + _pthread_attr_getschedpolicy; + _pthread_attr_getscope; + _pthread_attr_getstackaddr; + _pthread_attr_getstacksize; + _pthread_attr_init; + _pthread_attr_setdetachstate; + _pthread_attr_setguardsize; + _pthread_attr_setinheritsched; + _pthread_attr_setschedparam; + _pthread_attr_setschedpolicy; + _pthread_attr_setscope; + _pthread_attr_setstackaddr; + _pthread_attr_setstacksize; + _pthread_cancel; + _pthread_cleanup_pop; + _pthread_cleanup_push; + _pthread_cond_broadcast; + _pthread_cond_destroy; + _pthread_cond_init; + _pthread_cond_signal; + _pthread_cond_timedwait; + _pthread_cond_wait; + _pthread_detach; + _pthread_equal; + _pthread_exit; + _pthread_getspecific; + _pthread_join; + _pthread_key_create; + _pthread_key_delete; + _pthread_kill; + _pthread_main_np; + _pthread_mutex_destroy; + _pthread_mutex_init_calloc_cb; + _pthread_mutex_init; + _pthread_mutex_lock; + _pthread_mutex_trylock; + _pthread_mutex_unlock; + _pthread_mutexattr_destroy; + _pthread_mutexattr_init; + _pthread_mutexattr_settype; + _pthread_once; + _pthread_rwlock_destroy; + _pthread_rwlock_init; + _pthread_rwlock_rdlock; + _pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock; + _pthread_rwlock_trywrlock; + _pthread_rwlock_unlock; + _pthread_rwlock_wrlock; + _pthread_self; + _pthread_setcancelstate; + _pthread_setcanceltype; + _pthread_setspecific; + _pthread_sigmask; + _pthread_testcancel; + _spinlock; + _spinlock_debug; + _spinunlock; + _rtld_error; /* for private use */ + _rtld_thread_init; /* for private use */ + _err; + _warn; + __fmtcheck; + /* __pw_match_entry; */ + /* __pw_parse_entry; */ + __fdnlist; /* used by libkvm */ + /* __aout_fdnlist; */ + /* __elf_is_okay__; */ + /* __elf_fdnlist; */ + __opendir2; + __pause; + _pause; + __pselect; + __pw_scan; /* Used by (at least) libutil */ + __raise; + _raise; + __sem_init; + __sem_destroy; + __sem_open; + __sem_close; + __sem_unlink; + __sem_wait; + __sem_trywait; + __sem_timedwait; + __sem_post; + __sem_getvalue; + __sleep; + _sleep; + _rtld_allocate_tls; + _rtld_free_tls; +#if defined(i386) + ___libc_tls_get_addr; /* x86 only */ +#endif + __libc_tls_get_addr; + __tcdrain; + _tcdrain; + __usleep; + _usleep; + __wait; + _wait; + __waitpid; + _waitpid; +}; diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/__getosreldate.c b/lib/libc/gen/__getosreldate.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69aac07 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/__getosreldate.c @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2007 Peter Wemm + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> + +/* + * This is private to libc. It is intended for wrapping syscall stubs in order + * to avoid having to put SIGSYS signal handlers in place to test for presence + * of new syscalls. This caches the result in order to be as quick as possible. + * + * Use getosreldate(3) for public use as it respects the $OSVERSION environment + * variable. + */ + +int +__getosreldate(void) +{ + static int osreldate; + size_t len; + int oid[2]; + int error, osrel; + + if (osreldate != 0) + return (osreldate); + + oid[0] = CTL_KERN; + oid[1] = KERN_OSRELDATE; + osrel = 0; + len = sizeof(osrel); + error = sysctl(oid, 2, &osrel, &len, NULL, 0); + if (error == 0 && osrel > 0 && len == sizeof(osrel)) + osreldate = osrel; + return (osreldate); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/__xuname.c b/lib/libc/gen/__xuname.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf8b21f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/__xuname.c @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1994 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +/*static char sccsid[] = "From: @(#)uname.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 1/4/94";*/ +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> +#include <sys/utsname.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +int +__xuname(int namesize, void *namebuf) +{ + int mib[2], rval; + size_t len; + char *p; + int oerrno; + struct xutsname { + char sysname[namesize]; /* Name of this OS. */ + char nodename[namesize]; /* Name of this network node. */ + char release[namesize]; /* Release level. */ + char version[namesize]; /* Version level. */ + char machine[namesize]; /* Hardware type. */ + } *name; + + name = (struct xutsname *)namebuf; + rval = 0; + + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_OSTYPE; + len = sizeof(name->sysname); + oerrno = errno; + if (sysctl(mib, 2, &name->sysname, &len, NULL, 0) == -1) { + if(errno == ENOMEM) + errno = oerrno; + else + rval = -1; + } + name->sysname[sizeof(name->sysname) - 1] = '\0'; + if ((p = getenv("UNAME_s"))) + strlcpy(name->sysname, p, sizeof(name->sysname)); + + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_HOSTNAME; + len = sizeof(name->nodename); + oerrno = errno; + if (sysctl(mib, 2, &name->nodename, &len, NULL, 0) == -1) { + if(errno == ENOMEM) + errno = oerrno; + else + rval = -1; + } + name->nodename[sizeof(name->nodename) - 1] = '\0'; + + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_OSRELEASE; + len = sizeof(name->release); + oerrno = errno; + if (sysctl(mib, 2, &name->release, &len, NULL, 0) == -1) { + if(errno == ENOMEM) + errno = oerrno; + else + rval = -1; + } + name->release[sizeof(name->release) - 1] = '\0'; + if ((p = getenv("UNAME_r"))) + strlcpy(name->release, p, sizeof(name->release)); + + /* The version may have newlines in it, turn them into spaces. */ + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_VERSION; + len = sizeof(name->version); + oerrno = errno; + if (sysctl(mib, 2, &name->version, &len, NULL, 0) == -1) { + if (errno == ENOMEM) + errno = oerrno; + else + rval = -1; + } + name->version[sizeof(name->version) - 1] = '\0'; + for (p = name->version; len--; ++p) { + if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\t') { + if (len > 1) + *p = ' '; + else + *p = '\0'; + } + } + if ((p = getenv("UNAME_v"))) + strlcpy(name->version, p, sizeof(name->version)); + + mib[0] = CTL_HW; + mib[1] = HW_MACHINE; + len = sizeof(name->machine); + oerrno = errno; + if (sysctl(mib, 2, &name->machine, &len, NULL, 0) == -1) { + if (errno == ENOMEM) + errno = oerrno; + else + rval = -1; + } + name->machine[sizeof(name->machine) - 1] = '\0'; + if ((p = getenv("UNAME_m"))) + strlcpy(name->machine, p, sizeof(name->machine)); + return (rval); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_pthread_stubs.c b/lib/libc/gen/_pthread_stubs.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a3e55b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/_pthread_stubs.c @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2001 Daniel Eischen <deischen@FreeBSD.org>. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY DANIEL EISCHEN AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <signal.h> +#include <pthread.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "libc_private.h" + +/* + * Weak symbols: All libc internal usage of these functions should + * use the weak symbol versions (_pthread_XXX). If libpthread is + * linked, it will override these functions with (non-weak) routines. + * The _pthread_XXX functions are provided solely for internal libc + * usage to avoid unwanted cancellation points and to differentiate + * between application locks and libc locks (threads holding the + * latter can't be allowed to exit/terminate). + */ + +/* Define a null pthread structure just to satisfy _pthread_self. */ +struct pthread { +}; + +static struct pthread main_thread; + +static int stub_main(void); +static void *stub_null(void); +static struct pthread *stub_self(void); +static int stub_zero(void); +static int stub_true(void); +static void stub_exit(void); + +#define PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(entry) \ + (pthread_func_t)entry, (pthread_func_t)entry + +pthread_func_entry_t __thr_jtable[PJT_MAX] = { + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATFORK */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_DESTROY */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_GETDETACHSTATE */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_GETGUARDSIZE */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_GETINHERITSCHED */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_GETSCHEDPARAM */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_GETSCHEDPOLICY */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_GETSCOPE */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_GETSTACKADDR */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_GETSTACKSIZE */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_INIT */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_SETGUARDSIZE */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_SETINHERITSCHED */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_SETSCHEDPARAM */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_SETSCHEDPOLICY */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_SETSCOPE */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_SETSTACKADDR */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_CANCEL */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_CLEANUP_POP */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_CLEANUP_PUSH */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_COND_BROADCAST */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_COND_DESTROY */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_COND_INIT */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_COND_SIGNAL */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_COND_TIMEDWAIT */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_COND_WAIT */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_DETACH */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_true)}, /* PJT_EQUAL */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_exit)}, /* PJT_EXIT */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_null)}, /* PJT_GETSPECIFIC */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_JOIN */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_KEY_CREATE */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_KEY_DELETE */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_KILL */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_main)}, /* PJT_MAIN_NP */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_MUTEXATTR_DESTROY */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_MUTEXATTR_INIT */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_MUTEX_DESTROY */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_MUTEX_INIT */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_MUTEX_LOCK */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_MUTEX_TRYLOCK */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_MUTEX_UNLOCK */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_ONCE */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_RWLOCK_DESTROY */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_RWLOCK_INIT */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_RWLOCK_RDLOCK */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_RWLOCK_TRYRDLOCK */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_RWLOCK_TRYWRLOCK */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_RWLOCK_UNLOCK */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_RWLOCK_WRLOCK */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_self)}, /* PJT_SELF */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_SETCANCELSTATE */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_SETCANCELTYPE */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_SETSPECIFIC */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_SIGMASK */ + {PJT_DUAL_ENTRY(stub_zero)}, /* PJT_TESTCANCEL */ +}; + +/* + * Weak aliases for exported (pthread_*) and internal (_pthread_*) routines. + */ +#define WEAK_REF(sym, alias) __weak_reference(sym, alias) + +#define FUNC_TYPE(name) __CONCAT(name, _func_t) +#define FUNC_INT(name) __CONCAT(name, _int) +#define FUNC_EXP(name) __CONCAT(name, _exp) + +#define STUB_FUNC(name, idx, ret) \ + static ret FUNC_EXP(name)(void) __used; \ + static ret FUNC_INT(name)(void) __used; \ + WEAK_REF(FUNC_EXP(name), name); \ + WEAK_REF(FUNC_INT(name), __CONCAT(_, name)); \ + typedef ret (*FUNC_TYPE(name))(void); \ + static ret FUNC_EXP(name)(void) \ + { \ + FUNC_TYPE(name) func; \ + func = (FUNC_TYPE(name))__thr_jtable[idx][0]; \ + return (func()); \ + } \ + static ret FUNC_INT(name)(void) \ + { \ + FUNC_TYPE(name) func; \ + func = (FUNC_TYPE(name))__thr_jtable[idx][1]; \ + return (func()); \ + } + +#define STUB_FUNC1(name, idx, ret, p0_type) \ + static ret FUNC_EXP(name)(p0_type) __used; \ + static ret FUNC_INT(name)(p0_type) __used; \ + WEAK_REF(FUNC_EXP(name), name); \ + WEAK_REF(FUNC_INT(name), __CONCAT(_, name)); \ + typedef ret (*FUNC_TYPE(name))(p0_type); \ + static ret FUNC_EXP(name)(p0_type p0) \ + { \ + FUNC_TYPE(name) func; \ + func = (FUNC_TYPE(name))__thr_jtable[idx][0]; \ + return (func(p0)); \ + } \ + static ret FUNC_INT(name)(p0_type p0) \ + { \ + FUNC_TYPE(name) func; \ + func = (FUNC_TYPE(name))__thr_jtable[idx][1]; \ + return (func(p0)); \ + } + +#define STUB_FUNC2(name, idx, ret, p0_type, p1_type) \ + static ret FUNC_EXP(name)(p0_type, p1_type) __used; \ + static ret FUNC_INT(name)(p0_type, p1_type) __used; \ + WEAK_REF(FUNC_EXP(name), name); \ + WEAK_REF(FUNC_INT(name), __CONCAT(_, name)); \ + typedef ret (*FUNC_TYPE(name))(p0_type, p1_type); \ + static ret FUNC_EXP(name)(p0_type p0, p1_type p1) \ + { \ + FUNC_TYPE(name) func; \ + func = (FUNC_TYPE(name))__thr_jtable[idx][0]; \ + return (func(p0, p1)); \ + } \ + static ret FUNC_INT(name)(p0_type p0, p1_type p1) \ + { \ + FUNC_TYPE(name) func; \ + func = (FUNC_TYPE(name))__thr_jtable[idx][1]; \ + return (func(p0, p1)); \ + } + +#define STUB_FUNC3(name, idx, ret, p0_type, p1_type, p2_type) \ + static ret FUNC_EXP(name)(p0_type, p1_type, p2_type) __used; \ + static ret FUNC_INT(name)(p0_type, p1_type, p2_type) __used; \ + WEAK_REF(FUNC_EXP(name), name); \ + WEAK_REF(FUNC_INT(name), __CONCAT(_, name)); \ + typedef ret (*FUNC_TYPE(name))(p0_type, p1_type, p2_type); \ + static ret FUNC_EXP(name)(p0_type p0, p1_type p1, p2_type p2) \ + { \ + FUNC_TYPE(name) func; \ + func = (FUNC_TYPE(name))__thr_jtable[idx][0]; \ + return (func(p0, p1, p2)); \ + } \ + static ret FUNC_INT(name)(p0_type p0, p1_type p1, p2_type p2) \ + { \ + FUNC_TYPE(name) func; \ + func = (FUNC_TYPE(name))__thr_jtable[idx][1]; \ + return (func(p0, p1, p2)); \ + } + +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_cond_broadcast, PJT_COND_BROADCAST, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_cond_destroy, PJT_COND_DESTROY, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_cond_init, PJT_COND_INIT, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_cond_signal, PJT_COND_SIGNAL, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_cond_wait, PJT_COND_WAIT, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_getspecific, PJT_GETSPECIFIC, void *, pthread_key_t) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_key_create, PJT_KEY_CREATE, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_key_delete, PJT_KEY_DELETE, int, pthread_key_t) +STUB_FUNC(pthread_main_np, PJT_MAIN_NP, int) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_mutex_destroy, PJT_MUTEX_DESTROY, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_mutex_init, PJT_MUTEX_INIT, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_mutex_lock, PJT_MUTEX_LOCK, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_mutex_trylock, PJT_MUTEX_TRYLOCK, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_mutex_unlock, PJT_MUTEX_UNLOCK, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_mutexattr_destroy, PJT_MUTEXATTR_DESTROY, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_mutexattr_init, PJT_MUTEXATTR_INIT, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_mutexattr_settype, PJT_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_once, PJT_ONCE, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_rwlock_destroy, PJT_RWLOCK_DESTROY, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_rwlock_init, PJT_RWLOCK_INIT, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_rwlock_rdlock, PJT_RWLOCK_RDLOCK, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock, PJT_RWLOCK_TRYRDLOCK, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_rwlock_trywrlock, PJT_RWLOCK_TRYWRLOCK, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_rwlock_unlock, PJT_RWLOCK_UNLOCK, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_rwlock_wrlock, PJT_RWLOCK_WRLOCK, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC(pthread_self, PJT_SELF, pthread_t) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_setspecific, PJT_SETSPECIFIC, int, pthread_key_t, void *) +STUB_FUNC3(pthread_sigmask, PJT_SIGMASK, int, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC3(pthread_atfork, PJT_ATFORK, int, void *, void *, void*) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_attr_destroy, PJT_ATTR_DESTROY, int, void *); +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_getdetachstate, PJT_ATTR_GETDETACHSTATE, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_getguardsize, PJT_ATTR_GETGUARDSIZE, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_getstackaddr, PJT_ATTR_GETSTACKADDR, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_getstacksize, PJT_ATTR_GETSTACKSIZE, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_getinheritsched, PJT_ATTR_GETINHERITSCHED, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_getschedparam, PJT_ATTR_GETSCHEDPARAM, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_getschedpolicy, PJT_ATTR_GETSCHEDPOLICY, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_getscope, PJT_ATTR_GETSCOPE, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_attr_init, PJT_ATTR_INIT, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_setdetachstate, PJT_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE, int, void *, int) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_setguardsize, PJT_ATTR_SETGUARDSIZE, int, void *, size_t) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_setstackaddr, PJT_ATTR_SETSTACKADDR, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_setstacksize, PJT_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE, int, void *, size_t) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_setinheritsched, PJT_ATTR_SETINHERITSCHED, int, void *, int) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_setschedparam, PJT_ATTR_SETSCHEDPARAM, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_setschedpolicy, PJT_ATTR_SETSCHEDPOLICY, int, void *, int) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_attr_setscope, PJT_ATTR_SETSCOPE, int, void *, int) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_cancel, PJT_CANCEL, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_cleanup_pop, PJT_CLEANUP_POP, int, int) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_cleanup_push, PJT_CLEANUP_PUSH, void, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC3(pthread_cond_timedwait, PJT_COND_TIMEDWAIT, int, void *, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_detach, PJT_DETACH, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_equal, PJT_EQUAL, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC1(pthread_exit, PJT_EXIT, void, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_join, PJT_JOIN, int, void *, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_kill, PJT_KILL, int, void *, int) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_setcancelstate, PJT_SETCANCELSTATE, int, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC2(pthread_setcanceltype, PJT_SETCANCELTYPE, int, int, void *) +STUB_FUNC(pthread_testcancel, PJT_TESTCANCEL, void) + +static int +stub_zero(void) +{ + return (0); +} + +static void * +stub_null(void) +{ + return (NULL); +} + +static struct pthread * +stub_self(void) +{ + return (&main_thread); +} + +static int +stub_main(void) +{ + return (-1); +} + +static int +stub_true(void) +{ + return (1); +} + +static void +stub_exit(void) +{ + exit(0); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_rand48.c b/lib/libc/gen/_rand48.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..279bbc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/_rand48.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier + * All rights reserved. + * + * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source + * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the + * following conditions are retained. + * + * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties + * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens + * to anyone/anything when using this software. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "rand48.h" + +unsigned short _rand48_seed[3] = { + RAND48_SEED_0, + RAND48_SEED_1, + RAND48_SEED_2 +}; +unsigned short _rand48_mult[3] = { + RAND48_MULT_0, + RAND48_MULT_1, + RAND48_MULT_2 +}; +unsigned short _rand48_add = RAND48_ADD; + +void +_dorand48(unsigned short xseed[3]) +{ + unsigned long accu; + unsigned short temp[2]; + + accu = (unsigned long) _rand48_mult[0] * (unsigned long) xseed[0] + + (unsigned long) _rand48_add; + temp[0] = (unsigned short) accu; /* lower 16 bits */ + accu >>= sizeof(unsigned short) * 8; + accu += (unsigned long) _rand48_mult[0] * (unsigned long) xseed[1] + + (unsigned long) _rand48_mult[1] * (unsigned long) xseed[0]; + temp[1] = (unsigned short) accu; /* middle 16 bits */ + accu >>= sizeof(unsigned short) * 8; + accu += _rand48_mult[0] * xseed[2] + _rand48_mult[1] * xseed[1] + _rand48_mult[2] * xseed[0]; + xseed[0] = temp[0]; + xseed[1] = temp[1]; + xseed[2] = (unsigned short) accu; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_spinlock_stub.c b/lib/libc/gen/_spinlock_stub.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a130c8e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/_spinlock_stub.c @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1998 John Birrell <jb@cimlogic.com.au>. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the author nor the names of any co-contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY JOHN BIRRELL AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <stdio.h> + +#include "spinlock.h" + +/* + * Declare weak definitions in case the application is not linked + * with libpthread. + */ +__weak_reference(_atomic_lock_stub, _atomic_lock); +__weak_reference(_spinlock_stub, _spinlock); +__weak_reference(_spinunlock_stub, _spinunlock); +__weak_reference(_spinlock_debug_stub, _spinlock_debug); + + +/* + * This function is a stub for the _atomic_lock function in libpthread. + */ +long +_atomic_lock_stub(volatile long *lck) +{ + return (0L); +} + + +/* + * This function is a stub for the spinlock function in libpthread. + */ +void +_spinlock_stub(spinlock_t *lck) +{ +} + +/* + * This function is a stub for the spinunlock function in libpthread. + */ +void +_spinunlock_stub(spinlock_t *lck) +{ +} + +/* + * This function is a stub for the debug spinlock function in libpthread. + */ +void +_spinlock_debug_stub(spinlock_t *lck, char *fname, int lineno) +{ +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_thread_init.c b/lib/libc/gen/_thread_init.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..acaf65c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/_thread_init.c @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2001 Daniel Eischen <deischen@FreeBSD.org> + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Neither the name of the author nor the names of any co-contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY DANIEL EISCHEN AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> + +__weak_reference(_thread_init_stub, _thread_init); +__weak_reference(_thread_autoinit_dummy_decl_stub, _thread_autoinit_dummy_decl); + +int _thread_autoinit_dummy_decl_stub = 0; + +void +_thread_init_stub(void) +{ + /* This is just a stub; there is nothing to do. */ +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/alarm.3 b/lib/libc/gen/alarm.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70e7c6e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/alarm.3 @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993, 1994 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)alarm.3 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd April 19, 1994 +.Dt ALARM 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm alarm +.Nd set signal timer alarm +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft unsigned int +.Fn alarm "unsigned int seconds" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Bf -symbolic +This interface is made obsolete by +.Xr setitimer 2 . +.Ef +.Pp +The +.Fn alarm +function sets a timer to deliver the signal +.Dv SIGALRM +to the calling process after the specified number of +.Fa seconds . +If an alarm has already been set with +.Fn alarm +but has not been delivered, another call to +.Fn alarm +will supersede the prior call. +The request +.Fn alarm "0" +voids the current +alarm and the signal SIGALRM will not be delivered. +.Pp +Due to +.Xr setitimer 2 +restriction the maximum number of +.Fa seconds +allowed is 100000000. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The return value of +.Fn alarm +is the amount of time left on the timer from a previous call to +.Fn alarm . +If no alarm is currently set, the return value is 0. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr setitimer 2 , +.Xr sigaction 2 , +.Xr sigpause 2 , +.Xr sigvec 2 , +.Xr signal 3 , +.Xr sleep 3 , +.Xr ualarm 3 , +.Xr usleep 3 +.\" .Sh STANDARDS +.\" The +.\" .Fn alarm +.\" function conforms to +.\" .St -p1003.1-90 . +.Sh HISTORY +An +.Fn alarm +function appeared in +.At v7 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/alarm.c b/lib/libc/gen/alarm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..318be4c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/alarm.c @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)alarm.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +/* + * Backwards compatible alarm. + */ +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +unsigned int +alarm(secs) + unsigned int secs; +{ + struct itimerval it, oitv; + struct itimerval *itp = ⁢ + + timerclear(&itp->it_interval); + itp->it_value.tv_sec = secs; + itp->it_value.tv_usec = 0; + if (setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, itp, &oitv) < 0) + return (-1); + if (oitv.it_value.tv_usec) + oitv.it_value.tv_sec++; + return (oitv.it_value.tv_sec); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/arc4random.3 b/lib/libc/gen/arc4random.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27c6fd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/arc4random.3 @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +.\" $OpenBSD: arc4random.3,v 1.2 1997/04/27 22:40:25 angelos Exp $ +.\" Copyright 1997 Niels Provos <provos@physnet.uni-hamburg.de> +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +.\" must display the following acknowledgement: +.\" This product includes software developed by Niels Provos. +.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products +.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" Manual page, using -mandoc macros +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd April 15, 1997 +.Dt ARC4RANDOM 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm arc4random , +.Nm arc4random_stir , +.Nm arc4random_addrandom +.Nd arc4 random number generator +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In stdlib.h +.Ft u_int32_t +.Fn arc4random "void" +.Ft void +.Fn arc4random_stir "void" +.Ft void +.Fn arc4random_addrandom "unsigned char *dat" "int datlen" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn arc4random +function uses the key stream generator employed by the +arc4 cipher, which uses 8*8 8 bit S-Boxes. +The S-Boxes +can be in about +.if t 2\u\s71700\s10\d +.if n (2**1700) +states. +The +.Fn arc4random +function returns pseudo-random numbers in the range of 0 to +.if t 2\u\s731\s10\d\(mi1, +.if n (2**32)\(mi1, +and therefore has twice the range of +.Xr rand 3 +and +.Xr random 3 . +.Pp +The +.Fn arc4random_stir +function reads data from +.Pa /dev/urandom +and uses it to permute the S-Boxes via +.Fn arc4random_addrandom . +.Pp +There is no need to call +.Fn arc4random_stir +before using +.Fn arc4random , +since +.Fn arc4random +automatically initializes itself. +.Sh EXAMPLES +The following produces a drop-in replacement for the traditional +.Fn rand +and +.Fn random +functions using +.Fn arc4random : +.Pp +.Dl "#define foo4random() (arc4random() % ((unsigned)RAND_MAX + 1))" +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr rand 3 , +.Xr random 3 , +.Xr srandomdev 3 +.Sh HISTORY +.Pa RC4 +has been designed by RSA Data Security, Inc. +It was posted anonymously +to the USENET and was confirmed to be equivalent by several sources who +had access to the original cipher. +Since +.Pa RC4 +used to be a trade secret, the cipher is now referred to as +.Pa ARC4 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/arc4random.c b/lib/libc/gen/arc4random.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21dd09f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/arc4random.c @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ +/* + * Arc4 random number generator for OpenBSD. + * Copyright 1996 David Mazieres <dm@lcs.mit.edu>. + * + * Modification and redistribution in source and binary forms is + * permitted provided that due credit is given to the author and the + * OpenBSD project (for instance by leaving this copyright notice + * intact). + */ + +/* + * This code is derived from section 17.1 of Applied Cryptography, + * second edition, which describes a stream cipher allegedly + * compatible with RSA Labs "RC4" cipher (the actual description of + * which is a trade secret). The same algorithm is used as a stream + * cipher called "arcfour" in Tatu Ylonen's ssh package. + * + * Here the stream cipher has been modified always to include the time + * when initializing the state. That makes it impossible to + * regenerate the same random sequence twice, so this can't be used + * for encryption, but will generate good random numbers. + * + * RC4 is a registered trademark of RSA Laboratories. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <pthread.h> + +#include "libc_private.h" +#include "un-namespace.h" + +struct arc4_stream { + u_int8_t i; + u_int8_t j; + u_int8_t s[256]; +}; + +static pthread_mutex_t arc4random_mtx = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; + +#define RANDOMDEV "/dev/urandom" +#define THREAD_LOCK() \ + do { \ + if (__isthreaded) \ + _pthread_mutex_lock(&arc4random_mtx); \ + } while (0) + +#define THREAD_UNLOCK() \ + do { \ + if (__isthreaded) \ + _pthread_mutex_unlock(&arc4random_mtx); \ + } while (0) + +static struct arc4_stream rs; +static int rs_initialized; +static int rs_stired; +static int arc4_count; + +static inline u_int8_t arc4_getbyte(struct arc4_stream *); +static void arc4_stir(struct arc4_stream *); + +static inline void +arc4_init(struct arc4_stream *as) +{ + int n; + + for (n = 0; n < 256; n++) + as->s[n] = n; + as->i = 0; + as->j = 0; +} + +static inline void +arc4_addrandom(struct arc4_stream *as, u_char *dat, int datlen) +{ + int n; + u_int8_t si; + + as->i--; + for (n = 0; n < 256; n++) { + as->i = (as->i + 1); + si = as->s[as->i]; + as->j = (as->j + si + dat[n % datlen]); + as->s[as->i] = as->s[as->j]; + as->s[as->j] = si; + } +} + +static void +arc4_stir(struct arc4_stream *as) +{ + int fd, n; + struct { + struct timeval tv; + pid_t pid; + u_int8_t rnd[128 - sizeof(struct timeval) - sizeof(pid_t)]; + } rdat; + + gettimeofday(&rdat.tv, NULL); + rdat.pid = getpid(); + fd = _open(RANDOMDEV, O_RDONLY, 0); + if (fd >= 0) { + (void) _read(fd, rdat.rnd, sizeof(rdat.rnd)); + _close(fd); + } + /* fd < 0? Ah, what the heck. We'll just take whatever was on the + * stack... */ + + arc4_addrandom(as, (void *) &rdat, sizeof(rdat)); + + /* + * Throw away the first N bytes of output, as suggested in the + * paper "Weaknesses in the Key Scheduling Algorithm of RC4" + * by Fluher, Mantin, and Shamir. N=1024 is based on + * suggestions in the paper "(Not So) Random Shuffles of RC4" + * by Ilya Mironov. + */ + for (n = 0; n < 1024; n++) + (void) arc4_getbyte(as); + arc4_count = 400000; +} + +static inline u_int8_t +arc4_getbyte(struct arc4_stream *as) +{ + u_int8_t si, sj; + + as->i = (as->i + 1); + si = as->s[as->i]; + as->j = (as->j + si); + sj = as->s[as->j]; + as->s[as->i] = sj; + as->s[as->j] = si; + + return (as->s[(si + sj) & 0xff]); +} + +static inline u_int32_t +arc4_getword(struct arc4_stream *as) +{ + u_int32_t val; + + val = arc4_getbyte(as) << 24; + val |= arc4_getbyte(as) << 16; + val |= arc4_getbyte(as) << 8; + val |= arc4_getbyte(as); + + return (val); +} + +static void +arc4_check_init(void) +{ + if (!rs_initialized) { + arc4_init(&rs); + rs_initialized = 1; + } +} + +static void +arc4_check_stir(void) +{ + if (!rs_stired || --arc4_count == 0) { + arc4_stir(&rs); + rs_stired = 1; + } +} + +void +arc4random_stir(void) +{ + THREAD_LOCK(); + arc4_check_init(); + arc4_stir(&rs); + THREAD_UNLOCK(); +} + +void +arc4random_addrandom(u_char *dat, int datlen) +{ + THREAD_LOCK(); + arc4_check_init(); + arc4_check_stir(); + arc4_addrandom(&rs, dat, datlen); + THREAD_UNLOCK(); +} + +u_int32_t +arc4random(void) +{ + u_int32_t rnd; + + THREAD_LOCK(); + arc4_check_init(); + arc4_check_stir(); + rnd = arc4_getword(&rs); + THREAD_UNLOCK(); + + return (rnd); +} + +#if 0 +/*-------- Test code for i386 --------*/ +#include <stdio.h> +#include <machine/pctr.h> +int +main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + const int iter = 1000000; + int i; + pctrval v; + + v = rdtsc(); + for (i = 0; i < iter; i++) + arc4random(); + v = rdtsc() - v; + v /= iter; + + printf("%qd cycles\n", v); +} +#endif diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/assert.c b/lib/libc/gen/assert.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73e199c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/assert.c @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)assert.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <assert.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +void +__assert(func, file, line, failedexpr) + const char *func, *file; + int line; + const char *failedexpr; +{ + if (func == NULL) + (void)fprintf(stderr, + "Assertion failed: (%s), file %s, line %d.\n", failedexpr, + file, line); + else + (void)fprintf(stderr, + "Assertion failed: (%s), function %s, file %s, line %d.\n", + failedexpr, func, file, line); + abort(); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/basename.3 b/lib/libc/gen/basename.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..33a0a71 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/basename.3 @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1997 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com> +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products +.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, +.\" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY +.\" AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL +.\" THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, +.\" EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +.\" PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; +.\" OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, +.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR +.\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF +.\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $OpenBSD: basename.3,v 1.12 2000/04/18 03:01:25 aaron Exp $ +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd October 12, 2006 +.Dt BASENAME 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm basename +.Nd extract the base portion of a pathname +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In libgen.h +.Ft char * +.Fn basename "const char *path" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn basename +function +returns the last component from the pathname pointed to by +.Fa path , +deleting any trailing +.Sq \&/ +characters. +If +.Fa path +consists entirely of +.Sq \&/ +characters, a pointer to the string +.Qq \&/ +is returned. +If +.Fa path +is a null pointer or the empty string, a pointer to the string +.Qq \&. +is returned. +.Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES +The +.Fn basename +function +returns a pointer to internal storage space allocated on the first call +that will be overwritten +by subsequent calls. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +On successful completion, +.Fn basename +returns a pointer to the last component of +.Fa path . +.Pp +If +.Fn basename +fails, a null pointer is returned and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error. +.Sh ERRORS +The following error codes may be set in +.Va errno : +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG +The path component to be returned was larger than +.Dv MAXPATHLEN . +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr basename 1 , +.Xr dirname 1 , +.Xr dirname 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn basename +function conforms to +.St -xpg4.2 . +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn basename +function first appeared in +.Ox 2.2 +and +.Fx 4.2 . +.Sh AUTHORS +.An "Todd C. Miller" Aq Todd.Miller@courtesan.com diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/basename.c b/lib/libc/gen/basename.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9552ab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/basename.c @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1997 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com> + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, + * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY + * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; + * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, + * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR + * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF + * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if 0 +#ifndef lint +static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: basename.c,v 1.4 1999/05/30 17:10:30 espie Exp $"; +#endif /* not lint */ +#endif +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <errno.h> +#include <libgen.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/param.h> + +char * +basename(path) + const char *path; +{ + static char *bname = NULL; + const char *endp, *startp; + + if (bname == NULL) { + bname = (char *)malloc(MAXPATHLEN); + if (bname == NULL) + return(NULL); + } + + /* Empty or NULL string gets treated as "." */ + if (path == NULL || *path == '\0') { + (void)strcpy(bname, "."); + return(bname); + } + + /* Strip trailing slashes */ + endp = path + strlen(path) - 1; + while (endp > path && *endp == '/') + endp--; + + /* All slashes becomes "/" */ + if (endp == path && *endp == '/') { + (void)strcpy(bname, "/"); + return(bname); + } + + /* Find the start of the base */ + startp = endp; + while (startp > path && *(startp - 1) != '/') + startp--; + + if (endp - startp + 2 > MAXPATHLEN) { + errno = ENAMETOOLONG; + return(NULL); + } + (void)strncpy(bname, startp, endp - startp + 1); + bname[endp - startp + 1] = '\0'; + return(bname); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/check_utility_compat.3 b/lib/libc/gen/check_utility_compat.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a96bac --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/check_utility_compat.3 @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +.\" +.\" Copyright 2002 Massachusetts Institute of Technology +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and +.\" its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby +.\" granted, provided that both the above copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in all copies, that both the above +.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all +.\" supporting documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used +.\" in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +.\" software without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. makes +.\" no representations about the suitability of this software for any +.\" purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied +.\" warranty. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY M.I.T. ``AS IS''. M.I.T. DISCLAIMS +.\" ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, +.\" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT +.\" SHALL M.I.T. BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +.\" SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +.\" LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF +.\" USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND +.\" ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, +.\" OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT +.\" OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd October 27, 2002 +.Os +.Dt CHECK_UTILITY_COMPAT 3 +.Sh NAME +.Nm check_utility_compat +.Nd "determine whether a utility should be compatible" +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft int +.Fn check_utility_compat "const char *utility" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn check_utility_compat +function checks whether +.Fa utility +should behave in a traditional +.Pq Fx 4.7 Ns -compatible +manner, or in accordance with +.St -p1003.1-2001 . +The configuration is given as a comma-separated list of utility names; +if the list is present but empty, all supported utilities assume their +most compatible mode. +The +.Fn check_utility_compat +function first checks for an environment variable named +.Ev _COMPAT_FreeBSD_4 . +If that environment variable does not exist, then +.Fn check_utility_compat +will attempt to read the contents of a symbolic link named +.Pa /etc/compat-FreeBSD-4-util . +If no configuration is found, compatibility mode is disabled. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn check_utility_compat +function returns zero if +.Fa utility +should implement strict +.St -p1003.1-2001 +behavior, and nonzero otherwise. +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width ".Pa /etc/compat-FreeBSD-4-util" +.It Pa /etc/compat-FreeBSD-4-util +If present, a symbolic link whose expansion gives system-wide default settings +for the +.Fn check_utility_compat +function. +.El +.Sh ERRORS +No errors are detected. +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn check_utility_compat +function first appeared in +.Fx 5.0 . +.Sh AUTHORS +This manual page was written by +.An Garrett Wollman Aq wollman@FreeBSD.org . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/check_utility_compat.c b/lib/libc/gen/check_utility_compat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ccdec1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/check_utility_compat.c @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2002 Massachusetts Institute of Technology + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and + * its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby + * granted, provided that both the above copyright notice and this + * permission notice appear in all copies, that both the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all + * supporting documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used + * in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + * software without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. makes + * no representations about the suitability of this software for any + * purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied + * warranty. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY M.I.T. ``AS IS''. M.I.T. DISCLAIMS + * ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, + * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT + * SHALL M.I.T. BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF + * USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND + * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT + * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +/* + * I din't use "namespace.h" here because none of the relevant utilities + * are threaded, so I'm not concerned about cancellation points or other + * niceties. + */ +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#ifndef LINE_MAX +#define LINE_MAX _POSIX2_LINE_MAX +#endif + +#define _PATH_UTIL_COMPAT "/etc/compat-FreeBSD-4-util" +#define _ENV_UTIL_COMPAT "_COMPAT_FreeBSD_4" + +int +check_utility_compat(const char *utility) +{ + char buf[LINE_MAX]; + char *p, *bp; + int len; + + if ((p = getenv(_ENV_UTIL_COMPAT)) != NULL) { + strlcpy(buf, p, sizeof buf); + } else { + if ((len = readlink(_PATH_UTIL_COMPAT, buf, sizeof buf)) < 0) + return 0; + if (len > sizeof buf) + len = sizeof buf; + buf[len] = '\0'; + } + if (buf[0] == '\0') + return 1; + + bp = buf; + while ((p = strsep(&bp, ",")) != NULL) { + if (strcmp(p, utility) == 0) + return 1; + } + return 0; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/clock.3 b/lib/libc/gen/clock.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a585e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/clock.3 @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information +.\" Processing Systems. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)clock.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt CLOCK 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm clock +.Nd determine processor time used +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In time.h +.Ft clock_t +.Fn clock void +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn clock +function +determines the amount of processor time used since the invocation of the +calling process, measured in +.Dv CLOCKS_PER_SEC Ns s +of a second. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn clock +function returns the amount of time used unless an error occurs, in which +case the return value is \-1. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr getrusage 2 , +.Xr clocks 7 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn clock +function conforms to +.St -isoC . +However, +.St -susv2 +requires +.Dv CLOCKS_PER_SEC +to be defined as one million. +.Fx +does not conform to this requirement; +changing the value would introduce binary incompatibility +and one million is still inadequate on modern processors. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/clock.c b/lib/libc/gen/clock.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b405cda --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/clock.c @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)clock.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> + +/* + * Convert usec to clock ticks; could do (usec * CLOCKS_PER_SEC) / 1000000, + * but this would overflow if we switch to nanosec. + */ +#define CONVTCK(r) ((r).tv_sec * CLOCKS_PER_SEC \ + + (r).tv_usec / (1000000 / CLOCKS_PER_SEC)) + +clock_t +clock() +{ + struct rusage ru; + + if (getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &ru)) + return ((clock_t) -1); + return((clock_t)((CONVTCK(ru.ru_utime) + CONVTCK(ru.ru_stime)))); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/closedir.c b/lib/libc/gen/closedir.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44e2bdf --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/closedir.c @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 + * Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)closedir.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/10/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <dirent.h> +#include <pthread.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#include "libc_private.h" +#include "telldir.h" + +/* + * close a directory. + */ +int +closedir(dirp) + DIR *dirp; +{ + int fd; + + if (__isthreaded) + _pthread_mutex_lock(&dirp->dd_lock); + _seekdir(dirp, dirp->dd_rewind); /* free seekdir storage */ + fd = dirp->dd_fd; + dirp->dd_fd = -1; + dirp->dd_loc = 0; + free((void *)dirp->dd_buf); + _reclaim_telldir(dirp); + if (__isthreaded) { + _pthread_mutex_unlock(&dirp->dd_lock); + _pthread_mutex_destroy(&dirp->dd_lock); + } + free((void *)dirp); + return(_close(fd)); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/confstr.3 b/lib/libc/gen/confstr.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e97505f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/confstr.3 @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)confstr.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd December 3, 2006 +.Dt CONFSTR 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm confstr +.Nd get string-valued configurable variables +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft size_t +.Fn confstr "int name" "char *buf" "size_t len" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +This interface is specified by +.St -p1003.1-2001 . +A more flexible (but non-portable) interface is provided by +.Xr sysctl 3 . +.Pp +The +.Fn confstr +function provides a method for applications to get configuration +defined string values. +Shell programmers needing access to these parameters should use the +.Xr getconf 1 +utility. +.Pp +The +.Fa name +argument specifies the system variable to be queried. +Symbolic constants for each name value are found in the include file +.In unistd.h . +The +.Fa len +argument specifies the size of the buffer referenced by the +argument +.Fa buf . +If +.Fa len +is non-zero, +.Fa buf +is a non-null pointer, and +.Fa name +has a value, up to +.Fa len +\- 1 bytes of the value are copied into the buffer +.Fa buf . +The copied value is always null terminated. +.Pp +The available values are as follows: +.Pp +.Bl -tag -width 6n +.Pp +.It Li _CS_PATH +Return a value for the +.Ev PATH +environment variable that finds all the standard utilities. +.El +.Sh RETURN VALUES +If the call to +.Fn confstr +is not successful, 0 is returned and +.Va errno +is set appropriately. +Otherwise, if the variable does not have a configuration defined value, +0 is returned and +.Va errno +is not modified. +Otherwise, the buffer size needed to hold the entire configuration-defined +value is returned. +If this size is greater than the argument +.Fa len , +the string in +.Fa buf +was truncated. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn confstr +function may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library functions +.Xr malloc 3 +and +.Xr sysctl 3 . +.Pp +In addition, the following errors may be reported: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The value of the +.Fa name +argument is invalid. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr getconf 1 , +.Xr pathconf 2 , +.Xr sysconf 3 , +.Xr sysctl 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn confstr +function first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/confstr.c b/lib/libc/gen/confstr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f9a061 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/confstr.c @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)confstr.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <paths.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> + + +size_t +confstr(int name, char *buf, size_t len) +{ + const char *p; + const char UPE[] = "unsupported programming environment"; + + switch (name) { + case _CS_PATH: + p = _PATH_STDPATH; + goto docopy; + + /* + * POSIX/SUS ``Programming Environments'' stuff + * + * We don't support more than one programming environment + * on any platform (yet), so we just return the empty + * string for the environment we are compiled for, + * and the string "unsupported programming environment" + * for anything else. (The Standard says that if these + * values are used on a system which does not support + * this environment -- determined via sysconf() -- then + * the value we return is unspecified. So, we return + * something which will cause obvious breakage.) + */ + case _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS: + case _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS: + case _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS: + case _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS: + case _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS: + case _CS_POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS: + /* + * These two environments are never supported. + */ + p = UPE; + goto docopy; + + case _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS: + case _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS: + case _CS_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS: + if (sizeof(long) * CHAR_BIT == 32 && + sizeof(off_t) > sizeof(long)) + p = ""; + else + p = UPE; + goto docopy; + + case _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS: + case _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS: + case _CS_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64_LIBS: + if (sizeof(long) * CHAR_BIT >= 64 && + sizeof(void *) * CHAR_BIT >= 64 && + sizeof(int) * CHAR_BIT >= 32 && + sizeof(off_t) >= sizeof(long)) + p = ""; + else + p = UPE; + goto docopy; + + case _CS_POSIX_V6_WIDTH_RESTRICTED_ENVS: + /* XXX - should have more complete coverage */ + if (sizeof(long) * CHAR_BIT >= 64) + p = "_POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64"; + else + p = "_POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG"; + goto docopy; + +docopy: + if (len != 0 && buf != NULL) + strlcpy(buf, p, len); + return (strlen(p) + 1); + + default: + errno = EINVAL; + return (0); + } + /* NOTREACHED */ +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/crypt.c b/lib/libc/gen/crypt.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab1a799 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/crypt.c @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989 The Regents of the University of California. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Tom Truscott. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +/* from static char sccsid[] = "@(#)crypt.c 5.11 (Berkeley) 6/25/91"; */ +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +/* + * UNIX password, and DES, encryption. + * + * since this is non-exportable, this is just a dummy. if you want real + * encryption, make sure you've got libcrypt.a around. + */ + +__warn_references(des_setkey, + "WARNING! des_setkey(3) not present in the system!"); + +/* ARGSUSED */ +int +des_setkey(const char *key __unused) +{ + fprintf(stderr, "WARNING! des_setkey(3) not present in the system!\n"); + return (0); +} + +__warn_references(des_cipher, + "WARNING! des_cipher(3) not present in the system!"); + +/* ARGSUSED */ +int +des_cipher(const char *in, char *out, long salt __unused, int num_iter __unused) +{ + fprintf(stderr, "WARNING! des_cipher(3) not present in the system!\n"); + bcopy(in, out, 8); + return (0); +} + +__warn_references(setkey, + "WARNING! setkey(3) not present in the system!"); + +/* ARGSUSED */ +int +setkey(const char *key __unused) +{ + fprintf(stderr, "WARNING! setkey(3) not present in the system!\n"); + return (0); +} + +__warn_references(encrypt, + "WARNING! encrypt(3) not present in the system!"); + +/* ARGSUSED */ +int +encrypt(char *block __unused, int flag __unused) +{ + fprintf(stderr, "WARNING! encrypt(3) not present in the system!\n"); + return (0); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ctermid.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ctermid.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3402d1d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ctermid.3 @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)ctermid.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt CTERMID 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm ctermid +.Nd generate terminal pathname +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In stdio.h +.Ft char * +.Fn ctermid "char *buf" +.Ft char * +.Fn ctermid_r "char *buf" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn ctermid +function generates a string, that, when used as a pathname, refers to +the current controlling terminal of the calling process. +.Pp +If +.Fa buf +is the +.Dv NULL +pointer, a pointer to a static area is returned. +Otherwise, the pathname is copied into the memory referenced by +.Fa buf . +The argument +.Fa buf +is assumed to be at least +.Dv L_ctermid +(as defined in the include +file +.In stdio.h ) +bytes long. +.Pp +The +.Fn ctermid_r +function +provides the same functionality as +.Fn ctermid +except that if +.Fa buf +is a +.Dv NULL +pointer, +.Dv NULL +is returned. +.Pp +The current implementation simply returns +.Ql /dev/tty . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +Upon successful completion, a +.Pf non- Dv NULL +pointer is returned. +Otherwise, a +.Dv NULL +pointer is returned and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error. +.Sh ERRORS +The current implementation detects no error conditions. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr ttyname 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn ctermid +function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-88 . +.Sh BUGS +By default the +.Fn ctermid +function +writes all information to an internal static object. +Subsequent calls to +.Fn ctermid +will modify the same object. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ctermid.c b/lib/libc/gen/ctermid.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f88b1f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ctermid.c @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ctermid.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <paths.h> +#include <string.h> + +char * +ctermid(char *s) +{ + static char def[] = _PATH_TTY; + + if (s) { + bcopy(def, s, sizeof(_PATH_TTY)); + return(s); + } + return(def); +} + + +char * +ctermid_r(char *s) +{ + return (s) ? ctermid(s) : NULL; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/daemon.3 b/lib/libc/gen/daemon.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..34db966 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/daemon.3 @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)daemon.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 9, 1993 +.Dt DAEMON 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm daemon +.Nd run in the background +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In stdlib.h +.Ft int +.Fn daemon "int nochdir" "int noclose" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn daemon +function is for programs wishing to detach themselves from the +controlling terminal and run in the background as system daemons. +.Pp +Unless the argument +.Fa nochdir +is non-zero, +.Fn daemon +changes the current working directory to the root +.Pq Pa / . +.Pp +Unless the argument +.Fa noclose +is non-zero, +.Fn daemon +will redirect standard input, standard output, and standard error to +.Pa /dev/null . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std daemon +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn daemon +function may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library functions +.Xr fork 2 +and +.Xr setsid 2 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr fork 2 , +.Xr setsid 2 , +.Xr sigaction 2 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn daemon +function first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . +.Sh CAVEATS +Unless the +.Fa noclose +argument is non-zero, +.Fn daemon +will close the first three file descriptors and redirect them to +.Pa /dev/null . +Normally, these correspond to standard input, standard output, and +standard error. +However, if any of those file descriptors refer to something else, they +will still be closed, resulting in incorrect behavior of the calling program. +This can happen if any of standard input, standard output, or standard +error have been closed before the program was run. +Programs using +.Fn daemon +should therefore either call +.Fn daemon +before opening any files or sockets, or verify that any file +descriptors obtained have values greater than 2. +.Pp +The +.Fn daemon +function temporarily ignores +.Dv SIGHUP +while calling +.Xr setsid 2 +to prevent a parent session group leader's calls to +.Xr fork 2 +and then +.Xr _exit 2 +from prematurely terminating the child process. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/daemon.c b/lib/libc/gen/daemon.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba2a542 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/daemon.c @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)daemon.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <paths.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +int +daemon(nochdir, noclose) + int nochdir, noclose; +{ + struct sigaction osa, sa; + int fd; + pid_t newgrp; + int oerrno; + int osa_ok; + + /* A SIGHUP may be thrown when the parent exits below. */ + sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask); + sa.sa_handler = SIG_IGN; + sa.sa_flags = 0; + osa_ok = _sigaction(SIGHUP, &sa, &osa); + + switch (fork()) { + case -1: + return (-1); + case 0: + break; + default: + _exit(0); + } + + newgrp = setsid(); + oerrno = errno; + if (osa_ok != -1) + _sigaction(SIGHUP, &osa, NULL); + + if (newgrp == -1) { + errno = oerrno; + return (-1); + } + + if (!nochdir) + (void)chdir("/"); + + if (!noclose && (fd = _open(_PATH_DEVNULL, O_RDWR, 0)) != -1) { + (void)_dup2(fd, STDIN_FILENO); + (void)_dup2(fd, STDOUT_FILENO); + (void)_dup2(fd, STDERR_FILENO); + if (fd > 2) + (void)_close(fd); + } + return (0); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/devname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/devname.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c05d0ba --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/devname.3 @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)devname.3 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/29/95 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd February 22, 2005 +.Dt DEVNAME 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm devname +.Nd "get device name" +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/stat.h +.In stdlib.h +.Ft char * +.Fn devname "dev_t dev" "mode_t type" +.Ft char * +.Fn devname_r "dev_t dev" "mode_t type" "char *buf" "int len" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn devname +function returns a pointer to the name of the block or character +device in +.Pa /dev +with a device number of +.Fa dev , +and a file type matching the one encoded in +.Fa type +which must be one of +.Dv S_IFBLK +or +.Dv S_IFCHR . +To find the right name, +.Fn devname +asks the kernel via the +.Va kern.devname +sysctl. +If it is unable to come up with a suitable name, +it will format the information encapsulated in +.Fa dev +and +.Fa type +in a human-readable format. +.Pp +.Fn devname +returns the name stored in a static buffer which will be overwritten +on subsequent calls. +.Fn devname_r +takes a buffer and length as argument to avoid this problem. +.Sh EXAMPLES +.Bd -literal -compact +int fd; +struct stat buf; +char *name; + + fd = open("/dev/tun"); + fstat(fd, &buf); + printf("devname is /dev/%s\en", devname(buf.st_rdev, S_IFCHR)); +.Ed +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr stat 2 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn devname +function appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/devname.c b/lib/libc/gen/devname.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21e46e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/devname.c @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)devname.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/29/95"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> + +#include <err.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +char * +devname_r(dev_t dev, mode_t type, char *buf, int len) +{ + int i; + size_t j; + char *r; + + if ((type & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR) { + j = len; + i = sysctlbyname("kern.devname", buf, &j, &dev, sizeof (dev)); + if (i == 0) + return (buf); + } + + /* Finally just format it */ + if (dev == NODEV) + r = "#NODEV"; + else + r = "#%c:%d:0x%x"; + snprintf(buf, len, r, + (type & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR ? 'C' : 'B', major(dev), minor(dev)); + return (buf); +} + +char * +devname(dev_t dev, mode_t type) +{ + static char buf[SPECNAMELEN + 1]; + + return(devname_r(dev, type, buf, sizeof(buf))); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/directory.3 b/lib/libc/gen/directory.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..353def2 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/directory.3 @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)directory.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt DIRECTORY 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm opendir , +.Nm readdir , +.Nm readdir_r , +.Nm telldir , +.Nm seekdir , +.Nm rewinddir , +.Nm closedir , +.Nm dirfd +.Nd directory operations +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/types.h +.In dirent.h +.Ft DIR * +.Fn opendir "const char *filename" +.Ft struct dirent * +.Fn readdir "DIR *dirp" +.Ft int +.Fn readdir_r "DIR *dirp" "struct dirent *entry" "struct dirent **result" +.Ft long +.Fn telldir "DIR *dirp" +.Ft void +.Fn seekdir "DIR *dirp" "long loc" +.Ft void +.Fn rewinddir "DIR *dirp" +.Ft int +.Fn closedir "DIR *dirp" +.Ft int +.Fn dirfd "DIR *dirp" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn opendir +function +opens the directory named by +.Fa filename , +associates a +.Em directory stream +with it +and +returns a pointer to be used to identify the +.Em directory stream +in subsequent operations. +The pointer +.Dv NULL +is returned if +.Fa filename +cannot be accessed, or if it cannot +.Xr malloc 3 +enough memory to hold the whole thing. +.Pp +The +.Fn readdir +function +returns a pointer to the next directory entry. +It returns +.Dv NULL +upon reaching the end of the directory or detecting an invalid +.Fn seekdir +operation. +.Pp +The +.Fn readdir_r +function +provides the same functionality as +.Fn readdir , +but the caller must provide a directory +.Fa entry +buffer to store the results in. +If the read succeeds, +.Fa result +is pointed at the +.Fa entry ; +upon reaching the end of the directory +.Fa result +is set to +.Dv NULL . +The +.Fn readdir_r +function +returns 0 on success or an error number to indicate failure. +.Pp +The +.Fn telldir +function +returns the current location associated with the named +.Em directory stream . +Values returned by +.Fn telldir +are good only for the lifetime of the +.Dv DIR +pointer, +.Fa dirp , +from which they are derived. +If the directory is closed and then +reopened, prior values returned by +.Fn telldir +will no longer be valid. +.Pp +The +.Fn seekdir +function +sets the position of the next +.Fn readdir +operation on the +.Em directory stream . +The new position reverts to the one associated with the +.Em directory stream +when the +.Fn telldir +operation was performed. +.Pp +The +.Fn rewinddir +function +resets the position of the named +.Em directory stream +to the beginning of the directory. +.Pp +The +.Fn closedir +function +closes the named +.Em directory stream +and frees the structure associated with the +.Fa dirp +pointer, +returning 0 on success. +On failure, \-1 is returned and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error. +.Pp +The +.Fn dirfd +function +returns the integer file descriptor associated with the named +.Em directory stream , +see +.Xr open 2 . +.Pp +Sample code which searches a directory for entry ``name'' is: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +len = strlen(name); +dirp = opendir("."); +while ((dp = readdir(dirp)) != NULL) + if (dp->d_namlen == len && !strcmp(dp->d_name, name)) { + (void)closedir(dirp); + return FOUND; + } +(void)closedir(dirp); +return NOT_FOUND; +.Ed +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr close 2 , +.Xr lseek 2 , +.Xr open 2 , +.Xr read 2 , +.Xr dir 5 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn opendir , +.Fn readdir , +.Fn telldir , +.Fn seekdir , +.Fn rewinddir , +.Fn closedir , +and +.Fn dirfd +functions appeared in +.Bx 4.2 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/dirname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/dirname.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb821ce --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/dirname.3 @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1997 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com> +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products +.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, +.\" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY +.\" AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL +.\" THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, +.\" EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +.\" PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; +.\" OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, +.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR +.\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF +.\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $OpenBSD: dirname.3,v 1.9 2000/04/18 03:01:25 aaron Exp $ +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd October 12, 2006 +.Dt DIRNAME 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm dirname +.Nd extract the directory part of a pathname +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In libgen.h +.Ft char * +.Fn dirname "const char *path" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn dirname +function +is the converse of +.Xr basename 3 ; +it returns a pointer to the parent directory of the pathname pointed to by +.Fa path . +Any trailing +.Sq \&/ +characters are not counted as part of the directory +name. +If +.Fa path +is a null pointer, the empty string, or contains no +.Sq \&/ +characters, +.Fn dirname +returns a pointer to the string +.Qq \&. , +signifying the current directory. +.Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES +The +.Fn dirname +function +returns a pointer to internal storage space allocated on the first call +that will be overwritten +by subsequent calls. +.Pp +Other vendor implementations of +.Fn dirname +may modify the contents of the string passed to +.Fn dirname ; +this should be taken into account when writing code which calls this function +if portability is desired. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +On successful completion, +.Fn dirname +returns a pointer to the parent directory of +.Fa path . +.Pp +If +.Fn dirname +fails, a null pointer is returned and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error. +.Sh ERRORS +The following error codes may be set in +.Va errno : +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG +The path component to be returned was larger than +.Dv MAXPATHLEN . +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr basename 1 , +.Xr dirname 1 , +.Xr basename 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn dirname +function conforms to +.St -xpg4.2 . +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn dirname +function first appeared in +.Ox 2.2 +and +.Fx 4.2 . +.Sh AUTHORS +.An "Todd C. Miller" Aq Todd.Miller@courtesan.com diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/dirname.c b/lib/libc/gen/dirname.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56b75f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/dirname.c @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1997 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com> + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, + * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY + * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; + * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, + * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR + * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF + * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if 0 +#ifndef lint +static char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: dirname.c,v 1.4 1999/05/30 17:10:30 espie Exp $"; +#endif /* not lint */ +#endif +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <errno.h> +#include <libgen.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/param.h> + +char * +dirname(path) + const char *path; +{ + static char *bname = NULL; + const char *endp; + + if (bname == NULL) { + bname = (char *)malloc(MAXPATHLEN); + if (bname == NULL) + return(NULL); + } + + /* Empty or NULL string gets treated as "." */ + if (path == NULL || *path == '\0') { + (void)strcpy(bname, "."); + return(bname); + } + + /* Strip trailing slashes */ + endp = path + strlen(path) - 1; + while (endp > path && *endp == '/') + endp--; + + /* Find the start of the dir */ + while (endp > path && *endp != '/') + endp--; + + /* Either the dir is "/" or there are no slashes */ + if (endp == path) { + (void)strcpy(bname, *endp == '/' ? "/" : "."); + return(bname); + } else { + do { + endp--; + } while (endp > path && *endp == '/'); + } + + if (endp - path + 2 > MAXPATHLEN) { + errno = ENAMETOOLONG; + return(NULL); + } + (void)strncpy(bname, path, endp - path + 1); + bname[endp - path + 1] = '\0'; + return(bname); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c b/lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd15a47 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1987, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)disklabel.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/3/95"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#define DKTYPENAMES +#define FSTYPENAMES +#include <sys/disklabel.h> + +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <ctype.h> + +static int +gettype(char *t, const char **names) +{ + const char **nm; + + for (nm = names; *nm; nm++) + if (strcasecmp(t, *nm) == 0) + return (nm - names); + if (isdigit((unsigned char)*t)) + return (atoi(t)); + return (0); +} + +struct disklabel * +getdiskbyname(const char *name) +{ + static struct disklabel disk; + struct disklabel *dp = &disk; + struct partition *pp; + char *buf; + char *db_array[2] = { _PATH_DISKTAB, 0 }; + char *cp, *cq; /* can't be register */ + char p, max, psize[3], pbsize[3], + pfsize[3], poffset[3], ptype[3]; + u_int32_t *dx; + + if (cgetent(&buf, db_array, (char *) name) < 0) + return NULL; + + bzero((char *)&disk, sizeof(disk)); + /* + * typename + */ + cq = dp->d_typename; + cp = buf; + while (cq < dp->d_typename + sizeof(dp->d_typename) - 1 && + (*cq = *cp) && *cq != '|' && *cq != ':') + cq++, cp++; + *cq = '\0'; + + if (cgetstr(buf, "ty", &cq) > 0 && strcmp(cq, "removable") == 0) + dp->d_flags |= D_REMOVABLE; + else if (cq && strcmp(cq, "simulated") == 0) + dp->d_flags |= D_RAMDISK; + if (cgetcap(buf, "sf", ':') != NULL) + dp->d_flags |= D_BADSECT; + +#define getnumdflt(field, dname, dflt) \ + { long f; (field) = (cgetnum(buf, dname, &f) == -1) ? (dflt) : f; } + + getnumdflt(dp->d_secsize, "se", DEV_BSIZE); + getnumdflt(dp->d_ntracks, "nt", 0); + getnumdflt(dp->d_nsectors, "ns", 0); + getnumdflt(dp->d_ncylinders, "nc", 0); + + if (cgetstr(buf, "dt", &cq) > 0) + dp->d_type = gettype(cq, dktypenames); + else + getnumdflt(dp->d_type, "dt", 0); + getnumdflt(dp->d_secpercyl, "sc", dp->d_nsectors * dp->d_ntracks); + getnumdflt(dp->d_secperunit, "su", dp->d_secpercyl * dp->d_ncylinders); + getnumdflt(dp->d_rpm, "rm", 3600); + getnumdflt(dp->d_interleave, "il", 1); + getnumdflt(dp->d_trackskew, "sk", 0); + getnumdflt(dp->d_cylskew, "cs", 0); + getnumdflt(dp->d_headswitch, "hs", 0); + getnumdflt(dp->d_trkseek, "ts", 0); + getnumdflt(dp->d_bbsize, "bs", BBSIZE); + getnumdflt(dp->d_sbsize, "sb", 0); + strcpy(psize, "px"); + strcpy(pbsize, "bx"); + strcpy(pfsize, "fx"); + strcpy(poffset, "ox"); + strcpy(ptype, "tx"); + max = 'a' - 1; + pp = &dp->d_partitions[0]; + for (p = 'a'; p < 'a' + MAXPARTITIONS; p++, pp++) { + long l; + psize[1] = pbsize[1] = pfsize[1] = poffset[1] = ptype[1] = p; + if (cgetnum(buf, psize, &l) == -1) + pp->p_size = 0; + else { + pp->p_size = l; + cgetnum(buf, poffset, &l); + pp->p_offset = l; + getnumdflt(pp->p_fsize, pfsize, 0); + if (pp->p_fsize) { + long bsize; + + if (cgetnum(buf, pbsize, &bsize) == 0) + pp->p_frag = bsize / pp->p_fsize; + else + pp->p_frag = 8; + } + getnumdflt(pp->p_fstype, ptype, 0); + if (pp->p_fstype == 0 && cgetstr(buf, ptype, &cq) > 0) + pp->p_fstype = gettype(cq, fstypenames); + max = p; + } + } + dp->d_npartitions = max + 1 - 'a'; + (void)strcpy(psize, "dx"); + dx = dp->d_drivedata; + for (p = '0'; p < '0' + NDDATA; p++, dx++) { + psize[1] = p; + getnumdflt(*dx, psize, 0); + } + dp->d_magic = DISKMAGIC; + dp->d_magic2 = DISKMAGIC; + free(buf); + return (dp); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/dladdr.3 b/lib/libc/gen/dladdr.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..414fa49 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/dladdr.3 @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1998 John D. Polstra +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd February 5, 1998 +.Os +.Dt DLADDR 3 +.Sh NAME +.Nm dladdr +.Nd find the shared object containing a given address +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In dlfcn.h +.Ft int +.Fn dladdr "const void *addr" "Dl_info *info" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn dladdr +function +queries the dynamic linker for information about the shared object +containing the address +.Fa addr . +The information is returned in the structure specified by +.Fa info . +The structure contains at least the following members: +.Bl -tag -width "XXXconst char *dli_fname" +.It Li "const char *dli_fname" +The pathname of the shared object containing the address. +.It Li "void *dli_fbase" +The base address at which the shared object is mapped into the +address space of the calling process. +.It Li "const char *dli_sname" +The name of the nearest run-time symbol with a value less than or +equal to +.Fa addr . +When possible, the symbol name is returned as it would appear in C +source code. +.Pp +If no symbol with a suitable value is found, both this field and +.Va dli_saddr +are set to +.Dv NULL . +.It Li "void *dli_saddr" +The value of the symbol returned in +.Li dli_sname . +.El +.Pp +The +.Fn dladdr +function +is available only in dynamically linked programs. +.Sh ERRORS +If a mapped shared object containing +.Fa addr +cannot be found, +.Fn dladdr +returns 0. +In that case, a message detailing the failure can be retrieved by +calling +.Fn dlerror . +.Pp +On success, a non-zero value is returned. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr rtld 1 , +.Xr dlopen 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn dladdr +function first appeared in the Solaris operating system. +.Sh BUGS +This implementation is bug-compatible with the Solaris +implementation. +In particular, the following bugs are present: +.Bl -bullet +.It +If +.Fa addr +lies in the main executable rather than in a shared library, the +pathname returned in +.Va dli_fname +may not be correct. +The pathname is taken directly from +.Va argv[0] +of the calling process. +When executing a program specified by its +full pathname, most shells set +.Va argv[0] +to the pathname. +But this is not required of shells or guaranteed +by the operating system. +.It +If +.Fa addr +is of the form +.Va &func , +where +.Va func +is a global function, its value may be an unpleasant surprise. +In +dynamically linked programs, the address of a global function is +considered to point to its program linkage table entry, rather than to +the entry point of the function itself. +This causes most global +functions to appear to be defined within the main executable, rather +than in the shared libraries where the actual code resides. +.It +Returning 0 as an indication of failure goes against long-standing +Unix tradition. +.El diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/dlfcn.c b/lib/libc/gen/dlfcn.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..39ba141 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/dlfcn.c @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1998 John D. Polstra + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +/* + * Linkage to services provided by the dynamic linker. + */ +#include <dlfcn.h> +#include <link.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +static const char sorry[] = "Service unavailable"; + +/* + * For ELF, the dynamic linker directly resolves references to its + * services to functions inside the dynamic linker itself. These + * weak-symbol stubs are necessary so that "ld" won't complain about + * undefined symbols. The stubs are executed only when the program is + * linked statically, or when a given service isn't implemented in the + * dynamic linker. They must return an error if called, and they must + * be weak symbols so that the dynamic linker can override them. + */ + +#pragma weak _rtld_error +void +_rtld_error(const char *fmt, ...) +{ +} + +#pragma weak dladdr +int +dladdr(const void *addr, Dl_info *dlip) +{ + _rtld_error(sorry); + return 0; +} + +#pragma weak dlclose +int +dlclose(void *handle) +{ + _rtld_error(sorry); + return -1; +} + +#pragma weak dlerror +const char * +dlerror(void) +{ + return sorry; +} + +#pragma weak dllockinit +void +dllockinit(void *context, + void *(*lock_create)(void *context), + void (*rlock_acquire)(void *lock), + void (*wlock_acquire)(void *lock), + void (*lock_release)(void *lock), + void (*lock_destroy)(void *lock), + void (*context_destroy)(void *context)) +{ + if (context_destroy != NULL) + context_destroy(context); +} + +#pragma weak dlopen +void * +dlopen(const char *name, int mode) +{ + _rtld_error(sorry); + return NULL; +} + +#pragma weak dlsym +void * +dlsym(void * __restrict handle, const char * __restrict name) +{ + _rtld_error(sorry); + return NULL; +} + +#pragma weak dlvsym +void * +dlvsym(void * __restrict handle, const char * __restrict name, + const char * __restrict version) +{ + _rtld_error(sorry); + return NULL; +} + +#pragma weak dlinfo +int +dlinfo(void * __restrict handle, int request, void * __restrict p) +{ + _rtld_error(sorry); + return 0; +} + +#pragma weak _rtld_thread_init +void +_rtld_thread_init(void * li) +{ + _rtld_error(sorry); +} + +#pragma weak dl_iterate_phdr +int +dl_iterate_phdr(int (*callback)(struct dl_phdr_info *, size_t, void *), + void *data) +{ + _rtld_error(sorry); + return 0; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/dlfunc.c b/lib/libc/gen/dlfunc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..72a683a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/dlfunc.c @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* + * This source file is in the public domain. + * Garrett A. Wollman, 2002-05-28. + * + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +#include <dlfcn.h> + +/* + * Implement the dlfunc() interface, which behaves exactly the same as + * dlsym() except that it returns a function pointer instead of a data + * pointer. This can be used by applications to avoid compiler warnings + * about undefined behavior, and is intended as prior art for future + * POSIX standardization. This function requires that all pointer types + * have the same representation, which is true on all platforms FreeBSD + * runs on, but is not guaranteed by the C standard. + */ +dlfunc_t +dlfunc(void * __restrict handle, const char * __restrict symbol) +{ + union { + void *d; + dlfunc_t f; + } rv; + + rv.d = dlsym(handle, symbol); + return (rv.f); +} + diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/dlinfo.3 b/lib/libc/gen/dlinfo.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9433fb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/dlinfo.3 @@ -0,0 +1,282 @@ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Alexey Zelkin <phantom@FreeBSD.org> +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd February 14, 2003 +.Os +.Dt DLINFO 3 +.Sh NAME +.Nm dlinfo +.Nd information about dynamically loaded object +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In link.h +.In dlfcn.h +.Ft int +.Fn dlinfo "void * restrict handle" "int request" "void * restrict p" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn dlinfo +function provides information about dynamically loaded object. +The action taken by +.Fn dlinfo +and exact meaning and type of +.Fa p +argument depend on value of the +.Fa request +argument provided by caller. +.Pp +The +.Fa handle +argument is either the value returned from the +.Xr dlopen 3 +function call or special handle +.Dv RTLD_SELF . +If +.Fa handle +is the value returned from +.Xr dlopen 3 , +the information returned by the +.Fn dlinfo +function pertains to the specified object. +If handle is the special handle +.Dv RTLD_SELF , +the information returned pertains to the caller itself. +.Pp +Possible values for the +.Fa request +argument are: +.Bl -tag -width indent +.It Dv RTLD_DI_LINKMAP +Retrieve the +.Vt Link_map +.Pq Vt "struct link_map" +structure pointer for the specified +.Fa handle . +On successful return, the +.Fa p +argument is filled with the pointer to the +.Vt Link_map +structure +.Pq Fa "Link_map **p" +describing a shared object specified by the +.Fa handle +argument. +The +.Vt Link_map +structures are maintained as a doubly linked list by +.Xr ld.so 1 , +in the same order as +.Xr dlopen 3 +and +.Xr dlclose 3 +are called. +See +.Sx EXAMPLES , +example 1. +.Pp +The +.Vt Link_map +structure is defined in +.In link.h +and has the following members: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +caddr_t l_addr; /* Base Address of library */ +const char *l_name; /* Absolute Path to Library */ +const void *l_ld; /* Pointer to .dynamic in memory */ +struct link_map *l_next, /* linked list of mapped libs */ + *l_prev; +.Ed +.Bl -tag -width ".Va l_addr" +.It Va l_addr +The base address of the object loaded into memory. +.It Va l_name +The full name of the loaded shared object. +.It Va l_ld +The address of the dynamic linking information segment +.Pq Dv PT_DYNAMIC +loaded into memory. +.It Va l_next +The next +.Vt Link_map +structure on the link-map list. +.It Va l_prev +The previous +.Vt Link_map +structure on the link-map list. +.El +.It Dv RTLD_DI_SERINFO +Retrieve the library search paths associated with the given +.Fa handle +argument. +The +.Fa p +argument should point to +.Vt Dl_serinfo +structure buffer +.Pq Fa "Dl_serinfo *p" . +The +.Vt Dl_serinfo +structure must be initialized first with the +.Dv RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE +request. +.Pp +The returned +.Vt Dl_serinfo +structure contains +.Va dls_cnt +.Vt Dl_serpath +entries. +Each entry's +.Va dlp_name +field points to the search path. +The corresponding +.Va dlp_info +field contains one of more flags indicating the origin of the path (see the +.Dv LA_SER_* +flags defined in the +.In link.h +header file). +See +.Sx EXAMPLES , +example 2, for a usage example. +.It Dv RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE +Initialize a +.Vt Dl_serinfo +structure for use in a +.Dv RTLD_DI_SERINFO +request. +Both the +.Va dls_cnt +and +.Va dls_size +fields are returned to indicate the number of search paths applicable +to the handle, and the total size of a +.Vt Dl_serinfo +buffer required to hold +.Va dls_cnt +.Vt Dl_serpath +entries and the associated search path strings. +See +.Sx EXAMPLES , +example 2, for a usage example. +.It Va RTLD_DI_ORIGIN +Retrieve the origin of the dynamic object associated with the handle. +On successful return, +.Fa p +argument is filled with the +.Vt char +pointer +.Pq Fa "char *p" . +.El +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn dlinfo +function returns 0 on success, or \-1 if an error occurred. +Whenever an error has been detected, a message detailing it can +be retrieved via a call to +.Xr dlerror 3 . +.Sh EXAMPLES +Example 1: Using +.Fn dlinfo +to retrieve +.Vt Link_map +structure. +.Pp +The following example shows how dynamic library can detect the list +of shared libraries loaded after caller's one. +For simplicity, error checking has been omitted. +.Bd -literal -offset indent +Link_map *map; + +dlinfo(RTLD_SELF, RTLD_DI_LINKMAP, &map); + +while (map != NULL) { + printf("%p: %s\\n", map->l_addr, map->l_name); + map = map->l_next; +} +.Ed +.Pp +Example 2: Using +.Fn dlinfo +to retrieve the library search paths. +.Pp +The following example shows how a dynamic object can inspect the library +search paths that would be used to locate a simple filename with +.Xr dlopen 3 . +For simplicity, error checking has been omitted. +.Bd -literal -offset indent +Dl_serinfo _info, *info = &_info; +Dl_serpath *path; +unsigned int cnt; + +/* determine search path count and required buffer size */ +dlinfo(RTLD_SELF, RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE, (void *)info); + +/* allocate new buffer and initialize */ +info = malloc(_info.dls_size); +info->dls_size = _info.dls_size; +info->dls_cnt = _info.dls_cnt; + +/* obtain sarch path information */ +dlinfo(RTLD_SELF, RTLD_DI_SERINFO, (void *)info); + +path = &info->dls_serpath[0]; + +for (cnt = 1; cnt <= info->dls_cnt; cnt++, path++) { + (void) printf("%2d: %s\\n", cnt, path->dls_name); +} +.Ed +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr rtld 1 , +.Xr dladdr 3 , +.Xr dlopen 3 , +.Xr dlsym 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn dlinfo +function first appeared in the Solaris operating system. +In +.Fx , +it first appeared in +.Fx 4.8 . +.Sh AUTHORS +.An -nosplit +The +.Fx +implementation of the +.Fn dlinfo +function was originally written by +.An Alexey Zelkin +.Aq phantom@FreeBSD.org +and later extended and improved by +.An Alexander Kabaev +.Aq kan@FreeBSD.org . +.Pp +The manual page for this function was written by +.An Alexey Zelkin +.Aq phantom@FreeBSD.org . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/dllockinit.3 b/lib/libc/gen/dllockinit.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98d1074 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/dllockinit.3 @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1999, 2000 John D. Polstra +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd July 5, 2000 +.Os +.Dt DLLOCKINIT 3 +.Sh NAME +.Nm dllockinit +.Nd register thread locking methods with the dynamic linker +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In dlfcn.h +.Ft void +.Fn dllockinit "void *context" "void *(*lock_create)(void *context)" "void (*rlock_acquire)(void *lock)" "void (*wlock_acquire)(void *lock)" "void (*lock_release)(void *lock)" "void (*lock_destroy)(void *lock)" "void (*context_destroy)(void *context)" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Bf Sy +Due to enhancements in the dynamic linker, this interface is no longer +needed. +It is deprecated and will be removed from future releases. +In current releases it still exists, but only as a stub which does nothing. +.Ef +.Pp +Threads packages can call +.Fn dllockinit +at initialization time to register locking functions for the dynamic +linker to use. +This enables the dynamic linker to prevent multiple +threads from entering its critical sections simultaneously. +.Pp +The +.Fa context +argument specifies an opaque context for creating locks. +The +dynamic linker will pass it to the +.Fa lock_create +function when creating the locks it needs. +When the dynamic linker +is permanently finished using the locking functions (e.g., if the +program makes a subsequent call to +.Fn dllockinit +to register new locking functions) it will call +.Fa context_destroy +to destroy the context. +.Pp +The +.Fa lock_create +argument specifies a function for creating a read/write lock. +It +must return a pointer to the new lock. +.Pp +The +.Fa rlock_acquire +and +.Fa wlock_acquire +arguments specify functions which lock a lock for reading or +writing, respectively. +The +.Fa lock_release +argument specifies a function which unlocks a lock. +Each of these +functions is passed a pointer to the lock. +.Pp +The +.Fa lock_destroy +argument specifies a function to destroy a lock. +It may be +.Dv NULL +if locks do not need to be destroyed. +The +.Fa context_destroy +argument specifies a function to destroy the context. +It may be +.Dv NULL +if the context does not need to be destroyed. +.Pp +Until +.Fn dllockinit +is called, the dynamic linker protects its critical sections using +a default locking mechanism which works by blocking the +.Dv SIGVTALRM , +.Dv SIGPROF , +and +.Dv SIGALRM +signals. +This is sufficient for many application level threads +packages, which typically use one of these signals to implement +preemption. +An application which has registered its own locking +methods with +.Fn dllockinit +can restore the default locking by calling +.Fn dllockinit +with all arguments +.Dv NULL . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr rtld 1 , +.Xr signal 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn dllockinit +function first appeared in +.Fx 4.0 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/dlopen.3 b/lib/libc/gen/dlopen.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..118e165 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/dlopen.3 @@ -0,0 +1,360 @@ +.\" This source code is a product of Sun Microsystems, Inc. and is provided +.\" for unrestricted use provided that this legend is included on all tape +.\" media and as a part of the software program in whole or part. Users +.\" may copy or modify this source code without charge, but are not authorized +.\" to license or distribute it to anyone else except as part of a product or +.\" program developed by the user. +.\" +.\" THIS PROGRAM CONTAINS SOURCE CODE COPYRIGHTED BY SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. +.\" SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS ABOUT THE SUITABLITY +.\" OF SUCH SOURCE CODE FOR ANY PURPOSE. IT IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT +.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. DISCLAIMS +.\" ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO SUCH SOURCE CODE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED +.\" WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN +.\" NO EVENT SHALL SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, +.\" INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING +.\" FROM USE OF SUCH SOURCE CODE, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY. +.\" +.\" This source code is provided with no support and without any obligation on +.\" the part of Sun Microsystems, Inc. to assist in its use, correction, +.\" modification or enhancement. +.\" +.\" SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO THE +.\" INFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS OR ANY PATENTS BY THIS +.\" SOURCE CODE OR ANY PART THEREOF. +.\" +.\" Sun Microsystems, Inc. +.\" 2550 Garcia Avenue +.\" Mountain View, California 94043 +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1991 Sun Microsystems, Inc. +.\" +.\" @(#) dlopen.3 1.6 90/01/31 SMI +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd September 10, 2002 +.Os +.Dt DLOPEN 3 +.Sh NAME +.Nm dlopen , +.Nm dlsym , +.Nm dlfunc , +.Nm dlerror , +.Nm dlclose +.Nd programmatic interface to the dynamic linker +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In dlfcn.h +.Ft void * +.Fn dlopen "const char *path" "int mode" +.Ft void * +.Fn dlsym "void * restrict handle" "const char * restrict symbol" +.Ft dlfunc_t +.Fn dlfunc "void * restrict handle" "const char * restrict symbol" +.Ft const char * +.Fn dlerror "void" +.Ft int +.Fn dlclose "void *handle" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +These functions provide a simple programmatic interface to the services of the +dynamic linker. +Operations are provided to add new shared objects to a +program's address space, to obtain the address bindings of symbols +defined by such +objects, and to remove such objects when their use is no longer required. +.Pp +The +.Fn dlopen +function +provides access to the shared object in +.Fa path , +returning a descriptor that can be used for later +references to the object in calls to +.Fn dlsym +and +.Fn dlclose . +If +.Fa path +was not in the address space prior to the call to +.Fn dlopen , +it is placed in the address space. +When an object is first loaded into the address space in this way, its +function +.Fn _init , +if any, is called by the dynamic linker. +If +.Fa path +has already been placed in the address space in a previous call to +.Fn dlopen , +it is not added a second time, although a reference count of +.Fn dlopen +operations on +.Fa path +is maintained. +A null pointer supplied for +.Fa path +is interpreted as a reference to the main +executable of the process. +The +.Fa mode +argument +controls the way in which external function references from the +loaded object are bound to their referents. +It must contain one of the following values, possibly ORed with +additional flags which will be described subsequently: +.Bl -tag -width RTLD_LAZYX +.It Dv RTLD_LAZY +Each external function reference is resolved when the function is first +called. +.It Dv RTLD_NOW +All external function references are bound immediately by +.Fn dlopen . +.El +.Pp +.Dv RTLD_LAZY +is normally preferred, for reasons of efficiency. +However, +.Dv RTLD_NOW +is useful to ensure that any undefined symbols are discovered during the +call to +.Fn dlopen . +.Pp +One of the following flags may be ORed into the +.Fa mode +argument: +.Bl -tag -width RTLD_GLOBALX +.It Dv RTLD_GLOBAL +Symbols from this shared object and its directed acyclic graph (DAG) +of needed objects will be available for resolving undefined references +from all other shared objects. +.It Dv RTLD_LOCAL +Symbols in this shared object and its DAG of needed objects will be +available for resolving undefined references only from other objects +in the same DAG. +This is the default, but it may be specified +explicitly with this flag. +.It Dv RTLD_TRACE +When set, causes dynamic linker to exit after loading all objects +needed by this shared object and printing a summary which includes +the absolute pathnames of all objects, to standard output. +With this flag +.Fn dlopen +will return to the caller only in the case of error. +.El +.Pp +If +.Fn dlopen +fails, it returns a null pointer, and sets an error condition which may +be interrogated with +.Fn dlerror . +.Pp +The +.Fn dlsym +function +returns the address binding of the symbol described in the null-terminated +character string +.Fa symbol , +as it occurs in the shared object identified by +.Fa handle . +The symbols exported by objects added to the address space by +.Fn dlopen +can be accessed only through calls to +.Fn dlsym . +Such symbols do not supersede any definition of those symbols already present +in the address space when the object is loaded, nor are they available to +satisfy normal dynamic linking references. +.Pp +If +.Fn dlsym +is called with the special +.Fa handle +.Dv NULL , +it is interpreted as a reference to the executable or shared object +from which the call +is being made. +Thus a shared object can reference its own symbols. +.Pp +If +.Fn dlsym +is called with the special +.Fa handle +.Dv RTLD_DEFAULT , +the search for the symbol follows the algorithm used for resolving +undefined symbols when objects are loaded. +The objects searched are +as follows, in the given order: +.Bl -enum +.It +The referencing object itself (or the object from which the call to +.Fn dlsym +is made), if that object was linked using the +.Fl Wsymbolic +option to +.Xr ld 1 . +.It +All objects loaded at program start-up. +.It +All objects loaded via +.Fn dlopen +with the +.Dv RTLD_GLOBAL +flag set in the +.Fa mode +argument. +.It +All objects loaded via +.Fn dlopen +which are in needed-object DAGs that also contain the referencing object. +.El +.Pp +If +.Fn dlsym +is called with the special +.Fa handle +.Dv RTLD_NEXT , +then the search for the symbol is limited to the shared objects +which were loaded after the one issuing the call to +.Fn dlsym . +Thus, if the function is called from the main program, all +the shared libraries are searched. +If it is called from a shared library, all subsequent shared +libraries are searched. +.Dv RTLD_NEXT +is useful for implementing wrappers around library functions. +For example, a wrapper function +.Fn getpid +could access the +.Dq real +.Fn getpid +with +.Li dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, \&"getpid\&") . +(Actually, the +.Fn dlfunc +interface, below, should be used, since +.Fn getpid +is a function and not a data object.) +.Pp +If +.Fn dlsym +is called with the special +.Fa handle +.Dv RTLD_SELF , +then the search for the symbol is limited to the shared object +issuing the call to +.Fn dlsym +and those shared objects which were loaded after it. +.Pp +The +.Fn dlsym +function +returns a null pointer if the symbol cannot be found, and sets an error +condition which may be queried with +.Fn dlerror . +.Pp +The +.Fn dlfunc +function +implements all of the behavior of +.Fn dlsym , +but has a return type which can be cast to a function pointer without +triggering compiler diagnostics. +(The +.Fn dlsym +function +returns a data pointer; in the C standard, conversions between +data and function pointer types are undefined. +Some compilers and +.Xr lint 1 +utilities warn about such casts.) +The precise return type of +.Fn dlfunc +is unspecified; applications must cast it to an appropriate function pointer +type. +.Pp +The +.Fn dlerror +function +returns a null-terminated character string describing the last error that +occurred during a call to +.Fn dlopen , +.Fn dladdr , +.Fn dlinfo , +.Fn dlsym , +.Fn dlfunc , +or +.Fn dlclose . +If no such error has occurred, +.Fn dlerror +returns a null pointer. +At each call to +.Fn dlerror , +the error indication is reset. +Thus in the case of two calls +to +.Fn dlerror , +where the second call follows the first immediately, the second call +will always return a null pointer. +.Pp +The +.Fn dlclose +function +deletes a reference to the shared object referenced by +.Fa handle . +If the reference count drops to 0, the object is removed from the +address space, and +.Fa handle +is rendered invalid. +Just before removing a shared object in this way, the dynamic linker +calls the object's +.Fn _fini +function, if such a function is defined by the object. +If +.Fn dlclose +is successful, it returns a value of 0. +Otherwise it returns -1, and sets an error condition that can be +interrogated with +.Fn dlerror . +.Pp +The object-intrinsic functions +.Fn _init +and +.Fn _fini +are called with no arguments, and are not expected to return values. +.Sh NOTES +ELF executables need to be linked +using the +.Fl export-dynamic +option to +.Xr ld 1 +for symbols defined in the executable to become visible to +.Fn dlsym . +.Pp +In previous implementations, it was necessary to prepend an underscore +to all external symbols in order to gain symbol +compatibility with object code compiled from the C language. +This is +still the case when using the (obsolete) +.Fl aout +option to the C language compiler. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn dlopen , +.Fn dlsym , +and +.Fn dlfunc +functions +return a null pointer in the event of errors. +The +.Fn dlclose +function +returns 0 on success, or -1 if an error occurred. +Whenever an error has been detected, a message detailing it can be +retrieved via a call to +.Fn dlerror . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr ld 1 , +.Xr rtld 1 , +.Xr dladdr 3 , +.Xr dlinfo 3 , +.Xr link 5 diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/drand48.c b/lib/libc/gen/drand48.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..672b5ee --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/drand48.c @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier + * All rights reserved. + * + * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source + * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the + * following conditions are retained. + * + * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties + * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens + * to anyone/anything when using this software. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "rand48.h" + +extern unsigned short _rand48_seed[3]; + +double +drand48(void) +{ + return erand48(_rand48_seed); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/erand48.c b/lib/libc/gen/erand48.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cdb3ec8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/erand48.c @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier + * All rights reserved. + * + * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source + * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the + * following conditions are retained. + * + * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties + * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens + * to anyone/anything when using this software. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "rand48.h" + +double +erand48(unsigned short xseed[3]) +{ + _dorand48(xseed); + return ldexp((double) xseed[0], -48) + + ldexp((double) xseed[1], -32) + + ldexp((double) xseed[2], -16); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/err.3 b/lib/libc/gen/err.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c7720b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/err.3 @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" From: @(#)err.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd March 6, 1999 +.Dt ERR 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm err , +.Nm verr , +.Nm errc , +.Nm verrc , +.Nm errx , +.Nm verrx , +.Nm warn , +.Nm vwarn , +.Nm warnc , +.Nm vwarnc , +.Nm warnx , +.Nm vwarnx , +.Nm err_set_exit , +.Nm err_set_file +.Nd formatted error messages +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In err.h +.Ft void +.Fn err "int eval" "const char *fmt" "..." +.Ft void +.Fn err_set_exit "void (*exitf)(int)" +.Ft void +.Fn err_set_file "void *vfp" +.Ft void +.Fn errc "int eval" "int code" "const char *fmt" "..." +.Ft void +.Fn errx "int eval" "const char *fmt" "..." +.Ft void +.Fn warn "const char *fmt" "..." +.Ft void +.Fn warnc "int code" "const char *fmt" "..." +.Ft void +.Fn warnx "const char *fmt" "..." +.In stdarg.h +.Ft void +.Fn verr "int eval" "const char *fmt" "va_list args" +.Ft void +.Fn verrc "int eval" "int code" "const char *fmt" "va_list args" +.Ft void +.Fn verrx "int eval" "const char *fmt" "va_list args" +.Ft void +.Fn vwarn "const char *fmt" "va_list args" +.Ft void +.Fn vwarnc "int code" "const char *fmt" "va_list args" +.Ft void +.Fn vwarnx "const char *fmt" "va_list args" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn err +and +.Fn warn +family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard +error output, or on another file specified using the +.Fn err_set_file +function. +In all cases, the last component of the program name, a colon character, +and a space are output. +If the +.Fa fmt +argument is not NULL, the +.Xr printf 3 Ns +-like formatted error message is output. +The output is terminated by a newline character. +.Pp +The +.Fn err , +.Fn errc , +.Fn verr , +.Fn verrc , +.Fn warn , +.Fn warnc , +.Fn vwarn , +and +.Fn vwarnc +functions append an error message obtained from +.Xr strerror 3 +based on a supplied error code value or the global variable +.Va errno , +preceded by another colon and space unless the +.Fa fmt +argument is +.Dv NULL . +.Pp +In the case of the +.Fn errc , +.Fn verrc , +.Fn warnc , +and +.Fn vwarnc +functions, +the +.Fa code +argument is used to look up the error message. +.Pp +The +.Fn err , +.Fn verr , +.Fn warn , +and +.Fn vwarn +functions use the global variable +.Va errno +to look up the error message. +.Pp +The +.Fn errx +and +.Fn warnx +functions do not append an error message. +.Pp +The +.Fn err , +.Fn verr , +.Fn errc , +.Fn verrc , +.Fn errx , +and +.Fn verrx +functions do not return, but exit with the value of the argument +.Fa eval . +It is recommended that the standard values defined in +.Xr sysexits 3 +be used for the value of +.Fa eval . +The +.Fn err_set_exit +function can be used to specify a function which is called before +.Xr exit 3 +to perform any necessary cleanup; passing a null function pointer for +.Va exitf +resets the hook to do nothing. +The +.Fn err_set_file +function sets the output stream used by the other functions. +Its +.Fa vfp +argument must be either a pointer to an open stream +(possibly already converted to void *) +or a null pointer +(in which case the output stream is set to standard error). +.Sh EXAMPLES +Display the current errno information string and exit: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +if ((p = malloc(size)) == NULL) + err(1, NULL); +if ((fd = open(file_name, O_RDONLY, 0)) == -1) + err(1, "%s", file_name); +.Ed +.Pp +Display an error message and exit: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +if (tm.tm_hour < START_TIME) + errx(1, "too early, wait until %s", start_time_string); +.Ed +.Pp +Warn of an error: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +if ((fd = open(raw_device, O_RDONLY, 0)) == -1) + warnx("%s: %s: trying the block device", + raw_device, strerror(errno)); +if ((fd = open(block_device, O_RDONLY, 0)) == -1) + err(1, "%s", block_device); +.Ed +.Pp +Warn of an error without using the global variable +.Va errno : +.Bd -literal -offset indent +error = my_function(); /* returns a value from <errno.h> */ +if (error != 0) + warnc(error, "my_function"); +.Ed +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr exit 3 , +.Xr fmtmsg 3 , +.Xr printf 3 , +.Xr strerror 3 , +.Xr sysexits 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn err +and +.Fn warn +functions first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . +The +.Fn err_set_exit +and +.Fn err_set_file +functions first appeared in +.Fx 2.1 . +The +.Fn errc +and +.Fn warnc +functions first appeared in +.Fx 3.0 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/err.c b/lib/libc/gen/err.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf4d0f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/err.c @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)err.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <err.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#include "libc_private.h" + +static FILE *err_file; /* file to use for error output */ +static void (*err_exit)(int); + +/* + * This is declared to take a `void *' so that the caller is not required + * to include <stdio.h> first. However, it is really a `FILE *', and the + * manual page documents it as such. + */ +void +err_set_file(void *fp) +{ + if (fp) + err_file = fp; + else + err_file = stderr; +} + +void +err_set_exit(void (*ef)(int)) +{ + err_exit = ef; +} + +__weak_reference(_err, err); + +void +_err(int eval, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, fmt); + verrc(eval, errno, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + +void +verr(eval, fmt, ap) + int eval; + const char *fmt; + va_list ap; +{ + verrc(eval, errno, fmt, ap); +} + +void +errc(int eval, int code, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, fmt); + verrc(eval, code, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + +void +verrc(eval, code, fmt, ap) + int eval; + int code; + const char *fmt; + va_list ap; +{ + if (err_file == 0) + err_set_file((FILE *)0); + fprintf(err_file, "%s: ", _getprogname()); + if (fmt != NULL) { + vfprintf(err_file, fmt, ap); + fprintf(err_file, ": "); + } + fprintf(err_file, "%s\n", strerror(code)); + if (err_exit) + err_exit(eval); + exit(eval); +} + +void +errx(int eval, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, fmt); + verrx(eval, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + +void +verrx(eval, fmt, ap) + int eval; + const char *fmt; + va_list ap; +{ + if (err_file == 0) + err_set_file((FILE *)0); + fprintf(err_file, "%s: ", _getprogname()); + if (fmt != NULL) + vfprintf(err_file, fmt, ap); + fprintf(err_file, "\n"); + if (err_exit) + err_exit(eval); + exit(eval); +} + +__weak_reference(_warn, warn); + +void +_warn(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, fmt); + vwarnc(errno, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + +void +vwarn(fmt, ap) + const char *fmt; + va_list ap; +{ + vwarnc(errno, fmt, ap); +} + +void +warnc(int code, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, fmt); + vwarnc(code, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + +void +vwarnc(code, fmt, ap) + int code; + const char *fmt; + va_list ap; +{ + if (err_file == 0) + err_set_file((FILE *)0); + fprintf(err_file, "%s: ", _getprogname()); + if (fmt != NULL) { + vfprintf(err_file, fmt, ap); + fprintf(err_file, ": "); + } + fprintf(err_file, "%s\n", strerror(code)); +} + +void +warnx(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, fmt); + vwarnx(fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + +void +vwarnx(fmt, ap) + const char *fmt; + va_list ap; +{ + if (err_file == 0) + err_set_file((FILE *)0); + fprintf(err_file, "%s: ", _getprogname()); + if (fmt != NULL) + vfprintf(err_file, fmt, ap); + fprintf(err_file, "\n"); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/errlst.c b/lib/libc/gen/errlst.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc3e0c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/errlst.c @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1982, 1985, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)errlst.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 11/16/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <stdio.h> + +const char *const sys_errlist[] = { + "Undefined error: 0", /* 0 - ENOERROR */ + "Operation not permitted", /* 1 - EPERM */ + "No such file or directory", /* 2 - ENOENT */ + "No such process", /* 3 - ESRCH */ + "Interrupted system call", /* 4 - EINTR */ + "Input/output error", /* 5 - EIO */ + "Device not configured", /* 6 - ENXIO */ + "Argument list too long", /* 7 - E2BIG */ + "Exec format error", /* 8 - ENOEXEC */ + "Bad file descriptor", /* 9 - EBADF */ + "No child processes", /* 10 - ECHILD */ + "Resource deadlock avoided", /* 11 - EDEADLK */ + "Cannot allocate memory", /* 12 - ENOMEM */ + "Permission denied", /* 13 - EACCES */ + "Bad address", /* 14 - EFAULT */ + "Block device required", /* 15 - ENOTBLK */ + "Device busy", /* 16 - EBUSY */ + "File exists", /* 17 - EEXIST */ + "Cross-device link", /* 18 - EXDEV */ + "Operation not supported by device", /* 19 - ENODEV */ + "Not a directory", /* 20 - ENOTDIR */ + "Is a directory", /* 21 - EISDIR */ + "Invalid argument", /* 22 - EINVAL */ + "Too many open files in system", /* 23 - ENFILE */ + "Too many open files", /* 24 - EMFILE */ + "Inappropriate ioctl for device", /* 25 - ENOTTY */ + "Text file busy", /* 26 - ETXTBSY */ + "File too large", /* 27 - EFBIG */ + "No space left on device", /* 28 - ENOSPC */ + "Illegal seek", /* 29 - ESPIPE */ + "Read-only file system", /* 30 - EROFS */ + "Too many links", /* 31 - EMLINK */ + "Broken pipe", /* 32 - EPIPE */ + +/* math software */ + "Numerical argument out of domain", /* 33 - EDOM */ + "Result too large", /* 34 - ERANGE */ + +/* non-blocking and interrupt i/o */ + "Resource temporarily unavailable", /* 35 - EAGAIN */ + /* 35 - EWOULDBLOCK */ + "Operation now in progress", /* 36 - EINPROGRESS */ + "Operation already in progress", /* 37 - EALREADY */ + +/* ipc/network software -- argument errors */ + "Socket operation on non-socket", /* 38 - ENOTSOCK */ + "Destination address required", /* 39 - EDESTADDRREQ */ + "Message too long", /* 40 - EMSGSIZE */ + "Protocol wrong type for socket", /* 41 - EPROTOTYPE */ + "Protocol not available", /* 42 - ENOPROTOOPT */ + "Protocol not supported", /* 43 - EPROTONOSUPPORT */ + "Socket type not supported", /* 44 - ESOCKTNOSUPPORT */ + "Operation not supported", /* 45 - EOPNOTSUPP */ + "Protocol family not supported", /* 46 - EPFNOSUPPORT */ + /* 47 - EAFNOSUPPORT */ + "Address family not supported by protocol family", + "Address already in use", /* 48 - EADDRINUSE */ + "Can't assign requested address", /* 49 - EADDRNOTAVAIL */ + +/* ipc/network software -- operational errors */ + "Network is down", /* 50 - ENETDOWN */ + "Network is unreachable", /* 51 - ENETUNREACH */ + "Network dropped connection on reset", /* 52 - ENETRESET */ + "Software caused connection abort", /* 53 - ECONNABORTED */ + "Connection reset by peer", /* 54 - ECONNRESET */ + "No buffer space available", /* 55 - ENOBUFS */ + "Socket is already connected", /* 56 - EISCONN */ + "Socket is not connected", /* 57 - ENOTCONN */ + "Can't send after socket shutdown", /* 58 - ESHUTDOWN */ + "Too many references: can't splice", /* 59 - ETOOMANYREFS */ + "Operation timed out", /* 60 - ETIMEDOUT */ + "Connection refused", /* 61 - ECONNREFUSED */ + + "Too many levels of symbolic links", /* 62 - ELOOP */ + "File name too long", /* 63 - ENAMETOOLONG */ + +/* should be rearranged */ + "Host is down", /* 64 - EHOSTDOWN */ + "No route to host", /* 65 - EHOSTUNREACH */ + "Directory not empty", /* 66 - ENOTEMPTY */ + +/* quotas & mush */ + "Too many processes", /* 67 - EPROCLIM */ + "Too many users", /* 68 - EUSERS */ + "Disc quota exceeded", /* 69 - EDQUOT */ + +/* Network File System */ + "Stale NFS file handle", /* 70 - ESTALE */ + "Too many levels of remote in path", /* 71 - EREMOTE */ + "RPC struct is bad", /* 72 - EBADRPC */ + "RPC version wrong", /* 73 - ERPCMISMATCH */ + "RPC prog. not avail", /* 74 - EPROGUNAVAIL */ + "Program version wrong", /* 75 - EPROGMISMATCH */ + "Bad procedure for program", /* 76 - EPROCUNAVAIL */ + + "No locks available", /* 77 - ENOLCK */ + "Function not implemented", /* 78 - ENOSYS */ + "Inappropriate file type or format", /* 79 - EFTYPE */ + "Authentication error", /* 80 - EAUTH */ + "Need authenticator", /* 81 - ENEEDAUTH */ + "Identifier removed", /* 82 - EIDRM */ + "No message of desired type", /* 83 - ENOMSG */ + "Value too large to be stored in data type", /* 84 - EOVERFLOW */ + "Operation canceled", /* 85 - ECANCELED */ + "Illegal byte sequence", /* 86 - EILSEQ */ + "Attribute not found", /* 87 - ENOATTR */ + +/* General */ + "Programming error", /* 88 - EDOOFUS */ + + "Bad message", /* 89 - EBADMSG */ + "Multihop attempted", /* 90 - EMULTIHOP */ + "Link has been severed", /* 91 - ENOLINK */ + "Protocol error", /* 92 - EPROTO */ +}; +const int sys_nerr = sizeof(sys_errlist) / sizeof(sys_errlist[0]); diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/errno.c b/lib/libc/gen/errno.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..02e0351 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/errno.c @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2002 Peter Wemm <peter@freebsd.org> + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +int errno; diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/exec.3 b/lib/libc/gen/exec.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..daeccd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/exec.3 @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)exec.3 8.3 (Berkeley) 1/24/94 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd January 24, 1994 +.Dt EXEC 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm execl , +.Nm execlp , +.Nm execle , +.Nm exect , +.Nm execv , +.Nm execvp , +.Nm execvP +.Nd execute a file +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Vt extern char **environ ; +.Ft int +.Fn execl "const char *path" "const char *arg" ... /* "(char *)0" */ +.Ft int +.Fn execlp "const char *file" "const char *arg" ... /* "(char *)0" */ +.Ft int +.Fo execle +.Fa "const char *path" "const char *arg" ... +.Fa /* +.Bk -words +.Fa "(char *)0" "char *const envp[]" */ +.Ek +.Fc +.Ft int +.Fn exect "const char *path" "char *const argv[]" "char *const envp[]" +.Ft int +.Fn execv "const char *path" "char *const argv[]" +.Ft int +.Fn execvp "const char *file" "char *const argv[]" +.Ft int +.Fn execvP "const char *file" "const char *search_path" "char *const argv[]" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Nm exec +family of functions replaces the current process image with a +new process image. +The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function +.Xr execve 2 . +(See the manual page for +.Xr execve 2 +for detailed information about the replacement of the current process.) +.Pp +The initial argument for these functions is the pathname of a file which +is to be executed. +.Pp +The +.Fa "const char *arg" +and subsequent ellipses in the +.Fn execl , +.Fn execlp , +and +.Fn execle +functions can be thought of as +.Em arg0 , +.Em arg1 , +\&..., +.Em argn . +Together they describe a list of one or more pointers to null-terminated +strings that represent the argument list available to the executed program. +The first argument, by convention, should point to the file name associated +with the file being executed. +The list of arguments +.Em must +be terminated by a +.Dv NULL +pointer. +.Pp +The +.Fn exect , +.Fn execv , +.Fn execvp , +and +.Fn execvP +functions provide an array of pointers to null-terminated strings that +represent the argument list available to the new program. +The first argument, by convention, should point to the file name associated +with the file being executed. +The array of pointers +.Sy must +be terminated by a +.Dv NULL +pointer. +.Pp +The +.Fn execle +and +.Fn exect +functions also specify the environment of the executed process by following +the +.Dv NULL +pointer that terminates the list of arguments in the argument list +or the pointer to the argv array with an additional argument. +This additional argument is an array of pointers to null-terminated strings +and +.Em must +be terminated by a +.Dv NULL +pointer. +The other functions take the environment for the new process image from the +external variable +.Va environ +in the current process. +.Pp +Some of these functions have special semantics. +.Pp +The functions +.Fn execlp , +.Fn execvp , +and +.Fn execvP +will duplicate the actions of the shell in searching for an executable file +if the specified file name does not contain a slash +.Dq Li / +character. +For +.Fn execlp +and +.Fn execvp , +search path is the path specified in the environment by +.Dq Ev PATH +variable. +If this variable is not specified, +the default path is set according to the +.Dv _PATH_DEFPATH +definition in +.In paths.h , +which is set to +.Dq Ev /usr/bin:/bin . +For +.Fn execvP , +the search path is specified as an argument to the function. +In addition, certain errors are treated specially. +.Pp +If an error is ambiguous (for simplicity, we shall consider all +errors except +.Er ENOEXEC +as being ambiguous here, although only the critical error +.Er EACCES +is really ambiguous), +then these functions will act as if they stat the file to determine +whether the file exists and has suitable execute permissions. +If it does, they will return immediately with the global variable +.Va errno +restored to the value set by +.Fn execve . +Otherwise, the search will be continued. +If the search completes without performing a successful +.Fn execve +or terminating due to an error, +these functions will return with the global variable +.Va errno +set to +.Er EACCES +or +.Er ENOENT +according to whether at least one file with suitable execute permissions +was found. +.Pp +If the header of a file is not recognized (the attempted +.Fn execve +returned +.Er ENOEXEC ) , +these functions will execute the shell with the path of +the file as its first argument. +(If this attempt fails, no further searching is done.) +.Pp +The function +.Fn exect +executes a file with the program tracing facilities enabled (see +.Xr ptrace 2 ) . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +If any of the +.Fn exec +functions returns, an error will have occurred. +The return value is \-1, and the global variable +.Va errno +will be set to indicate the error. +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width /bin/sh -compact +.It Pa /bin/sh +The shell. +.El +.Sh COMPATIBILITY +Historically, the default path for the +.Fn execlp +and +.Fn execvp +functions was +.Dq Pa :/bin:/usr/bin . +This was changed to place the current directory last to enhance system +security. +.Pp +The behavior of +.Fn execlp +and +.Fn execvp +when errors occur while attempting to execute the file is not quite historic +practice, and has not traditionally been documented and is not specified +by the +.Tn POSIX +standard. +.Pp +Traditionally, the functions +.Fn execlp +and +.Fn execvp +ignored all errors except for the ones described above and +.Er ETXTBSY , +upon which they retried after sleeping for several seconds, and +.Er ENOMEM +and +.Er E2BIG , +upon which they returned. +They now return for +.Er ETXTBSY , +and determine existence and executability more carefully. +In particular, +.Er EACCES +for inaccessible directories in the path prefix is no longer +confused with +.Er EACCES +for files with unsuitable execute permissions. +In +.Bx 4.4 , +they returned upon all errors except +.Er EACCES , +.Er ENOENT , +.Er ENOEXEC +and +.Er ETXTBSY . +This was inferior to the traditional error handling, +since it breaks the ignoring of errors for path prefixes +and only improves the handling of the unusual ambiguous error +.Er EFAULT +and the unusual error +.Er EIO . +The behaviour was changed to match the behaviour of +.Xr sh 1 . +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn execl , +.Fn execle , +.Fn execlp , +.Fn execvp +and +.Fn execvP +functions +may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library functions +.Xr execve 2 +and +.Xr malloc 3 . +.Pp +The +.Fn exect +and +.Fn execv +functions +may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library function +.Xr execve 2 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sh 1 , +.Xr execve 2 , +.Xr fork 2 , +.Xr ktrace 2 , +.Xr ptrace 2 , +.Xr environ 7 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn execl , +.Fn execv , +.Fn execle , +.Fn execlp +and +.Fn execvp +functions +conform to +.St -p1003.1-88 . +The +.Fn execvP +function first appeared in +.Fx 5.2 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/exec.c b/lib/libc/gen/exec.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cf7a36 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/exec.c @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)exec.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <paths.h> + +#include <stdarg.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +extern char **environ; + +int +execl(const char *name, const char *arg, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + char **argv; + int n; + + va_start(ap, arg); + n = 1; + while (va_arg(ap, char *) != NULL) + n++; + va_end(ap); + argv = alloca((n + 1) * sizeof(*argv)); + if (argv == NULL) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (-1); + } + va_start(ap, arg); + n = 1; + argv[0] = (char *)arg; + while ((argv[n] = va_arg(ap, char *)) != NULL) + n++; + va_end(ap); + return (_execve(name, argv, environ)); +} + +int +execle(const char *name, const char *arg, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + char **argv, **envp; + int n; + + va_start(ap, arg); + n = 1; + while (va_arg(ap, char *) != NULL) + n++; + va_end(ap); + argv = alloca((n + 1) * sizeof(*argv)); + if (argv == NULL) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (-1); + } + va_start(ap, arg); + n = 1; + argv[0] = (char *)arg; + while ((argv[n] = va_arg(ap, char *)) != NULL) + n++; + envp = va_arg(ap, char **); + va_end(ap); + return (_execve(name, argv, envp)); +} + +int +execlp(const char *name, const char *arg, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + char **argv; + int n; + + va_start(ap, arg); + n = 1; + while (va_arg(ap, char *) != NULL) + n++; + va_end(ap); + argv = alloca((n + 1) * sizeof(*argv)); + if (argv == NULL) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (-1); + } + va_start(ap, arg); + n = 1; + argv[0] = (char *)arg; + while ((argv[n] = va_arg(ap, char *)) != NULL) + n++; + va_end(ap); + return (execvp(name, argv)); +} + +int +execv(name, argv) + const char *name; + char * const *argv; +{ + (void)_execve(name, argv, environ); + return (-1); +} + +int +execvp(const char *name, char * const *argv) +{ + const char *path; + + /* Get the path we're searching. */ + if ((path = getenv("PATH")) == NULL) + path = _PATH_DEFPATH; + + return (execvP(name, path, argv)); +} + +int +execvP(name, path, argv) + const char *name; + const char *path; + char * const *argv; +{ + char **memp; + int cnt, lp, ln; + char *p; + int eacces, save_errno; + char *bp, *cur, buf[MAXPATHLEN]; + struct stat sb; + + eacces = 0; + + /* If it's an absolute or relative path name, it's easy. */ + if (index(name, '/')) { + bp = (char *)name; + cur = NULL; + goto retry; + } + bp = buf; + + /* If it's an empty path name, fail in the usual POSIX way. */ + if (*name == '\0') { + errno = ENOENT; + return (-1); + } + + cur = alloca(strlen(path) + 1); + if (cur == NULL) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (-1); + } + strcpy(cur, path); + while ((p = strsep(&cur, ":")) != NULL) { + /* + * It's a SHELL path -- double, leading and trailing colons + * mean the current directory. + */ + if (*p == '\0') { + p = "."; + lp = 1; + } else + lp = strlen(p); + ln = strlen(name); + + /* + * If the path is too long complain. This is a possible + * security issue; given a way to make the path too long + * the user may execute the wrong program. + */ + if (lp + ln + 2 > sizeof(buf)) { + (void)_write(STDERR_FILENO, "execvP: ", 8); + (void)_write(STDERR_FILENO, p, lp); + (void)_write(STDERR_FILENO, ": path too long\n", + 16); + continue; + } + bcopy(p, buf, lp); + buf[lp] = '/'; + bcopy(name, buf + lp + 1, ln); + buf[lp + ln + 1] = '\0'; + +retry: (void)_execve(bp, argv, environ); + switch (errno) { + case E2BIG: + goto done; + case ELOOP: + case ENAMETOOLONG: + case ENOENT: + break; + case ENOEXEC: + for (cnt = 0; argv[cnt]; ++cnt) + ; + memp = alloca((cnt + 2) * sizeof(char *)); + if (memp == NULL) { + /* errno = ENOMEM; XXX override ENOEXEC? */ + goto done; + } + memp[0] = "sh"; + memp[1] = bp; + bcopy(argv + 1, memp + 2, cnt * sizeof(char *)); + (void)_execve(_PATH_BSHELL, memp, environ); + goto done; + case ENOMEM: + goto done; + case ENOTDIR: + break; + case ETXTBSY: + /* + * We used to retry here, but sh(1) doesn't. + */ + goto done; + default: + /* + * EACCES may be for an inaccessible directory or + * a non-executable file. Call stat() to decide + * which. This also handles ambiguities for EFAULT + * and EIO, and undocumented errors like ESTALE. + * We hope that the race for a stat() is unimportant. + */ + save_errno = errno; + if (stat(bp, &sb) != 0) + break; + if (save_errno == EACCES) { + eacces = 1; + continue; + } + errno = save_errno; + goto done; + } + } + if (eacces) + errno = EACCES; + else + errno = ENOENT; +done: + return (-1); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/feature_present.3 b/lib/libc/gen/feature_present.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a4269e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/feature_present.3 @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Yahoo!, Inc. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" Written by: John Baldwin <jhb@FreeBSD.org> +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. Neither the name of the author nor the names of any co-contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd January 8, 2008 +.Dt feature_present 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm feature_present +.Nd query presence of a kernel feature +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft int +.Fn feature_present "const char *feature" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn feature_present +function provides a method for an application to determine if a specific +kernel feature is present in the currently running kernel. +The +.Fa feature +argument specifies the name of the feature to check. +The +.Fn feature_present +function will return 1 if the specified feature is present, +otherwise it will return 0. +If the +.Fn feature_present +function is not able to determine the presence of +.Fa feature +due to an internal error it will return 0. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +If +.Fa feature +is present then 1 is returned; +otherwise 0 is returned. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sysconf 3 , +.Xr sysctl 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn feature_present +function first appeared in +.Fx 8.0 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/feature_present.c b/lib/libc/gen/feature_present.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a2c282 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/feature_present.c @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2008 Yahoo!, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * Written by: John Baldwin <jhb@FreeBSD.org> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the author nor the names of any co-contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +/* + * Returns true if the named feature is present in the currently + * running kernel. A feature's presence is indicated by an integer + * sysctl node called kern.feature.<feature> that is non-zero. + */ +int +feature_present(const char *feature) +{ + char *mib; + size_t len; + int i; + + if (asprintf(&mib, "kern.features.%s", feature) < 0) + return (0); + len = sizeof(i); + if (sysctlbyname(mib, &i, &len, NULL, 0) < 0) { + free(mib); + return (0); + } + free(mib); + if (len != sizeof(i)) + return (0); + return (i != 0); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fmtcheck.3 b/lib/libc/gen/fmtcheck.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3663558 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/fmtcheck.3 @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This file was contributed to The NetBSD Foundation by Allen Briggs. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +.\" must display the following acknowledgement: +.\" This product includes software developed by the NetBSD +.\" Foundation, Inc. and its contributors. +.\" 4. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its +.\" contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +.\" from this software without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS +.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED +.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS +.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF +.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS +.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) +.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.Dd October 16, 2002 +.Os +.Dt FMTCHECK 3 +.Sh NAME +.Nm fmtcheck +.Nd sanitizes user-supplied +.Xr printf 3 Ns -style +format string +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In stdio.h +.Ft const char * +.Fn fmtcheck "const char *fmt_suspect" "const char *fmt_default" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn fmtcheck +scans +.Fa fmt_suspect +and +.Fa fmt_default +to determine if +.Fa fmt_suspect +will consume the same argument types as +.Fa fmt_default +and to ensure that +.Fa fmt_suspect +is a valid format string. +.Pp +The +.Xr printf 3 +family of functions cannot verify the types of arguments that they are +passed at run-time. +In some cases, like +.Xr catgets 3 , +it is useful or necessary to use a user-supplied format string with no +guarantee that the format string matches the specified arguments. +.Pp +The +.Fn fmtcheck +was designed to be used in these cases, as in: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +printf(fmtcheck(user_format, standard_format), arg1, arg2); +.Ed +.Pp +In the check, field widths, fillers, precisions, etc.\& are ignored (unless +the field width or precision is an asterisk +.Ql * +instead of a digit string). +Also, any text other than the format specifiers +is completely ignored. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +If +.Fa fmt_suspect +is a valid format and consumes the same argument types as +.Fa fmt_default , +then the +.Fn fmtcheck +will return +.Fa fmt_suspect . +Otherwise, it will return +.Fa fmt_default . +.Sh SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS +Note that the formats may be quite different as long as they accept the +same arguments. +For example, +.Qq Li "%p %o %30s %#llx %-10.*e %n" +is compatible with +.Qq Li "This number %lu %d%% and string %s has %qd numbers and %.*g floats (%n)" . +However, +.Qq Li %o +is not equivalent to +.Qq Li %lx +because +the first requires an integer and the second requires a long. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr printf 3 +.Sh BUGS +The +.Fn fmtcheck +function does not understand all of the conversions that +.Xr printf 3 +does. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fmtcheck.c b/lib/libc/gen/fmtcheck.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca93983 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/fmtcheck.c @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This code was contributed to The NetBSD Foundation by Allen Briggs. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the NetBSD + * Foundation, Inc. and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS + * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED + * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS + * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR + * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF + * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS + * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN + * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE + * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +/* $NetBSD: fmtcheck.c,v 1.2 2000/11/01 01:17:20 briggs Exp $ */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <ctype.h> + +__weak_reference(__fmtcheck, fmtcheck); + +enum __e_fmtcheck_types { + FMTCHECK_START, + FMTCHECK_SHORT, + FMTCHECK_INT, + FMTCHECK_LONG, + FMTCHECK_QUAD, + FMTCHECK_PTRDIFFT, + FMTCHECK_SIZET, + FMTCHECK_SHORTPOINTER, + FMTCHECK_INTPOINTER, + FMTCHECK_LONGPOINTER, + FMTCHECK_QUADPOINTER, + FMTCHECK_PTRDIFFTPOINTER, + FMTCHECK_SIZETPOINTER, +#ifndef NO_FLOATING_POINT + FMTCHECK_DOUBLE, + FMTCHECK_LONGDOUBLE, +#endif + FMTCHECK_STRING, + FMTCHECK_WIDTH, + FMTCHECK_PRECISION, + FMTCHECK_DONE, + FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN +}; +typedef enum __e_fmtcheck_types EFT; + +#define RETURN(pf,f,r) do { \ + *(pf) = (f); \ + return r; \ + } /*NOTREACHED*/ /*CONSTCOND*/ while (0) + +static EFT +get_next_format_from_precision(const char **pf) +{ + int sh, lg, quad, longdouble, ptrdifft, sizet; + const char *f; + + sh = lg = quad = longdouble = ptrdifft = sizet = 0; + + f = *pf; + switch (*f) { + case 'h': + f++; + sh = 1; + break; + case 'l': + f++; + if (!*f) RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN); + if (*f == 'l') { + f++; + quad = 1; + } else { + lg = 1; + } + break; + case 'q': + f++; + quad = 1; + break; + case 't': + f++; + ptrdifft = 1; + break; + case 'z': + f++; + sizet = 1; + break; + case 'L': + f++; + longdouble = 1; + break; + default: + break; + } + if (!*f) RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN); + if (strchr("diouxX", *f)) { + if (longdouble) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN); + if (lg) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_LONG); + if (quad) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_QUAD); + if (ptrdifft) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_PTRDIFFT); + if (sizet) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_SIZET); + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_INT); + } + if (*f == 'n') { + if (longdouble) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN); + if (sh) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_SHORTPOINTER); + if (lg) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_LONGPOINTER); + if (quad) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_QUADPOINTER); + if (ptrdifft) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_PTRDIFFTPOINTER); + if (sizet) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_SIZETPOINTER); + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_INTPOINTER); + } + if (strchr("DOU", *f)) { + if (sh + lg + quad + longdouble + ptrdifft + sizet) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN); + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_LONG); + } +#ifndef NO_FLOATING_POINT + if (strchr("aAeEfFgG", *f)) { + if (longdouble) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_LONGDOUBLE); + if (sh + lg + quad + ptrdifft + sizet) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN); + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_DOUBLE); + } +#endif + if (*f == 'c') { + if (sh + lg + quad + longdouble + ptrdifft + sizet) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN); + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_INT); + } + if (*f == 's') { + if (sh + lg + quad + longdouble + ptrdifft + sizet) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN); + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_STRING); + } + if (*f == 'p') { + if (sh + lg + quad + longdouble + ptrdifft + sizet) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN); + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_LONG); + } + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN); + /*NOTREACHED*/ +} + +static EFT +get_next_format_from_width(const char **pf) +{ + const char *f; + + f = *pf; + if (*f == '.') { + f++; + if (*f == '*') { + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_PRECISION); + } + /* eat any precision (empty is allowed) */ + while (isdigit(*f)) f++; + if (!*f) RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN); + } + RETURN(pf,f,get_next_format_from_precision(pf)); + /*NOTREACHED*/ +} + +static EFT +get_next_format(const char **pf, EFT eft) +{ + int infmt; + const char *f; + + if (eft == FMTCHECK_WIDTH) { + (*pf)++; + return get_next_format_from_width(pf); + } else if (eft == FMTCHECK_PRECISION) { + (*pf)++; + return get_next_format_from_precision(pf); + } + + f = *pf; + infmt = 0; + while (!infmt) { + f = strchr(f, '%'); + if (f == NULL) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_DONE); + f++; + if (!*f) + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN); + if (*f != '%') + infmt = 1; + else + f++; + } + + /* Eat any of the flags */ + while (*f && (strchr("#'0- +", *f))) + f++; + + if (*f == '*') { + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_WIDTH); + } + /* eat any width */ + while (isdigit(*f)) f++; + if (!*f) { + RETURN(pf,f,FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN); + } + + RETURN(pf,f,get_next_format_from_width(pf)); + /*NOTREACHED*/ +} + +__const char * +__fmtcheck(const char *f1, const char *f2) +{ + const char *f1p, *f2p; + EFT f1t, f2t; + + if (!f1) return f2; + + f1p = f1; + f1t = FMTCHECK_START; + f2p = f2; + f2t = FMTCHECK_START; + while ((f1t = get_next_format(&f1p, f1t)) != FMTCHECK_DONE) { + if (f1t == FMTCHECK_UNKNOWN) + return f2; + f2t = get_next_format(&f2p, f2t); + if (f1t != f2t) + return f2; + } + return f1; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fmtmsg.3 b/lib/libc/gen/fmtmsg.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7995d7b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/fmtmsg.3 @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Mike Barcroft <mike@FreeBSD.org> +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd August 5, 2002 +.Dt FMTMSG 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm fmtmsg +.Nd display a detailed diagnostic message +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In fmtmsg.h +.Ft int +.Fo fmtmsg +.Fa "long classification" "const char *label" "int severity" +.Fa "const char *text" "const char *action" "const char *tag" +.Fc +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn fmtmsg +function displays a detailed diagnostic message, based on +the supplied arguments, to +.Dv stderr +and/or the system console. +.Pp +The +.Fa classification +argument is the bitwise inclusive +.Tn OR +of zero or one of the manifest constants from +each of the classification groups below. +The Output classification group is an exception since both +.Dv MM_PRINT +and +.Dv MM_CONSOLE +may be specified. +.Bl -tag -width indent +.It Output +.Bl -tag -width ".Dv MM_CONSOLE" +.It Dv MM_PRINT +Output should take place on +.Dv stderr . +.It Dv MM_CONSOLE +Output should take place on the system console. +.El +.It "Source of Condition (Major)" +.Bl -tag -width ".Dv MM_CONSOLE" +.It Dv MM_HARD +The source of the condition is hardware related. +.It Dv MM_SOFT +The source of the condition is software related. +.It Dv MM_FIRM +The source of the condition is firmware related. +.El +.It "Source of Condition (Minor)" +.Bl -tag -width ".Dv MM_CONSOLE" +.It Dv MM_APPL +The condition was detected at the application level. +.It Dv MM_UTIL +The condition was detected at the utility level. +.It Dv MM_OPSYS +The condition was detected at the operating system level. +.El +.It Status +.Bl -tag -width ".Dv MM_CONSOLE" +.It Dv MM_RECOVER +The application can recover from the condition. +.It Dv MM_NRECOV +The application is unable to recover from the condition. +.El +.El +.Pp +Alternatively, the +.Dv MM_NULLMC +manifest constant may be used to specify no classification. +.Pp +The +.Fa label +argument indicates the source of the message. +It is made up of two fields separated by a colon +.Pq Ql \&: . +The first field can be up to 10 bytes, +and the second field can be up to 14 bytes. +The +.Dv MM_NULLLBL +manifest constant may be used to specify no label. +.Pp +The +.Fa severity +argument identifies the importance of the condition. +One of the following manifest constants should be used for this argument. +.Bl -tag -offset indent -width ".Dv MM_WARNING" +.It Dv MM_HALT +The application has confronted a serious fault and is halting. +.It Dv MM_ERROR +The application has detected a fault. +.It Dv MM_WARNING +The application has detected an unusual condition, +that could be indicative of a problem. +.It Dv MM_INFO +The application is providing information about a non-error condition. +.It Dv MM_NOSEV +No severity level supplied. +.El +.Pp +The +.Fa text +argument details the error condition that caused the message. +There is no limit on the size of this character string. +The +.Dv MM_NULLTXT +manifest constant may be used to specify no text. +.Pp +The +.Fa action +argument details how the error-recovery process should begin. +Upon output, +.Fn fmtmsg +will prefix +.Qq Li "TO FIX:" +to the beginning of the +.Fa action +argument. +The +.Dv MM_NULLACT +manifest constant may be used to specify no action. +.Pp +The +.Fa tag +argument should reference online documentation for the message. +This usually includes the +.Fa label +and a unique identifying number. +An example tag is +.Qq Li BSD:ls:168 . +The +.Dv MM_NULLTAG +manifest constant may be used to specify no tag. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn fmtmsg +function returns +.Dv MM_OK +upon success, +.Dv MM_NOMSG +to indicate output to +.Dv stderr +failed, +.Dv MM_NOCON +to indicate output to the system console failed, or +.Dv MM_NOTOK +to indicate output to +.Dv stderr +and the system console failed. +.Sh ENVIRONMENT +The +.Ev MSGVERB +(message verbosity) +environment variable specifies which arguments to +.Fn fmtmsg +will be output to +.Dv stderr , +and in which order. +.Ev MSGVERB +should be a colon +.Pq Ql \&: +separated list of identifiers. +Valid identifiers include: +.Li label , severity , text , action , +and +.Li tag . +If invalid identifiers are specified or incorrectly separated, +the default message verbosity and ordering will be used. +The default ordering is equivalent to a +.Ev MSGVERB +with a value of +.Qq Li label:severity:text:action:tag . +.Sh EXAMPLES +The code: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +fmtmsg(MM_UTIL | MM_PRINT, "BSD:ls", MM_ERROR, + "illegal option -- z", "refer to manual", "BSD:ls:001"); +.Ed +.Pp +will output: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +BSD:ls: ERROR: illegal option -- z +TO FIX: refer to manual BSD:ls:001 +.Ed +.Pp +to +.Dv stderr . +.Pp +The same code, with +.Ev MSGVERB +set to +.Qq Li "text:severity:action:tag" , +produces: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +illegal option -- z: ERROR +TO FIX: refer to manual BSD:ls:001 +.Ed +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr err 3 , +.Xr exit 3 , +.Xr strerror 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn fmtmsg +function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-2001 . +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn fmtmsg +function first appeared in +.Fx 5.0 . +.Sh BUGS +Specifying +.Dv MM_NULLMC +for the +.Fa classification +argument makes little sense, since without an output specified, +.Fn fmtmsg +is unable to do anything useful. +.Pp +In order for +.Fn fmtmsg +to output to the system console, the effective +user must have appropriate permission to write to +.Pa /dev/console . +This means that on most systems +.Fn fmtmsg +will return +.Dv MM_NOCON +unless the effective user is root. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fmtmsg.c b/lib/libc/gen/fmtmsg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6caabbb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/fmtmsg.c @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2002 Mike Barcroft <mike@FreeBSD.org> + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <fmtmsg.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* Default value for MSGVERB. */ +#define DFLT_MSGVERB "label:severity:text:action:tag" + +/* Maximum valid size for a MSGVERB. */ +#define MAX_MSGVERB sizeof(DFLT_MSGVERB) + +static char *printfmt(char *, long, const char *, int, const char *, + const char *, const char *); +static char *nextcomp(const char *); +static const char + *sevinfo(int); +static int validmsgverb(const char *); + +static const char *validlist[] = { + "label", "severity", "text", "action", "tag", NULL +}; + +int +fmtmsg(long class, const char *label, int sev, const char *text, + const char *action, const char *tag) +{ + FILE *fp; + char *env, *msgverb, *output; + + if (class & MM_PRINT) { + if ((env = getenv("MSGVERB")) != NULL && *env != '\0' && + strlen(env) <= strlen(DFLT_MSGVERB)) { + if ((msgverb = strdup(env)) == NULL) + return (MM_NOTOK); + else if (validmsgverb(msgverb) == 0) { + free(msgverb); + goto def; + } + } else { +def: + if ((msgverb = strdup(DFLT_MSGVERB)) == NULL) + return (MM_NOTOK); + } + output = printfmt(msgverb, class, label, sev, text, action, + tag); + if (output == NULL) { + free(msgverb); + return (MM_NOTOK); + } + if (*output != '\0') + fprintf(stderr, "%s", output); + free(msgverb); + free(output); + } + if (class & MM_CONSOLE) { + output = printfmt(DFLT_MSGVERB, class, label, sev, text, + action, tag); + if (output == NULL) + return (MM_NOCON); + if (*output != '\0') { + if ((fp = fopen("/dev/console", "a")) == NULL) { + free(output); + return (MM_NOCON); + } + fprintf(fp, "%s", output); + fclose(fp); + } + free(output); + } + return (MM_OK); +} + +#define INSERT_COLON \ + if (*output != '\0') \ + strlcat(output, ": ", size) +#define INSERT_NEWLINE \ + if (*output != '\0') \ + strlcat(output, "\n", size) +#define INSERT_SPACE \ + if (*output != '\0') \ + strlcat(output, " ", size) + +/* + * Returns NULL on memory allocation failure, otherwise returns a pointer to + * a newly malloc()'d output buffer. + */ +static char * +printfmt(char *msgverb, long class, const char *label, int sev, + const char *text, const char *act, const char *tag) +{ + size_t size; + char *comp, *output; + const char *sevname; + + size = 32; + if (label != MM_NULLLBL) + size += strlen(label); + if ((sevname = sevinfo(sev)) != NULL) + size += strlen(sevname); + if (text != MM_NULLTXT) + size += strlen(text); + if (text != MM_NULLACT) + size += strlen(act); + if (tag != MM_NULLTAG) + size += strlen(tag); + + if ((output = malloc(size)) == NULL) + return (NULL); + *output = '\0'; + while ((comp = nextcomp(msgverb)) != NULL) { + if (strcmp(comp, "label") == 0 && label != MM_NULLLBL) { + INSERT_COLON; + strlcat(output, label, size); + } else if (strcmp(comp, "severity") == 0 && sevname != NULL) { + INSERT_COLON; + strlcat(output, sevinfo(sev), size); + } else if (strcmp(comp, "text") == 0 && text != MM_NULLTXT) { + INSERT_COLON; + strlcat(output, text, size); + } else if (strcmp(comp, "action") == 0 && act != MM_NULLACT) { + INSERT_NEWLINE; + strlcat(output, "TO FIX: ", size); + strlcat(output, act, size); + } else if (strcmp(comp, "tag") == 0 && tag != MM_NULLTAG) { + INSERT_SPACE; + strlcat(output, tag, size); + } + } + INSERT_NEWLINE; + return (output); +} + +/* + * Returns a component of a colon delimited string. NULL is returned to + * indicate that there are no remaining components. This function must be + * called until it returns NULL in order for the local state to be cleared. + */ +static char * +nextcomp(const char *msgverb) +{ + static char lmsgverb[MAX_MSGVERB], *state; + char *retval; + + if (*lmsgverb == '\0') { + strlcpy(lmsgverb, msgverb, sizeof(lmsgverb)); + retval = strtok_r(lmsgverb, ":", &state); + } else { + retval = strtok_r(NULL, ":", &state); + } + if (retval == NULL) + *lmsgverb = '\0'; + return (retval); +} + +static const char * +sevinfo(int sev) +{ + + switch (sev) { + case MM_HALT: + return ("HALT"); + case MM_ERROR: + return ("ERROR"); + case MM_WARNING: + return ("WARNING"); + case MM_INFO: + return ("INFO"); + default: + return (NULL); + } +} + +/* + * Returns 1 if the msgverb list is valid, otherwise 0. + */ +static int +validmsgverb(const char *msgverb) +{ + char *msgcomp; + int i, equality; + + equality = 0; + while ((msgcomp = nextcomp(msgverb)) != NULL) { + equality--; + for (i = 0; validlist[i] != NULL; i++) { + if (strcmp(msgcomp, validlist[i]) == 0) + equality++; + } + } + return (!equality); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.3 b/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..489b2a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.3 @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" Guido van Rossum. +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)fnmatch.3 8.3 (Berkeley) 4/28/95 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd July 18, 2004 +.Dt FNMATCH 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm fnmatch +.Nd test whether a filename or pathname matches a shell-style pattern +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In fnmatch.h +.Ft int +.Fn fnmatch "const char *pattern" "const char *string" "int flags" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn fnmatch +function +matches patterns according to the rules used by the shell. +It checks the string specified by the +.Fa string +argument to see if it matches the pattern specified by the +.Fa pattern +argument. +.Pp +The +.Fa flags +argument modifies the interpretation of +.Fa pattern +and +.Fa string . +The value of +.Fa flags +is the bitwise inclusive +.Tn OR +of any of the following +constants, which are defined in the include file +.In fnmatch.h . +.Bl -tag -width FNM_PATHNAME +.It Dv FNM_NOESCAPE +Normally, every occurrence of a backslash +.Pq Ql \e +followed by a character in +.Fa pattern +is replaced by that character. +This is done to negate any special meaning for the character. +If the +.Dv FNM_NOESCAPE +flag is set, a backslash character is treated as an ordinary character. +.It Dv FNM_PATHNAME +Slash characters in +.Fa string +must be explicitly matched by slashes in +.Fa pattern . +If this flag is not set, then slashes are treated as regular characters. +.It Dv FNM_PERIOD +Leading periods in +.Fa string +must be explicitly matched by periods in +.Fa pattern . +If this flag is not set, then leading periods are treated as regular +characters. +The definition of +.Dq leading +is related to the specification of +.Dv FNM_PATHNAME . +A period is always +.Dq leading +if it is the first character in +.Fa string . +Additionally, if +.Dv FNM_PATHNAME +is set, +a period is +leading +if it immediately follows a slash. +.It Dv FNM_LEADING_DIR +Ignore +.Dq Li /* +rest after successful +.Fa pattern +matching. +.It Dv FNM_CASEFOLD +Ignore case distinctions in both the +.Fa pattern +and the +.Fa string . +.El +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn fnmatch +function returns zero if +.Fa string +matches the pattern specified by +.Fa pattern , +otherwise, it returns the value +.Dv FNM_NOMATCH . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sh 1 , +.Xr glob 3 , +.Xr regex 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The current implementation of the +.Fn fnmatch +function +.Em does not +conform to +.St -p1003.2 . +Collating symbol expressions, equivalence class expressions and +character class expressions are not supported. +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn fnmatch +function first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . +.Sh BUGS +The pattern +.Ql * +matches the empty string, even if +.Dv FNM_PATHNAME +is specified. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.c b/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e697bdc --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.c @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Guido van Rossum. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)fnmatch.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/16/94"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +/* + * Function fnmatch() as specified in POSIX 1003.2-1992, section B.6. + * Compares a filename or pathname to a pattern. + */ + +/* + * Some notes on multibyte character support: + * 1. Patterns with illegal byte sequences match nothing. + * 2. Illegal byte sequences in the "string" argument are handled by treating + * them as single-byte characters with a value of the first byte of the + * sequence cast to wchar_t. + * 3. Multibyte conversion state objects (mbstate_t) are passed around and + * used for most, but not all, conversions. Further work will be required + * to support state-dependent encodings. + */ + +#include <fnmatch.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <wchar.h> +#include <wctype.h> + +#include "collate.h" + +#define EOS '\0' + +#define RANGE_MATCH 1 +#define RANGE_NOMATCH 0 +#define RANGE_ERROR (-1) + +static int rangematch(const char *, wchar_t, int, char **, mbstate_t *); +static int fnmatch1(const char *, const char *, int, mbstate_t, mbstate_t); + +int +fnmatch(pattern, string, flags) + const char *pattern, *string; + int flags; +{ + static const mbstate_t initial; + + return (fnmatch1(pattern, string, flags, initial, initial)); +} + +static int +fnmatch1(pattern, string, flags, patmbs, strmbs) + const char *pattern, *string; + int flags; + mbstate_t patmbs, strmbs; +{ + const char *stringstart; + char *newp; + char c; + wchar_t pc, sc; + size_t pclen, sclen; + + for (stringstart = string;;) { + pclen = mbrtowc(&pc, pattern, MB_LEN_MAX, &patmbs); + if (pclen == (size_t)-1 || pclen == (size_t)-2) + return (FNM_NOMATCH); + pattern += pclen; + sclen = mbrtowc(&sc, string, MB_LEN_MAX, &strmbs); + if (sclen == (size_t)-1 || sclen == (size_t)-2) { + sc = (unsigned char)*string; + sclen = 1; + memset(&strmbs, 0, sizeof(strmbs)); + } + switch (pc) { + case EOS: + if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && sc == '/') + return (0); + return (sc == EOS ? 0 : FNM_NOMATCH); + case '?': + if (sc == EOS) + return (FNM_NOMATCH); + if (sc == '/' && (flags & FNM_PATHNAME)) + return (FNM_NOMATCH); + if (sc == '.' && (flags & FNM_PERIOD) && + (string == stringstart || + ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && *(string - 1) == '/'))) + return (FNM_NOMATCH); + string += sclen; + break; + case '*': + c = *pattern; + /* Collapse multiple stars. */ + while (c == '*') + c = *++pattern; + + if (sc == '.' && (flags & FNM_PERIOD) && + (string == stringstart || + ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && *(string - 1) == '/'))) + return (FNM_NOMATCH); + + /* Optimize for pattern with * at end or before /. */ + if (c == EOS) + if (flags & FNM_PATHNAME) + return ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) || + strchr(string, '/') == NULL ? + 0 : FNM_NOMATCH); + else + return (0); + else if (c == '/' && flags & FNM_PATHNAME) { + if ((string = strchr(string, '/')) == NULL) + return (FNM_NOMATCH); + break; + } + + /* General case, use recursion. */ + while (sc != EOS) { + if (!fnmatch1(pattern, string, + flags & ~FNM_PERIOD, patmbs, strmbs)) + return (0); + sclen = mbrtowc(&sc, string, MB_LEN_MAX, + &strmbs); + if (sclen == (size_t)-1 || + sclen == (size_t)-2) { + sc = (unsigned char)*string; + sclen = 1; + memset(&strmbs, 0, sizeof(strmbs)); + } + if (sc == '/' && flags & FNM_PATHNAME) + break; + string += sclen; + } + return (FNM_NOMATCH); + case '[': + if (sc == EOS) + return (FNM_NOMATCH); + if (sc == '/' && (flags & FNM_PATHNAME)) + return (FNM_NOMATCH); + if (sc == '.' && (flags & FNM_PERIOD) && + (string == stringstart || + ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && *(string - 1) == '/'))) + return (FNM_NOMATCH); + + switch (rangematch(pattern, sc, flags, &newp, + &patmbs)) { + case RANGE_ERROR: + goto norm; + case RANGE_MATCH: + pattern = newp; + break; + case RANGE_NOMATCH: + return (FNM_NOMATCH); + } + string += sclen; + break; + case '\\': + if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE)) { + pclen = mbrtowc(&pc, pattern, MB_LEN_MAX, + &patmbs); + if (pclen == (size_t)-1 || pclen == (size_t)-2) + return (FNM_NOMATCH); + if (pclen == 0) + pc = '\\'; + pattern += pclen; + } + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + norm: + if (pc == sc) + ; + else if ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && + (towlower(pc) == towlower(sc))) + ; + else + return (FNM_NOMATCH); + string += sclen; + break; + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +static int +rangematch(pattern, test, flags, newp, patmbs) + const char *pattern; + wchar_t test; + int flags; + char **newp; + mbstate_t *patmbs; +{ + int negate, ok; + wchar_t c, c2; + size_t pclen; + const char *origpat; + + /* + * A bracket expression starting with an unquoted circumflex + * character produces unspecified results (IEEE 1003.2-1992, + * 3.13.2). This implementation treats it like '!', for + * consistency with the regular expression syntax. + * J.T. Conklin (conklin@ngai.kaleida.com) + */ + if ( (negate = (*pattern == '!' || *pattern == '^')) ) + ++pattern; + + if (flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) + test = towlower(test); + + /* + * A right bracket shall lose its special meaning and represent + * itself in a bracket expression if it occurs first in the list. + * -- POSIX.2 2.8.3.2 + */ + ok = 0; + origpat = pattern; + for (;;) { + if (*pattern == ']' && pattern > origpat) { + pattern++; + break; + } else if (*pattern == '\0') { + return (RANGE_ERROR); + } else if (*pattern == '/' && (flags & FNM_PATHNAME)) { + return (RANGE_NOMATCH); + } else if (*pattern == '\\' && !(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE)) + pattern++; + pclen = mbrtowc(&c, pattern, MB_LEN_MAX, patmbs); + if (pclen == (size_t)-1 || pclen == (size_t)-2) + return (RANGE_NOMATCH); + pattern += pclen; + + if (flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) + c = towlower(c); + + if (*pattern == '-' && *(pattern + 1) != EOS && + *(pattern + 1) != ']') { + if (*++pattern == '\\' && !(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE)) + if (*pattern != EOS) + pattern++; + pclen = mbrtowc(&c2, pattern, MB_LEN_MAX, patmbs); + if (pclen == (size_t)-1 || pclen == (size_t)-2) + return (RANGE_NOMATCH); + pattern += pclen; + if (c2 == EOS) + return (RANGE_ERROR); + + if (flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) + c2 = towlower(c2); + + if (__collate_load_error ? + c <= test && test <= c2 : + __collate_range_cmp(c, test) <= 0 + && __collate_range_cmp(test, c2) <= 0 + ) + ok = 1; + } else if (c == test) + ok = 1; + } + + *newp = (char *)pattern; + return (ok == negate ? RANGE_NOMATCH : RANGE_MATCH); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fpclassify.3 b/lib/libc/gen/fpclassify.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a547eeb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/fpclassify.3 @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Mike Barcroft <mike@FreeBSD.org> +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd January 26, 2005 +.Dt FPCLASSIFY 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm fpclassify , isfinite , isinf , isnan , isnormal +.Nd "classify a floating-point number" +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libm +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In math.h +.Ft int +.Fn fpclassify "real-floating x" +.Ft int +.Fn isfinite "real-floating x" +.Ft int +.Fn isinf "real-floating x" +.Ft int +.Fn isnan "real-floating x" +.Ft int +.Fn isnormal "real-floating x" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn fpclassify +macro takes an argument of +.Fa x +and returns one of the following manifest constants. +.Bl -tag -width ".Dv FP_SUBNORMAL" +.It Dv FP_INFINITE +Indicates that +.Fa x +is an infinite number. +.It Dv FP_NAN +Indicates that +.Fa x +is not a number (NaN). +.It Dv FP_NORMAL +Indicates that +.Fa x +is a normalized number. +.It Dv FP_SUBNORMAL +Indicates that +.Fa x +is a denormalized number. +.It Dv FP_ZERO +Indicates that +.Fa x +is zero (0 or \-0). +.El +.Pp +The +.Fn isfinite +macro returns a non-zero value if and only if its argument has +a finite (zero, subnormal, or normal) value. +The +.Fn isinf , +.Fn isnan , +and +.Fn isnormal +macros return non-zero if and only if +.Fa x +is an infinity, NaN, +or a non-zero normalized number, respectively. +.Pp +The symbol +.Fn isnanf +is provided as an alias to +.Fn isnan +for compatibility, and its use is deprecated. +Similarly, +.Fn finite +and +.Fn finitef +are deprecated versions of +.Fn isfinite . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr isgreater 3 , +.Xr math 3 , +.Xr signbit 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn fpclassify , +.Fn isfinite , +.Fn isinf , +.Fn isnan , +and +.Fn isnormal +macros conform to +.St -isoC-99 . +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn fpclassify , +.Fn isfinite , +.Fn isinf , +.Fn isnan , +and +.Fn isnormal +macros were added in +.Fx 5.1 . +.Bx 3 +introduced +.Fn isinf +and +.Fn isnan +functions, which accepted +.Vt double +arguments; these have been superseded by the macros +described above. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fpclassify.c b/lib/libc/gen/fpclassify.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..754a1df --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/fpclassify.c @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2003 Mike Barcroft <mike@FreeBSD.org> + * Copyright (c) 2002, 2003 David Schultz <das@FreeBSD.ORG> + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +#include <sys/endian.h> + +#include <math.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "fpmath.h" + +int +__fpclassifyf(float f) +{ + union IEEEf2bits u; + + u.f = f; + if (u.bits.exp == 0) { + if (u.bits.man == 0) + return (FP_ZERO); + return (FP_SUBNORMAL); + } + if (u.bits.exp == 255) { + if (u.bits.man == 0) + return (FP_INFINITE); + return (FP_NAN); + } + return (FP_NORMAL); +} + +int +__fpclassifyd(double d) +{ + union IEEEd2bits u; + + u.d = d; + if (u.bits.exp == 0) { + if ((u.bits.manl | u.bits.manh) == 0) + return (FP_ZERO); + return (FP_SUBNORMAL); + } + if (u.bits.exp == 2047) { + if ((u.bits.manl | u.bits.manh) == 0) + return (FP_INFINITE); + return (FP_NAN); + } + return (FP_NORMAL); +} + +int +__fpclassifyl(long double e) +{ + union IEEEl2bits u; + + u.e = e; + if (u.bits.exp == 0) { + if ((u.bits.manl | u.bits.manh) == 0) + return (FP_ZERO); + return (FP_SUBNORMAL); + } + mask_nbit_l(u); /* Mask normalization bit if applicable. */ + if (u.bits.exp == 32767) { + if ((u.bits.manl | u.bits.manh) == 0) + return (FP_INFINITE); + return (FP_NAN); + } + return (FP_NORMAL); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/frexp.3 b/lib/libc/gen/frexp.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..390da75 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/frexp.3 @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information +.\" Processing Systems. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)frexp.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd March 4, 2005 +.Dt FREXP 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm frexp , +.Nm frexpf , +.Nm frexpl +.Nd convert floating-point number to fractional and integral components +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libm +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In math.h +.Ft double +.Fn frexp "double value" "int *exp" +.Ft float +.Fn frexpf "float value" "int *exp" +.Ft long double +.Fn frexpl "long double value" "int *exp" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn frexp , +.Fn frexpf +and +.Fn frexpl +functions break a floating-point number into a normalized +fraction and an integral power of 2. +They store the integer in the +.Vt int +object pointed to by +.Fa exp . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +These functions return the value +.Va x , +such that +.Va x +is a +.Vt double +with magnitude in the interval +.Bo 1/2 , 1 Pc +or zero, and +.Fa value +equals +.Va x +times 2 raised to the power +.Fa *exp . +If +.Fa value +is zero, both parts of the result are zero. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr ldexp 3 , +.Xr math 3 , +.Xr modf 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn frexp , +.Fn frexpf , +and +.Fn frexpl +functions conform to +.St -isoC-99 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/frexp.c b/lib/libc/gen/frexp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53483da --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/frexp.c @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2004 David Schultz <das@FreeBSD.ORG> + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +#include <math.h> + +#include "fpmath.h" + +double +frexp(double d, int *ex) +{ + union IEEEd2bits u; + + u.d = d; + switch (u.bits.exp) { + case 0: /* 0 or subnormal */ + if ((u.bits.manl | u.bits.manh) == 0) { + *ex = 0; + } else { + u.d *= 0x1.0p514; + *ex = u.bits.exp - 1536; + u.bits.exp = 1022; + } + break; + case 2047: /* infinity or NaN; value of *ex is unspecified */ + break; + default: /* normal */ + *ex = u.bits.exp - 1022; + u.bits.exp = 1022; + break; + } + return (u.d); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fstab.c b/lib/libc/gen/fstab.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9dac476 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/fstab.c @@ -0,0 +1,294 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1980, 1988, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)fstab.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/mount.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <fstab.h> +#include <paths.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +static FILE *_fs_fp; +static struct fstab _fs_fstab; +static int LineNo = 0; +static char *path_fstab; +static char fstab_path[PATH_MAX]; +static int fsp_set = 0; + +static void error(int); +static void fixfsfile(void); +static int fstabscan(void); + +void +setfstab(const char *file) +{ + + if (file == NULL) { + path_fstab = _PATH_FSTAB; + } else { + strncpy(fstab_path, file, PATH_MAX); + fstab_path[PATH_MAX - 1] = '\0'; + path_fstab = fstab_path; + } + fsp_set = 1; + + return; +} + +const char * +getfstab (void) +{ + + if (fsp_set) + return (path_fstab); + else + return (_PATH_FSTAB); +} + +static void +fixfsfile() +{ + static char buf[sizeof(_PATH_DEV) + MNAMELEN]; + struct stat sb; + struct statfs sf; + + if (strcmp(_fs_fstab.fs_file, "/") != 0) + return; + if (statfs("/", &sf) != 0) + return; + if (sf.f_mntfromname[0] == '/') + buf[0] = '\0'; + else + strcpy(buf, _PATH_DEV); + strcat(buf, sf.f_mntfromname); + if (stat(buf, &sb) != 0 || + (!S_ISBLK(sb.st_mode) && !S_ISCHR(sb.st_mode))) + return; + _fs_fstab.fs_spec = buf; +} + +static int +fstabscan() +{ + char *cp, *p; +#define MAXLINELENGTH 1024 + static char line[MAXLINELENGTH]; + char subline[MAXLINELENGTH]; + int typexx; + + for (;;) { + + if (!(p = fgets(line, sizeof(line), _fs_fp))) + return(0); +/* OLD_STYLE_FSTAB */ + ++LineNo; + if (*line == '#' || *line == '\n') + continue; + if (!strpbrk(p, " \t")) { + _fs_fstab.fs_spec = strsep(&p, ":\n"); + _fs_fstab.fs_file = strsep(&p, ":\n"); + fixfsfile(); + _fs_fstab.fs_type = strsep(&p, ":\n"); + if (_fs_fstab.fs_type) { + if (!strcmp(_fs_fstab.fs_type, FSTAB_XX)) + continue; + _fs_fstab.fs_mntops = _fs_fstab.fs_type; + _fs_fstab.fs_vfstype = + strcmp(_fs_fstab.fs_type, FSTAB_SW) ? + "ufs" : "swap"; + if ((cp = strsep(&p, ":\n")) != NULL) { + _fs_fstab.fs_freq = atoi(cp); + if ((cp = strsep(&p, ":\n")) != NULL) { + _fs_fstab.fs_passno = atoi(cp); + return(1); + } + } + } + goto bad; + } +/* OLD_STYLE_FSTAB */ + while ((cp = strsep(&p, " \t\n")) != NULL && *cp == '\0') + ; + _fs_fstab.fs_spec = cp; + if (!_fs_fstab.fs_spec || *_fs_fstab.fs_spec == '#') + continue; + while ((cp = strsep(&p, " \t\n")) != NULL && *cp == '\0') + ; + _fs_fstab.fs_file = cp; + fixfsfile(); + while ((cp = strsep(&p, " \t\n")) != NULL && *cp == '\0') + ; + _fs_fstab.fs_vfstype = cp; + while ((cp = strsep(&p, " \t\n")) != NULL && *cp == '\0') + ; + _fs_fstab.fs_mntops = cp; + if (_fs_fstab.fs_mntops == NULL) + goto bad; + _fs_fstab.fs_freq = 0; + _fs_fstab.fs_passno = 0; + while ((cp = strsep(&p, " \t\n")) != NULL && *cp == '\0') + ; + if (cp != NULL) { + _fs_fstab.fs_freq = atoi(cp); + while ((cp = strsep(&p, " \t\n")) != NULL && *cp == '\0') + ; + if (cp != NULL) + _fs_fstab.fs_passno = atoi(cp); + } + strcpy(subline, _fs_fstab.fs_mntops); + p = subline; + for (typexx = 0, cp = strsep(&p, ","); cp; + cp = strsep(&p, ",")) { + if (strlen(cp) != 2) + continue; + if (!strcmp(cp, FSTAB_RW)) { + _fs_fstab.fs_type = FSTAB_RW; + break; + } + if (!strcmp(cp, FSTAB_RQ)) { + _fs_fstab.fs_type = FSTAB_RQ; + break; + } + if (!strcmp(cp, FSTAB_RO)) { + _fs_fstab.fs_type = FSTAB_RO; + break; + } + if (!strcmp(cp, FSTAB_SW)) { + _fs_fstab.fs_type = FSTAB_SW; + break; + } + if (!strcmp(cp, FSTAB_XX)) { + _fs_fstab.fs_type = FSTAB_XX; + typexx++; + break; + } + } + if (typexx) + continue; + if (cp != NULL) + return(1); + +bad: /* no way to distinguish between EOF and syntax error */ + error(EFTYPE); + } + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +struct fstab * +getfsent() +{ + if ((!_fs_fp && !setfsent()) || !fstabscan()) + return((struct fstab *)NULL); + return(&_fs_fstab); +} + +struct fstab * +getfsspec(name) + const char *name; +{ + if (setfsent()) + while (fstabscan()) + if (!strcmp(_fs_fstab.fs_spec, name)) + return(&_fs_fstab); + return((struct fstab *)NULL); +} + +struct fstab * +getfsfile(name) + const char *name; +{ + if (setfsent()) + while (fstabscan()) + if (!strcmp(_fs_fstab.fs_file, name)) + return(&_fs_fstab); + return((struct fstab *)NULL); +} + +int +setfsent() +{ + if (_fs_fp) { + rewind(_fs_fp); + LineNo = 0; + return(1); + } + if (fsp_set == 0) { + if (issetugid()) + setfstab(NULL); + else + setfstab(getenv("PATH_FSTAB")); + } + if ((_fs_fp = fopen(path_fstab, "r")) != NULL) { + LineNo = 0; + return(1); + } + error(errno); + return(0); +} + +void +endfsent() +{ + if (_fs_fp) { + (void)fclose(_fs_fp); + _fs_fp = NULL; + } + + fsp_set = 0; +} + +static void +error(err) + int err; +{ + char *p; + char num[30]; + + (void)_write(STDERR_FILENO, "fstab: ", 7); + (void)_write(STDERR_FILENO, path_fstab, strlen(path_fstab)); + (void)_write(STDERR_FILENO, ":", 1); + sprintf(num, "%d: ", LineNo); + (void)_write(STDERR_FILENO, num, strlen(num)); + p = strerror(err); + (void)_write(STDERR_FILENO, p, strlen(p)); + (void)_write(STDERR_FILENO, "\n", 1); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ftok.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ftok.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1c7dde --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ftok.3 @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1994 SigmaSoft, Th. Lockert <tholo@sigmasoft.com> +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products +.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +.\" SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +.\" PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; +.\" OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, +.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR +.\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF +.\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.Dd June 24, 1994 +.Os +.Dt FTOK 3 +.Sh NAME +.Nm ftok +.Nd create IPC identifier from path name +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/types.h +.In sys/ipc.h +.Ft key_t +.Fn ftok "const char *path" "int id" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn ftok +function attempts to create a unique key suitable for use with the +.Xr msgget 3 , +.Xr semget 2 +and +.Xr shmget 2 +functions given the +.Fa path +of an existing file and a user-selectable +.Fa id . +.Pp +The specified +.Fa path +must specify an existing file that is accessible to the calling process +or the call will fail. +Also, note that links to files will return the +same key, given the same +.Fa id . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn ftok +function will return -1 if +.Fa path +does not exist or if it cannot be accessed by the calling process. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr semget 2 , +.Xr shmget 2 , +.Xr msgget 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn ftok +function originates with System V and is typically used by programs +that use the System V IPC routines. +.Sh AUTHORS +.An Thorsten Lockert Aq tholo@sigmasoft.com +.Sh BUGS +The returned key is computed based on the device minor number and inode of the +specified +.Fa path +in combination with the lower 8 bits of the given +.Fa id . +Thus it is quite possible for the routine to return duplicate keys. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ftok.c b/lib/libc/gen/ftok.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4269e37 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ftok.c @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1994 SigmaSoft, Th. Lockert <tholo@sigmasoft.com> + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES + * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. + * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; + * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, + * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR + * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF + * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <sys/ipc.h> + +key_t +ftok(path, id) + const char *path; + int id; +{ + struct stat st; + + if (stat(path, &st) < 0) + return (key_t)-1; + + return (key_t) (id << 24 | (st.st_dev & 0xff) << 16 | (st.st_ino & 0xffff)); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fts-compat.c b/lib/libc/gen/fts-compat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3afb87d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/fts-compat.c @@ -0,0 +1,1241 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * $OpenBSD: fts.c,v 1.22 1999/10/03 19:22:22 millert Exp $ + */ + +#if 0 +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)fts.c 8.6 (Berkeley) 8/14/94"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#endif + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/mount.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#include <dirent.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "fts-compat.h" +#include "un-namespace.h" + +FTSENT *__fts_children_44bsd(FTS *, int); +int __fts_close_44bsd(FTS *); +void *__fts_get_clientptr_44bsd(FTS *); +FTS *__fts_get_stream_44bsd(FTSENT *); +FTS *__fts_open_44bsd(char * const *, int, + int (*)(const FTSENT * const *, const FTSENT * const *)); +FTSENT *__fts_read_44bsd(FTS *); +int __fts_set_44bsd(FTS *, FTSENT *, int); +void __fts_set_clientptr_44bsd(FTS *, void *); + +static FTSENT *fts_alloc(FTS *, char *, int); +static FTSENT *fts_build(FTS *, int); +static void fts_lfree(FTSENT *); +static void fts_load(FTS *, FTSENT *); +static size_t fts_maxarglen(char * const *); +static void fts_padjust(FTS *, FTSENT *); +static int fts_palloc(FTS *, size_t); +static FTSENT *fts_sort(FTS *, FTSENT *, int); +static u_short fts_stat(FTS *, FTSENT *, int); +static int fts_safe_changedir(FTS *, FTSENT *, int, char *); +static int fts_ufslinks(FTS *, const FTSENT *); + +#define ISDOT(a) (a[0] == '.' && (!a[1] || (a[1] == '.' && !a[2]))) + +#define CLR(opt) (sp->fts_options &= ~(opt)) +#define ISSET(opt) (sp->fts_options & (opt)) +#define SET(opt) (sp->fts_options |= (opt)) + +#define FCHDIR(sp, fd) (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && fchdir(fd)) + +/* fts_build flags */ +#define BCHILD 1 /* fts_children */ +#define BNAMES 2 /* fts_children, names only */ +#define BREAD 3 /* fts_read */ + +/* + * Internal representation of an FTS, including extra implementation + * details. The FTS returned from fts_open points to this structure's + * ftsp_fts member (and can be cast to an _fts_private as required) + */ +struct _fts_private { + FTS ftsp_fts; + struct statfs ftsp_statfs; + dev_t ftsp_dev; + int ftsp_linksreliable; +}; + +/* + * The "FTS_NOSTAT" option can avoid a lot of calls to stat(2) if it + * knows that a directory could not possibly have subdirectories. This + * is decided by looking at the link count: a subdirectory would + * increment its parent's link count by virtue of its own ".." entry. + * This assumption only holds for UFS-like filesystems that implement + * links and directories this way, so we must punt for others. + */ + +static const char *ufslike_filesystems[] = { + "ufs", + "nfs", + "nfs4", + "ext2fs", + 0 +}; + +FTS * +__fts_open_44bsd(argv, options, compar) + char * const *argv; + int options; + int (*compar)(const FTSENT * const *, const FTSENT * const *); +{ + struct _fts_private *priv; + FTS *sp; + FTSENT *p, *root; + int nitems; + FTSENT *parent, *tmp; + int len; + + /* Options check. */ + if (options & ~FTS_OPTIONMASK) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (NULL); + } + + /* Allocate/initialize the stream. */ + if ((priv = malloc(sizeof(*priv))) == NULL) + return (NULL); + memset(priv, 0, sizeof(*priv)); + sp = &priv->ftsp_fts; + sp->fts_compar = compar; + sp->fts_options = options; + + /* Shush, GCC. */ + tmp = NULL; + + /* Logical walks turn on NOCHDIR; symbolic links are too hard. */ + if (ISSET(FTS_LOGICAL)) + SET(FTS_NOCHDIR); + + /* + * Start out with 1K of path space, and enough, in any case, + * to hold the user's paths. + */ + if (fts_palloc(sp, MAX(fts_maxarglen(argv), MAXPATHLEN))) + goto mem1; + + /* Allocate/initialize root's parent. */ + if ((parent = fts_alloc(sp, "", 0)) == NULL) + goto mem2; + parent->fts_level = FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL; + + /* Allocate/initialize root(s). */ + for (root = NULL, nitems = 0; *argv != NULL; ++argv, ++nitems) { + /* Don't allow zero-length paths. */ + if ((len = strlen(*argv)) == 0) { + errno = ENOENT; + goto mem3; + } + + p = fts_alloc(sp, *argv, len); + p->fts_level = FTS_ROOTLEVEL; + p->fts_parent = parent; + p->fts_accpath = p->fts_name; + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, ISSET(FTS_COMFOLLOW)); + + /* Command-line "." and ".." are real directories. */ + if (p->fts_info == FTS_DOT) + p->fts_info = FTS_D; + + /* + * If comparison routine supplied, traverse in sorted + * order; otherwise traverse in the order specified. + */ + if (compar) { + p->fts_link = root; + root = p; + } else { + p->fts_link = NULL; + if (root == NULL) + tmp = root = p; + else { + tmp->fts_link = p; + tmp = p; + } + } + } + if (compar && nitems > 1) + root = fts_sort(sp, root, nitems); + + /* + * Allocate a dummy pointer and make fts_read think that we've just + * finished the node before the root(s); set p->fts_info to FTS_INIT + * so that everything about the "current" node is ignored. + */ + if ((sp->fts_cur = fts_alloc(sp, "", 0)) == NULL) + goto mem3; + sp->fts_cur->fts_link = root; + sp->fts_cur->fts_info = FTS_INIT; + + /* + * If using chdir(2), grab a file descriptor pointing to dot to ensure + * that we can get back here; this could be avoided for some paths, + * but almost certainly not worth the effort. Slashes, symbolic links, + * and ".." are all fairly nasty problems. Note, if we can't get the + * descriptor we run anyway, just more slowly. + */ + if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && (sp->fts_rfd = _open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) + SET(FTS_NOCHDIR); + + return (sp); + +mem3: fts_lfree(root); + free(parent); +mem2: free(sp->fts_path); +mem1: free(sp); + return (NULL); +} + +static void +fts_load(sp, p) + FTS *sp; + FTSENT *p; +{ + int len; + char *cp; + + /* + * Load the stream structure for the next traversal. Since we don't + * actually enter the directory until after the preorder visit, set + * the fts_accpath field specially so the chdir gets done to the right + * place and the user can access the first node. From fts_open it's + * known that the path will fit. + */ + len = p->fts_pathlen = p->fts_namelen; + memmove(sp->fts_path, p->fts_name, len + 1); + if ((cp = strrchr(p->fts_name, '/')) && (cp != p->fts_name || cp[1])) { + len = strlen(++cp); + memmove(p->fts_name, cp, len + 1); + p->fts_namelen = len; + } + p->fts_accpath = p->fts_path = sp->fts_path; + sp->fts_dev = p->fts_dev; +} + +int +__fts_close_44bsd(sp) + FTS *sp; +{ + FTSENT *freep, *p; + int saved_errno; + + /* + * This still works if we haven't read anything -- the dummy structure + * points to the root list, so we step through to the end of the root + * list which has a valid parent pointer. + */ + if (sp->fts_cur) { + for (p = sp->fts_cur; p->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL;) { + freep = p; + p = p->fts_link != NULL ? p->fts_link : p->fts_parent; + free(freep); + } + free(p); + } + + /* Free up child linked list, sort array, path buffer. */ + if (sp->fts_child) + fts_lfree(sp->fts_child); + if (sp->fts_array) + free(sp->fts_array); + free(sp->fts_path); + + /* Return to original directory, save errno if necessary. */ + if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + saved_errno = fchdir(sp->fts_rfd) ? errno : 0; + (void)_close(sp->fts_rfd); + + /* Set errno and return. */ + if (saved_errno != 0) { + /* Free up the stream pointer. */ + free(sp); + errno = saved_errno; + return (-1); + } + } + + /* Free up the stream pointer. */ + free(sp); + return (0); +} + +/* + * Special case of "/" at the end of the path so that slashes aren't + * appended which would cause paths to be written as "....//foo". + */ +#define NAPPEND(p) \ + (p->fts_path[p->fts_pathlen - 1] == '/' \ + ? p->fts_pathlen - 1 : p->fts_pathlen) + +FTSENT * +__fts_read_44bsd(sp) + FTS *sp; +{ + FTSENT *p, *tmp; + int instr; + char *t; + int saved_errno; + + /* If finished or unrecoverable error, return NULL. */ + if (sp->fts_cur == NULL || ISSET(FTS_STOP)) + return (NULL); + + /* Set current node pointer. */ + p = sp->fts_cur; + + /* Save and zero out user instructions. */ + instr = p->fts_instr; + p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR; + + /* Any type of file may be re-visited; re-stat and re-turn. */ + if (instr == FTS_AGAIN) { + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 0); + return (p); + } + + /* + * Following a symlink -- SLNONE test allows application to see + * SLNONE and recover. If indirecting through a symlink, have + * keep a pointer to current location. If unable to get that + * pointer, follow fails. + */ + if (instr == FTS_FOLLOW && + (p->fts_info == FTS_SL || p->fts_info == FTS_SLNONE)) { + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 1); + if (p->fts_info == FTS_D && !ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + if ((p->fts_symfd = _open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) { + p->fts_errno = errno; + p->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + } else + p->fts_flags |= FTS_SYMFOLLOW; + } + return (p); + } + + /* Directory in pre-order. */ + if (p->fts_info == FTS_D) { + /* If skipped or crossed mount point, do post-order visit. */ + if (instr == FTS_SKIP || + (ISSET(FTS_XDEV) && p->fts_dev != sp->fts_dev)) { + if (p->fts_flags & FTS_SYMFOLLOW) + (void)_close(p->fts_symfd); + if (sp->fts_child) { + fts_lfree(sp->fts_child); + sp->fts_child = NULL; + } + p->fts_info = FTS_DP; + return (p); + } + + /* Rebuild if only read the names and now traversing. */ + if (sp->fts_child != NULL && ISSET(FTS_NAMEONLY)) { + CLR(FTS_NAMEONLY); + fts_lfree(sp->fts_child); + sp->fts_child = NULL; + } + + /* + * Cd to the subdirectory. + * + * If have already read and now fail to chdir, whack the list + * to make the names come out right, and set the parent errno + * so the application will eventually get an error condition. + * Set the FTS_DONTCHDIR flag so that when we logically change + * directories back to the parent we don't do a chdir. + * + * If haven't read do so. If the read fails, fts_build sets + * FTS_STOP or the fts_info field of the node. + */ + if (sp->fts_child != NULL) { + if (fts_safe_changedir(sp, p, -1, p->fts_accpath)) { + p->fts_errno = errno; + p->fts_flags |= FTS_DONTCHDIR; + for (p = sp->fts_child; p != NULL; + p = p->fts_link) + p->fts_accpath = + p->fts_parent->fts_accpath; + } + } else if ((sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, BREAD)) == NULL) { + if (ISSET(FTS_STOP)) + return (NULL); + return (p); + } + p = sp->fts_child; + sp->fts_child = NULL; + goto name; + } + + /* Move to the next node on this level. */ +next: tmp = p; + if ((p = p->fts_link) != NULL) { + free(tmp); + + /* + * If reached the top, return to the original directory (or + * the root of the tree), and load the paths for the next root. + */ + if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) { + if (FCHDIR(sp, sp->fts_rfd)) { + SET(FTS_STOP); + return (NULL); + } + fts_load(sp, p); + return (sp->fts_cur = p); + } + + /* + * User may have called fts_set on the node. If skipped, + * ignore. If followed, get a file descriptor so we can + * get back if necessary. + */ + if (p->fts_instr == FTS_SKIP) + goto next; + if (p->fts_instr == FTS_FOLLOW) { + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 1); + if (p->fts_info == FTS_D && !ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + if ((p->fts_symfd = + _open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) { + p->fts_errno = errno; + p->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + } else + p->fts_flags |= FTS_SYMFOLLOW; + } + p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR; + } + +name: t = sp->fts_path + NAPPEND(p->fts_parent); + *t++ = '/'; + memmove(t, p->fts_name, p->fts_namelen + 1); + return (sp->fts_cur = p); + } + + /* Move up to the parent node. */ + p = tmp->fts_parent; + free(tmp); + + if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL) { + /* + * Done; free everything up and set errno to 0 so the user + * can distinguish between error and EOF. + */ + free(p); + errno = 0; + return (sp->fts_cur = NULL); + } + + /* NUL terminate the pathname. */ + sp->fts_path[p->fts_pathlen] = '\0'; + + /* + * Return to the parent directory. If at a root node or came through + * a symlink, go back through the file descriptor. Otherwise, cd up + * one directory. + */ + if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) { + if (FCHDIR(sp, sp->fts_rfd)) { + SET(FTS_STOP); + return (NULL); + } + } else if (p->fts_flags & FTS_SYMFOLLOW) { + if (FCHDIR(sp, p->fts_symfd)) { + saved_errno = errno; + (void)_close(p->fts_symfd); + errno = saved_errno; + SET(FTS_STOP); + return (NULL); + } + (void)_close(p->fts_symfd); + } else if (!(p->fts_flags & FTS_DONTCHDIR) && + fts_safe_changedir(sp, p->fts_parent, -1, "..")) { + SET(FTS_STOP); + return (NULL); + } + p->fts_info = p->fts_errno ? FTS_ERR : FTS_DP; + return (sp->fts_cur = p); +} + +/* + * Fts_set takes the stream as an argument although it's not used in this + * implementation; it would be necessary if anyone wanted to add global + * semantics to fts using fts_set. An error return is allowed for similar + * reasons. + */ +/* ARGSUSED */ +int +__fts_set_44bsd(sp, p, instr) + FTS *sp; + FTSENT *p; + int instr; +{ + if (instr != 0 && instr != FTS_AGAIN && instr != FTS_FOLLOW && + instr != FTS_NOINSTR && instr != FTS_SKIP) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (1); + } + p->fts_instr = instr; + return (0); +} + +FTSENT * +__fts_children_44bsd(sp, instr) + FTS *sp; + int instr; +{ + FTSENT *p; + int fd; + + if (instr != 0 && instr != FTS_NAMEONLY) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (NULL); + } + + /* Set current node pointer. */ + p = sp->fts_cur; + + /* + * Errno set to 0 so user can distinguish empty directory from + * an error. + */ + errno = 0; + + /* Fatal errors stop here. */ + if (ISSET(FTS_STOP)) + return (NULL); + + /* Return logical hierarchy of user's arguments. */ + if (p->fts_info == FTS_INIT) + return (p->fts_link); + + /* + * If not a directory being visited in pre-order, stop here. Could + * allow FTS_DNR, assuming the user has fixed the problem, but the + * same effect is available with FTS_AGAIN. + */ + if (p->fts_info != FTS_D /* && p->fts_info != FTS_DNR */) + return (NULL); + + /* Free up any previous child list. */ + if (sp->fts_child != NULL) + fts_lfree(sp->fts_child); + + if (instr == FTS_NAMEONLY) { + SET(FTS_NAMEONLY); + instr = BNAMES; + } else + instr = BCHILD; + + /* + * If using chdir on a relative path and called BEFORE fts_read does + * its chdir to the root of a traversal, we can lose -- we need to + * chdir into the subdirectory, and we don't know where the current + * directory is, so we can't get back so that the upcoming chdir by + * fts_read will work. + */ + if (p->fts_level != FTS_ROOTLEVEL || p->fts_accpath[0] == '/' || + ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) + return (sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, instr)); + + if ((fd = _open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) + return (NULL); + sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, instr); + if (fchdir(fd)) + return (NULL); + (void)_close(fd); + return (sp->fts_child); +} + +#ifndef fts_get_clientptr +#error "fts_get_clientptr not defined" +#endif + +void * +(__fts_get_clientptr_44bsd)(FTS *sp) +{ + + return (fts_get_clientptr(sp)); +} + +#ifndef fts_get_stream +#error "fts_get_stream not defined" +#endif + +FTS * +(__fts_get_stream_44bsd)(FTSENT *p) +{ + return (fts_get_stream(p)); +} + +void +__fts_set_clientptr_44bsd(FTS *sp, void *clientptr) +{ + + sp->fts_clientptr = clientptr; +} + +/* + * This is the tricky part -- do not casually change *anything* in here. The + * idea is to build the linked list of entries that are used by fts_children + * and fts_read. There are lots of special cases. + * + * The real slowdown in walking the tree is the stat calls. If FTS_NOSTAT is + * set and it's a physical walk (so that symbolic links can't be directories), + * we can do things quickly. First, if it's a 4.4BSD file system, the type + * of the file is in the directory entry. Otherwise, we assume that the number + * of subdirectories in a node is equal to the number of links to the parent. + * The former skips all stat calls. The latter skips stat calls in any leaf + * directories and for any files after the subdirectories in the directory have + * been found, cutting the stat calls by about 2/3. + */ +static FTSENT * +fts_build(sp, type) + FTS *sp; + int type; +{ + struct dirent *dp; + FTSENT *p, *head; + int nitems; + FTSENT *cur, *tail; + DIR *dirp; + void *oldaddr; + size_t dnamlen; + int cderrno, descend, len, level, maxlen, nlinks, oflag, saved_errno, + nostat, doadjust; + char *cp; + + /* Set current node pointer. */ + cur = sp->fts_cur; + + /* + * Open the directory for reading. If this fails, we're done. + * If being called from fts_read, set the fts_info field. + */ +#ifdef FTS_WHITEOUT + if (ISSET(FTS_WHITEOUT)) + oflag = DTF_NODUP | DTF_REWIND; + else + oflag = DTF_HIDEW | DTF_NODUP | DTF_REWIND; +#else +#define __opendir2(path, flag) opendir(path) +#endif + if ((dirp = __opendir2(cur->fts_accpath, oflag)) == NULL) { + if (type == BREAD) { + cur->fts_info = FTS_DNR; + cur->fts_errno = errno; + } + return (NULL); + } + + /* + * Nlinks is the number of possible entries of type directory in the + * directory if we're cheating on stat calls, 0 if we're not doing + * any stat calls at all, -1 if we're doing stats on everything. + */ + if (type == BNAMES) { + nlinks = 0; + /* Be quiet about nostat, GCC. */ + nostat = 0; + } else if (ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT) && ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL)) { + if (fts_ufslinks(sp, cur)) + nlinks = cur->fts_nlink - (ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT) ? 0 : 2); + else + nlinks = -1; + nostat = 1; + } else { + nlinks = -1; + nostat = 0; + } + +#ifdef notdef + (void)printf("nlinks == %d (cur: %d)\n", nlinks, cur->fts_nlink); + (void)printf("NOSTAT %d PHYSICAL %d SEEDOT %d\n", + ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT), ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL), ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT)); +#endif + /* + * If we're going to need to stat anything or we want to descend + * and stay in the directory, chdir. If this fails we keep going, + * but set a flag so we don't chdir after the post-order visit. + * We won't be able to stat anything, but we can still return the + * names themselves. Note, that since fts_read won't be able to + * chdir into the directory, it will have to return different path + * names than before, i.e. "a/b" instead of "b". Since the node + * has already been visited in pre-order, have to wait until the + * post-order visit to return the error. There is a special case + * here, if there was nothing to stat then it's not an error to + * not be able to stat. This is all fairly nasty. If a program + * needed sorted entries or stat information, they had better be + * checking FTS_NS on the returned nodes. + */ + cderrno = 0; + if (nlinks || type == BREAD) { + if (fts_safe_changedir(sp, cur, dirfd(dirp), NULL)) { + if (nlinks && type == BREAD) + cur->fts_errno = errno; + cur->fts_flags |= FTS_DONTCHDIR; + descend = 0; + cderrno = errno; + } else + descend = 1; + } else + descend = 0; + + /* + * Figure out the max file name length that can be stored in the + * current path -- the inner loop allocates more path as necessary. + * We really wouldn't have to do the maxlen calculations here, we + * could do them in fts_read before returning the path, but it's a + * lot easier here since the length is part of the dirent structure. + * + * If not changing directories set a pointer so that can just append + * each new name into the path. + */ + len = NAPPEND(cur); + if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + cp = sp->fts_path + len; + *cp++ = '/'; + } else { + /* GCC, you're too verbose. */ + cp = NULL; + } + len++; + maxlen = sp->fts_pathlen - len; + + level = cur->fts_level + 1; + + /* Read the directory, attaching each entry to the `link' pointer. */ + doadjust = 0; + for (head = tail = NULL, nitems = 0; dirp && (dp = readdir(dirp));) { + dnamlen = dp->d_namlen; + if (!ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT) && ISDOT(dp->d_name)) + continue; + + if ((p = fts_alloc(sp, dp->d_name, (int)dnamlen)) == NULL) + goto mem1; + if (dnamlen >= maxlen) { /* include space for NUL */ + oldaddr = sp->fts_path; + if (fts_palloc(sp, dnamlen + len + 1)) { + /* + * No more memory for path or structures. Save + * errno, free up the current structure and the + * structures already allocated. + */ +mem1: saved_errno = errno; + if (p) + free(p); + fts_lfree(head); + (void)closedir(dirp); + cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + SET(FTS_STOP); + errno = saved_errno; + return (NULL); + } + /* Did realloc() change the pointer? */ + if (oldaddr != sp->fts_path) { + doadjust = 1; + if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) + cp = sp->fts_path + len; + } + maxlen = sp->fts_pathlen - len; + } + + if (len + dnamlen >= USHRT_MAX) { + /* + * In an FTSENT, fts_pathlen is a u_short so it is + * possible to wraparound here. If we do, free up + * the current structure and the structures already + * allocated, then error out with ENAMETOOLONG. + */ + free(p); + fts_lfree(head); + (void)closedir(dirp); + cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + SET(FTS_STOP); + errno = ENAMETOOLONG; + return (NULL); + } + p->fts_level = level; + p->fts_parent = sp->fts_cur; + p->fts_pathlen = len + dnamlen; + +#ifdef FTS_WHITEOUT + if (dp->d_type == DT_WHT) + p->fts_flags |= FTS_ISW; +#endif + + if (cderrno) { + if (nlinks) { + p->fts_info = FTS_NS; + p->fts_errno = cderrno; + } else + p->fts_info = FTS_NSOK; + p->fts_accpath = cur->fts_accpath; + } else if (nlinks == 0 +#ifdef DT_DIR + || (nostat && + dp->d_type != DT_DIR && dp->d_type != DT_UNKNOWN) +#endif + ) { + p->fts_accpath = + ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) ? p->fts_path : p->fts_name; + p->fts_info = FTS_NSOK; + } else { + /* Build a file name for fts_stat to stat. */ + if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + p->fts_accpath = p->fts_path; + memmove(cp, p->fts_name, p->fts_namelen + 1); + } else + p->fts_accpath = p->fts_name; + /* Stat it. */ + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 0); + + /* Decrement link count if applicable. */ + if (nlinks > 0 && (p->fts_info == FTS_D || + p->fts_info == FTS_DC || p->fts_info == FTS_DOT)) + --nlinks; + } + + /* We walk in directory order so "ls -f" doesn't get upset. */ + p->fts_link = NULL; + if (head == NULL) + head = tail = p; + else { + tail->fts_link = p; + tail = p; + } + ++nitems; + } + if (dirp) + (void)closedir(dirp); + + /* + * If realloc() changed the address of the path, adjust the + * addresses for the rest of the tree and the dir list. + */ + if (doadjust) + fts_padjust(sp, head); + + /* + * If not changing directories, reset the path back to original + * state. + */ + if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + if (len == sp->fts_pathlen || nitems == 0) + --cp; + *cp = '\0'; + } + + /* + * If descended after called from fts_children or after called from + * fts_read and nothing found, get back. At the root level we use + * the saved fd; if one of fts_open()'s arguments is a relative path + * to an empty directory, we wind up here with no other way back. If + * can't get back, we're done. + */ + if (descend && (type == BCHILD || !nitems) && + (cur->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL ? + FCHDIR(sp, sp->fts_rfd) : + fts_safe_changedir(sp, cur->fts_parent, -1, ".."))) { + cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + SET(FTS_STOP); + return (NULL); + } + + /* If didn't find anything, return NULL. */ + if (!nitems) { + if (type == BREAD) + cur->fts_info = FTS_DP; + return (NULL); + } + + /* Sort the entries. */ + if (sp->fts_compar && nitems > 1) + head = fts_sort(sp, head, nitems); + return (head); +} + +static u_short +fts_stat(sp, p, follow) + FTS *sp; + FTSENT *p; + int follow; +{ + FTSENT *t; + dev_t dev; + ino_t ino; + struct stat *sbp, sb; + int saved_errno; + + /* If user needs stat info, stat buffer already allocated. */ + sbp = ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT) ? &sb : p->fts_statp; + +#ifdef FTS_WHITEOUT + /* Check for whiteout. */ + if (p->fts_flags & FTS_ISW) { + if (sbp != &sb) { + memset(sbp, '\0', sizeof(*sbp)); + sbp->st_mode = S_IFWHT; + } + return (FTS_W); + } +#endif + + /* + * If doing a logical walk, or application requested FTS_FOLLOW, do + * a stat(2). If that fails, check for a non-existent symlink. If + * fail, set the errno from the stat call. + */ + if (ISSET(FTS_LOGICAL) || follow) { + if (stat(p->fts_accpath, sbp)) { + saved_errno = errno; + if (!lstat(p->fts_accpath, sbp)) { + errno = 0; + return (FTS_SLNONE); + } + p->fts_errno = saved_errno; + goto err; + } + } else if (lstat(p->fts_accpath, sbp)) { + p->fts_errno = errno; +err: memset(sbp, 0, sizeof(struct stat)); + return (FTS_NS); + } + + if (S_ISDIR(sbp->st_mode)) { + /* + * Set the device/inode. Used to find cycles and check for + * crossing mount points. Also remember the link count, used + * in fts_build to limit the number of stat calls. It is + * understood that these fields are only referenced if fts_info + * is set to FTS_D. + */ + dev = p->fts_dev = sbp->st_dev; + ino = p->fts_ino = sbp->st_ino; + p->fts_nlink = sbp->st_nlink; + + if (ISDOT(p->fts_name)) + return (FTS_DOT); + + /* + * Cycle detection is done by brute force when the directory + * is first encountered. If the tree gets deep enough or the + * number of symbolic links to directories is high enough, + * something faster might be worthwhile. + */ + for (t = p->fts_parent; + t->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL; t = t->fts_parent) + if (ino == t->fts_ino && dev == t->fts_dev) { + p->fts_cycle = t; + return (FTS_DC); + } + return (FTS_D); + } + if (S_ISLNK(sbp->st_mode)) + return (FTS_SL); + if (S_ISREG(sbp->st_mode)) + return (FTS_F); + return (FTS_DEFAULT); +} + +/* + * The comparison function takes pointers to pointers to FTSENT structures. + * Qsort wants a comparison function that takes pointers to void. + * (Both with appropriate levels of const-poisoning, of course!) + * Use a trampoline function to deal with the difference. + */ +static int +fts_compar(const void *a, const void *b) +{ + FTS *parent; + + parent = (*(const FTSENT * const *)a)->fts_fts; + return (*parent->fts_compar)(a, b); +} + +static FTSENT * +fts_sort(sp, head, nitems) + FTS *sp; + FTSENT *head; + int nitems; +{ + FTSENT **ap, *p; + + /* + * Construct an array of pointers to the structures and call qsort(3). + * Reassemble the array in the order returned by qsort. If unable to + * sort for memory reasons, return the directory entries in their + * current order. Allocate enough space for the current needs plus + * 40 so don't realloc one entry at a time. + */ + if (nitems > sp->fts_nitems) { + sp->fts_nitems = nitems + 40; + if ((sp->fts_array = reallocf(sp->fts_array, + sp->fts_nitems * sizeof(FTSENT *))) == NULL) { + sp->fts_nitems = 0; + return (head); + } + } + for (ap = sp->fts_array, p = head; p; p = p->fts_link) + *ap++ = p; + qsort(sp->fts_array, nitems, sizeof(FTSENT *), fts_compar); + for (head = *(ap = sp->fts_array); --nitems; ++ap) + ap[0]->fts_link = ap[1]; + ap[0]->fts_link = NULL; + return (head); +} + +static FTSENT * +fts_alloc(sp, name, namelen) + FTS *sp; + char *name; + int namelen; +{ + FTSENT *p; + size_t len; + + struct ftsent_withstat { + FTSENT ent; + struct stat statbuf; + }; + + /* + * The file name is a variable length array and no stat structure is + * necessary if the user has set the nostat bit. Allocate the FTSENT + * structure, the file name and the stat structure in one chunk, but + * be careful that the stat structure is reasonably aligned. + */ + if (ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT)) + len = sizeof(FTSENT) + namelen + 1; + else + len = sizeof(struct ftsent_withstat) + namelen + 1; + + if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL) + return (NULL); + + if (ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT)) { + p->fts_name = (char *)(p + 1); + p->fts_statp = NULL; + } else { + p->fts_name = (char *)((struct ftsent_withstat *)p + 1); + p->fts_statp = &((struct ftsent_withstat *)p)->statbuf; + } + + /* Copy the name and guarantee NUL termination. */ + memcpy(p->fts_name, name, namelen); + p->fts_name[namelen] = '\0'; + p->fts_namelen = namelen; + p->fts_path = sp->fts_path; + p->fts_errno = 0; + p->fts_flags = 0; + p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR; + p->fts_number = 0; + p->fts_pointer = NULL; + p->fts_fts = sp; + return (p); +} + +static void +fts_lfree(head) + FTSENT *head; +{ + FTSENT *p; + + /* Free a linked list of structures. */ + while ((p = head)) { + head = head->fts_link; + free(p); + } +} + +/* + * Allow essentially unlimited paths; find, rm, ls should all work on any tree. + * Most systems will allow creation of paths much longer than MAXPATHLEN, even + * though the kernel won't resolve them. Add the size (not just what's needed) + * plus 256 bytes so don't realloc the path 2 bytes at a time. + */ +static int +fts_palloc(sp, more) + FTS *sp; + size_t more; +{ + + sp->fts_pathlen += more + 256; + /* + * Check for possible wraparound. In an FTS, fts_pathlen is + * a signed int but in an FTSENT it is an unsigned short. + * We limit fts_pathlen to USHRT_MAX to be safe in both cases. + */ + if (sp->fts_pathlen < 0 || sp->fts_pathlen >= USHRT_MAX) { + if (sp->fts_path) + free(sp->fts_path); + sp->fts_path = NULL; + errno = ENAMETOOLONG; + return (1); + } + sp->fts_path = reallocf(sp->fts_path, sp->fts_pathlen); + return (sp->fts_path == NULL); +} + +/* + * When the path is realloc'd, have to fix all of the pointers in structures + * already returned. + */ +static void +fts_padjust(sp, head) + FTS *sp; + FTSENT *head; +{ + FTSENT *p; + char *addr = sp->fts_path; + +#define ADJUST(p) do { \ + if ((p)->fts_accpath != (p)->fts_name) { \ + (p)->fts_accpath = \ + (char *)addr + ((p)->fts_accpath - (p)->fts_path); \ + } \ + (p)->fts_path = addr; \ +} while (0) + /* Adjust the current set of children. */ + for (p = sp->fts_child; p; p = p->fts_link) + ADJUST(p); + + /* Adjust the rest of the tree, including the current level. */ + for (p = head; p->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL;) { + ADJUST(p); + p = p->fts_link ? p->fts_link : p->fts_parent; + } +} + +static size_t +fts_maxarglen(argv) + char * const *argv; +{ + size_t len, max; + + for (max = 0; *argv; ++argv) + if ((len = strlen(*argv)) > max) + max = len; + return (max + 1); +} + +/* + * Change to dir specified by fd or p->fts_accpath without getting + * tricked by someone changing the world out from underneath us. + * Assumes p->fts_dev and p->fts_ino are filled in. + */ +static int +fts_safe_changedir(sp, p, fd, path) + FTS *sp; + FTSENT *p; + int fd; + char *path; +{ + int ret, oerrno, newfd; + struct stat sb; + + newfd = fd; + if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) + return (0); + if (fd < 0 && (newfd = _open(path, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) + return (-1); + if (_fstat(newfd, &sb)) { + ret = -1; + goto bail; + } + if (p->fts_dev != sb.st_dev || p->fts_ino != sb.st_ino) { + errno = ENOENT; /* disinformation */ + ret = -1; + goto bail; + } + ret = fchdir(newfd); +bail: + oerrno = errno; + if (fd < 0) + (void)_close(newfd); + errno = oerrno; + return (ret); +} + +/* + * Check if the filesystem for "ent" has UFS-style links. + */ +static int +fts_ufslinks(FTS *sp, const FTSENT *ent) +{ + struct _fts_private *priv; + const char **cpp; + + priv = (struct _fts_private *)sp; + /* + * If this node's device is different from the previous, grab + * the filesystem information, and decide on the reliability + * of the link information from this filesystem for stat(2) + * avoidance. + */ + if (priv->ftsp_dev != ent->fts_dev) { + if (statfs(ent->fts_path, &priv->ftsp_statfs) != -1) { + priv->ftsp_dev = ent->fts_dev; + priv->ftsp_linksreliable = 0; + for (cpp = ufslike_filesystems; *cpp; cpp++) { + if (strcmp(priv->ftsp_statfs.f_fstypename, + *cpp) == 0) { + priv->ftsp_linksreliable = 1; + break; + } + } + } else { + priv->ftsp_linksreliable = 0; + } + } + return (priv->ftsp_linksreliable); +} + +__sym_compat(fts_open, __fts_open_44bsd, FBSD_1.0); +__sym_compat(fts_close, __fts_close_44bsd, FBSD_1.0); +__sym_compat(fts_read, __fts_read_44bsd, FBSD_1.0); +__sym_compat(fts_set, __fts_set_44bsd, FBSD_1.0); +__sym_compat(fts_children, __fts_children_44bsd, FBSD_1.0); +__sym_compat(fts_get_clientptr, __fts_get_clientptr_44bsd, FBSD_1.0); +__sym_compat(fts_get_stream, __fts_get_stream_44bsd, FBSD_1.0); +__sym_compat(fts_set_clientptr, __fts_set_clientptr_44bsd, FBSD_1.0); diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fts-compat.h b/lib/libc/gen/fts-compat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfdd53b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/fts-compat.h @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)fts.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 8/14/94 + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +#ifndef _FTS_H_ +#define _FTS_H_ + +typedef struct { + struct _ftsent *fts_cur; /* current node */ + struct _ftsent *fts_child; /* linked list of children */ + struct _ftsent **fts_array; /* sort array */ + dev_t fts_dev; /* starting device # */ + char *fts_path; /* path for this descent */ + int fts_rfd; /* fd for root */ + int fts_pathlen; /* sizeof(path) */ + int fts_nitems; /* elements in the sort array */ + int (*fts_compar) /* compare function */ + (const struct _ftsent * const *, const struct _ftsent * const *); + +#define FTS_COMFOLLOW 0x001 /* follow command line symlinks */ +#define FTS_LOGICAL 0x002 /* logical walk */ +#define FTS_NOCHDIR 0x004 /* don't change directories */ +#define FTS_NOSTAT 0x008 /* don't get stat info */ +#define FTS_PHYSICAL 0x010 /* physical walk */ +#define FTS_SEEDOT 0x020 /* return dot and dot-dot */ +#define FTS_XDEV 0x040 /* don't cross devices */ +#define FTS_WHITEOUT 0x080 /* return whiteout information */ +#define FTS_OPTIONMASK 0x0ff /* valid user option mask */ + +#define FTS_NAMEONLY 0x100 /* (private) child names only */ +#define FTS_STOP 0x200 /* (private) unrecoverable error */ + int fts_options; /* fts_open options, global flags */ + void *fts_clientptr; /* thunk for sort function */ +} FTS; + +typedef struct _ftsent { + struct _ftsent *fts_cycle; /* cycle node */ + struct _ftsent *fts_parent; /* parent directory */ + struct _ftsent *fts_link; /* next file in directory */ + union { + struct { + long __fts_number; /* local numeric value */ + void *__fts_pointer; /* local address value */ + } __struct_ftsent; + int64_t __fts_bignum; + } __union_ftsent; +#define fts_number __union_ftsent.__struct_ftsent.__fts_number +#define fts_pointer __union_ftsent.__struct_ftsent.__fts_pointer +#define fts_bignum __union_ftsent.__fts_bignum + char *fts_accpath; /* access path */ + char *fts_path; /* root path */ + int fts_errno; /* errno for this node */ + int fts_symfd; /* fd for symlink */ + u_short fts_pathlen; /* strlen(fts_path) */ + u_short fts_namelen; /* strlen(fts_name) */ + + ino_t fts_ino; /* inode */ + dev_t fts_dev; /* device */ + nlink_t fts_nlink; /* link count */ + +#define FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL -1 +#define FTS_ROOTLEVEL 0 + short fts_level; /* depth (-1 to N) */ + +#define FTS_D 1 /* preorder directory */ +#define FTS_DC 2 /* directory that causes cycles */ +#define FTS_DEFAULT 3 /* none of the above */ +#define FTS_DNR 4 /* unreadable directory */ +#define FTS_DOT 5 /* dot or dot-dot */ +#define FTS_DP 6 /* postorder directory */ +#define FTS_ERR 7 /* error; errno is set */ +#define FTS_F 8 /* regular file */ +#define FTS_INIT 9 /* initialized only */ +#define FTS_NS 10 /* stat(2) failed */ +#define FTS_NSOK 11 /* no stat(2) requested */ +#define FTS_SL 12 /* symbolic link */ +#define FTS_SLNONE 13 /* symbolic link without target */ +#define FTS_W 14 /* whiteout object */ + u_short fts_info; /* user flags for FTSENT structure */ + +#define FTS_DONTCHDIR 0x01 /* don't chdir .. to the parent */ +#define FTS_SYMFOLLOW 0x02 /* followed a symlink to get here */ +#define FTS_ISW 0x04 /* this is a whiteout object */ + u_short fts_flags; /* private flags for FTSENT structure */ + +#define FTS_AGAIN 1 /* read node again */ +#define FTS_FOLLOW 2 /* follow symbolic link */ +#define FTS_NOINSTR 3 /* no instructions */ +#define FTS_SKIP 4 /* discard node */ + u_short fts_instr; /* fts_set() instructions */ + + struct stat *fts_statp; /* stat(2) information */ + char *fts_name; /* file name */ + FTS *fts_fts; /* back pointer to main FTS */ +} FTSENT; + +#define fts_get_clientptr(fts) ((fts)->fts_clientptr) +#define fts_get_stream(ftsent) ((ftsent)->fts_fts) + +#endif /* !_FTS_H_ */ diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fts.3 b/lib/libc/gen/fts.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e1a1e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/fts.3 @@ -0,0 +1,801 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993, 1994 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)fts.3 8.5 (Berkeley) 4/16/94 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd January 26, 2008 +.Dt FTS 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm fts +.Nd traverse a file hierarchy +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/types.h +.In sys/stat.h +.In fts.h +.Ft FTS * +.Fn fts_open "char * const *path_argv" "int options" "int (*compar)(const FTSENT * const *, const FTSENT * const *)" +.Ft FTSENT * +.Fn fts_read "FTS *ftsp" +.Ft FTSENT * +.Fn fts_children "FTS *ftsp" "int options" +.Ft int +.Fn fts_set "FTS *ftsp" "FTSENT *f" "int options" +.Ft void +.Fn fts_set_clientptr "FTS *ftsp" "void *clientdata" +.Ft void * +.Fn fts_get_clientptr "FTS *ftsp" +.Ft FTS * +.Fn fts_get_stream "FTSENT *f" +.Ft int +.Fn fts_close "FTS *ftsp" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Nm +functions are provided for traversing +.Ux +file hierarchies. +A simple overview is that the +.Fn fts_open +function returns a +.Dq handle +on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to +the other +.Nm +functions. +The function +.Fn fts_read +returns a pointer to a structure describing one of the files in the file +hierarchy. +The function +.Fn fts_children +returns a pointer to a linked list of structures, each of which describes +one of the files contained in a directory in the hierarchy. +In general, directories are visited two distinguishable times; in pre-order +(before any of their descendants are visited) and in post-order (after all +of their descendants have been visited). +Files are visited once. +It is possible to walk the hierarchy +.Dq logically +(ignoring symbolic links) +or physically (visiting symbolic links), order the walk of the hierarchy or +prune and/or re-visit portions of the hierarchy. +.Pp +Two structures are defined (and typedef'd) in the include file +.In fts.h . +The first is +.Vt FTS , +the structure that represents the file hierarchy itself. +The second is +.Vt FTSENT , +the structure that represents a file in the file +hierarchy. +Normally, an +.Vt FTSENT +structure is returned for every file in the file +hierarchy. +In this manual page, +.Dq file +and +.Dq Vt FTSENT No structure +are generally +interchangeable. +.Pp +The +.Vt FTS +structure contains space for a single pointer, which may be used to +store application data or per-hierarchy state. +The +.Fn fts_set_clientptr +and +.Fn fts_get_clientptr +functions may be used to set and retrieve this pointer. +This is likely to be useful only when accessed from the sort +comparison function, which can determine the original +.Vt FTS +stream of its arguments using the +.Fn fts_get_stream +function. +The two +.Li get +functions are also available as macros of the same name. +.Pp +The +.Vt FTSENT +structure contains at least the following fields, which are +described in greater detail below: +.Bd -literal +typedef struct _ftsent { + int fts_info; /* status for FTSENT structure */ + char *fts_accpath; /* access path */ + char *fts_path; /* root path */ + size_t fts_pathlen; /* strlen(fts_path) */ + char *fts_name; /* file name */ + size_t fts_namelen; /* strlen(fts_name) */ + long fts_level; /* depth (\-1 to N) */ + int fts_errno; /* file errno */ + long long fts_number; /* local numeric value */ + void *fts_pointer; /* local address value */ + struct ftsent *fts_parent; /* parent directory */ + struct ftsent *fts_link; /* next file structure */ + struct ftsent *fts_cycle; /* cycle structure */ + struct stat *fts_statp; /* stat(2) information */ +} FTSENT; +.Ed +.Pp +These fields are defined as follows: +.Bl -tag -width "fts_namelen" +.It Fa fts_info +One of the following values describing the returned +.Vt FTSENT +structure and +the file it represents. +With the exception of directories without errors +.Pq Dv FTS_D , +all of these +entries are terminal, that is, they will not be revisited, nor will any +of their descendants be visited. +.Bl -tag -width FTS_DEFAULT +.It Dv FTS_D +A directory being visited in pre-order. +.It Dv FTS_DC +A directory that causes a cycle in the tree. +(The +.Fa fts_cycle +field of the +.Vt FTSENT +structure will be filled in as well.) +.It Dv FTS_DEFAULT +Any +.Vt FTSENT +structure that represents a file type not explicitly described +by one of the other +.Fa fts_info +values. +.It Dv FTS_DNR +A directory which cannot be read. +This is an error return, and the +.Fa fts_errno +field will be set to indicate what caused the error. +.It Dv FTS_DOT +A file named +.Ql .\& +or +.Ql ..\& +which was not specified as a file name to +.Fn fts_open +(see +.Dv FTS_SEEDOT ) . +.It Dv FTS_DP +A directory being visited in post-order. +The contents of the +.Vt FTSENT +structure will be unchanged from when +it was returned in pre-order, i.e., with the +.Fa fts_info +field set to +.Dv FTS_D . +.It Dv FTS_ERR +This is an error return, and the +.Fa fts_errno +field will be set to indicate what caused the error. +.It Dv FTS_F +A regular file. +.It Dv FTS_NS +A file for which no +.Xr stat 2 +information was available. +The contents of the +.Fa fts_statp +field are undefined. +This is an error return, and the +.Fa fts_errno +field will be set to indicate what caused the error. +.It Dv FTS_NSOK +A file for which no +.Xr stat 2 +information was requested. +The contents of the +.Fa fts_statp +field are undefined. +.It Dv FTS_SL +A symbolic link. +.It Dv FTS_SLNONE +A symbolic link with a non-existent target. +The contents of the +.Fa fts_statp +field reference the file characteristic information for the symbolic link +itself. +.El +.It Fa fts_accpath +A path for accessing the file from the current directory. +.It Fa fts_path +The path for the file relative to the root of the traversal. +This path contains the path specified to +.Fn fts_open +as a prefix. +.It Fa fts_pathlen +The length of the string referenced by +.Fa fts_path . +.It Fa fts_name +The name of the file. +.It Fa fts_namelen +The length of the string referenced by +.Fa fts_name . +.It Fa fts_level +The depth of the traversal, numbered from \-1 to N, where this file +was found. +The +.Vt FTSENT +structure representing the parent of the starting point (or root) +of the traversal is numbered +.Dv FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL +(\-1), and the +.Vt FTSENT +structure for the root +itself is numbered +.Dv FTS_ROOTLEVEL +(0). +.It Fa fts_errno +Upon return of a +.Vt FTSENT +structure from the +.Fn fts_children +or +.Fn fts_read +functions, with its +.Fa fts_info +field set to +.Dv FTS_DNR , +.Dv FTS_ERR +or +.Dv FTS_NS , +the +.Fa fts_errno +field contains the value of the external variable +.Va errno +specifying the cause of the error. +Otherwise, the contents of the +.Fa fts_errno +field are undefined. +.It Fa fts_number +This field is provided for the use of the application program and is +not modified by the +.Nm +functions. +It is initialized to 0. +.It Fa fts_pointer +This field is provided for the use of the application program and is +not modified by the +.Nm +functions. +It is initialized to +.Dv NULL . +.It Fa fts_parent +A pointer to the +.Vt FTSENT +structure referencing the file in the hierarchy +immediately above the current file, i.e., the directory of which this +file is a member. +A parent structure for the initial entry point is provided as well, +however, only the +.Fa fts_level , +.Fa fts_bignum , +.Fa fts_number +and +.Fa fts_pointer +fields are guaranteed to be initialized. +.It Fa fts_link +Upon return from the +.Fn fts_children +function, the +.Fa fts_link +field points to the next structure in the NULL-terminated linked list of +directory members. +Otherwise, the contents of the +.Fa fts_link +field are undefined. +.It Fa fts_cycle +If a directory causes a cycle in the hierarchy (see +.Dv FTS_DC ) , +either because +of a hard link between two directories, or a symbolic link pointing to a +directory, the +.Fa fts_cycle +field of the structure will point to the +.Vt FTSENT +structure in the hierarchy that references the same file as the current +.Vt FTSENT +structure. +Otherwise, the contents of the +.Fa fts_cycle +field are undefined. +.It Fa fts_statp +A pointer to +.Xr stat 2 +information for the file. +.El +.Pp +A single buffer is used for all of the paths of all of the files in the +file hierarchy. +Therefore, the +.Fa fts_path +and +.Fa fts_accpath +fields are guaranteed to be +.Dv NUL Ns -terminated +.Em only +for the file most recently returned by +.Fn fts_read . +To use these fields to reference any files represented by other +.Vt FTSENT +structures will require that the path buffer be modified using the +information contained in that +.Vt FTSENT +structure's +.Fa fts_pathlen +field. +Any such modifications should be undone before further calls to +.Fn fts_read +are attempted. +The +.Fa fts_name +field is always +.Dv NUL Ns -terminated . +.Pp +Note that the use of +.Fa fts_bignum +is mutually exclusive with the use of +.Fa fts_number +or +.Fa fts_pointer . +.Sh FTS_OPEN +The +.Fn fts_open +function takes a pointer to an array of character pointers naming one +or more paths which make up a logical file hierarchy to be traversed. +The array must be terminated by a +.Dv NULL +pointer. +.Pp +There are +a number of options, at least one of which (either +.Dv FTS_LOGICAL +or +.Dv FTS_PHYSICAL ) +must be specified. +The options are selected by +.Em or Ns 'ing +the following values: +.Bl -tag -width "FTS_PHYSICAL" +.It Dv FTS_COMFOLLOW +This option causes any symbolic link specified as a root path to be +followed immediately whether or not +.Dv FTS_LOGICAL +is also specified. +.It Dv FTS_LOGICAL +This option causes the +.Nm +routines to return +.Vt FTSENT +structures for the targets of symbolic links +instead of the symbolic links themselves. +If this option is set, the only symbolic links for which +.Vt FTSENT +structures +are returned to the application are those referencing non-existent files. +Either +.Dv FTS_LOGICAL +or +.Dv FTS_PHYSICAL +.Em must +be provided to the +.Fn fts_open +function. +.It Dv FTS_NOCHDIR +As a performance optimization, the +.Nm +functions change directories as they walk the file hierarchy. +This has the side-effect that an application cannot rely on being +in any particular directory during the traversal. +The +.Dv FTS_NOCHDIR +option turns off this optimization, and the +.Nm +functions will not change the current directory. +Note that applications should not themselves change their current directory +and try to access files unless +.Dv FTS_NOCHDIR +is specified and absolute +pathnames were provided as arguments to +.Fn fts_open . +.It Dv FTS_NOSTAT +By default, returned +.Vt FTSENT +structures reference file characteristic information (the +.Fa statp +field) for each file visited. +This option relaxes that requirement as a performance optimization, +allowing the +.Nm +functions to set the +.Fa fts_info +field to +.Dv FTS_NSOK +and leave the contents of the +.Fa statp +field undefined. +.It Dv FTS_PHYSICAL +This option causes the +.Nm +routines to return +.Vt FTSENT +structures for symbolic links themselves instead +of the target files they point to. +If this option is set, +.Vt FTSENT +structures for all symbolic links in the +hierarchy are returned to the application. +Either +.Dv FTS_LOGICAL +or +.Dv FTS_PHYSICAL +.Em must +be provided to the +.Fn fts_open +function. +.It Dv FTS_SEEDOT +By default, unless they are specified as path arguments to +.Fn fts_open , +any files named +.Ql .\& +or +.Ql ..\& +encountered in the file hierarchy are ignored. +This option causes the +.Nm +routines to return +.Vt FTSENT +structures for them. +.It Dv FTS_XDEV +This option prevents +.Nm +from descending into directories that have a different device number +than the file from which the descent began. +.El +.Pp +The argument +.Fn compar +specifies a user-defined function which may be used to order the traversal +of the hierarchy. +It +takes two pointers to pointers to +.Vt FTSENT +structures as arguments and +should return a negative value, zero, or a positive value to indicate +if the file referenced by its first argument comes before, in any order +with respect to, or after, the file referenced by its second argument. +The +.Fa fts_accpath , +.Fa fts_path +and +.Fa fts_pathlen +fields of the +.Vt FTSENT +structures may +.Em never +be used in this comparison. +If the +.Fa fts_info +field is set to +.Dv FTS_NS +or +.Dv FTS_NSOK , +the +.Fa fts_statp +field may not either. +If the +.Fn compar +argument is +.Dv NULL , +the directory traversal order is in the order listed in +.Fa path_argv +for the root paths, and in the order listed in the directory for +everything else. +.Sh FTS_READ +The +.Fn fts_read +function returns a pointer to an +.Vt FTSENT +structure describing a file in +the hierarchy. +Directories (that are readable and do not cause cycles) are visited at +least twice, once in pre-order and once in post-order. +All other files are visited at least once. +(Hard links between directories that do not cause cycles or symbolic +links to symbolic links may cause files to be visited more than once, +or directories more than twice.) +.Pp +If all the members of the hierarchy have been returned, +.Fn fts_read +returns +.Dv NULL +and sets the external variable +.Va errno +to 0. +If an error unrelated to a file in the hierarchy occurs, +.Fn fts_read +returns +.Dv NULL +and sets +.Va errno +appropriately. +If an error related to a returned file occurs, a pointer to an +.Vt FTSENT +structure is returned, and +.Va errno +may or may not have been set (see +.Fa fts_info ) . +.Pp +The +.Vt FTSENT +structures returned by +.Fn fts_read +may be overwritten after a call to +.Fn fts_close +on the same file hierarchy stream, or, after a call to +.Fn fts_read +on the same file hierarchy stream unless they represent a file of type +directory, in which case they will not be overwritten until after a call to +.Fn fts_read +after the +.Vt FTSENT +structure has been returned by the function +.Fn fts_read +in post-order. +.Sh FTS_CHILDREN +The +.Fn fts_children +function returns a pointer to an +.Vt FTSENT +structure describing the first entry in a NULL-terminated linked list of +the files in the directory represented by the +.Vt FTSENT +structure most recently returned by +.Fn fts_read . +The list is linked through the +.Fa fts_link +field of the +.Vt FTSENT +structure, and is ordered by the user-specified comparison function, if any. +Repeated calls to +.Fn fts_children +will recreate this linked list. +.Pp +As a special case, if +.Fn fts_read +has not yet been called for a hierarchy, +.Fn fts_children +will return a pointer to the files in the logical directory specified to +.Fn fts_open , +i.e., the arguments specified to +.Fn fts_open . +Otherwise, if the +.Vt FTSENT +structure most recently returned by +.Fn fts_read +is not a directory being visited in pre-order, +or the directory does not contain any files, +.Fn fts_children +returns +.Dv NULL +and sets +.Va errno +to zero. +If an error occurs, +.Fn fts_children +returns +.Dv NULL +and sets +.Va errno +appropriately. +.Pp +The +.Vt FTSENT +structures returned by +.Fn fts_children +may be overwritten after a call to +.Fn fts_children , +.Fn fts_close +or +.Fn fts_read +on the same file hierarchy stream. +.Pp +.Em Option +may be set to the following value: +.Bl -tag -width FTS_NAMEONLY +.It Dv FTS_NAMEONLY +Only the names of the files are needed. +The contents of all the fields in the returned linked list of structures +are undefined with the exception of the +.Fa fts_name +and +.Fa fts_namelen +fields. +.El +.Sh FTS_SET +The function +.Fn fts_set +allows the user application to determine further processing for the +file +.Fa f +of the stream +.Fa ftsp . +The +.Fn fts_set +function +returns 0 on success, and \-1 if an error occurs. +.Em Option +must be set to one of the following values: +.Bl -tag -width FTS_PHYSICAL +.It Dv FTS_AGAIN +Re-visit the file; any file type may be re-visited. +The next call to +.Fn fts_read +will return the referenced file. +The +.Fa fts_stat +and +.Fa fts_info +fields of the structure will be reinitialized at that time, +but no other fields will have been changed. +This option is meaningful only for the most recently returned +file from +.Fn fts_read . +Normal use is for post-order directory visits, where it causes the +directory to be re-visited (in both pre and post-order) as well as all +of its descendants. +.It Dv FTS_FOLLOW +The referenced file must be a symbolic link. +If the referenced file is the one most recently returned by +.Fn fts_read , +the next call to +.Fn fts_read +returns the file with the +.Fa fts_info +and +.Fa fts_statp +fields reinitialized to reflect the target of the symbolic link instead +of the symbolic link itself. +If the file is one of those most recently returned by +.Fn fts_children , +the +.Fa fts_info +and +.Fa fts_statp +fields of the structure, when returned by +.Fn fts_read , +will reflect the target of the symbolic link instead of the symbolic link +itself. +In either case, if the target of the symbolic link does not exist the +fields of the returned structure will be unchanged and the +.Fa fts_info +field will be set to +.Dv FTS_SLNONE . +.Pp +If the target of the link is a directory, the pre-order return, followed +by the return of all of its descendants, followed by a post-order return, +is done. +.It Dv FTS_SKIP +No descendants of this file are visited. +The file may be one of those most recently returned by either +.Fn fts_children +or +.Fn fts_read . +.El +.Sh FTS_CLOSE +The +.Fn fts_close +function closes a file hierarchy stream +.Fa ftsp +and restores the current directory to the directory from which +.Fn fts_open +was called to open +.Fa ftsp . +The +.Fn fts_close +function +returns 0 on success, and \-1 if an error occurs. +.Sh ERRORS +The function +.Fn fts_open +may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library functions +.Xr open 2 +and +.Xr malloc 3 . +.Pp +The function +.Fn fts_close +may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library functions +.Xr chdir 2 +and +.Xr close 2 . +.Pp +The functions +.Fn fts_read +and +.Fn fts_children +may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library functions +.Xr chdir 2 , +.Xr malloc 3 , +.Xr opendir 3 , +.Xr readdir 3 +and +.Xr stat 2 . +.Pp +In addition, +.Fn fts_children , +.Fn fts_open +and +.Fn fts_set +may fail and set +.Va errno +as follows: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The options were invalid. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr find 1 , +.Xr chdir 2 , +.Xr stat 2 , +.Xr ftw 3 , +.Xr qsort 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Nm +interface was first introduced in +.Bx 4.4 . +The +.Fn fts_get_clientptr , +.Fn fts_get_stream , +and +.Fn fts_set_clientptr +functions were introduced in +.Fx 5.0 , +principally to provide for alternative interfaces to the +.Nm +functionality using different data structures. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fts.c b/lib/libc/gen/fts.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ced205b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/fts.c @@ -0,0 +1,1194 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * $OpenBSD: fts.c,v 1.22 1999/10/03 19:22:22 millert Exp $ + */ + +#if 0 +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)fts.c 8.6 (Berkeley) 8/14/94"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#endif + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/mount.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#include <dirent.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <fts.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +static FTSENT *fts_alloc(FTS *, char *, size_t); +static FTSENT *fts_build(FTS *, int); +static void fts_lfree(FTSENT *); +static void fts_load(FTS *, FTSENT *); +static size_t fts_maxarglen(char * const *); +static void fts_padjust(FTS *, FTSENT *); +static int fts_palloc(FTS *, size_t); +static FTSENT *fts_sort(FTS *, FTSENT *, size_t); +static int fts_stat(FTS *, FTSENT *, int); +static int fts_safe_changedir(FTS *, FTSENT *, int, char *); +static int fts_ufslinks(FTS *, const FTSENT *); + +#define ISDOT(a) (a[0] == '.' && (!a[1] || (a[1] == '.' && !a[2]))) + +#define CLR(opt) (sp->fts_options &= ~(opt)) +#define ISSET(opt) (sp->fts_options & (opt)) +#define SET(opt) (sp->fts_options |= (opt)) + +#define FCHDIR(sp, fd) (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && fchdir(fd)) + +/* fts_build flags */ +#define BCHILD 1 /* fts_children */ +#define BNAMES 2 /* fts_children, names only */ +#define BREAD 3 /* fts_read */ + +/* + * Internal representation of an FTS, including extra implementation + * details. The FTS returned from fts_open points to this structure's + * ftsp_fts member (and can be cast to an _fts_private as required) + */ +struct _fts_private { + FTS ftsp_fts; + struct statfs ftsp_statfs; + dev_t ftsp_dev; + int ftsp_linksreliable; +}; + +/* + * The "FTS_NOSTAT" option can avoid a lot of calls to stat(2) if it + * knows that a directory could not possibly have subdirectories. This + * is decided by looking at the link count: a subdirectory would + * increment its parent's link count by virtue of its own ".." entry. + * This assumption only holds for UFS-like filesystems that implement + * links and directories this way, so we must punt for others. + */ + +static const char *ufslike_filesystems[] = { + "ufs", + "nfs", + "nfs4", + "ext2fs", + 0 +}; + +FTS * +fts_open(argv, options, compar) + char * const *argv; + int options; + int (*compar)(const FTSENT * const *, const FTSENT * const *); +{ + struct _fts_private *priv; + FTS *sp; + FTSENT *p, *root; + FTSENT *parent, *tmp; + size_t len, nitems; + + /* Options check. */ + if (options & ~FTS_OPTIONMASK) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (NULL); + } + + /* Allocate/initialize the stream. */ + if ((priv = malloc(sizeof(*priv))) == NULL) + return (NULL); + memset(priv, 0, sizeof(*priv)); + sp = &priv->ftsp_fts; + sp->fts_compar = compar; + sp->fts_options = options; + + /* Shush, GCC. */ + tmp = NULL; + + /* Logical walks turn on NOCHDIR; symbolic links are too hard. */ + if (ISSET(FTS_LOGICAL)) + SET(FTS_NOCHDIR); + + /* + * Start out with 1K of path space, and enough, in any case, + * to hold the user's paths. + */ + if (fts_palloc(sp, MAX(fts_maxarglen(argv), MAXPATHLEN))) + goto mem1; + + /* Allocate/initialize root's parent. */ + if ((parent = fts_alloc(sp, "", 0)) == NULL) + goto mem2; + parent->fts_level = FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL; + + /* Allocate/initialize root(s). */ + for (root = NULL, nitems = 0; *argv != NULL; ++argv, ++nitems) { + /* Don't allow zero-length paths. */ + if ((len = strlen(*argv)) == 0) { + errno = ENOENT; + goto mem3; + } + + p = fts_alloc(sp, *argv, len); + p->fts_level = FTS_ROOTLEVEL; + p->fts_parent = parent; + p->fts_accpath = p->fts_name; + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, ISSET(FTS_COMFOLLOW)); + + /* Command-line "." and ".." are real directories. */ + if (p->fts_info == FTS_DOT) + p->fts_info = FTS_D; + + /* + * If comparison routine supplied, traverse in sorted + * order; otherwise traverse in the order specified. + */ + if (compar) { + p->fts_link = root; + root = p; + } else { + p->fts_link = NULL; + if (root == NULL) + tmp = root = p; + else { + tmp->fts_link = p; + tmp = p; + } + } + } + if (compar && nitems > 1) + root = fts_sort(sp, root, nitems); + + /* + * Allocate a dummy pointer and make fts_read think that we've just + * finished the node before the root(s); set p->fts_info to FTS_INIT + * so that everything about the "current" node is ignored. + */ + if ((sp->fts_cur = fts_alloc(sp, "", 0)) == NULL) + goto mem3; + sp->fts_cur->fts_link = root; + sp->fts_cur->fts_info = FTS_INIT; + + /* + * If using chdir(2), grab a file descriptor pointing to dot to ensure + * that we can get back here; this could be avoided for some paths, + * but almost certainly not worth the effort. Slashes, symbolic links, + * and ".." are all fairly nasty problems. Note, if we can't get the + * descriptor we run anyway, just more slowly. + */ + if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && (sp->fts_rfd = _open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) + SET(FTS_NOCHDIR); + + return (sp); + +mem3: fts_lfree(root); + free(parent); +mem2: free(sp->fts_path); +mem1: free(sp); + return (NULL); +} + +static void +fts_load(sp, p) + FTS *sp; + FTSENT *p; +{ + size_t len; + char *cp; + + /* + * Load the stream structure for the next traversal. Since we don't + * actually enter the directory until after the preorder visit, set + * the fts_accpath field specially so the chdir gets done to the right + * place and the user can access the first node. From fts_open it's + * known that the path will fit. + */ + len = p->fts_pathlen = p->fts_namelen; + memmove(sp->fts_path, p->fts_name, len + 1); + if ((cp = strrchr(p->fts_name, '/')) && (cp != p->fts_name || cp[1])) { + len = strlen(++cp); + memmove(p->fts_name, cp, len + 1); + p->fts_namelen = len; + } + p->fts_accpath = p->fts_path = sp->fts_path; + sp->fts_dev = p->fts_dev; +} + +int +fts_close(sp) + FTS *sp; +{ + FTSENT *freep, *p; + int saved_errno; + + /* + * This still works if we haven't read anything -- the dummy structure + * points to the root list, so we step through to the end of the root + * list which has a valid parent pointer. + */ + if (sp->fts_cur) { + for (p = sp->fts_cur; p->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL;) { + freep = p; + p = p->fts_link != NULL ? p->fts_link : p->fts_parent; + free(freep); + } + free(p); + } + + /* Free up child linked list, sort array, path buffer. */ + if (sp->fts_child) + fts_lfree(sp->fts_child); + if (sp->fts_array) + free(sp->fts_array); + free(sp->fts_path); + + /* Return to original directory, save errno if necessary. */ + if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + saved_errno = fchdir(sp->fts_rfd) ? errno : 0; + (void)_close(sp->fts_rfd); + + /* Set errno and return. */ + if (saved_errno != 0) { + /* Free up the stream pointer. */ + free(sp); + errno = saved_errno; + return (-1); + } + } + + /* Free up the stream pointer. */ + free(sp); + return (0); +} + +/* + * Special case of "/" at the end of the path so that slashes aren't + * appended which would cause paths to be written as "....//foo". + */ +#define NAPPEND(p) \ + (p->fts_path[p->fts_pathlen - 1] == '/' \ + ? p->fts_pathlen - 1 : p->fts_pathlen) + +FTSENT * +fts_read(sp) + FTS *sp; +{ + FTSENT *p, *tmp; + int instr; + char *t; + int saved_errno; + + /* If finished or unrecoverable error, return NULL. */ + if (sp->fts_cur == NULL || ISSET(FTS_STOP)) + return (NULL); + + /* Set current node pointer. */ + p = sp->fts_cur; + + /* Save and zero out user instructions. */ + instr = p->fts_instr; + p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR; + + /* Any type of file may be re-visited; re-stat and re-turn. */ + if (instr == FTS_AGAIN) { + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 0); + return (p); + } + + /* + * Following a symlink -- SLNONE test allows application to see + * SLNONE and recover. If indirecting through a symlink, have + * keep a pointer to current location. If unable to get that + * pointer, follow fails. + */ + if (instr == FTS_FOLLOW && + (p->fts_info == FTS_SL || p->fts_info == FTS_SLNONE)) { + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 1); + if (p->fts_info == FTS_D && !ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + if ((p->fts_symfd = _open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) { + p->fts_errno = errno; + p->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + } else + p->fts_flags |= FTS_SYMFOLLOW; + } + return (p); + } + + /* Directory in pre-order. */ + if (p->fts_info == FTS_D) { + /* If skipped or crossed mount point, do post-order visit. */ + if (instr == FTS_SKIP || + (ISSET(FTS_XDEV) && p->fts_dev != sp->fts_dev)) { + if (p->fts_flags & FTS_SYMFOLLOW) + (void)_close(p->fts_symfd); + if (sp->fts_child) { + fts_lfree(sp->fts_child); + sp->fts_child = NULL; + } + p->fts_info = FTS_DP; + return (p); + } + + /* Rebuild if only read the names and now traversing. */ + if (sp->fts_child != NULL && ISSET(FTS_NAMEONLY)) { + CLR(FTS_NAMEONLY); + fts_lfree(sp->fts_child); + sp->fts_child = NULL; + } + + /* + * Cd to the subdirectory. + * + * If have already read and now fail to chdir, whack the list + * to make the names come out right, and set the parent errno + * so the application will eventually get an error condition. + * Set the FTS_DONTCHDIR flag so that when we logically change + * directories back to the parent we don't do a chdir. + * + * If haven't read do so. If the read fails, fts_build sets + * FTS_STOP or the fts_info field of the node. + */ + if (sp->fts_child != NULL) { + if (fts_safe_changedir(sp, p, -1, p->fts_accpath)) { + p->fts_errno = errno; + p->fts_flags |= FTS_DONTCHDIR; + for (p = sp->fts_child; p != NULL; + p = p->fts_link) + p->fts_accpath = + p->fts_parent->fts_accpath; + } + } else if ((sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, BREAD)) == NULL) { + if (ISSET(FTS_STOP)) + return (NULL); + return (p); + } + p = sp->fts_child; + sp->fts_child = NULL; + goto name; + } + + /* Move to the next node on this level. */ +next: tmp = p; + if ((p = p->fts_link) != NULL) { + free(tmp); + + /* + * If reached the top, return to the original directory (or + * the root of the tree), and load the paths for the next root. + */ + if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) { + if (FCHDIR(sp, sp->fts_rfd)) { + SET(FTS_STOP); + return (NULL); + } + fts_load(sp, p); + return (sp->fts_cur = p); + } + + /* + * User may have called fts_set on the node. If skipped, + * ignore. If followed, get a file descriptor so we can + * get back if necessary. + */ + if (p->fts_instr == FTS_SKIP) + goto next; + if (p->fts_instr == FTS_FOLLOW) { + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 1); + if (p->fts_info == FTS_D && !ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + if ((p->fts_symfd = + _open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) { + p->fts_errno = errno; + p->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + } else + p->fts_flags |= FTS_SYMFOLLOW; + } + p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR; + } + +name: t = sp->fts_path + NAPPEND(p->fts_parent); + *t++ = '/'; + memmove(t, p->fts_name, p->fts_namelen + 1); + return (sp->fts_cur = p); + } + + /* Move up to the parent node. */ + p = tmp->fts_parent; + free(tmp); + + if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL) { + /* + * Done; free everything up and set errno to 0 so the user + * can distinguish between error and EOF. + */ + free(p); + errno = 0; + return (sp->fts_cur = NULL); + } + + /* NUL terminate the pathname. */ + sp->fts_path[p->fts_pathlen] = '\0'; + + /* + * Return to the parent directory. If at a root node or came through + * a symlink, go back through the file descriptor. Otherwise, cd up + * one directory. + */ + if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) { + if (FCHDIR(sp, sp->fts_rfd)) { + SET(FTS_STOP); + return (NULL); + } + } else if (p->fts_flags & FTS_SYMFOLLOW) { + if (FCHDIR(sp, p->fts_symfd)) { + saved_errno = errno; + (void)_close(p->fts_symfd); + errno = saved_errno; + SET(FTS_STOP); + return (NULL); + } + (void)_close(p->fts_symfd); + } else if (!(p->fts_flags & FTS_DONTCHDIR) && + fts_safe_changedir(sp, p->fts_parent, -1, "..")) { + SET(FTS_STOP); + return (NULL); + } + p->fts_info = p->fts_errno ? FTS_ERR : FTS_DP; + return (sp->fts_cur = p); +} + +/* + * Fts_set takes the stream as an argument although it's not used in this + * implementation; it would be necessary if anyone wanted to add global + * semantics to fts using fts_set. An error return is allowed for similar + * reasons. + */ +/* ARGSUSED */ +int +fts_set(sp, p, instr) + FTS *sp; + FTSENT *p; + int instr; +{ + if (instr != 0 && instr != FTS_AGAIN && instr != FTS_FOLLOW && + instr != FTS_NOINSTR && instr != FTS_SKIP) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (1); + } + p->fts_instr = instr; + return (0); +} + +FTSENT * +fts_children(sp, instr) + FTS *sp; + int instr; +{ + FTSENT *p; + int fd; + + if (instr != 0 && instr != FTS_NAMEONLY) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (NULL); + } + + /* Set current node pointer. */ + p = sp->fts_cur; + + /* + * Errno set to 0 so user can distinguish empty directory from + * an error. + */ + errno = 0; + + /* Fatal errors stop here. */ + if (ISSET(FTS_STOP)) + return (NULL); + + /* Return logical hierarchy of user's arguments. */ + if (p->fts_info == FTS_INIT) + return (p->fts_link); + + /* + * If not a directory being visited in pre-order, stop here. Could + * allow FTS_DNR, assuming the user has fixed the problem, but the + * same effect is available with FTS_AGAIN. + */ + if (p->fts_info != FTS_D /* && p->fts_info != FTS_DNR */) + return (NULL); + + /* Free up any previous child list. */ + if (sp->fts_child != NULL) + fts_lfree(sp->fts_child); + + if (instr == FTS_NAMEONLY) { + SET(FTS_NAMEONLY); + instr = BNAMES; + } else + instr = BCHILD; + + /* + * If using chdir on a relative path and called BEFORE fts_read does + * its chdir to the root of a traversal, we can lose -- we need to + * chdir into the subdirectory, and we don't know where the current + * directory is, so we can't get back so that the upcoming chdir by + * fts_read will work. + */ + if (p->fts_level != FTS_ROOTLEVEL || p->fts_accpath[0] == '/' || + ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) + return (sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, instr)); + + if ((fd = _open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) + return (NULL); + sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, instr); + if (fchdir(fd)) + return (NULL); + (void)_close(fd); + return (sp->fts_child); +} + +#ifndef fts_get_clientptr +#error "fts_get_clientptr not defined" +#endif + +void * +(fts_get_clientptr)(FTS *sp) +{ + + return (fts_get_clientptr(sp)); +} + +#ifndef fts_get_stream +#error "fts_get_stream not defined" +#endif + +FTS * +(fts_get_stream)(FTSENT *p) +{ + return (fts_get_stream(p)); +} + +void +fts_set_clientptr(FTS *sp, void *clientptr) +{ + + sp->fts_clientptr = clientptr; +} + +/* + * This is the tricky part -- do not casually change *anything* in here. The + * idea is to build the linked list of entries that are used by fts_children + * and fts_read. There are lots of special cases. + * + * The real slowdown in walking the tree is the stat calls. If FTS_NOSTAT is + * set and it's a physical walk (so that symbolic links can't be directories), + * we can do things quickly. First, if it's a 4.4BSD file system, the type + * of the file is in the directory entry. Otherwise, we assume that the number + * of subdirectories in a node is equal to the number of links to the parent. + * The former skips all stat calls. The latter skips stat calls in any leaf + * directories and for any files after the subdirectories in the directory have + * been found, cutting the stat calls by about 2/3. + */ +static FTSENT * +fts_build(sp, type) + FTS *sp; + int type; +{ + struct dirent *dp; + FTSENT *p, *head; + FTSENT *cur, *tail; + DIR *dirp; + void *oldaddr; + char *cp; + int cderrno, descend, oflag, saved_errno, nostat, doadjust; + long level; + long nlinks; /* has to be signed because -1 is a magic value */ + size_t dnamlen, len, maxlen, nitems; + + /* Set current node pointer. */ + cur = sp->fts_cur; + + /* + * Open the directory for reading. If this fails, we're done. + * If being called from fts_read, set the fts_info field. + */ +#ifdef FTS_WHITEOUT + if (ISSET(FTS_WHITEOUT)) + oflag = DTF_NODUP | DTF_REWIND; + else + oflag = DTF_HIDEW | DTF_NODUP | DTF_REWIND; +#else +#define __opendir2(path, flag) opendir(path) +#endif + if ((dirp = __opendir2(cur->fts_accpath, oflag)) == NULL) { + if (type == BREAD) { + cur->fts_info = FTS_DNR; + cur->fts_errno = errno; + } + return (NULL); + } + + /* + * Nlinks is the number of possible entries of type directory in the + * directory if we're cheating on stat calls, 0 if we're not doing + * any stat calls at all, -1 if we're doing stats on everything. + */ + if (type == BNAMES) { + nlinks = 0; + /* Be quiet about nostat, GCC. */ + nostat = 0; + } else if (ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT) && ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL)) { + if (fts_ufslinks(sp, cur)) + nlinks = cur->fts_nlink - (ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT) ? 0 : 2); + else + nlinks = -1; + nostat = 1; + } else { + nlinks = -1; + nostat = 0; + } + +#ifdef notdef + (void)printf("nlinks == %d (cur: %d)\n", nlinks, cur->fts_nlink); + (void)printf("NOSTAT %d PHYSICAL %d SEEDOT %d\n", + ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT), ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL), ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT)); +#endif + /* + * If we're going to need to stat anything or we want to descend + * and stay in the directory, chdir. If this fails we keep going, + * but set a flag so we don't chdir after the post-order visit. + * We won't be able to stat anything, but we can still return the + * names themselves. Note, that since fts_read won't be able to + * chdir into the directory, it will have to return different path + * names than before, i.e. "a/b" instead of "b". Since the node + * has already been visited in pre-order, have to wait until the + * post-order visit to return the error. There is a special case + * here, if there was nothing to stat then it's not an error to + * not be able to stat. This is all fairly nasty. If a program + * needed sorted entries or stat information, they had better be + * checking FTS_NS on the returned nodes. + */ + cderrno = 0; + if (nlinks || type == BREAD) { + if (fts_safe_changedir(sp, cur, dirfd(dirp), NULL)) { + if (nlinks && type == BREAD) + cur->fts_errno = errno; + cur->fts_flags |= FTS_DONTCHDIR; + descend = 0; + cderrno = errno; + } else + descend = 1; + } else + descend = 0; + + /* + * Figure out the max file name length that can be stored in the + * current path -- the inner loop allocates more path as necessary. + * We really wouldn't have to do the maxlen calculations here, we + * could do them in fts_read before returning the path, but it's a + * lot easier here since the length is part of the dirent structure. + * + * If not changing directories set a pointer so that can just append + * each new name into the path. + */ + len = NAPPEND(cur); + if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + cp = sp->fts_path + len; + *cp++ = '/'; + } else { + /* GCC, you're too verbose. */ + cp = NULL; + } + len++; + maxlen = sp->fts_pathlen - len; + + level = cur->fts_level + 1; + + /* Read the directory, attaching each entry to the `link' pointer. */ + doadjust = 0; + for (head = tail = NULL, nitems = 0; dirp && (dp = readdir(dirp));) { + dnamlen = dp->d_namlen; + if (!ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT) && ISDOT(dp->d_name)) + continue; + + if ((p = fts_alloc(sp, dp->d_name, dnamlen)) == NULL) + goto mem1; + if (dnamlen >= maxlen) { /* include space for NUL */ + oldaddr = sp->fts_path; + if (fts_palloc(sp, dnamlen + len + 1)) { + /* + * No more memory for path or structures. Save + * errno, free up the current structure and the + * structures already allocated. + */ +mem1: saved_errno = errno; + if (p) + free(p); + fts_lfree(head); + (void)closedir(dirp); + cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + SET(FTS_STOP); + errno = saved_errno; + return (NULL); + } + /* Did realloc() change the pointer? */ + if (oldaddr != sp->fts_path) { + doadjust = 1; + if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) + cp = sp->fts_path + len; + } + maxlen = sp->fts_pathlen - len; + } + + p->fts_level = level; + p->fts_parent = sp->fts_cur; + p->fts_pathlen = len + dnamlen; + +#ifdef FTS_WHITEOUT + if (dp->d_type == DT_WHT) + p->fts_flags |= FTS_ISW; +#endif + + if (cderrno) { + if (nlinks) { + p->fts_info = FTS_NS; + p->fts_errno = cderrno; + } else + p->fts_info = FTS_NSOK; + p->fts_accpath = cur->fts_accpath; + } else if (nlinks == 0 +#ifdef DT_DIR + || (nostat && + dp->d_type != DT_DIR && dp->d_type != DT_UNKNOWN) +#endif + ) { + p->fts_accpath = + ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) ? p->fts_path : p->fts_name; + p->fts_info = FTS_NSOK; + } else { + /* Build a file name for fts_stat to stat. */ + if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + p->fts_accpath = p->fts_path; + memmove(cp, p->fts_name, p->fts_namelen + 1); + } else + p->fts_accpath = p->fts_name; + /* Stat it. */ + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 0); + + /* Decrement link count if applicable. */ + if (nlinks > 0 && (p->fts_info == FTS_D || + p->fts_info == FTS_DC || p->fts_info == FTS_DOT)) + --nlinks; + } + + /* We walk in directory order so "ls -f" doesn't get upset. */ + p->fts_link = NULL; + if (head == NULL) + head = tail = p; + else { + tail->fts_link = p; + tail = p; + } + ++nitems; + } + if (dirp) + (void)closedir(dirp); + + /* + * If realloc() changed the address of the path, adjust the + * addresses for the rest of the tree and the dir list. + */ + if (doadjust) + fts_padjust(sp, head); + + /* + * If not changing directories, reset the path back to original + * state. + */ + if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + if (len == sp->fts_pathlen || nitems == 0) + --cp; + *cp = '\0'; + } + + /* + * If descended after called from fts_children or after called from + * fts_read and nothing found, get back. At the root level we use + * the saved fd; if one of fts_open()'s arguments is a relative path + * to an empty directory, we wind up here with no other way back. If + * can't get back, we're done. + */ + if (descend && (type == BCHILD || !nitems) && + (cur->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL ? + FCHDIR(sp, sp->fts_rfd) : + fts_safe_changedir(sp, cur->fts_parent, -1, ".."))) { + cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + SET(FTS_STOP); + return (NULL); + } + + /* If didn't find anything, return NULL. */ + if (!nitems) { + if (type == BREAD) + cur->fts_info = FTS_DP; + return (NULL); + } + + /* Sort the entries. */ + if (sp->fts_compar && nitems > 1) + head = fts_sort(sp, head, nitems); + return (head); +} + +static int +fts_stat(sp, p, follow) + FTS *sp; + FTSENT *p; + int follow; +{ + FTSENT *t; + dev_t dev; + ino_t ino; + struct stat *sbp, sb; + int saved_errno; + + /* If user needs stat info, stat buffer already allocated. */ + sbp = ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT) ? &sb : p->fts_statp; + +#ifdef FTS_WHITEOUT + /* Check for whiteout. */ + if (p->fts_flags & FTS_ISW) { + if (sbp != &sb) { + memset(sbp, '\0', sizeof(*sbp)); + sbp->st_mode = S_IFWHT; + } + return (FTS_W); + } +#endif + + /* + * If doing a logical walk, or application requested FTS_FOLLOW, do + * a stat(2). If that fails, check for a non-existent symlink. If + * fail, set the errno from the stat call. + */ + if (ISSET(FTS_LOGICAL) || follow) { + if (stat(p->fts_accpath, sbp)) { + saved_errno = errno; + if (!lstat(p->fts_accpath, sbp)) { + errno = 0; + return (FTS_SLNONE); + } + p->fts_errno = saved_errno; + goto err; + } + } else if (lstat(p->fts_accpath, sbp)) { + p->fts_errno = errno; +err: memset(sbp, 0, sizeof(struct stat)); + return (FTS_NS); + } + + if (S_ISDIR(sbp->st_mode)) { + /* + * Set the device/inode. Used to find cycles and check for + * crossing mount points. Also remember the link count, used + * in fts_build to limit the number of stat calls. It is + * understood that these fields are only referenced if fts_info + * is set to FTS_D. + */ + dev = p->fts_dev = sbp->st_dev; + ino = p->fts_ino = sbp->st_ino; + p->fts_nlink = sbp->st_nlink; + + if (ISDOT(p->fts_name)) + return (FTS_DOT); + + /* + * Cycle detection is done by brute force when the directory + * is first encountered. If the tree gets deep enough or the + * number of symbolic links to directories is high enough, + * something faster might be worthwhile. + */ + for (t = p->fts_parent; + t->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL; t = t->fts_parent) + if (ino == t->fts_ino && dev == t->fts_dev) { + p->fts_cycle = t; + return (FTS_DC); + } + return (FTS_D); + } + if (S_ISLNK(sbp->st_mode)) + return (FTS_SL); + if (S_ISREG(sbp->st_mode)) + return (FTS_F); + return (FTS_DEFAULT); +} + +/* + * The comparison function takes pointers to pointers to FTSENT structures. + * Qsort wants a comparison function that takes pointers to void. + * (Both with appropriate levels of const-poisoning, of course!) + * Use a trampoline function to deal with the difference. + */ +static int +fts_compar(const void *a, const void *b) +{ + FTS *parent; + + parent = (*(const FTSENT * const *)a)->fts_fts; + return (*parent->fts_compar)(a, b); +} + +static FTSENT * +fts_sort(sp, head, nitems) + FTS *sp; + FTSENT *head; + size_t nitems; +{ + FTSENT **ap, *p; + + /* + * Construct an array of pointers to the structures and call qsort(3). + * Reassemble the array in the order returned by qsort. If unable to + * sort for memory reasons, return the directory entries in their + * current order. Allocate enough space for the current needs plus + * 40 so don't realloc one entry at a time. + */ + if (nitems > sp->fts_nitems) { + sp->fts_nitems = nitems + 40; + if ((sp->fts_array = reallocf(sp->fts_array, + sp->fts_nitems * sizeof(FTSENT *))) == NULL) { + sp->fts_nitems = 0; + return (head); + } + } + for (ap = sp->fts_array, p = head; p; p = p->fts_link) + *ap++ = p; + qsort(sp->fts_array, nitems, sizeof(FTSENT *), fts_compar); + for (head = *(ap = sp->fts_array); --nitems; ++ap) + ap[0]->fts_link = ap[1]; + ap[0]->fts_link = NULL; + return (head); +} + +static FTSENT * +fts_alloc(sp, name, namelen) + FTS *sp; + char *name; + size_t namelen; +{ + FTSENT *p; + size_t len; + + struct ftsent_withstat { + FTSENT ent; + struct stat statbuf; + }; + + /* + * The file name is a variable length array and no stat structure is + * necessary if the user has set the nostat bit. Allocate the FTSENT + * structure, the file name and the stat structure in one chunk, but + * be careful that the stat structure is reasonably aligned. + */ + if (ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT)) + len = sizeof(FTSENT) + namelen + 1; + else + len = sizeof(struct ftsent_withstat) + namelen + 1; + + if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL) + return (NULL); + + if (ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT)) { + p->fts_name = (char *)(p + 1); + p->fts_statp = NULL; + } else { + p->fts_name = (char *)((struct ftsent_withstat *)p + 1); + p->fts_statp = &((struct ftsent_withstat *)p)->statbuf; + } + + /* Copy the name and guarantee NUL termination. */ + memcpy(p->fts_name, name, namelen); + p->fts_name[namelen] = '\0'; + p->fts_namelen = namelen; + p->fts_path = sp->fts_path; + p->fts_errno = 0; + p->fts_flags = 0; + p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR; + p->fts_number = 0; + p->fts_pointer = NULL; + p->fts_fts = sp; + return (p); +} + +static void +fts_lfree(head) + FTSENT *head; +{ + FTSENT *p; + + /* Free a linked list of structures. */ + while ((p = head)) { + head = head->fts_link; + free(p); + } +} + +/* + * Allow essentially unlimited paths; find, rm, ls should all work on any tree. + * Most systems will allow creation of paths much longer than MAXPATHLEN, even + * though the kernel won't resolve them. Add the size (not just what's needed) + * plus 256 bytes so don't realloc the path 2 bytes at a time. + */ +static int +fts_palloc(sp, more) + FTS *sp; + size_t more; +{ + + sp->fts_pathlen += more + 256; + sp->fts_path = reallocf(sp->fts_path, sp->fts_pathlen); + return (sp->fts_path == NULL); +} + +/* + * When the path is realloc'd, have to fix all of the pointers in structures + * already returned. + */ +static void +fts_padjust(sp, head) + FTS *sp; + FTSENT *head; +{ + FTSENT *p; + char *addr = sp->fts_path; + +#define ADJUST(p) do { \ + if ((p)->fts_accpath != (p)->fts_name) { \ + (p)->fts_accpath = \ + (char *)addr + ((p)->fts_accpath - (p)->fts_path); \ + } \ + (p)->fts_path = addr; \ +} while (0) + /* Adjust the current set of children. */ + for (p = sp->fts_child; p; p = p->fts_link) + ADJUST(p); + + /* Adjust the rest of the tree, including the current level. */ + for (p = head; p->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL;) { + ADJUST(p); + p = p->fts_link ? p->fts_link : p->fts_parent; + } +} + +static size_t +fts_maxarglen(argv) + char * const *argv; +{ + size_t len, max; + + for (max = 0; *argv; ++argv) + if ((len = strlen(*argv)) > max) + max = len; + return (max + 1); +} + +/* + * Change to dir specified by fd or p->fts_accpath without getting + * tricked by someone changing the world out from underneath us. + * Assumes p->fts_dev and p->fts_ino are filled in. + */ +static int +fts_safe_changedir(sp, p, fd, path) + FTS *sp; + FTSENT *p; + int fd; + char *path; +{ + int ret, oerrno, newfd; + struct stat sb; + + newfd = fd; + if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) + return (0); + if (fd < 0 && (newfd = _open(path, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) + return (-1); + if (_fstat(newfd, &sb)) { + ret = -1; + goto bail; + } + if (p->fts_dev != sb.st_dev || p->fts_ino != sb.st_ino) { + errno = ENOENT; /* disinformation */ + ret = -1; + goto bail; + } + ret = fchdir(newfd); +bail: + oerrno = errno; + if (fd < 0) + (void)_close(newfd); + errno = oerrno; + return (ret); +} + +/* + * Check if the filesystem for "ent" has UFS-style links. + */ +static int +fts_ufslinks(FTS *sp, const FTSENT *ent) +{ + struct _fts_private *priv; + const char **cpp; + + priv = (struct _fts_private *)sp; + /* + * If this node's device is different from the previous, grab + * the filesystem information, and decide on the reliability + * of the link information from this filesystem for stat(2) + * avoidance. + */ + if (priv->ftsp_dev != ent->fts_dev) { + if (statfs(ent->fts_path, &priv->ftsp_statfs) != -1) { + priv->ftsp_dev = ent->fts_dev; + priv->ftsp_linksreliable = 0; + for (cpp = ufslike_filesystems; *cpp; cpp++) { + if (strcmp(priv->ftsp_statfs.f_fstypename, + *cpp) == 0) { + priv->ftsp_linksreliable = 1; + break; + } + } + } else { + priv->ftsp_linksreliable = 0; + } + } + return (priv->ftsp_linksreliable); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ftw.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ftw.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba8859b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ftw.3 @@ -0,0 +1,216 @@ +.\" $OpenBSD: ftw.3,v 1.5 2004/01/25 14:48:32 jmc Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com> +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any +.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above +.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES +.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR +.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES +.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN +.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF +.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Sponsored in part by the Defense Advanced Research Projects +.\" Agency (DARPA) and Air Force Research Laboratory, Air Force +.\" Materiel Command, USAF, under agreement number F39502-99-1-0512. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd July 5, 2004 +.Dt FTW 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm ftw , nftw +.Nd traverse (walk) a file tree +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In ftw.h +.Ft int +.Fo ftw +.Fa "const char *path" +.Fa "int \*[lp]*fn\*[rp]\*[lp]const char *, const struct stat *, int\*[rp]" +.Fa "int maxfds" +.Fc +.Ft int +.Fo nftw +.Fa "const char *path" +.Fa "int \*[lp]*fn\*[rp]\*[lp]const char *, const struct stat *, int, struct FTW *\*[rp]" +.Fa "int maxfds" +.Fa "int flags" +.Fc +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn ftw +and +.Fn nftw +functions traverse (walk) the directory hierarchy rooted in +.Fa path . +For each object in the hierarchy, these functions call the function +pointed to by +.Fa fn . +The +.Fn ftw +function passes this function a pointer to a +.Dv NUL Ns +-terminated string containing +the name of the object, a pointer to a +.Vt stat +structure corresponding to the +object, and an integer flag. +The +.Fn nftw +function passes the aforementioned arguments plus a pointer to a +.Vt FTW +structure as defined by +.In ftw.h +(shown below): +.Bd -literal +struct FTW { + int base; /* offset of basename into pathname */ + int level; /* directory depth relative to starting point */ +}; +.Ed +.Pp +Possible values for the flag passed to +.Fa fn +are: +.Bl -tag -width ".Dv FTW_DNR" +.It Dv FTW_F +A regular file. +.It Dv FTW_D +A directory being visited in pre-order. +.It Dv FTW_DNR +A directory which cannot be read. +The directory will not be descended into. +.It Dv FTW_DP +A directory being visited in post-order +.Fn ( nftw +only). +.It Dv FTW_NS +A file for which no +.Xr stat 2 +information was available. +The contents of the +.Vt stat +structure are undefined. +.It Dv FTW_SL +A symbolic link. +.It Dv FTW_SLN +A symbolic link with a non-existent target +.Fn ( nftw +only). +.El +.Pp +The +.Fn ftw +function traverses the tree in pre-order. +That is, it processes the directory before the directory's contents. +.Pp +The +.Fa maxfds +argument specifies the maximum number of file descriptors +to keep open while traversing the tree. +It has no effect in this implementation. +.Pp +The +.Fn nftw +function has an additional +.Fa flags +argument with the following possible values: +.Bl -tag -width ".Dv FTW_MOUNT" +.It Dv FTW_PHYS +Physical walk, do not follow symbolic links. +.It Dv FTW_MOUNT +The walk will not cross a mount point. +.It FTW_DEPTH +Process directories in post-order. +Contents of a directory are visited before the directory itself. +By default, +.Fn nftw +traverses the tree in pre-order. +.It FTW_CHDIR +Change to a directory before reading it. +By default, +.Fn nftw +will change its starting directory. +The current working directory will be restored to its original value before +.Fn nftw +returns. +.El +.Sh RETURN VALUES +If the tree was traversed successfully, the +.Fn ftw +and +.Fn nftw +functions return 0. +If the function pointed to by +.Fa fn +returns a non-zero value, +.Fn ftw +and +.Fn nftw +will stop processing the tree and return the value from +.Fa fn . +Both functions return \-1 if an error is detected. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn ftw +and +.Fn nftw +functions may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library functions +.Xr close 2 , +.Xr open 2 , +.Xr stat 2 , +.Xr malloc 3 , +.Xr opendir 3 +and +.Xr readdir 3 . +If the +.Dv FTW_CHDIR +flag is set, the +.Fn nftw +function may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for +.Xr chdir 2 . +In addition, either function may fail and set +.Va errno +as follows: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa maxfds +argument is less than 1. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr chdir 2 , +.Xr close 2 , +.Xr open 2 , +.Xr stat 2 , +.Xr fts 3 , +.Xr malloc 3 , +.Xr opendir 3 , +.Xr readdir 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn ftw +and +.Fn nftw +functions conform to +.St -p1003.1-2001 . +.Sh HISTORY +These functions first appeared in +.At V.3 . +Their first +.Fx +appearance was in +.Fx 5.3 . +.Sh BUGS +The +.Fa maxfds +argument is currently ignored. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ftw.c b/lib/libc/gen/ftw.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0177712 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ftw.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* $OpenBSD: ftw.c,v 1.4 2004/07/07 16:05:23 millert Exp $ */ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 2003, 2004 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com> + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + * + * Sponsored in part by the Defense Advanced Research Projects + * Agency (DARPA) and Air Force Research Laboratory, Air Force + * Materiel Command, USAF, under agreement number F39502-99-1-0512. + */ + +#if 0 +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static const char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: ftw.c,v 1.4 2004/07/07 16:05:23 millert Exp $"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#endif + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fts.h> +#include <ftw.h> +#include <limits.h> + +int +ftw(const char *path, int (*fn)(const char *, const struct stat *, int), + int nfds) +{ + char * const paths[2] = { (char *)path, NULL }; + FTSENT *cur; + FTS *ftsp; + int error = 0, fnflag, sverrno; + + /* XXX - nfds is currently unused */ + if (nfds < 1 || nfds > OPEN_MAX) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } + + ftsp = fts_open(paths, FTS_LOGICAL | FTS_COMFOLLOW | FTS_NOCHDIR, NULL); + if (ftsp == NULL) + return (-1); + while ((cur = fts_read(ftsp)) != NULL) { + switch (cur->fts_info) { + case FTS_D: + fnflag = FTW_D; + break; + case FTS_DNR: + fnflag = FTW_DNR; + break; + case FTS_DP: + /* we only visit in preorder */ + continue; + case FTS_F: + case FTS_DEFAULT: + fnflag = FTW_F; + break; + case FTS_NS: + case FTS_NSOK: + case FTS_SLNONE: + fnflag = FTW_NS; + break; + case FTS_SL: + fnflag = FTW_SL; + break; + case FTS_DC: + errno = ELOOP; + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + error = -1; + goto done; + } + error = fn(cur->fts_path, cur->fts_statp, fnflag); + if (error != 0) + break; + } +done: + sverrno = errno; + if (fts_close(ftsp) != 0 && error == 0) + error = -1; + else + errno = sverrno; + return (error); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getbootfile.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getbootfile.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5130c64 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getbootfile.3 @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" From: @(#)gethostname.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd September 23, 1994 +.Dt GETBOOTFILE 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getbootfile +.Nd get kernel boot file name +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In paths.h +.Ft const char * +.Fn getbootfile void +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getbootfile +function retrieves the full pathname of the file from which the +current kernel was loaded, and returns a static pointer to the name. +A read/write interface to this information is available via the +.Xr sysctl 3 +MIB variable +.Dq Li kern.bootfile . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +If the call succeeds a string giving the pathname is returned. +If it +fails, a null pointer is returned and an error code is +placed in the global location +.Va errno . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sysctl 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getbootfile +function appeared in +.Fx 2.0 . +.Sh BUGS +If the boot blocks have not been modified to pass this information into +the kernel at boot time, the static string +.Dq Pa /boot/kernel/kernel +is returned instead of the real boot file. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getbootfile.c b/lib/libc/gen/getbootfile.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa23247 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getbootfile.c @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "From: @(#)gethostname.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> + +#include <paths.h> + +const char * +getbootfile(void) +{ + static char name[MAXPATHLEN]; + size_t size = sizeof name; + int mib[2]; + + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_BOOTFILE; + if (sysctl(mib, 2, name, &size, NULL, 0) == -1) + return ("/boot/kernel/kernel"); + return (name); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getbsize.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getbsize.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1407051 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getbsize.3 @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)getbsize.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt GETBSIZE 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getbsize +.Nd get user block size +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In stdlib.h +.Ft char * +.Fn getbsize "int *headerlenp" "long *blocksizep" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getbsize +function determines the user's preferred block size based on the value of the +.Dq BLOCKSIZE +environment variable; see +.Xr environ 7 +for details on its use and format. +.Pp +The +.Fn getbsize +function returns a pointer to a null-terminated string describing +the block size, something like +.Dq 1K-blocks . +The memory referenced by +.Fa headerlenp +is filled in with the length of the string (not including the +terminating null). +The memory referenced by +.Fa blocksizep +is filled in with block size, in bytes. +.Pp +If the user's block size is unreasonable, a warning message is +written to standard error and the returned information reflects +a block size of 512 bytes. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr df 1 , +.Xr du 1 , +.Xr ls 1 , +.Xr systat 1 , +.Xr environ 7 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getbsize +function first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getbsize.c b/lib/libc/gen/getbsize.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..277eeb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getbsize.c @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getbsize.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <err.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +char * +getbsize(headerlenp, blocksizep) + int *headerlenp; + long *blocksizep; +{ + static char header[20]; + long n, max, mul, blocksize; + char *ep, *p; + const char *form; + +#define KB (1024L) +#define MB (1024L * 1024L) +#define GB (1024L * 1024L * 1024L) +#define MAXB GB /* No tera, peta, nor exa. */ + form = ""; + if ((p = getenv("BLOCKSIZE")) != NULL && *p != '\0') { + if ((n = strtol(p, &ep, 10)) < 0) + goto underflow; + if (n == 0) + n = 1; + if (*ep && ep[1]) + goto fmterr; + switch (*ep) { + case 'G': case 'g': + form = "G"; + max = MAXB / GB; + mul = GB; + break; + case 'K': case 'k': + form = "K"; + max = MAXB / KB; + mul = KB; + break; + case 'M': case 'm': + form = "M"; + max = MAXB / MB; + mul = MB; + break; + case '\0': + max = MAXB; + mul = 1; + break; + default: +fmterr: warnx("%s: unknown blocksize", p); + n = 512; + mul = 1; + break; + } + if (n > max) { + warnx("maximum blocksize is %ldG", MAXB / GB); + n = max; + } + if ((blocksize = n * mul) < 512) { +underflow: warnx("minimum blocksize is 512"); + form = ""; + blocksize = n = 512; + } + } else + blocksize = n = 512; + + (void)snprintf(header, sizeof(header), "%ld%s-blocks", n, form); + *headerlenp = strlen(header); + *blocksizep = blocksize; + return (header); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getcap.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getcap.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6401f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getcap.3 @@ -0,0 +1,567 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" Casey Leedom of Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)getcap.3 8.4 (Berkeley) 5/13/94 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd March 22, 2002 +.Dt GETCAP 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm cgetent , +.Nm cgetset , +.Nm cgetmatch , +.Nm cgetcap , +.Nm cgetnum , +.Nm cgetstr , +.Nm cgetustr , +.Nm cgetfirst , +.Nm cgetnext , +.Nm cgetclose +.Nd capability database access routines +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In stdlib.h +.Ft int +.Fn cgetent "char **buf" "char **db_array" "const char *name" +.Ft int +.Fn cgetset "const char *ent" +.Ft int +.Fn cgetmatch "const char *buf" "const char *name" +.Ft char * +.Fn cgetcap "char *buf" "const char *cap" "int type" +.Ft int +.Fn cgetnum "char *buf" "const char *cap" "long *num" +.Ft int +.Fn cgetstr "char *buf" "const char *cap" "char **str" +.Ft int +.Fn cgetustr "char *buf" "const char *cap" "char **str" +.Ft int +.Fn cgetfirst "char **buf" "char **db_array" +.Ft int +.Fn cgetnext "char **buf" "char **db_array" +.Ft int +.Fn cgetclose "void" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn cgetent +function extracts the capability +.Fa name +from the database specified by the +.Dv NULL +terminated file array +.Fa db_array +and returns a pointer to a +.Xr malloc 3 Ns \&'d +copy of it in +.Fa buf . +The +.Fn cgetent +function will first look for files ending in +.Pa .db +(see +.Xr cap_mkdb 1 ) +before accessing the ASCII file. +The +.Fa buf +argument +must be retained through all subsequent calls to +.Fn cgetmatch , +.Fn cgetcap , +.Fn cgetnum , +.Fn cgetstr , +and +.Fn cgetustr , +but may then be +.Xr free 3 Ns \&'d . +On success 0 is returned, 1 if the returned +record contains an unresolved +.Ic tc +expansion, +\-1 if the requested record could not be found, +\-2 if a system error was encountered (could not open/read a file, etc.) also +setting +.Va errno , +and \-3 if a potential reference loop is detected (see +.Ic tc= +comments below). +.Pp +The +.Fn cgetset +function enables the addition of a character buffer containing a single capability +record entry +to the capability database. +Conceptually, the entry is added as the first ``file'' in the database, and +is therefore searched first on the call to +.Fn cgetent . +The entry is passed in +.Fa ent . +If +.Fa ent +is +.Dv NULL , +the current entry is removed from the database. +A call to +.Fn cgetset +must precede the database traversal. +It must be called before the +.Fn cgetent +call. +If a sequential access is being performed (see below), it must be called +before the first sequential access call +.Fn ( cgetfirst +or +.Fn cgetnext ) , +or be directly preceded by a +.Fn cgetclose +call. +On success 0 is returned and \-1 on failure. +.Pp +The +.Fn cgetmatch +function will return 0 if +.Fa name +is one of the names of the capability record +.Fa buf , +\-1 if +not. +.Pp +The +.Fn cgetcap +function searches the capability record +.Fa buf +for the capability +.Fa cap +with type +.Fa type . +A +.Fa type +is specified using any single character. +If a colon (`:') is used, an +untyped capability will be searched for (see below for explanation of +types). +A pointer to the value of +.Fa cap +in +.Fa buf +is returned on success, +.Dv NULL +if the requested capability could not be +found. +The end of the capability value is signaled by a `:' or +.Tn ASCII +.Dv NUL +(see below for capability database syntax). +.Pp +The +.Fn cgetnum +function retrieves the value of the numeric capability +.Fa cap +from the capability record pointed to by +.Fa buf . +The numeric value is returned in the +.Ft long +pointed to by +.Fa num . +0 is returned on success, \-1 if the requested numeric capability could not +be found. +.Pp +The +.Fn cgetstr +function retrieves the value of the string capability +.Fa cap +from the capability record pointed to by +.Fa buf . +A pointer to a decoded, +.Dv NUL +terminated, +.Xr malloc 3 Ns \&'d +copy of the string is returned in the +.Ft char * +pointed to by +.Fa str . +The number of characters in the decoded string not including the trailing +.Dv NUL +is returned on success, \-1 if the requested string capability could not +be found, \-2 if a system error was encountered (storage allocation +failure). +.Pp +The +.Fn cgetustr +function is identical to +.Fn cgetstr +except that it does not expand special characters, but rather returns each +character of the capability string literally. +.Pp +The +.Fn cgetfirst +and +.Fn cgetnext +functions comprise a function group that provides for sequential +access of the +.Dv NULL +pointer terminated array of file names, +.Fa db_array . +The +.Fn cgetfirst +function returns the first record in the database and resets the access +to the first record. +The +.Fn cgetnext +function returns the next record in the database with respect to the +record returned by the previous +.Fn cgetfirst +or +.Fn cgetnext +call. +If there is no such previous call, the first record in the database is +returned. +Each record is returned in a +.Xr malloc 3 Ns \&'d +copy pointed to by +.Fa buf . +.Ic Tc +expansion is done (see +.Ic tc= +comments below). +Upon completion of the database 0 is returned, 1 is returned upon successful +return of record with possibly more remaining (we have not reached the end of +the database yet), 2 is returned if the record contains an unresolved +.Ic tc +expansion, \-1 is returned if a system error occurred, and \-2 +is returned if a potential reference loop is detected (see +.Ic tc= +comments below). +Upon completion of database (0 return) the database is closed. +.Pp +The +.Fn cgetclose +function closes the sequential access and frees any memory and file descriptors +being used. +Note that it does not erase the buffer pushed by a call to +.Fn cgetset . +.Sh CAPABILITY DATABASE SYNTAX +Capability databases are normally +.Tn ASCII +and may be edited with standard +text editors. +Blank lines and lines beginning with a `#' are comments +and are ignored. +Lines ending with a `\|\e' indicate that the next line +is a continuation of the current line; the `\|\e' and following newline +are ignored. +Long lines are usually continued onto several physical +lines by ending each line except the last with a `\|\e'. +.Pp +Capability databases consist of a series of records, one per logical +line. +Each record contains a variable number of `:'-separated fields +(capabilities). +Empty fields consisting entirely of white space +characters (spaces and tabs) are ignored. +.Pp +The first capability of each record specifies its names, separated by `|' +characters. +These names are used to reference records in the database. +By convention, the last name is usually a comment and is not intended as +a lookup tag. +For example, the +.Em vt100 +record from the +.Xr termcap 5 +database begins: +.Pp +.Dl "d0\||\|vt100\||\|vt100-am\||\|vt100am\||\|dec vt100:" +.Pp +giving four names that can be used to access the record. +.Pp +The remaining non-empty capabilities describe a set of (name, value) +bindings, consisting of a names optionally followed by a typed value: +.Bl -column "nameTvalue" +.It name Ta "typeless [boolean] capability" +.Em name No "is present [true]" +.It name Ns Em \&T Ns value Ta capability +.Pq Em name , \&T +has value +.Em value +.It name@ Ta "no capability" Em name No exists +.It name Ns Em T Ns \&@ Ta capability +.Pq Em name , T +does not exist +.El +.Pp +Names consist of one or more characters. +Names may contain any character +except `:', but it is usually best to restrict them to the printable +characters and avoid use of graphics like `#', `=', `%', `@', etc. +Types +are single characters used to separate capability names from their +associated typed values. +Types may be any character except a `:'. +Typically, graphics like `#', `=', `%', etc.\& are used. +Values may be any +number of characters and may contain any character except `:'. +.Sh CAPABILITY DATABASE SEMANTICS +Capability records describe a set of (name, value) bindings. +Names may +have multiple values bound to them. +Different values for a name are +distinguished by their +.Fa types . +The +.Fn cgetcap +function will return a pointer to a value of a name given the capability +name and the type of the value. +.Pp +The types `#' and `=' are conventionally used to denote numeric and +string typed values, but no restriction on those types is enforced. +The +functions +.Fn cgetnum +and +.Fn cgetstr +can be used to implement the traditional syntax and semantics of `#' +and `='. +Typeless capabilities are typically used to denote boolean objects with +presence or absence indicating truth and false values respectively. +This interpretation is conveniently represented by: +.Pp +.Dl "(getcap(buf, name, ':') != NULL)" +.Pp +A special capability, +.Ic tc= name , +is used to indicate that the record specified by +.Fa name +should be substituted for the +.Ic tc +capability. +.Ic Tc +capabilities may interpolate records which also contain +.Ic tc +capabilities and more than one +.Ic tc +capability may be used in a record. +A +.Ic tc +expansion scope (i.e., where the argument is searched for) contains the +file in which the +.Ic tc +is declared and all subsequent files in the file array. +.Pp +When a database is searched for a capability record, the first matching +record in the search is returned. +When a record is scanned for a +capability, the first matching capability is returned; the capability +.Ic :nameT@: +will hide any following definition of a value of type +.Em T +for +.Fa name ; +and the capability +.Ic :name@: +will prevent any following values of +.Fa name +from being seen. +.Pp +These features combined with +.Ic tc +capabilities can be used to generate variations of other databases and +records by either adding new capabilities, overriding definitions with new +definitions, or hiding following definitions via `@' capabilities. +.Sh EXAMPLES +.Bd -unfilled -offset indent +example\||\|an example of binding multiple values to names:\e + :foo%bar:foo^blah:foo@:\e + :abc%xyz:abc^frap:abc$@:\e + :tc=more: +.Ed +.Pp +The capability foo has two values bound to it (bar of type `%' and blah of +type `^') and any other value bindings are hidden. +The capability abc +also has two values bound but only a value of type `$' is prevented from +being defined in the capability record more. +.Pp +.Bd -unfilled -offset indent +file1: + new\||\|new_record\||\|a modification of "old":\e + :fript=bar:who-cares@:tc=old:blah:tc=extensions: +file2: + old\||\|old_record\||\|an old database record:\e + :fript=foo:who-cares:glork#200: +.Ed +.Pp +The records are extracted by calling +.Fn cgetent +with file1 preceding file2. +In the capability record new in file1, fript=bar overrides the definition +of fript=foo interpolated from the capability record old in file2, +who-cares@ prevents the definition of any who-cares definitions in old +from being seen, glork#200 is inherited from old, and blah and anything +defined by the record extensions is added to those definitions in old. +Note that the position of the fript=bar and who-cares@ definitions before +tc=old is important here. +If they were after, the definitions in old +would take precedence. +.Sh CGETNUM AND CGETSTR SYNTAX AND SEMANTICS +Two types are predefined by +.Fn cgetnum +and +.Fn cgetstr : +.Bl -column "nameXnumber" +.Sm off +.It Em name No \&# Em number Ta numeric +.Sm on +capability +.Em name +has value +.Em number +.Sm off +.It Em name No = Em string Ta "string capability" +.Sm on +.Em name +has value +.Em string +.Sm off +.It Em name No \&#@ Ta "the numeric capability" +.Sm on +.Em name +does not exist +.Sm off +.It Em name No \&=@ Ta "the string capability" +.Sm on +.Em name +does not exist +.El +.Pp +Numeric capability values may be given in one of three numeric bases. +If the number starts with either +.Ql 0x +or +.Ql 0X +it is interpreted as a hexadecimal number (both upper and lower case a-f +may be used to denote the extended hexadecimal digits). +Otherwise, if the number starts with a +.Ql 0 +it is interpreted as an octal number. +Otherwise the number is interpreted as a decimal number. +.Pp +String capability values may contain any character. +Non-printable +.Dv ASCII +codes, new lines, and colons may be conveniently represented by the use +of escape sequences: +.Bl -column "\e\|X,X\e\|X" "(ASCII octal nnn)" +^X ('X' & 037) control-X +\e\|b, \e\|B (ASCII 010) backspace +\e\|t, \e\|T (ASCII 011) tab +\e\|n, \e\|N (ASCII 012) line feed (newline) +\e\|f, \e\|F (ASCII 014) form feed +\e\|r, \e\|R (ASCII 015) carriage return +\e\|e, \e\|E (ASCII 027) escape +\e\|c, \e\|C (:) colon +\e\|\e (\e\|) back slash +\e\|^ (^) caret +\e\|nnn (ASCII octal nnn) +.El +.Pp +A `\|\e' may be followed by up to three octal digits directly specifies +the numeric code for a character. +The use of +.Tn ASCII +.Dv NUL Ns s , +while easily +encoded, causes all sorts of problems and must be used with care since +.Dv NUL Ns s +are typically used to denote the end of strings; many applications +use `\e\|200' to represent a +.Dv NUL . +.Sh DIAGNOSTICS +The +.Fn cgetent , +.Fn cgetset , +.Fn cgetmatch , +.Fn cgetnum , +.Fn cgetstr , +.Fn cgetustr , +.Fn cgetfirst , +and +.Fn cgetnext +functions +return a value greater than or equal to 0 on success and a value less +than 0 on failure. +The +.Fn cgetcap +function returns a character pointer on success and a +.Dv NULL +on failure. +.Pp +The +.Fn cgetent , +and +.Fn cgetset +functions may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library functions: +.Xr fopen 3 , +.Xr fclose 3 , +.Xr open 2 , +and +.Xr close 2 . +.Pp +The +.Fn cgetent , +.Fn cgetset , +.Fn cgetstr , +and +.Fn cgetustr +functions +may fail and set +.Va errno +as follows: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er ENOMEM +No memory to allocate. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr cap_mkdb 1 , +.Xr malloc 3 +.Sh BUGS +Colons (`:') cannot be used in names, types, or values. +.Pp +There are no checks for +.Ic tc Ns = Ns Ic name +loops in +.Fn cgetent . +.Pp +The buffer added to the database by a call to +.Fn cgetset +is not unique to the database but is rather prepended to any database used. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getcap.c b/lib/libc/gen/getcap.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f0bb20 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getcap.c @@ -0,0 +1,1054 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Casey Leedom of Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getcap.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/25/94"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#include <db.h> + +#define BFRAG 1024 +#define BSIZE 1024 +#define ESC ('[' & 037) /* ASCII ESC */ +#define MAX_RECURSION 32 /* maximum getent recursion */ +#define SFRAG 100 /* cgetstr mallocs in SFRAG chunks */ + +#define RECOK (char)0 +#define TCERR (char)1 +#define SHADOW (char)2 + +static size_t topreclen; /* toprec length */ +static char *toprec; /* Additional record specified by cgetset() */ +static int gottoprec; /* Flag indicating retrieval of toprecord */ + +static int cdbget(DB *, char **, const char *); +static int getent(char **, u_int *, char **, int, const char *, int, char *); +static int nfcmp(char *, char *); + +/* + * Cgetset() allows the addition of a user specified buffer to be added + * to the database array, in effect "pushing" the buffer on top of the + * virtual database. 0 is returned on success, -1 on failure. + */ +int +cgetset(const char *ent) +{ + if (ent == NULL) { + if (toprec) + free(toprec); + toprec = NULL; + topreclen = 0; + return (0); + } + topreclen = strlen(ent); + if ((toprec = malloc (topreclen + 1)) == NULL) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (-1); + } + gottoprec = 0; + (void)strcpy(toprec, ent); + return (0); +} + +/* + * Cgetcap searches the capability record buf for the capability cap with + * type `type'. A pointer to the value of cap is returned on success, NULL + * if the requested capability couldn't be found. + * + * Specifying a type of ':' means that nothing should follow cap (:cap:). + * In this case a pointer to the terminating ':' or NUL will be returned if + * cap is found. + * + * If (cap, '@') or (cap, terminator, '@') is found before (cap, terminator) + * return NULL. + */ +char * +cgetcap(char *buf, const char *cap, int type) +{ + char *bp; + const char *cp; + + bp = buf; + for (;;) { + /* + * Skip past the current capability field - it's either the + * name field if this is the first time through the loop, or + * the remainder of a field whose name failed to match cap. + */ + for (;;) + if (*bp == '\0') + return (NULL); + else + if (*bp++ == ':') + break; + + /* + * Try to match (cap, type) in buf. + */ + for (cp = cap; *cp == *bp && *bp != '\0'; cp++, bp++) + continue; + if (*cp != '\0') + continue; + if (*bp == '@') + return (NULL); + if (type == ':') { + if (*bp != '\0' && *bp != ':') + continue; + return(bp); + } + if (*bp != type) + continue; + bp++; + return (*bp == '@' ? NULL : bp); + } + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +/* + * Cgetent extracts the capability record name from the NULL terminated file + * array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc'd copy of it in buf. + * Buf must be retained through all subsequent calls to cgetcap, cgetnum, + * cgetflag, and cgetstr, but may then be free'd. 0 is returned on success, + * -1 if the requested record couldn't be found, -2 if a system error was + * encountered (couldn't open/read a file, etc.), and -3 if a potential + * reference loop is detected. + */ +int +cgetent(char **buf, char **db_array, const char *name) +{ + u_int dummy; + + return (getent(buf, &dummy, db_array, -1, name, 0, NULL)); +} + +/* + * Getent implements the functions of cgetent. If fd is non-negative, + * *db_array has already been opened and fd is the open file descriptor. We + * do this to save time and avoid using up file descriptors for tc= + * recursions. + * + * Getent returns the same success/failure codes as cgetent. On success, a + * pointer to a malloc'ed capability record with all tc= capabilities fully + * expanded and its length (not including trailing ASCII NUL) are left in + * *cap and *len. + * + * Basic algorithm: + * + Allocate memory incrementally as needed in chunks of size BFRAG + * for capability buffer. + * + Recurse for each tc=name and interpolate result. Stop when all + * names interpolated, a name can't be found, or depth exceeds + * MAX_RECURSION. + */ +static int +getent(char **cap, u_int *len, char **db_array, int fd, const char *name, + int depth, char *nfield) +{ + DB *capdbp; + char *r_end, *rp, **db_p; + int myfd, eof, foundit, retval, clen; + char *record, *cbuf; + int tc_not_resolved; + char pbuf[_POSIX_PATH_MAX]; + + /* + * Return with ``loop detected'' error if we've recursed more than + * MAX_RECURSION times. + */ + if (depth > MAX_RECURSION) + return (-3); + + /* + * Check if we have a top record from cgetset(). + */ + if (depth == 0 && toprec != NULL && cgetmatch(toprec, name) == 0) { + if ((record = malloc (topreclen + BFRAG)) == NULL) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (-2); + } + (void)strcpy(record, toprec); + myfd = 0; + db_p = db_array; + rp = record + topreclen + 1; + r_end = rp + BFRAG; + goto tc_exp; + } + /* + * Allocate first chunk of memory. + */ + if ((record = malloc(BFRAG)) == NULL) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (-2); + } + r_end = record + BFRAG; + foundit = 0; + /* + * Loop through database array until finding the record. + */ + + for (db_p = db_array; *db_p != NULL; db_p++) { + eof = 0; + + /* + * Open database if not already open. + */ + + if (fd >= 0) { + (void)lseek(fd, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET); + myfd = 0; + } else { + (void)snprintf(pbuf, sizeof(pbuf), "%s.db", *db_p); + if ((capdbp = dbopen(pbuf, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_HASH, 0)) + != NULL) { + free(record); + retval = cdbget(capdbp, &record, name); + if (retval < 0) { + /* no record available */ + (void)capdbp->close(capdbp); + return (retval); + } + /* save the data; close frees it */ + clen = strlen(record); + cbuf = malloc(clen + 1); + memcpy(cbuf, record, clen + 1); + if (capdbp->close(capdbp) < 0) { + free(cbuf); + return (-2); + } + *len = clen; + *cap = cbuf; + return (retval); + } else { + fd = _open(*db_p, O_RDONLY, 0); + if (fd < 0) + continue; + myfd = 1; + } + } + /* + * Find the requested capability record ... + */ + { + char buf[BUFSIZ]; + char *b_end, *bp; + int c; + + /* + * Loop invariants: + * There is always room for one more character in record. + * R_end always points just past end of record. + * Rp always points just past last character in record. + * B_end always points just past last character in buf. + * Bp always points at next character in buf. + */ + b_end = buf; + bp = buf; + for (;;) { + + /* + * Read in a line implementing (\, newline) + * line continuation. + */ + rp = record; + for (;;) { + if (bp >= b_end) { + int n; + + n = _read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf)); + if (n <= 0) { + if (myfd) + (void)_close(fd); + if (n < 0) { + free(record); + return (-2); + } else { + fd = -1; + eof = 1; + break; + } + } + b_end = buf+n; + bp = buf; + } + + c = *bp++; + if (c == '\n') { + if (rp > record && *(rp-1) == '\\') { + rp--; + continue; + } else + break; + } + *rp++ = c; + + /* + * Enforce loop invariant: if no room + * left in record buffer, try to get + * some more. + */ + if (rp >= r_end) { + u_int pos; + size_t newsize; + + pos = rp - record; + newsize = r_end - record + BFRAG; + record = reallocf(record, newsize); + if (record == NULL) { + errno = ENOMEM; + if (myfd) + (void)_close(fd); + return (-2); + } + r_end = record + newsize; + rp = record + pos; + } + } + /* loop invariant let's us do this */ + *rp++ = '\0'; + + /* + * If encountered eof check next file. + */ + if (eof) + break; + + /* + * Toss blank lines and comments. + */ + if (*record == '\0' || *record == '#') + continue; + + /* + * See if this is the record we want ... + */ + if (cgetmatch(record, name) == 0) { + if (nfield == NULL || !nfcmp(nfield, record)) { + foundit = 1; + break; /* found it! */ + } + } + } + } + if (foundit) + break; + } + + if (!foundit) { + free(record); + return (-1); + } + + /* + * Got the capability record, but now we have to expand all tc=name + * references in it ... + */ +tc_exp: { + char *newicap, *s; + int newilen; + u_int ilen; + int diff, iret, tclen; + char *icap, *scan, *tc, *tcstart, *tcend; + + /* + * Loop invariants: + * There is room for one more character in record. + * R_end points just past end of record. + * Rp points just past last character in record. + * Scan points at remainder of record that needs to be + * scanned for tc=name constructs. + */ + scan = record; + tc_not_resolved = 0; + for (;;) { + if ((tc = cgetcap(scan, "tc", '=')) == NULL) + break; + + /* + * Find end of tc=name and stomp on the trailing `:' + * (if present) so we can use it to call ourselves. + */ + s = tc; + for (;;) + if (*s == '\0') + break; + else + if (*s++ == ':') { + *(s - 1) = '\0'; + break; + } + tcstart = tc - 3; + tclen = s - tcstart; + tcend = s; + + iret = getent(&icap, &ilen, db_p, fd, tc, depth+1, + NULL); + newicap = icap; /* Put into a register. */ + newilen = ilen; + if (iret != 0) { + /* an error */ + if (iret < -1) { + if (myfd) + (void)_close(fd); + free(record); + return (iret); + } + if (iret == 1) + tc_not_resolved = 1; + /* couldn't resolve tc */ + if (iret == -1) { + *(s - 1) = ':'; + scan = s - 1; + tc_not_resolved = 1; + continue; + + } + } + /* not interested in name field of tc'ed record */ + s = newicap; + for (;;) + if (*s == '\0') + break; + else + if (*s++ == ':') + break; + newilen -= s - newicap; + newicap = s; + + /* make sure interpolated record is `:'-terminated */ + s += newilen; + if (*(s-1) != ':') { + *s = ':'; /* overwrite NUL with : */ + newilen++; + } + + /* + * Make sure there's enough room to insert the + * new record. + */ + diff = newilen - tclen; + if (diff >= r_end - rp) { + u_int pos, tcpos, tcposend; + size_t newsize; + + pos = rp - record; + newsize = r_end - record + diff + BFRAG; + tcpos = tcstart - record; + tcposend = tcend - record; + record = reallocf(record, newsize); + if (record == NULL) { + errno = ENOMEM; + if (myfd) + (void)_close(fd); + free(icap); + return (-2); + } + r_end = record + newsize; + rp = record + pos; + tcstart = record + tcpos; + tcend = record + tcposend; + } + + /* + * Insert tc'ed record into our record. + */ + s = tcstart + newilen; + bcopy(tcend, s, rp - tcend); + bcopy(newicap, tcstart, newilen); + rp += diff; + free(icap); + + /* + * Start scan on `:' so next cgetcap works properly + * (cgetcap always skips first field). + */ + scan = s-1; + } + + } + /* + * Close file (if we opened it), give back any extra memory, and + * return capability, length and success. + */ + if (myfd) + (void)_close(fd); + *len = rp - record - 1; /* don't count NUL */ + if (r_end > rp) + if ((record = + reallocf(record, (size_t)(rp - record))) == NULL) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (-2); + } + + *cap = record; + if (tc_not_resolved) + return (1); + return (0); +} + +static int +cdbget(DB *capdbp, char **bp, const char *name) +{ + DBT key, data; + char *namebuf; + + namebuf = strdup(name); + if (namebuf == NULL) + return (-2); + key.data = namebuf; + key.size = strlen(namebuf); + + for (;;) { + /* Get the reference. */ + switch(capdbp->get(capdbp, &key, &data, 0)) { + case -1: + free(namebuf); + return (-2); + case 1: + free(namebuf); + return (-1); + } + + /* If not an index to another record, leave. */ + if (((char *)data.data)[0] != SHADOW) + break; + + key.data = (char *)data.data + 1; + key.size = data.size - 1; + } + + *bp = (char *)data.data + 1; + free(namebuf); + return (((char *)(data.data))[0] == TCERR ? 1 : 0); +} + +/* + * Cgetmatch will return 0 if name is one of the names of the capability + * record buf, -1 if not. + */ +int +cgetmatch(const char *buf, const char *name) +{ + const char *np, *bp; + + if (name == NULL || *name == '\0') + return -1; + + /* + * Start search at beginning of record. + */ + bp = buf; + for (;;) { + /* + * Try to match a record name. + */ + np = name; + for (;;) + if (*np == '\0') + if (*bp == '|' || *bp == ':' || *bp == '\0') + return (0); + else + break; + else + if (*bp++ != *np++) + break; + + /* + * Match failed, skip to next name in record. + */ + bp--; /* a '|' or ':' may have stopped the match */ + for (;;) + if (*bp == '\0' || *bp == ':') + return (-1); /* match failed totally */ + else + if (*bp++ == '|') + break; /* found next name */ + } +} + + + + + +int +cgetfirst(char **buf, char **db_array) +{ + (void)cgetclose(); + return (cgetnext(buf, db_array)); +} + +static FILE *pfp; +static int slash; +static char **dbp; + +int +cgetclose(void) +{ + if (pfp != NULL) { + (void)fclose(pfp); + pfp = NULL; + } + dbp = NULL; + gottoprec = 0; + slash = 0; + return(0); +} + +/* + * Cgetnext() gets either the first or next entry in the logical database + * specified by db_array. It returns 0 upon completion of the database, 1 + * upon returning an entry with more remaining, and -1 if an error occurs. + */ +int +cgetnext(char **bp, char **db_array) +{ + size_t len; + int done, hadreaderr, i, savederrno, status; + char *cp, *line, *rp, *np, buf[BSIZE], nbuf[BSIZE]; + u_int dummy; + + if (dbp == NULL) + dbp = db_array; + + if (pfp == NULL && (pfp = fopen(*dbp, "r")) == NULL) { + (void)cgetclose(); + return (-1); + } + for(;;) { + if (toprec && !gottoprec) { + gottoprec = 1; + line = toprec; + } else { + line = fgetln(pfp, &len); + if (line == NULL && pfp) { + hadreaderr = ferror(pfp); + if (hadreaderr) + savederrno = errno; + fclose(pfp); + pfp = NULL; + if (hadreaderr) { + cgetclose(); + errno = savederrno; + return (-1); + } else { + if (*++dbp == NULL) { + (void)cgetclose(); + return (0); + } else if ((pfp = + fopen(*dbp, "r")) == NULL) { + (void)cgetclose(); + return (-1); + } else + continue; + } + } else + line[len - 1] = '\0'; + if (len == 1) { + slash = 0; + continue; + } + if (isspace((unsigned char)*line) || + *line == ':' || *line == '#' || slash) { + if (line[len - 2] == '\\') + slash = 1; + else + slash = 0; + continue; + } + if (line[len - 2] == '\\') + slash = 1; + else + slash = 0; + } + + + /* + * Line points to a name line. + */ + i = 0; + done = 0; + np = nbuf; + for (;;) { + for (cp = line; *cp != '\0'; cp++) { + if (*cp == ':') { + *np++ = ':'; + done = 1; + break; + } + if (*cp == '\\') + break; + *np++ = *cp; + } + if (done) { + *np = '\0'; + break; + } else { /* name field extends beyond the line */ + line = fgetln(pfp, &len); + if (line == NULL && pfp) { + /* Name extends beyond the EOF! */ + hadreaderr = ferror(pfp); + if (hadreaderr) + savederrno = errno; + fclose(pfp); + pfp = NULL; + if (hadreaderr) { + cgetclose(); + errno = savederrno; + return (-1); + } else { + cgetclose(); + return (-1); + } + } else + line[len - 1] = '\0'; + } + } + rp = buf; + for(cp = nbuf; *cp != '\0'; cp++) + if (*cp == '|' || *cp == ':') + break; + else + *rp++ = *cp; + + *rp = '\0'; + /* + * XXX + * Last argument of getent here should be nbuf if we want true + * sequential access in the case of duplicates. + * With NULL, getent will return the first entry found + * rather than the duplicate entry record. This is a + * matter of semantics that should be resolved. + */ + status = getent(bp, &dummy, db_array, -1, buf, 0, NULL); + if (status == -2 || status == -3) + (void)cgetclose(); + + return (status + 1); + } + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +/* + * Cgetstr retrieves the value of the string capability cap from the + * capability record pointed to by buf. A pointer to a decoded, NUL + * terminated, malloc'd copy of the string is returned in the char * + * pointed to by str. The length of the string not including the trailing + * NUL is returned on success, -1 if the requested string capability + * couldn't be found, -2 if a system error was encountered (storage + * allocation failure). + */ +int +cgetstr(char *buf, const char *cap, char **str) +{ + u_int m_room; + char *bp, *mp; + int len; + char *mem; + + /* + * Find string capability cap + */ + bp = cgetcap(buf, cap, '='); + if (bp == NULL) + return (-1); + + /* + * Conversion / storage allocation loop ... Allocate memory in + * chunks SFRAG in size. + */ + if ((mem = malloc(SFRAG)) == NULL) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (-2); /* couldn't even allocate the first fragment */ + } + m_room = SFRAG; + mp = mem; + + while (*bp != ':' && *bp != '\0') { + /* + * Loop invariants: + * There is always room for one more character in mem. + * Mp always points just past last character in mem. + * Bp always points at next character in buf. + */ + if (*bp == '^') { + bp++; + if (*bp == ':' || *bp == '\0') + break; /* drop unfinished escape */ + if (*bp == '?') { + *mp++ = '\177'; + bp++; + } else + *mp++ = *bp++ & 037; + } else if (*bp == '\\') { + bp++; + if (*bp == ':' || *bp == '\0') + break; /* drop unfinished escape */ + if ('0' <= *bp && *bp <= '7') { + int n, i; + + n = 0; + i = 3; /* maximum of three octal digits */ + do { + n = n * 8 + (*bp++ - '0'); + } while (--i && '0' <= *bp && *bp <= '7'); + *mp++ = n; + } + else switch (*bp++) { + case 'b': case 'B': + *mp++ = '\b'; + break; + case 't': case 'T': + *mp++ = '\t'; + break; + case 'n': case 'N': + *mp++ = '\n'; + break; + case 'f': case 'F': + *mp++ = '\f'; + break; + case 'r': case 'R': + *mp++ = '\r'; + break; + case 'e': case 'E': + *mp++ = ESC; + break; + case 'c': case 'C': + *mp++ = ':'; + break; + default: + /* + * Catches '\', '^', and + * everything else. + */ + *mp++ = *(bp-1); + break; + } + } else + *mp++ = *bp++; + m_room--; + + /* + * Enforce loop invariant: if no room left in current + * buffer, try to get some more. + */ + if (m_room == 0) { + size_t size = mp - mem; + + if ((mem = reallocf(mem, size + SFRAG)) == NULL) + return (-2); + m_room = SFRAG; + mp = mem + size; + } + } + *mp++ = '\0'; /* loop invariant let's us do this */ + m_room--; + len = mp - mem - 1; + + /* + * Give back any extra memory and return value and success. + */ + if (m_room != 0) + if ((mem = reallocf(mem, (size_t)(mp - mem))) == NULL) + return (-2); + *str = mem; + return (len); +} + +/* + * Cgetustr retrieves the value of the string capability cap from the + * capability record pointed to by buf. The difference between cgetustr() + * and cgetstr() is that cgetustr does not decode escapes but rather treats + * all characters literally. A pointer to a NUL terminated malloc'd + * copy of the string is returned in the char pointed to by str. The + * length of the string not including the trailing NUL is returned on success, + * -1 if the requested string capability couldn't be found, -2 if a system + * error was encountered (storage allocation failure). + */ +int +cgetustr(char *buf, const char *cap, char **str) +{ + u_int m_room; + char *bp, *mp; + int len; + char *mem; + + /* + * Find string capability cap + */ + if ((bp = cgetcap(buf, cap, '=')) == NULL) + return (-1); + + /* + * Conversion / storage allocation loop ... Allocate memory in + * chunks SFRAG in size. + */ + if ((mem = malloc(SFRAG)) == NULL) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (-2); /* couldn't even allocate the first fragment */ + } + m_room = SFRAG; + mp = mem; + + while (*bp != ':' && *bp != '\0') { + /* + * Loop invariants: + * There is always room for one more character in mem. + * Mp always points just past last character in mem. + * Bp always points at next character in buf. + */ + *mp++ = *bp++; + m_room--; + + /* + * Enforce loop invariant: if no room left in current + * buffer, try to get some more. + */ + if (m_room == 0) { + size_t size = mp - mem; + + if ((mem = reallocf(mem, size + SFRAG)) == NULL) + return (-2); + m_room = SFRAG; + mp = mem + size; + } + } + *mp++ = '\0'; /* loop invariant let's us do this */ + m_room--; + len = mp - mem - 1; + + /* + * Give back any extra memory and return value and success. + */ + if (m_room != 0) + if ((mem = reallocf(mem, (size_t)(mp - mem))) == NULL) + return (-2); + *str = mem; + return (len); +} + +/* + * Cgetnum retrieves the value of the numeric capability cap from the + * capability record pointed to by buf. The numeric value is returned in + * the long pointed to by num. 0 is returned on success, -1 if the requested + * numeric capability couldn't be found. + */ +int +cgetnum(char *buf, const char *cap, long *num) +{ + long n; + int base, digit; + char *bp; + + /* + * Find numeric capability cap + */ + bp = cgetcap(buf, cap, '#'); + if (bp == NULL) + return (-1); + + /* + * Look at value and determine numeric base: + * 0x... or 0X... hexadecimal, + * else 0... octal, + * else decimal. + */ + if (*bp == '0') { + bp++; + if (*bp == 'x' || *bp == 'X') { + bp++; + base = 16; + } else + base = 8; + } else + base = 10; + + /* + * Conversion loop ... + */ + n = 0; + for (;;) { + if ('0' <= *bp && *bp <= '9') + digit = *bp - '0'; + else if ('a' <= *bp && *bp <= 'f') + digit = 10 + *bp - 'a'; + else if ('A' <= *bp && *bp <= 'F') + digit = 10 + *bp - 'A'; + else + break; + + if (digit >= base) + break; + + n = n * base + digit; + bp++; + } + + /* + * Return value and success. + */ + *num = n; + return (0); +} + + +/* + * Compare name field of record. + */ +static int +nfcmp(char *nf, char *rec) +{ + char *cp, tmp; + int ret; + + for (cp = rec; *cp != ':'; cp++) + ; + + tmp = *(cp + 1); + *(cp + 1) = '\0'; + ret = strcmp(nf, rec); + *(cp + 1) = tmp; + + return (ret); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getcontext.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getcontext.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2fda6b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getcontext.3 @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Packet Design, LLC. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Subject to the following obligations and disclaimer of warranty, +.\" use and redistribution of this software, in source or object code +.\" forms, with or without modifications are expressly permitted by +.\" Packet Design; provided, however, that: +.\" +.\" (i) Any and all reproductions of the source or object code +.\" must include the copyright notice above and the following +.\" disclaimer of warranties; and +.\" (ii) No rights are granted, in any manner or form, to use +.\" Packet Design trademarks, including the mark "PACKET DESIGN" +.\" on advertising, endorsements, or otherwise except as such +.\" appears in the above copyright notice or in the software. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED BY PACKET DESIGN "AS IS", AND +.\" TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, PACKET DESIGN MAKES NO +.\" REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING +.\" THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY AND ALL IMPLIED +.\" WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, +.\" OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. PACKET DESIGN DOES NOT WARRANT, GUARANTEE, +.\" OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE USE OF, OR THE RESULTS +.\" OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN TERMS OF ITS CORRECTNESS, ACCURACY, +.\" RELIABILITY OR OTHERWISE. IN NO EVENT SHALL PACKET DESIGN BE +.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM OR ARISING OUT OF ANY USE +.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY DIRECT, +.\" INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES, LOSS OF +.\" USE, DATA OR PROFITS, HOWEVER CAUSED AND UNDER ANY THEORY OF +.\" LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF +.\" THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF PACKET DESIGN IS ADVISED OF +.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd September 10, 2002 +.Dt GETCONTEXT 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getcontext , setcontext +.Nd get and set user thread context +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In ucontext.h +.Ft int +.Fn getcontext "ucontext_t *ucp" +.Ft int +.Fn setcontext "const ucontext_t *ucp" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getcontext +function +saves the current thread's execution context in the structure pointed to by +.Fa ucp . +This saved context may then later be restored by calling +.Fn setcontext . +.Pp +The +.Fn setcontext +function +makes a previously saved thread context the current thread context, i.e., +the current context is lost and +.Fn setcontext +does not return. +Instead, execution continues in the context specified by +.Fa ucp , +which must have been previously initialized by a call to +.Fn getcontext , +.Xr makecontext 3 , +or by being passed as an argument to a signal handler (see +.Xr sigaction 2 ) . +.Pp +If +.Fa ucp +was initialized by +.Fn getcontext , +then execution continues as if the original +.Fn getcontext +call had just returned (again). +.Pp +If +.Fa ucp +was initialized by +.Xr makecontext 3 , +execution continues with the invocation of the function specified to +.Xr makecontext 3 . +When that function returns, +.Fa "ucp->uc_link" +determines what happens next: +if +.Fa "ucp->uc_link" +is +.Dv NULL , +the process exits; +otherwise, +.Fn setcontext "ucp->uc_link" +is implicitly invoked. +.Pp +If +.Fa ucp +was initialized by the invocation of a signal handler, execution continues +at the point the thread was interrupted by the signal. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +If successful, +.Fn getcontext +returns zero and +.Fn setcontext +does not return; otherwise \-1 is returned. +.Sh ERRORS +No errors are defined for +.Fn getcontext +or +.Fn setcontext . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sigaction 2 , +.Xr sigaltstack 2 , +.Xr makecontext 3 , +.Xr ucontext 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12a2bd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.3 @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)getcwd.3 8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd November 24, 1997 +.Dt GETCWD 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getcwd , +.Nm getwd +.Nd get working directory pathname +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft char * +.Fn getcwd "char *buf" "size_t size" +.Ft char * +.Fn getwd "char *buf" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getcwd +function copies the absolute pathname of the current working directory +into the memory referenced by +.Fa buf +and returns a pointer to +.Fa buf . +The +.Fa size +argument is the size, in bytes, of the array referenced by +.Fa buf . +.Pp +If +.Fa buf +is +.Dv NULL , +space is allocated as necessary to store the pathname. +This space may later be +.Xr free 3 Ns 'd . +.Pp +The function +.Fn getwd +is a compatibility routine which calls +.Fn getcwd +with its +.Fa buf +argument and a size of +.Dv MAXPATHLEN +(as defined in the include +file +.In sys/param.h ) . +Obviously, +.Fa buf +should be at least +.Dv MAXPATHLEN +bytes in length. +.Pp +These routines have traditionally been used by programs to save the +name of a working directory for the purpose of returning to it. +A much faster and less error-prone method of accomplishing this is to +open the current directory +.Pq Ql .\& +and use the +.Xr fchdir 2 +function to return. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +Upon successful completion, a pointer to the pathname is returned. +Otherwise a +.Dv NULL +pointer is returned and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error. +In addition, +.Fn getwd +copies the error message associated with +.Va errno +into the memory referenced by +.Fa buf . +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn getcwd +function +will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EACCES +Read or search permission was denied for a component of the pathname. +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa size +argument is zero. +.It Bq Er ENOENT +A component of the pathname no longer exists. +.It Bq Er ENOMEM +Insufficient memory is available. +.It Bq Er ERANGE +The +.Fa size +argument is greater than zero but smaller than the length of the pathname +plus 1. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr chdir 2 , +.Xr fchdir 2 , +.Xr malloc 3 , +.Xr strerror 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn getcwd +function +conforms to +.St -p1003.1-90 . +The ability to specify a +.Dv NULL +pointer and have +.Fn getcwd +allocate memory as necessary is an extension. +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getwd +function appeared in +.Bx 4.0 . +.Sh BUGS +The +.Fn getwd +function +does not do sufficient error checking and is not able to return very +long, but valid, paths. +It is provided for compatibility. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.c b/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cd3208 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.c @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993, 1995 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getcwd.c 8.5 (Berkeley) 2/7/95"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#include <dirent.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#define ISDOT(dp) \ + (dp->d_name[0] == '.' && (dp->d_name[1] == '\0' || \ + (dp->d_name[1] == '.' && dp->d_name[2] == '\0'))) + +extern int __getcwd(char *, size_t); + +char * +getcwd(pt, size) + char *pt; + size_t size; +{ + struct dirent *dp; + DIR *dir = NULL; + dev_t dev; + ino_t ino; + int first; + char *bpt, *bup; + struct stat s; + dev_t root_dev; + ino_t root_ino; + size_t ptsize, upsize; + int save_errno; + char *ept, *eup, *up, c; + + /* + * If no buffer specified by the user, allocate one as necessary. + * If a buffer is specified, the size has to be non-zero. The path + * is built from the end of the buffer backwards. + */ + if (pt) { + ptsize = 0; + if (!size) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (NULL); + } + if (size == 1) { + errno = ERANGE; + return (NULL); + } + ept = pt + size; + } else { + if ((pt = malloc(ptsize = PATH_MAX)) == NULL) + return (NULL); + ept = pt + ptsize; + } + if (__getcwd(pt, ept - pt) == 0) { + if (*pt != '/') { + bpt = pt; + ept = pt + strlen(pt) - 1; + while (bpt < ept) { + c = *bpt; + *bpt++ = *ept; + *ept-- = c; + } + } + return (pt); + } + bpt = ept - 1; + *bpt = '\0'; + + /* + * Allocate 1024 bytes for the string of "../"'s. + * Should always be enough. If it's not, allocate + * as necessary. Special case the first stat, it's ".", not "..". + */ + if ((up = malloc(upsize = 1024)) == NULL) + goto err; + eup = up + upsize; + bup = up; + up[0] = '.'; + up[1] = '\0'; + + /* Save root values, so know when to stop. */ + if (stat("/", &s)) + goto err; + root_dev = s.st_dev; + root_ino = s.st_ino; + + errno = 0; /* XXX readdir has no error return. */ + + for (first = 1;; first = 0) { + /* Stat the current level. */ + if (lstat(up, &s)) + goto err; + + /* Save current node values. */ + ino = s.st_ino; + dev = s.st_dev; + + /* Check for reaching root. */ + if (root_dev == dev && root_ino == ino) { + *--bpt = '/'; + /* + * It's unclear that it's a requirement to copy the + * path to the beginning of the buffer, but it's always + * been that way and stuff would probably break. + */ + bcopy(bpt, pt, ept - bpt); + free(up); + return (pt); + } + + /* + * Build pointer to the parent directory, allocating memory + * as necessary. Max length is 3 for "../", the largest + * possible component name, plus a trailing NUL. + */ + while (bup + 3 + MAXNAMLEN + 1 >= eup) { + if ((up = reallocf(up, upsize *= 2)) == NULL) + goto err; + bup = up; + eup = up + upsize; + } + *bup++ = '.'; + *bup++ = '.'; + *bup = '\0'; + + /* Open and stat parent directory. */ + if (!(dir = opendir(up)) || _fstat(dirfd(dir), &s)) + goto err; + + /* Add trailing slash for next directory. */ + *bup++ = '/'; + *bup = '\0'; + + /* + * If it's a mount point, have to stat each element because + * the inode number in the directory is for the entry in the + * parent directory, not the inode number of the mounted file. + */ + save_errno = 0; + if (s.st_dev == dev) { + for (;;) { + if (!(dp = readdir(dir))) + goto notfound; + if (dp->d_fileno == ino) + break; + } + } else + for (;;) { + if (!(dp = readdir(dir))) + goto notfound; + if (ISDOT(dp)) + continue; + bcopy(dp->d_name, bup, dp->d_namlen + 1); + + /* Save the first error for later. */ + if (lstat(up, &s)) { + if (!save_errno) + save_errno = errno; + errno = 0; + continue; + } + if (s.st_dev == dev && s.st_ino == ino) + break; + } + + /* + * Check for length of the current name, preceding slash, + * leading slash. + */ + while (bpt - pt < dp->d_namlen + (first ? 1 : 2)) { + size_t len, off; + + if (!ptsize) { + errno = ERANGE; + goto err; + } + off = bpt - pt; + len = ept - bpt; + if ((pt = reallocf(pt, ptsize *= 2)) == NULL) + goto err; + bpt = pt + off; + ept = pt + ptsize; + bcopy(bpt, ept - len, len); + bpt = ept - len; + } + if (!first) + *--bpt = '/'; + bpt -= dp->d_namlen; + bcopy(dp->d_name, bpt, dp->d_namlen); + (void) closedir(dir); + dir = NULL; + + /* Truncate any file name. */ + *bup = '\0'; + } + +notfound: + /* + * If readdir set errno, use it, not any saved error; otherwise, + * didn't find the current directory in its parent directory, set + * errno to ENOENT. + */ + if (!errno) + errno = save_errno ? save_errno : ENOENT; + /* FALLTHROUGH */ +err: + save_errno = errno; + + if (ptsize) + free(pt); + if (dir) + (void) closedir(dir); + free(up); + + errno = save_errno; + return (NULL); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getdiskbyname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getdiskbyname.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed13539 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getdiskbyname.3 @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)getdiskbyname.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt GETDISKBYNAME 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getdiskbyname +.Nd get generic disk description by its name +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/disklabel.h +.Ft struct disklabel * +.Fn getdiskbyname "const char *name" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getdiskbyname +function +takes a disk name (e.g.\& +.Ql rm03 ) +and returns a prototype disk label +describing its geometry information and the standard +disk partition tables. +All information is obtained from +the +.Xr disktab 5 +file. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr disklabel 5 , +.Xr disktab 5 , +.Xr disklabel 8 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getdiskbyname +function appeared in +.Bx 4.3 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..480c746 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.3 @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)gethostname.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd May 6, 1994 +.Dt GETDOMAINNAME 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getdomainname , +.Nm setdomainname +.Nd get/set the NIS domain name of current host +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft int +.Fn getdomainname "char *name" "int namelen" +.Ft int +.Fn setdomainname "const char *name" "int namelen" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getdomainname +function +returns the standard NIS domain name for the current host, as +previously set by +.Fn setdomainname . +The +.Fa namelen +argument +specifies the size of the +.Fa name +array. +The returned name is null-terminated unless insufficient +space is provided. +.Pp +The +.Fn setdomainname +function +sets the NIS domain name of the host machine to be +.Fa name , +which has length +.Fa namelen . +This call is restricted to the super-user and +is normally used only when the system is bootstrapped. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std +.Sh ERRORS +The following errors may be returned by these calls: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EFAULT +The +.Fa name +or +.Fa namelen +argument gave an +invalid address. +.It Bq Er EPERM +The caller tried to set the hostname and was not the super-user. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr gethostid 3 , +.Xr gethostname 3 , +.Xr sysctl 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getdomainname +function appeared in +.Bx 4.2 . +.Sh BUGS +Domain names are limited to +.Dv MAXHOSTNAMELEN +(from +.In sys/param.h ) +characters, currently 256. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.c b/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21eb66d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.c @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)gethostname.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> + +#include <unistd.h> + +int +getdomainname(name, namelen) + char *name; + int namelen; +{ + int mib[2]; + size_t size; + + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_NISDOMAINNAME; + size = namelen; + if (sysctl(mib, 2, name, &size, NULL, 0) == -1) + return (-1); + return (0); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getfsent.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getfsent.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..306db64 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getfsent.3 @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)getfsent.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd April 7, 2003 +.Dt GETFSENT 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getfsent , +.Nm getfsspec , +.Nm getfsfile , +.Nm setfsent , +.Nm endfsent +.Nd get file system descriptor file entry +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In fstab.h +.Ft "struct fstab *" +.Fn getfsent void +.Ft "struct fstab *" +.Fn getfsspec "const char *spec" +.Ft "struct fstab *" +.Fn getfsfile "const char *file" +.Ft int +.Fn setfsent void +.Ft void +.Fn endfsent void +.Ft void +.Fn setfstab "const char *file" +.Ft "const char *" +.Fn getfstab void +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getfsent , +.Fn getfsspec , +and +.Fn getfsfile +functions +each return a pointer to an object with the following structure +containing the broken-out fields of a line in the file system +description file, +.In fstab.h . +.Bd -literal -offset indent +struct fstab { + char *fs_spec; /* block special device name */ + char *fs_file; /* file system path prefix */ + char *fs_vfstype; /* File system type, ufs, nfs */ + char *fs_mntops; /* Mount options ala -o */ + char *fs_type; /* FSTAB_* from fs_mntops */ + int fs_freq; /* dump frequency, in days */ + int fs_passno; /* pass number on parallel fsck */ +}; +.Ed +.Pp +The fields have meanings described in +.Xr fstab 5 . +.Pp +The +.Fn setfsent +function +opens the file (closing any previously opened file) or rewinds it +if it is already open. +.Pp +The +.Fn endfsent +function +closes the file. +.Pp +The +.Fn setfstab +function sets the file to be used by subsequent operations. +The value set by +.Fn setfstab +does not persist across calls to +.Fn endfsent . +.Pp +The +.Fn getfstab +function returns the name of the file that will be used. +.Pp +The +.Fn getfsspec +and +.Fn getfsfile +functions +search the entire file (opening it if necessary) for a matching special +file name or file system file name. +.Pp +For programs wishing to read the entire database, +.Fn getfsent +reads the next entry (opening the file if necessary). +.Pp +All entries in the file with a type field equivalent to +.Dv FSTAB_XX +are ignored. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn getfsent , +.Fn getfsspec , +and +.Fn getfsfile +functions +return a +.Dv NULL +pointer on +.Dv EOF +or error. +The +.Fn setfsent +function +returns 0 on failure, 1 on success. +The +.Fn endfsent +function +returns nothing. +.Sh ENVIRONMENT +.Bl -tag -width ".Ev PATH_FSTAB" +.It Ev PATH_FSTAB +If the environment variable +.Ev PATH_FSTAB +is set, all operations are performed against the specified file. +.Ev PATH_FSTAB +will not be honored if the process environment or memory address space is +considered +.Dq tainted . +(See +.Xr issetugid 2 +for more information.) +.El +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width /etc/fstab -compact +.It Pa /etc/fstab +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr fstab 5 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getfsent +function appeared in +.Bx 4.0 ; +the +.Fn endfsent , +.Fn getfsfile , +.Fn getfsspec , +and +.Fn setfsent +functions appeared in +.Bx 4.3 ; +the +.Fn setfstab +and +.Fn getfstab +functions appeared in +.Fx 5.1 . +.Sh BUGS +These functions use static data storage; +if the data is needed for future use, it should be +copied before any subsequent calls overwrite it. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getgrent.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getgrent.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da2ed8c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getgrent.3 @@ -0,0 +1,287 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" From: @(#)getgrent.3 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd April 16, 2003 +.Dt GETGRENT 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getgrent , +.Nm getgrent_r , +.Nm getgrnam , +.Nm getgrnam_r , +.Nm getgrgid , +.Nm getgrgid_r , +.Nm setgroupent , +.Nm setgrent , +.Nm endgrent +.Nd group database operations +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In grp.h +.Ft struct group * +.Fn getgrent void +.Ft int +.Fn getgrent_r "struct group *grp" "char *buffer" "size_t bufsize" "struct group **result" +.Ft struct group * +.Fn getgrnam "const char *name" +.Ft int +.Fn getgrnam_r "const char *name" "struct group *grp" "char *buffer" "size_t bufsize" "struct group **result" +.Ft struct group * +.Fn getgrgid "gid_t gid" +.Ft int +.Fn getgrgid_r "gid_t gid" "struct group *grp" "char *buffer" "size_t bufsize" "struct group **result" +.Ft int +.Fn setgroupent "int stayopen" +.Ft int +.Fn setgrent void +.Ft void +.Fn endgrent void +.Sh DESCRIPTION +These functions operate on the group database file +.Pa /etc/group +which is described +in +.Xr group 5 . +Each line of the database is defined by the structure +.Vt group +found in the include +file +.In grp.h : +.Bd -literal -offset indent +struct group { + char *gr_name; /* group name */ + char *gr_passwd; /* group password */ + gid_t gr_gid; /* group id */ + char **gr_mem; /* group members */ +}; +.Ed +.Pp +The functions +.Fn getgrnam +and +.Fn getgrgid +search the group database for the given group name pointed to by +.Fa name +or the group id pointed to by +.Fa gid , +respectively, returning the first one encountered. +Identical group +names or group gids may result in undefined behavior. +.Pp +The +.Fn getgrent +function +sequentially reads the group database and is intended for programs +that wish to step through the complete list of groups. +.Pp +The functions +.Fn getgrent_r , +.Fn getgrnam_r , +and +.Fn getgrgid_r +are thread-safe versions of +.Fn getgrent , +.Fn getgrnam , +and +.Fn getgrgid , +respectively. +The caller must provide storage for the results of the search in +the +.Fa grp , +.Fa buffer , +.Fa bufsize , +and +.Fa result +arguments. +When these functions are successful, the +.Fa grp +argument will be filled-in, and a pointer to that argument will be +stored in +.Fa result . +If an entry is not found or an error occurs, +.Fa result +will be set to +.Dv NULL . +.Pp +These functions will open the group file for reading, if necessary. +.Pp +The +.Fn setgroupent +function +opens the file, or rewinds it if it is already open. +If +.Fa stayopen +is non-zero, file descriptors are left open, significantly speeding +functions subsequent calls. +This functionality is unnecessary for +.Fn getgrent +as it does not close its file descriptors by default. +It should also +be noted that it is dangerous for long-running programs to use this +functionality as the group file may be updated. +.Pp +The +.Fn setgrent +function +is identical to +.Fn setgroupent +with an argument of zero. +.Pp +The +.Fn endgrent +function +closes any open files. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The functions +.Fn getgrent , +.Fn getgrnam , +and +.Fn getgrgid , +return a pointer to a group structure on success or +.Dv NULL +if the entry is not found or if an error occurs. +If an error does occur, +.Va errno +will be set. +Note that programs must explicitly set +.Va errno +to zero before calling any of these functions if they need to +distinguish between a non-existent entry and an error. +The functions +.Fn getgrent_r , +.Fn getgrnam_r , +and +.Fn getgrgid_r +return 0 if no error occurred, or an error number to indicate failure. +It is not an error if a matching entry is not found. +(Thus, if +.Fa result +is set to +.Dv NULL +and the return value is 0, no matching entry exists.) +.Pp +The functions +.Fn setgroupent +and +.Fn setgrent +return the value 1 if successful, otherwise the value +0 is returned. +The functions +.Fn endgrent +and +.Fn setgrfile +have no return value. +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width /etc/group -compact +.It Pa /etc/group +group database file +.El +.Sh COMPATIBILITY +The historic function +.Fn setgrfile , +which allowed the specification of alternate password databases, has +been deprecated and is no longer available. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr getpwent 3 , +.Xr group 5 , +.Xr nsswitch.conf 5 , +.Xr yp 8 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn getgrent , +.Fn getgrnam , +.Fn getgrnam_r , +.Fn getgrgid , +.Fn getgrgid_r +and +.Fn endgrent +functions conform to +.St -p1003.1-96 . +The +.Fn setgrent +function differs from that standard in that its return type is +.Vt int +rather than +.Vt void . +.Sh HISTORY +The functions +.Fn endgrent , +.Fn getgrent , +.Fn getgrnam , +.Fn getgrgid , +and +.Fn setgrent +appeared in +.At v7 . +The functions +.Fn setgrfile +and +.Fn setgroupent +appeared in +.Bx 4.3 Reno . +The functions +.Fn getgrent_r , +.Fn getgrnam_r , +and +.Fn getgrgid_r +appeared in +.Fx 5.1 . +.Sh BUGS +The functions +.Fn getgrent , +.Fn getgrnam , +.Fn getgrgid , +.Fn setgroupent +and +.Fn setgrent +leave their results in an internal static object and return +a pointer to that object. +Subsequent calls to +the same function +will modify the same object. +.Pp +The functions +.Fn getgrent , +.Fn getgrent_r , +.Fn endgrent , +.Fn setgroupent , +and +.Fn setgrent +are fairly useless in a networked environment and should be +avoided, if possible. +The +.Fn getgrent +and +.Fn getgrent_r +functions +make no attempt to suppress duplicate information if multiple +sources are specified in +.Xr nsswitch.conf 5 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getgrent.c b/lib/libc/gen/getgrent.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..18f64a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getgrent.c @@ -0,0 +1,1554 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2003 Networks Associates Technology, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software was developed for the FreeBSD Project by + * Jacques A. Vidrine, Safeport Network Services, and Network + * Associates Laboratories, the Security Research Division of Network + * Associates, Inc. under DARPA/SPAWAR contract N66001-01-C-8035 + * ("CBOSS"), as part of the DARPA CHATS research program. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#ifdef YP +#include <rpc/rpc.h> +#include <rpcsvc/yp_prot.h> +#include <rpcsvc/ypclnt.h> +#endif +#include <assert.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#ifdef HESIOD +#include <hesiod.h> +#endif +#include <grp.h> +#include <nsswitch.h> +#include <pthread.h> +#include <pthread_np.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <syslog.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" +#include "libc_private.h" +#include "nss_tls.h" +#ifdef NS_CACHING +#include "nscache.h" +#endif + +enum constants { + GRP_STORAGE_INITIAL = 1 << 10, /* 1 KByte */ + GRP_STORAGE_MAX = 1 << 20, /* 1 MByte */ + SETGRENT = 1, + ENDGRENT = 2, + HESIOD_NAME_MAX = 256, +}; + +static const ns_src defaultsrc[] = { + { NSSRC_COMPAT, NS_SUCCESS }, + { NULL, 0 } +}; + +int __gr_match_entry(const char *, size_t, enum nss_lookup_type, + const char *, gid_t); +int __gr_parse_entry(char *, size_t, struct group *, char *, size_t, + int *); + +static int is_comment_line(const char *, size_t); + +union key { + const char *name; + gid_t gid; +}; +static struct group *getgr(int (*)(union key, struct group *, char *, size_t, + struct group **), union key); +static int wrap_getgrnam_r(union key, struct group *, char *, size_t, + struct group **); +static int wrap_getgrgid_r(union key, struct group *, char *, size_t, + struct group **); +static int wrap_getgrent_r(union key, struct group *, char *, size_t, + struct group **); + +struct files_state { + FILE *fp; + int stayopen; +}; +static void files_endstate(void *); +NSS_TLS_HANDLING(files); +static int files_setgrent(void *, void *, va_list); +static int files_group(void *, void *, va_list); + + +#ifdef HESIOD +struct dns_state { + long counter; +}; +static void dns_endstate(void *); +NSS_TLS_HANDLING(dns); +static int dns_setgrent(void *, void *, va_list); +static int dns_group(void *, void *, va_list); +#endif + + +#ifdef YP +struct nis_state { + char domain[MAXHOSTNAMELEN]; + int done; + char *key; + int keylen; +}; +static void nis_endstate(void *); +NSS_TLS_HANDLING(nis); +static int nis_setgrent(void *, void *, va_list); +static int nis_group(void *, void *, va_list); +#endif + +struct compat_state { + FILE *fp; + int stayopen; + char *name; + enum _compat { + COMPAT_MODE_OFF = 0, + COMPAT_MODE_ALL, + COMPAT_MODE_NAME + } compat; +}; +static void compat_endstate(void *); +NSS_TLS_HANDLING(compat); +static int compat_setgrent(void *, void *, va_list); +static int compat_group(void *, void *, va_list); + +static int gr_addgid(gid_t, gid_t *, int, int *); +static int getgroupmembership_fallback(void *, void *, va_list); + +#ifdef NS_CACHING +static int grp_id_func(char *, size_t *, va_list, void *); +static int grp_marshal_func(char *, size_t *, void *, va_list, void *); +static int grp_unmarshal_func(char *, size_t, void *, va_list, void *); + +static int +grp_id_func(char *buffer, size_t *buffer_size, va_list ap, void *cache_mdata) +{ + char *name; + gid_t gid; + + size_t desired_size, size; + int res = NS_UNAVAIL; + enum nss_lookup_type lookup_type; + + + lookup_type = (enum nss_lookup_type)cache_mdata; + switch (lookup_type) { + case nss_lt_name: + name = va_arg(ap, char *); + size = strlen(name); + desired_size = sizeof(enum nss_lookup_type) + size + 1; + if (desired_size > *buffer_size) { + res = NS_RETURN; + goto fin; + } + + memcpy(buffer, &lookup_type, sizeof(enum nss_lookup_type)); + memcpy(buffer + sizeof(enum nss_lookup_type), name, size + 1); + + res = NS_SUCCESS; + break; + case nss_lt_id: + gid = va_arg(ap, gid_t); + desired_size = sizeof(enum nss_lookup_type) + sizeof(gid_t); + if (desired_size > *buffer_size) { + res = NS_RETURN; + goto fin; + } + + memcpy(buffer, &lookup_type, sizeof(enum nss_lookup_type)); + memcpy(buffer + sizeof(enum nss_lookup_type), &gid, + sizeof(gid_t)); + + res = NS_SUCCESS; + break; + default: + /* should be unreachable */ + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + } + +fin: + *buffer_size = desired_size; + return (res); +} + +static int +grp_marshal_func(char *buffer, size_t *buffer_size, void *retval, va_list ap, + void *cache_mdata) +{ + char *name; + gid_t gid; + struct group *grp; + char *orig_buf; + size_t orig_buf_size; + + struct group new_grp; + size_t desired_size, size, mem_size; + char *p, **mem; + + switch ((enum nss_lookup_type)cache_mdata) { + case nss_lt_name: + name = va_arg(ap, char *); + break; + case nss_lt_id: + gid = va_arg(ap, gid_t); + break; + case nss_lt_all: + break; + default: + /* should be unreachable */ + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + } + + grp = va_arg(ap, struct group *); + orig_buf = va_arg(ap, char *); + orig_buf_size = va_arg(ap, size_t); + + desired_size = _ALIGNBYTES + sizeof(struct group) + sizeof(char *); + + if (grp->gr_name != NULL) + desired_size += strlen(grp->gr_name) + 1; + if (grp->gr_passwd != NULL) + desired_size += strlen(grp->gr_passwd) + 1; + + if (grp->gr_mem != NULL) { + mem_size = 0; + for (mem = grp->gr_mem; *mem; ++mem) { + desired_size += strlen(*mem) + 1; + ++mem_size; + } + + desired_size += _ALIGNBYTES + (mem_size + 1) * sizeof(char *); + } + + if (desired_size > *buffer_size) { + /* this assignment is here for future use */ + *buffer_size = desired_size; + return (NS_RETURN); + } + + memcpy(&new_grp, grp, sizeof(struct group)); + memset(buffer, 0, desired_size); + + *buffer_size = desired_size; + p = buffer + sizeof(struct group) + sizeof(char *); + memcpy(buffer + sizeof(struct group), &p, sizeof(char *)); + p = (char *)_ALIGN(p); + + if (new_grp.gr_name != NULL) { + size = strlen(new_grp.gr_name); + memcpy(p, new_grp.gr_name, size); + new_grp.gr_name = p; + p += size + 1; + } + + if (new_grp.gr_passwd != NULL) { + size = strlen(new_grp.gr_passwd); + memcpy(p, new_grp.gr_passwd, size); + new_grp.gr_passwd = p; + p += size + 1; + } + + if (new_grp.gr_mem != NULL) { + p = (char *)_ALIGN(p); + memcpy(p, new_grp.gr_mem, sizeof(char *) * mem_size); + new_grp.gr_mem = (char **)p; + p += sizeof(char *) * (mem_size + 1); + + for (mem = new_grp.gr_mem; *mem; ++mem) { + size = strlen(*mem); + memcpy(p, *mem, size); + *mem = p; + p += size + 1; + } + } + + memcpy(buffer, &new_grp, sizeof(struct group)); + return (NS_SUCCESS); +} + +static int +grp_unmarshal_func(char *buffer, size_t buffer_size, void *retval, va_list ap, + void *cache_mdata) +{ + char *name; + gid_t gid; + struct group *grp; + char *orig_buf; + size_t orig_buf_size; + int *ret_errno; + + char *p; + char **mem; + + switch ((enum nss_lookup_type)cache_mdata) { + case nss_lt_name: + name = va_arg(ap, char *); + break; + case nss_lt_id: + gid = va_arg(ap, gid_t); + break; + case nss_lt_all: + break; + default: + /* should be unreachable */ + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + } + + grp = va_arg(ap, struct group *); + orig_buf = va_arg(ap, char *); + orig_buf_size = va_arg(ap, size_t); + ret_errno = va_arg(ap, int *); + + if (orig_buf_size < + buffer_size - sizeof(struct group) - sizeof(char *)) { + *ret_errno = ERANGE; + return (NS_RETURN); + } + + memcpy(grp, buffer, sizeof(struct group)); + memcpy(&p, buffer + sizeof(struct group), sizeof(char *)); + + orig_buf = (char *)_ALIGN(orig_buf); + memcpy(orig_buf, buffer + sizeof(struct group) + sizeof(char *) + + _ALIGN(p) - (size_t)p, + buffer_size - sizeof(struct group) - sizeof(char *) - + _ALIGN(p) + (size_t)p); + p = (char *)_ALIGN(p); + + NS_APPLY_OFFSET(grp->gr_name, orig_buf, p, char *); + NS_APPLY_OFFSET(grp->gr_passwd, orig_buf, p, char *); + if (grp->gr_mem != NULL) { + NS_APPLY_OFFSET(grp->gr_mem, orig_buf, p, char **); + + for (mem = grp->gr_mem; *mem; ++mem) + NS_APPLY_OFFSET(*mem, orig_buf, p, char *); + } + + if (retval != NULL) + *((struct group **)retval) = grp; + + return (NS_SUCCESS); +} + +NSS_MP_CACHE_HANDLING(group); +#endif /* NS_CACHING */ + +#ifdef NS_CACHING +static const nss_cache_info setgrent_cache_info = NS_MP_CACHE_INFO_INITIALIZER( + group, (void *)nss_lt_all, + NULL, NULL); +#endif + +static const ns_dtab setgrent_dtab[] = { + { NSSRC_FILES, files_setgrent, (void *)SETGRENT }, +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_setgrent, (void *)SETGRENT }, +#endif +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_setgrent, (void *)SETGRENT }, +#endif + { NSSRC_COMPAT, compat_setgrent, (void *)SETGRENT }, +#ifdef NS_CACHING + NS_CACHE_CB(&setgrent_cache_info) +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } +}; + +#ifdef NS_CACHING +static const nss_cache_info endgrent_cache_info = NS_MP_CACHE_INFO_INITIALIZER( + group, (void *)nss_lt_all, + NULL, NULL); +#endif + +static const ns_dtab endgrent_dtab[] = { + { NSSRC_FILES, files_setgrent, (void *)ENDGRENT }, +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_setgrent, (void *)ENDGRENT }, +#endif +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_setgrent, (void *)ENDGRENT }, +#endif + { NSSRC_COMPAT, compat_setgrent, (void *)ENDGRENT }, +#ifdef NS_CACHING + NS_CACHE_CB(&endgrent_cache_info) +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } +}; + +#ifdef NS_CACHING +static const nss_cache_info getgrent_r_cache_info = NS_MP_CACHE_INFO_INITIALIZER( + group, (void *)nss_lt_all, + grp_marshal_func, grp_unmarshal_func); +#endif + +static const ns_dtab getgrent_r_dtab[] = { + { NSSRC_FILES, files_group, (void *)nss_lt_all }, +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_group, (void *)nss_lt_all }, +#endif +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_group, (void *)nss_lt_all }, +#endif + { NSSRC_COMPAT, compat_group, (void *)nss_lt_all }, +#ifdef NS_CACHING + NS_CACHE_CB(&getgrent_r_cache_info) +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } +}; + +static int +gr_addgid(gid_t gid, gid_t *groups, int maxgrp, int *grpcnt) +{ + int ret, dupc; + + for (dupc = 0; dupc < MIN(maxgrp, *grpcnt); dupc++) { + if (groups[dupc] == gid) + return 1; + } + + ret = 1; + if (*grpcnt < maxgrp) + groups[*grpcnt] = gid; + else + ret = 0; + + (*grpcnt)++; + + return ret; +} + +static int +getgroupmembership_fallback(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + const ns_src src[] = { + { mdata, NS_SUCCESS }, + { NULL, 0} + }; + struct group grp; + struct group *grp_p; + char *buf; + size_t bufsize; + const char *uname; + gid_t *groups; + gid_t agroup; + int maxgrp, *grpcnt; + int i, rv, ret_errno; + + /* + * As this is a fallback method, only provided src + * list will be respected during methods search. + */ + assert(src[0].name != NULL); + + uname = va_arg(ap, const char *); + agroup = va_arg(ap, gid_t); + groups = va_arg(ap, gid_t *); + maxgrp = va_arg(ap, int); + grpcnt = va_arg(ap, int *); + + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + + buf = malloc(GRP_STORAGE_INITIAL); + if (buf == NULL) + goto out; + + bufsize = GRP_STORAGE_INITIAL; + + gr_addgid(agroup, groups, maxgrp, grpcnt); + + _nsdispatch(NULL, setgrent_dtab, NSDB_GROUP, "setgrent", src, 0); + for (;;) { + do { + ret_errno = 0; + grp_p = NULL; + rv = _nsdispatch(&grp_p, getgrent_r_dtab, NSDB_GROUP, + "getgrent_r", src, &grp, buf, bufsize, &ret_errno); + + if (grp_p == NULL && ret_errno == ERANGE) { + free(buf); + if ((bufsize << 1) > GRP_STORAGE_MAX) { + buf = NULL; + errno = ERANGE; + goto out; + } + + bufsize <<= 1; + buf = malloc(bufsize); + if (buf == NULL) { + goto out; + } + } + } while (grp_p == NULL && ret_errno == ERANGE); + + if (ret_errno != 0) { + errno = ret_errno; + goto out; + } + + if (grp_p == NULL) + break; + + for (i = 0; grp.gr_mem[i]; i++) { + if (strcmp(grp.gr_mem[i], uname) == 0) + gr_addgid(grp.gr_gid, groups, maxgrp, grpcnt); + } + } + + _nsdispatch(NULL, endgrent_dtab, NSDB_GROUP, "endgrent", src); +out: + free(buf); + return (rv); +} + +/* XXX IEEE Std 1003.1, 2003 specifies `void setgrent(void)' */ +int +setgrent(void) +{ + (void)_nsdispatch(NULL, setgrent_dtab, NSDB_GROUP, "setgrent", defaultsrc, 0); + return (1); +} + + +int +setgroupent(int stayopen) +{ + (void)_nsdispatch(NULL, setgrent_dtab, NSDB_GROUP, "setgrent", defaultsrc, + stayopen); + return (1); +} + + +void +endgrent(void) +{ + (void)_nsdispatch(NULL, endgrent_dtab, NSDB_GROUP, "endgrent", defaultsrc); +} + + +int +getgrent_r(struct group *grp, char *buffer, size_t bufsize, + struct group **result) +{ + int rv, ret_errno; + + ret_errno = 0; + *result = NULL; + rv = _nsdispatch(result, getgrent_r_dtab, NSDB_GROUP, "getgrent_r", defaultsrc, + grp, buffer, bufsize, &ret_errno); + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS) + return (0); + else + return (ret_errno); +} + + +int +getgrnam_r(const char *name, struct group *grp, char *buffer, size_t bufsize, + struct group **result) +{ +#ifdef NS_CACHING + static const nss_cache_info cache_info = + NS_COMMON_CACHE_INFO_INITIALIZER( + group, (void *)nss_lt_name, + grp_id_func, grp_marshal_func, grp_unmarshal_func); +#endif + + static const ns_dtab dtab[] = { + { NSSRC_FILES, files_group, (void *)nss_lt_name }, +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_group, (void *)nss_lt_name }, +#endif +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_group, (void *)nss_lt_name }, +#endif + { NSSRC_COMPAT, compat_group, (void *)nss_lt_name }, +#ifdef NS_CACHING + NS_CACHE_CB(&cache_info) +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } + }; + int rv, ret_errno; + + ret_errno = 0; + *result = NULL; + rv = _nsdispatch(result, dtab, NSDB_GROUP, "getgrnam_r", defaultsrc, + name, grp, buffer, bufsize, &ret_errno); + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS) + return (0); + else + return (ret_errno); +} + + +int +getgrgid_r(gid_t gid, struct group *grp, char *buffer, size_t bufsize, + struct group **result) +{ +#ifdef NS_CACHING + static const nss_cache_info cache_info = + NS_COMMON_CACHE_INFO_INITIALIZER( + group, (void *)nss_lt_id, + grp_id_func, grp_marshal_func, grp_unmarshal_func); +#endif + + static const ns_dtab dtab[] = { + { NSSRC_FILES, files_group, (void *)nss_lt_id }, +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_group, (void *)nss_lt_id }, +#endif +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_group, (void *)nss_lt_id }, +#endif + { NSSRC_COMPAT, compat_group, (void *)nss_lt_id }, +#ifdef NS_CACHING + NS_CACHE_CB(&cache_info) +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } + }; + int rv, ret_errno; + + ret_errno = 0; + *result = NULL; + rv = _nsdispatch(result, dtab, NSDB_GROUP, "getgrgid_r", defaultsrc, + gid, grp, buffer, bufsize, &ret_errno); + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS) + return (0); + else + return (ret_errno); +} + + + +int +__getgroupmembership(const char *uname, gid_t agroup, gid_t *groups, + int maxgrp, int *grpcnt) +{ + static const ns_dtab dtab[] = { + NS_FALLBACK_CB(getgroupmembership_fallback) + { NULL, NULL, NULL } + }; + int rv; + + assert(uname != NULL); + /* groups may be NULL if just sizing when invoked with maxgrp = 0 */ + assert(grpcnt != NULL); + + *grpcnt = 0; + rv = _nsdispatch(NULL, dtab, NSDB_GROUP, "getgroupmembership", + defaultsrc, uname, agroup, groups, maxgrp, grpcnt); + + /* too many groups found? */ + return (*grpcnt > maxgrp ? -1 : 0); +} + + +static struct group grp; +static char *grp_storage; +static size_t grp_storage_size; + +static struct group * +getgr(int (*fn)(union key, struct group *, char *, size_t, struct group **), + union key key) +{ + int rv; + struct group *res; + + if (grp_storage == NULL) { + grp_storage = malloc(GRP_STORAGE_INITIAL); + if (grp_storage == NULL) + return (NULL); + grp_storage_size = GRP_STORAGE_INITIAL; + } + do { + rv = fn(key, &grp, grp_storage, grp_storage_size, &res); + if (res == NULL && rv == ERANGE) { + free(grp_storage); + if ((grp_storage_size << 1) > GRP_STORAGE_MAX) { + grp_storage = NULL; + errno = ERANGE; + return (NULL); + } + grp_storage_size <<= 1; + grp_storage = malloc(grp_storage_size); + if (grp_storage == NULL) + return (NULL); + } + } while (res == NULL && rv == ERANGE); + if (rv != 0) + errno = rv; + return (res); +} + + +static int +wrap_getgrnam_r(union key key, struct group *grp, char *buffer, size_t bufsize, + struct group **res) +{ + return (getgrnam_r(key.name, grp, buffer, bufsize, res)); +} + + +static int +wrap_getgrgid_r(union key key, struct group *grp, char *buffer, size_t bufsize, + struct group **res) +{ + return (getgrgid_r(key.gid, grp, buffer, bufsize, res)); +} + + +static int +wrap_getgrent_r(union key key __unused, struct group *grp, char *buffer, + size_t bufsize, struct group **res) +{ + return (getgrent_r(grp, buffer, bufsize, res)); +} + + +struct group * +getgrnam(const char *name) +{ + union key key; + + key.name = name; + return (getgr(wrap_getgrnam_r, key)); +} + + +struct group * +getgrgid(gid_t gid) +{ + union key key; + + key.gid = gid; + return (getgr(wrap_getgrgid_r, key)); +} + + +struct group * +getgrent(void) +{ + union key key; + + key.gid = 0; /* not used */ + return (getgr(wrap_getgrent_r, key)); +} + + +static int +is_comment_line(const char *s, size_t n) +{ + const char *eom; + + eom = &s[n]; + + for (; s < eom; s++) + if (*s == '#' || !isspace((unsigned char)*s)) + break; + return (*s == '#' || s == eom); +} + + +/* + * files backend + */ +static void +files_endstate(void *p) +{ + + if (p == NULL) + return; + if (((struct files_state *)p)->fp != NULL) + fclose(((struct files_state *)p)->fp); + free(p); +} + + +static int +files_setgrent(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + struct files_state *st; + int rv, stayopen; + + rv = files_getstate(&st); + if (rv != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + switch ((enum constants)mdata) { + case SETGRENT: + stayopen = va_arg(ap, int); + if (st->fp != NULL) + rewind(st->fp); + else if (stayopen) + st->fp = fopen(_PATH_GROUP, "r"); + break; + case ENDGRENT: + if (st->fp != NULL) { + fclose(st->fp); + st->fp = NULL; + } + break; + default: + break; + } + return (NS_UNAVAIL); +} + + +static int +files_group(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + struct files_state *st; + enum nss_lookup_type how; + const char *name, *line; + struct group *grp; + gid_t gid; + char *buffer; + size_t bufsize, linesize; + off_t pos; + int rv, stayopen, *errnop; + + name = NULL; + gid = (gid_t)-1; + how = (enum nss_lookup_type)mdata; + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + name = va_arg(ap, const char *); + break; + case nss_lt_id: + gid = va_arg(ap, gid_t); + break; + case nss_lt_all: + break; + default: + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + } + grp = va_arg(ap, struct group *); + buffer = va_arg(ap, char *); + bufsize = va_arg(ap, size_t); + errnop = va_arg(ap, int *); + *errnop = files_getstate(&st); + if (*errnop != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + if (st->fp == NULL && + ((st->fp = fopen(_PATH_GROUP, "r")) == NULL)) { + *errnop = errno; + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + } + if (how == nss_lt_all) + stayopen = 1; + else { + rewind(st->fp); + stayopen = st->stayopen; + } + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + pos = ftello(st->fp); + while ((line = fgetln(st->fp, &linesize)) != NULL) { + if (line[linesize-1] == '\n') + linesize--; + rv = __gr_match_entry(line, linesize, how, name, gid); + if (rv != NS_SUCCESS) + continue; + /* We need room at least for the line, a string NUL + * terminator, alignment padding, and one (char *) + * pointer for the member list terminator. + */ + if (bufsize <= linesize + _ALIGNBYTES + sizeof(char *)) { + *errnop = ERANGE; + rv = NS_RETURN; + break; + } + memcpy(buffer, line, linesize); + buffer[linesize] = '\0'; + rv = __gr_parse_entry(buffer, linesize, grp, + &buffer[linesize + 1], bufsize - linesize - 1, errnop); + if (rv & NS_TERMINATE) + break; + pos = ftello(st->fp); + } + if (!stayopen && st->fp != NULL) { + fclose(st->fp); + st->fp = NULL; + } + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS && retval != NULL) + *(struct group **)retval = grp; + else if (rv == NS_RETURN && *errnop == ERANGE && st->fp != NULL) + fseeko(st->fp, pos, SEEK_SET); + return (rv); +} + + +#ifdef HESIOD +/* + * dns backend + */ +static void +dns_endstate(void *p) +{ + + free(p); +} + + +static int +dns_setgrent(void *retval, void *cb_data, va_list ap) +{ + struct dns_state *st; + int rv; + + rv = dns_getstate(&st); + if (rv != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + st->counter = 0; + return (NS_UNAVAIL); +} + + +static int +dns_group(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + char buf[HESIOD_NAME_MAX]; + struct dns_state *st; + struct group *grp; + const char *name, *label; + void *ctx; + char *buffer, **hes; + size_t bufsize, adjsize, linesize; + gid_t gid; + enum nss_lookup_type how; + int rv, *errnop; + + ctx = NULL; + hes = NULL; + name = NULL; + gid = (gid_t)-1; + how = (enum nss_lookup_type)mdata; + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + name = va_arg(ap, const char *); + break; + case nss_lt_id: + gid = va_arg(ap, gid_t); + break; + case nss_lt_all: + break; + } + grp = va_arg(ap, struct group *); + buffer = va_arg(ap, char *); + bufsize = va_arg(ap, size_t); + errnop = va_arg(ap, int *); + *errnop = dns_getstate(&st); + if (*errnop != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + if (hesiod_init(&ctx) != 0) { + *errnop = errno; + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + goto fin; + } + do { + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + label = name; + break; + case nss_lt_id: + if (snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%lu", + (unsigned long)gid) >= sizeof(buf)) + goto fin; + label = buf; + break; + case nss_lt_all: + if (st->counter < 0) + goto fin; + if (snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "group-%ld", + st->counter++) >= sizeof(buf)) + goto fin; + label = buf; + break; + } + hes = hesiod_resolve(ctx, label, + how == nss_lt_id ? "gid" : "group"); + if ((how == nss_lt_id && hes == NULL && + (hes = hesiod_resolve(ctx, buf, "group")) == NULL) || + hes == NULL) { + if (how == nss_lt_all) + st->counter = -1; + if (errno != ENOENT) + *errnop = errno; + goto fin; + } + rv = __gr_match_entry(hes[0], strlen(hes[0]), how, name, gid); + if (rv != NS_SUCCESS) { + hesiod_free_list(ctx, hes); + hes = NULL; + continue; + } + /* We need room at least for the line, a string NUL + * terminator, alignment padding, and one (char *) + * pointer for the member list terminator. + */ + adjsize = bufsize - _ALIGNBYTES - sizeof(char *); + linesize = strlcpy(buffer, hes[0], adjsize); + if (linesize >= adjsize) { + *errnop = ERANGE; + rv = NS_RETURN; + goto fin; + } + hesiod_free_list(ctx, hes); + hes = NULL; + rv = __gr_parse_entry(buffer, linesize, grp, + &buffer[linesize + 1], bufsize - linesize - 1, errnop); + } while (how == nss_lt_all && !(rv & NS_TERMINATE)); +fin: + if (hes != NULL) + hesiod_free_list(ctx, hes); + if (ctx != NULL) + hesiod_end(ctx); + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS && retval != NULL) + *(struct group **)retval = grp; + return (rv); +} +#endif /* HESIOD */ + + +#ifdef YP +/* + * nis backend + */ +static void +nis_endstate(void *p) +{ + + if (p == NULL) + return; + free(((struct nis_state *)p)->key); + free(p); +} + + +static int +nis_setgrent(void *retval, void *cb_data, va_list ap) +{ + struct nis_state *st; + int rv; + + rv = nis_getstate(&st); + if (rv != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + st->done = 0; + free(st->key); + st->key = NULL; + return (NS_UNAVAIL); +} + + +static int +nis_group(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + char *map; + struct nis_state *st; + struct group *grp; + const char *name; + char *buffer, *key, *result; + size_t bufsize; + gid_t gid; + enum nss_lookup_type how; + int *errnop, keylen, resultlen, rv; + + name = NULL; + gid = (gid_t)-1; + how = (enum nss_lookup_type)mdata; + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + name = va_arg(ap, const char *); + map = "group.byname"; + break; + case nss_lt_id: + gid = va_arg(ap, gid_t); + map = "group.bygid"; + break; + case nss_lt_all: + map = "group.byname"; + break; + } + grp = va_arg(ap, struct group *); + buffer = va_arg(ap, char *); + bufsize = va_arg(ap, size_t); + errnop = va_arg(ap, int *); + *errnop = nis_getstate(&st); + if (*errnop != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + if (st->domain[0] == '\0') { + if (getdomainname(st->domain, sizeof(st->domain)) != 0) { + *errnop = errno; + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + } + } + result = NULL; + do { + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + if (strlcpy(buffer, name, bufsize) >= bufsize) + goto erange; + break; + case nss_lt_id: + if (snprintf(buffer, bufsize, "%lu", + (unsigned long)gid) >= bufsize) + goto erange; + break; + case nss_lt_all: + if (st->done) + goto fin; + break; + } + result = NULL; + if (how == nss_lt_all) { + if (st->key == NULL) + rv = yp_first(st->domain, map, &st->key, + &st->keylen, &result, &resultlen); + else { + key = st->key; + keylen = st->keylen; + st->key = NULL; + rv = yp_next(st->domain, map, key, keylen, + &st->key, &st->keylen, &result, + &resultlen); + free(key); + } + if (rv != 0) { + free(result); + free(st->key); + st->key = NULL; + if (rv == YPERR_NOMORE) { + st->done = 1; + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + } else + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + goto fin; + } + } else { + rv = yp_match(st->domain, map, buffer, strlen(buffer), + &result, &resultlen); + if (rv == YPERR_KEY) { + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + continue; + } else if (rv != 0) { + free(result); + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + continue; + } + } + /* We need room at least for the line, a string NUL + * terminator, alignment padding, and one (char *) + * pointer for the member list terminator. + */ + if (resultlen >= bufsize - _ALIGNBYTES - sizeof(char *)) + goto erange; + memcpy(buffer, result, resultlen); + buffer[resultlen] = '\0'; + free(result); + rv = __gr_match_entry(buffer, resultlen, how, name, gid); + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS) + rv = __gr_parse_entry(buffer, resultlen, grp, + &buffer[resultlen+1], bufsize - resultlen - 1, + errnop); + } while (how == nss_lt_all && !(rv & NS_TERMINATE)); +fin: + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS && retval != NULL) + *(struct group **)retval = grp; + return (rv); +erange: + *errnop = ERANGE; + return (NS_RETURN); +} +#endif /* YP */ + + + +/* + * compat backend + */ +static void +compat_endstate(void *p) +{ + struct compat_state *st; + + if (p == NULL) + return; + st = (struct compat_state *)p; + free(st->name); + if (st->fp != NULL) + fclose(st->fp); + free(p); +} + + +static int +compat_setgrent(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + static const ns_src compatsrc[] = { +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, NS_SUCCESS }, +#endif + { NULL, 0 } + }; + ns_dtab dtab[] = { +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_setgrent, NULL }, +#endif +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_setgrent, NULL }, +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } + }; + struct compat_state *st; + int rv, stayopen; + +#define set_setent(x, y) do { \ + int i; \ + \ + for (i = 0; i < (sizeof(x)/sizeof(x[0])) - 1; i++) \ + x[i].mdata = (void *)y; \ +} while (0) + + rv = compat_getstate(&st); + if (rv != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + switch ((enum constants)mdata) { + case SETGRENT: + stayopen = va_arg(ap, int); + if (st->fp != NULL) + rewind(st->fp); + else if (stayopen) + st->fp = fopen(_PATH_GROUP, "r"); + set_setent(dtab, mdata); + (void)_nsdispatch(NULL, dtab, NSDB_GROUP_COMPAT, "setgrent", + compatsrc, 0); + break; + case ENDGRENT: + if (st->fp != NULL) { + fclose(st->fp); + st->fp = NULL; + } + set_setent(dtab, mdata); + (void)_nsdispatch(NULL, dtab, NSDB_GROUP_COMPAT, "endgrent", + compatsrc, 0); + break; + default: + break; + } + st->compat = COMPAT_MODE_OFF; + free(st->name); + st->name = NULL; + return (NS_UNAVAIL); +#undef set_setent +} + + +static int +compat_group(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + static const ns_src compatsrc[] = { +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, NS_SUCCESS }, +#endif + { NULL, 0 } + }; + ns_dtab dtab[] = { +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_group, NULL }, +#endif +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_group, NULL }, +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } + }; + struct compat_state *st; + enum nss_lookup_type how; + const char *name, *line; + struct group *grp; + gid_t gid; + char *buffer, *p; + void *discard; + size_t bufsize, linesize; + off_t pos; + int rv, stayopen, *errnop; + +#define set_lookup_type(x, y) do { \ + int i; \ + \ + for (i = 0; i < (sizeof(x)/sizeof(x[0])) - 1; i++) \ + x[i].mdata = (void *)y; \ +} while (0) + + name = NULL; + gid = (gid_t)-1; + how = (enum nss_lookup_type)mdata; + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + name = va_arg(ap, const char *); + break; + case nss_lt_id: + gid = va_arg(ap, gid_t); + break; + case nss_lt_all: + break; + default: + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + } + grp = va_arg(ap, struct group *); + buffer = va_arg(ap, char *); + bufsize = va_arg(ap, size_t); + errnop = va_arg(ap, int *); + *errnop = compat_getstate(&st); + if (*errnop != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + if (st->fp == NULL && + ((st->fp = fopen(_PATH_GROUP, "r")) == NULL)) { + *errnop = errno; + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + goto fin; + } + if (how == nss_lt_all) + stayopen = 1; + else { + rewind(st->fp); + stayopen = st->stayopen; + } +docompat: + switch (st->compat) { + case COMPAT_MODE_ALL: + set_lookup_type(dtab, how); + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_all: + rv = _nsdispatch(&discard, dtab, NSDB_GROUP_COMPAT, + "getgrent_r", compatsrc, grp, buffer, bufsize, + errnop); + break; + case nss_lt_id: + rv = _nsdispatch(&discard, dtab, NSDB_GROUP_COMPAT, + "getgrgid_r", compatsrc, gid, grp, buffer, bufsize, + errnop); + break; + case nss_lt_name: + rv = _nsdispatch(&discard, dtab, NSDB_GROUP_COMPAT, + "getgrnam_r", compatsrc, name, grp, buffer, + bufsize, errnop); + break; + } + if (rv & NS_TERMINATE) + goto fin; + st->compat = COMPAT_MODE_OFF; + break; + case COMPAT_MODE_NAME: + set_lookup_type(dtab, nss_lt_name); + rv = _nsdispatch(&discard, dtab, NSDB_GROUP_COMPAT, + "getgrnam_r", compatsrc, st->name, grp, buffer, bufsize, + errnop); + switch (rv) { + case NS_SUCCESS: + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + if (strcmp(name, grp->gr_name) != 0) + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + break; + case nss_lt_id: + if (gid != grp->gr_gid) + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + break; + default: + break; + } + break; + case NS_RETURN: + goto fin; + default: + break; + } + free(st->name); + st->name = NULL; + st->compat = COMPAT_MODE_OFF; + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS) + goto fin; + break; + default: + break; + } + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + pos = ftello(st->fp); + while ((line = fgetln(st->fp, &linesize)) != NULL) { + if (line[linesize-1] == '\n') + linesize--; + if (linesize > 2 && line[0] == '+') { + p = memchr(&line[1], ':', linesize); + if (p == NULL || p == &line[1]) + st->compat = COMPAT_MODE_ALL; + else { + st->name = malloc(p - line); + if (st->name == NULL) { + syslog(LOG_ERR, + "getgrent memory allocation failure"); + *errnop = ENOMEM; + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + break; + } + memcpy(st->name, &line[1], p - line - 1); + st->name[p - line - 1] = '\0'; + st->compat = COMPAT_MODE_NAME; + } + goto docompat; + } + rv = __gr_match_entry(line, linesize, how, name, gid); + if (rv != NS_SUCCESS) + continue; + /* We need room at least for the line, a string NUL + * terminator, alignment padding, and one (char *) + * pointer for the member list terminator. + */ + if (bufsize <= linesize + _ALIGNBYTES + sizeof(char *)) { + *errnop = ERANGE; + rv = NS_RETURN; + break; + } + memcpy(buffer, line, linesize); + buffer[linesize] = '\0'; + rv = __gr_parse_entry(buffer, linesize, grp, + &buffer[linesize + 1], bufsize - linesize - 1, errnop); + if (rv & NS_TERMINATE) + break; + pos = ftello(st->fp); + } +fin: + if (!stayopen && st->fp != NULL) { + fclose(st->fp); + st->fp = NULL; + } + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS && retval != NULL) + *(struct group **)retval = grp; + else if (rv == NS_RETURN && *errnop == ERANGE && st->fp != NULL) + fseeko(st->fp, pos, SEEK_SET); + return (rv); +#undef set_lookup_type +} + + +/* + * common group line matching and parsing + */ +int +__gr_match_entry(const char *line, size_t linesize, enum nss_lookup_type how, + const char *name, gid_t gid) +{ + size_t namesize; + const char *p, *eol; + char *q; + unsigned long n; + int i, needed; + + if (linesize == 0 || is_comment_line(line, linesize)) + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: needed = 1; break; + case nss_lt_id: needed = 2; break; + default: needed = 2; break; + } + eol = &line[linesize]; + for (p = line, i = 0; i < needed && p < eol; p++) + if (*p == ':') + i++; + if (i < needed) + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + namesize = strlen(name); + if (namesize + 1 == (size_t)(p - line) && + memcmp(line, name, namesize) == 0) + return (NS_SUCCESS); + break; + case nss_lt_id: + n = strtoul(p, &q, 10); + if (q < eol && *q == ':' && gid == (gid_t)n) + return (NS_SUCCESS); + break; + case nss_lt_all: + return (NS_SUCCESS); + default: + break; + } + return (NS_NOTFOUND); +} + + +int +__gr_parse_entry(char *line, size_t linesize, struct group *grp, char *membuf, + size_t membufsize, int *errnop) +{ + char *s_gid, *s_mem, *p, **members; + unsigned long n; + int maxmembers; + + memset(grp, 0, sizeof(*grp)); + members = (char **)_ALIGN(membuf); + membufsize -= (char *)members - membuf; + maxmembers = membufsize / sizeof(*members); + if (maxmembers <= 0 || + (grp->gr_name = strsep(&line, ":")) == NULL || + grp->gr_name[0] == '\0' || + (grp->gr_passwd = strsep(&line, ":")) == NULL || + (s_gid = strsep(&line, ":")) == NULL || + s_gid[0] == '\0') + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + s_mem = line; + n = strtoul(s_gid, &s_gid, 10); + if (s_gid[0] != '\0') + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + grp->gr_gid = (gid_t)n; + grp->gr_mem = members; + while (maxmembers > 1 && s_mem != NULL) { + p = strsep(&s_mem, ","); + if (p != NULL && *p != '\0') { + *members++ = p; + maxmembers--; + } + } + *members = NULL; + if (s_mem == NULL) + return (NS_SUCCESS); + else { + *errnop = ERANGE; + return (NS_RETURN); + } +} + + diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f7faa2 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.3 @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)getgrouplist.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 9, 1993 +.Dt GETGROUPLIST 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getgrouplist +.Nd calculate group access list +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft int +.Fn getgrouplist "const char *name" "gid_t basegid" "gid_t *groups" "int *ngroups" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getgrouplist +function reads through the group file and calculates +the group access list for the user specified in +.Fa name . +The +.Fa basegid +is automatically included in the groups list. +Typically this value is given as +the group number from the password file. +.Pp +The resulting group list is returned in the array pointed to by +.Fa groups . +The caller specifies the size of the +.Fa groups +array in the integer pointed to by +.Fa ngroups ; +the actual number of groups found is returned in +.Fa ngroups . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn getgrouplist +function +returns \-1 if the size of the group list is too small to +hold all the user's groups. +Here, the group array will be filled with as many groups as will fit. +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width /etc/group -compact +.It Pa /etc/group +group membership list +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr setgroups 2 , +.Xr initgroups 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getgrouplist +function first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . +.Sh BUGS +The +.Fn getgrouplist +function +uses the routines based on +.Xr getgrent 3 . +If the invoking program uses any of these routines, +the group structure will +be overwritten in the call to +.Fn getgrouplist . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.c b/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9eb55f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.c @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getgrouplist.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 12/8/94"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +/* + * get credential + */ +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <grp.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +extern int __getgroupmembership(const char *, gid_t, gid_t *, int, int *); + +int +getgrouplist(const char *uname, gid_t agroup, gid_t *groups, int *grpcnt) +{ + return __getgroupmembership(uname, agroup, groups, *grpcnt, grpcnt); +} + diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..00853ef --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.3 @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)gethostname.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd August 18, 2003 +.Dt GETHOSTNAME 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm gethostname , +.Nm sethostname +.Nd get/set name of current host +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft int +.Fn gethostname "char *name" "size_t namelen" +.Ft int +.Fn sethostname "const char *name" "int namelen" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn gethostname +function +returns the standard host name for the current processor, as +previously set by +.Fn sethostname . +The +.Fa namelen +argument +specifies the size of the +.Fa name +array. +The returned name is null-terminated unless insufficient space is provided. +.Pp +The +.Fn sethostname +function +sets the name of the host machine to be +.Fa name , +which has length +.Fa namelen . +This call is restricted to the super-user and +is normally used only when the system is bootstrapped. +.Pp +Host names are limited to +.Brq Dv HOST_NAME_MAX +characters, not including the trailing null, currently 255. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std +.Sh ERRORS +The following errors may be returned by these calls: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EFAULT +The +.Fa name +or +.Fa namelen +argument gave an +invalid address. +.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG +The current host name is longer than +.Fa namelen . +(For +.Fn gethostname +only.) +.It Bq Er EPERM +The caller tried to set the host name and was not the super-user. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sysconf 3 , +.Xr sysctl 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn gethostname +function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-2001 . +Callers should be aware that +.Brq Dv HOST_NAME_MAX +may be variable or infinite, but is guaranteed to be no less than +.Brq Dv _POSIX_HOST_NAME_MAX . +On older systems, this limit was defined in the non-standard header +.In sys/param.h +as +.Dv MAXHOSTNAMELEN , +and counted the terminating null. +The +.Fn sethostname +function and the error returns for +.Fn gethostname +are not standardized. +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn gethostname +function appeared in +.Bx 4.2 . +The +.Fa namelen +argument to +.Fn gethostname +was changed to +.Vt size_t +in +.Fx 5.2 +for alignment with +.St -p1003.1-2001 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.c b/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c83805e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.c @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)gethostname.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +int +gethostname(name, namelen) + char *name; + size_t namelen; +{ + int mib[2]; + + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_HOSTNAME; + if (sysctl(mib, 2, name, &namelen, NULL, 0) == -1) { + if (errno == ENOMEM) + errno = ENAMETOOLONG; + return (-1); + } + return (0); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getloadavg.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getloadavg.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a77ecb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getloadavg.3 @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)getloadavg.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt GETLOADAVG 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getloadavg +.Nd get system load averages +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In stdlib.h +.Ft int +.Fn getloadavg "double loadavg[]" "int nelem" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getloadavg +function returns the number of processes in the system run queue +averaged over various periods of time. +Up to +.Fa nelem +samples are retrieved and assigned to successive elements of +.Fa loadavg Ns Bq . +The system imposes a maximum of 3 samples, representing averages +over the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes, respectively. +.Sh DIAGNOSTICS +If the load average was unobtainable, \-1 is returned; otherwise, +the number of samples actually retrieved is returned. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr uptime 1 , +.Xr kvm_getloadavg 3 , +.Xr sysctl 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getloadavg +function appeared in +.Bx 4.3 Reno . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getloadavg.c b/lib/libc/gen/getloadavg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..127d3e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getloadavg.c @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getloadavg.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> +#include <vm/vm_param.h> + +#include <stdlib.h> + +/* + * getloadavg() -- Get system load averages. + * + * Put `nelem' samples into `loadavg' array. + * Return number of samples retrieved, or -1 on error. + */ +int +getloadavg(loadavg, nelem) + double loadavg[]; + int nelem; +{ + struct loadavg loadinfo; + int i, mib[2]; + size_t size; + + mib[0] = CTL_VM; + mib[1] = VM_LOADAVG; + size = sizeof(loadinfo); + if (sysctl(mib, 2, &loadinfo, &size, NULL, 0) < 0) + return (-1); + + nelem = MIN(nelem, sizeof(loadinfo.ldavg) / sizeof(fixpt_t)); + for (i = 0; i < nelem; i++) + loadavg[i] = (double) loadinfo.ldavg[i] / loadinfo.fscale; + return (nelem); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getlogin.c b/lib/libc/gen/getlogin.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc85d3a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getlogin.c @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getlogin.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <pwd.h> +#include <utmp.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "namespace.h" +#include <pthread.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#include "libc_private.h" + +#define THREAD_LOCK() if (__isthreaded) _pthread_mutex_lock(&logname_mutex) +#define THREAD_UNLOCK() if (__isthreaded) _pthread_mutex_unlock(&logname_mutex) + +extern int _getlogin(char *, int); + +int _logname_valid; /* known to setlogin() */ +static pthread_mutex_t logname_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; + +static char * +getlogin_basic(int *status) +{ + static char logname[MAXLOGNAME]; + + if (_logname_valid == 0) { + if (_getlogin(logname, sizeof(logname)) < 0) { + *status = errno; + return (NULL); + } + _logname_valid = 1; + } + *status = 0; + return (*logname ? logname : NULL); +} + +char * +getlogin(void) +{ + char *result; + int status; + + THREAD_LOCK(); + result = getlogin_basic(&status); + THREAD_UNLOCK(); + return (result); +} + +int +getlogin_r(char *logname, int namelen) +{ + char *result; + int len; + int status; + + THREAD_LOCK(); + result = getlogin_basic(&status); + if (status == 0) { + if ((len = strlen(result) + 1) > namelen) + status = ERANGE; + else + strncpy(logname, result, len); + } + THREAD_UNLOCK(); + return (status); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getmntinfo.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getmntinfo.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc83e37 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getmntinfo.3 @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)getmntinfo.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 9, 1993 +.Dt GETMNTINFO 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getmntinfo +.Nd get information about mounted file systems +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/param.h +.In sys/ucred.h +.In sys/mount.h +.Ft int +.Fn getmntinfo "struct statfs **mntbufp" "int flags" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getmntinfo +function +returns an array of +.Fn statfs +structures describing each currently mounted file system (see +.Xr statfs 2 ) . +.Pp +The +.Fn getmntinfo +function +passes its +.Fa flags +argument transparently to +.Xr getfsstat 2 . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +On successful completion, +.Fn getmntinfo +returns a count of the number of elements in the array. +The pointer to the array is stored into +.Fa mntbufp . +.Pp +If an error occurs, zero is returned and the external variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error. +Although the pointer +.Fa mntbufp +will be unmodified, any information previously returned by +.Fn getmntinfo +will be lost. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn getmntinfo +function +may fail and set errno for any of the errors specified for the library +routines +.Xr getfsstat 2 +or +.Xr malloc 3 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr getfsstat 2 , +.Xr mount 2 , +.Xr statfs 2 , +.Xr mount 8 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getmntinfo +function first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . +.Sh BUGS +The +.Fn getmntinfo +function writes the array of structures to an internal static object +and returns +a pointer to that object. +Subsequent calls to +.Fn getmntinfo +will modify the same object. +.Pp +The memory allocated by +.Fn getmntinfo +cannot be +.Xr free 3 Ns 'd +by the application. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getmntinfo.c b/lib/libc/gen/getmntinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b532f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getmntinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getmntinfo.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/ucred.h> +#include <sys/mount.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +/* + * Return information about mounted filesystems. + */ +int +getmntinfo(mntbufp, flags) + struct statfs **mntbufp; + int flags; +{ + static struct statfs *mntbuf; + static int mntsize; + static long bufsize; + + if (mntsize <= 0 && (mntsize = getfsstat(0, 0, MNT_NOWAIT)) < 0) + return (0); + if (bufsize > 0 && (mntsize = getfsstat(mntbuf, bufsize, flags)) < 0) + return (0); + while (bufsize <= mntsize * sizeof(struct statfs)) { + if (mntbuf) + free(mntbuf); + bufsize = (mntsize + 1) * sizeof(struct statfs); + if ((mntbuf = (struct statfs *)malloc(bufsize)) == 0) + return (0); + if ((mntsize = getfsstat(mntbuf, bufsize, flags)) < 0) + return (0); + } + *mntbufp = mntbuf; + return (mntsize); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cc2a21 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.3 @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)getnetgrent.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt GETNETGRENT 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getnetgrent , +.Nm innetgr , +.Nm setnetgrent , +.Nm endnetgrent +.Nd netgroup database operations +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In netdb.h +.Ft int +.Fn getnetgrent "char **host" "char **user" "char **domain" +.Ft int +.Fn innetgr "const char *netgroup" "const char *host" "const char *user" "const char *domain" +.Ft void +.Fn setnetgrent "const char *netgroup" +.Ft void +.Fn endnetgrent void +.Sh DESCRIPTION +These functions operate on the netgroup database file +.Pa /etc/netgroup +which is described +in +.Xr netgroup 5 . +The database defines a set of netgroups, each made up of one or more triples: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +(host, user, domain) +.Ed +that defines a combination of host, user and domain. +Any of the three fields may be specified as ``wildcards'' that match any +string. +.Pp +The function +.Fn getnetgrent +sets the three pointer arguments to the strings of the next member of the +current netgroup. +If any of the string pointers are +.Sy (char *)0 +that field is considered a wildcard. +.Pp +The functions +.Fn setnetgrent +and +.Fn endnetgrent +set the current netgroup and terminate the current netgroup respectively. +If +.Fn setnetgrent +is called with a different netgroup than the previous call, an implicit +.Fn endnetgrent +is implied. +The +.Fn setnetgrent +function +also sets the offset to the first member of the netgroup. +.Pp +The function +.Fn innetgr +searches for a match of all fields within the specified group. +If any of the +.Sy host , +.Sy user , +or +.Sy domain +arguments are +.Sy (char *)0 +those fields will match any string value in the netgroup member. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The function +.Fn getnetgrent +returns 0 for ``no more netgroup members'' and 1 otherwise. +The function +.Fn innetgr +returns 1 for a successful match and 0 otherwise. +The functions +.Fn setnetgrent +and +.Fn endnetgrent +have no return value. +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width /etc/netgroup -compact +.It Pa /etc/netgroup +netgroup database file +.El +.Sh COMPATIBILITY +The netgroup members have three string fields to maintain compatibility +with other vendor implementations, however it is not obvious what use the +.Sy domain +string has within +.Bx . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr netgroup 5 +.Sh BUGS +The function +.Fn getnetgrent +returns pointers to dynamically allocated data areas that are freed when +the function +.Fn endnetgrent +is called. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.c b/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca75d9b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.c @@ -0,0 +1,638 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Rick Macklem at The University of Guelph. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getnetgrent.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/27/95"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#ifdef YP +/* + * Notes: + * We want to be able to use NIS netgroups properly while retaining + * the ability to use a local /etc/netgroup file. Unfortunately, you + * can't really do both at the same time - at least, not efficiently. + * NetBSD deals with this problem by creating a netgroup database + * using Berkeley DB (just like the password database) that allows + * for lookups using netgroup, netgroup.byuser or netgroup.byhost + * searches. This is a neat idea, but I don't have time to implement + * something like that now. (I think ultimately it would be nice + * if we DB-fied the group and netgroup stuff all in one shot, but + * for now I'm satisfied just to have something that works well + * without requiring massive code changes.) + * + * Therefore, to still permit the use of the local file and maintain + * optimum NIS performance, we allow for the following conditions: + * + * - If /etc/netgroup does not exist and NIS is turned on, we use + * NIS netgroups only. + * + * - If /etc/netgroup exists but is empty, we use NIS netgroups + * only. + * + * - If /etc/netgroup exists and contains _only_ a '+', we use + * NIS netgroups only. + * + * - If /etc/netgroup exists, contains locally defined netgroups + * and a '+', we use a mixture of NIS and the local entries. + * This method should return the same NIS data as just using + * NIS alone, but it will be slower if the NIS netgroup database + * is large (innetgr() in particular will suffer since extra + * processing has to be done in order to determine memberships + * using just the raw netgroup data). + * + * - If /etc/netgroup exists and contains only locally defined + * netgroup entries, we use just those local entries and ignore + * NIS (this is the original, pre-NIS behavior). + */ + +#include <rpc/rpc.h> +#include <rpcsvc/yp_prot.h> +#include <rpcsvc/ypclnt.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/errno.h> +static char *_netgr_yp_domain; +int _use_only_yp; +static int _netgr_yp_enabled; +static int _yp_innetgr; +#endif + +#ifndef _PATH_NETGROUP +#define _PATH_NETGROUP "/etc/netgroup" +#endif + +/* + * Static Variables and functions used by setnetgrent(), getnetgrent() and + * endnetgrent(). + * There are two linked lists: + * - linelist is just used by setnetgrent() to parse the net group file via. + * parse_netgrp() + * - netgrp is the list of entries for the current netgroup + */ +struct linelist { + struct linelist *l_next; /* Chain ptr. */ + int l_parsed; /* Flag for cycles */ + char *l_groupname; /* Name of netgroup */ + char *l_line; /* Netgroup entrie(s) to be parsed */ +}; + +struct netgrp { + struct netgrp *ng_next; /* Chain ptr */ + char *ng_str[3]; /* Field pointers, see below */ +}; +#define NG_HOST 0 /* Host name */ +#define NG_USER 1 /* User name */ +#define NG_DOM 2 /* and Domain name */ + +static struct linelist *linehead = (struct linelist *)0; +static struct netgrp *nextgrp = (struct netgrp *)0; +static struct { + struct netgrp *gr; + char *grname; +} grouphead = { + (struct netgrp *)0, + (char *)0, +}; +static FILE *netf = (FILE *)0; + +static int parse_netgrp(const char *); +static struct linelist *read_for_group(const char *); +void setnetgrent(const char *); +void endnetgrent(void); +int getnetgrent(char **, char **, char **); +int innetgr(const char *, const char *, const char *, const char *); + +#define LINSIZ 1024 /* Length of netgroup file line */ + +/* + * setnetgrent() + * Parse the netgroup file looking for the netgroup and build the list + * of netgrp structures. Let parse_netgrp() and read_for_group() do + * most of the work. + */ +void +setnetgrent(const char *group) +{ +#ifdef YP + struct stat _yp_statp; + char _yp_plus; +#endif + + /* Sanity check */ + + if (group == NULL || !strlen(group)) + return; + + if (grouphead.gr == (struct netgrp *)0 || + strcmp(group, grouphead.grname)) { + endnetgrent(); +#ifdef YP + /* Presumed guilty until proven innocent. */ + _use_only_yp = 0; + /* + * If /etc/netgroup doesn't exist or is empty, + * use NIS exclusively. + */ + if (((stat(_PATH_NETGROUP, &_yp_statp) < 0) && + errno == ENOENT) || _yp_statp.st_size == 0) + _use_only_yp = _netgr_yp_enabled = 1; + if ((netf = fopen(_PATH_NETGROUP,"r")) != NULL ||_use_only_yp){ + /* + * Icky: grab the first character of the netgroup file + * and turn on NIS if it's a '+'. rewind the stream + * afterwards so we don't goof up read_for_group() later. + */ + if (netf) { + fscanf(netf, "%c", &_yp_plus); + rewind(netf); + if (_yp_plus == '+') + _use_only_yp = _netgr_yp_enabled = 1; + } + /* + * If we were called specifically for an innetgr() + * lookup and we're in NIS-only mode, short-circuit + * parse_netgroup() and cut directly to the chase. + */ + if (_use_only_yp && _yp_innetgr) { + /* dohw! */ + if (netf != NULL) + fclose(netf); + return; + } +#else + if ((netf = fopen(_PATH_NETGROUP, "r"))) { +#endif + if (parse_netgrp(group)) + endnetgrent(); + else { + grouphead.grname = (char *) + malloc(strlen(group) + 1); + strcpy(grouphead.grname, group); + } + if (netf) + fclose(netf); + } + } + nextgrp = grouphead.gr; +} + +/* + * Get the next netgroup off the list. + */ +int +getnetgrent(char **hostp, char **userp, char **domp) +{ +#ifdef YP + _yp_innetgr = 0; +#endif + + if (nextgrp) { + *hostp = nextgrp->ng_str[NG_HOST]; + *userp = nextgrp->ng_str[NG_USER]; + *domp = nextgrp->ng_str[NG_DOM]; + nextgrp = nextgrp->ng_next; + return (1); + } + return (0); +} + +/* + * endnetgrent() - cleanup + */ +void +endnetgrent(void) +{ + struct linelist *lp, *olp; + struct netgrp *gp, *ogp; + + lp = linehead; + while (lp) { + olp = lp; + lp = lp->l_next; + free(olp->l_groupname); + free(olp->l_line); + free((char *)olp); + } + linehead = (struct linelist *)0; + if (grouphead.grname) { + free(grouphead.grname); + grouphead.grname = (char *)0; + } + gp = grouphead.gr; + while (gp) { + ogp = gp; + gp = gp->ng_next; + if (ogp->ng_str[NG_HOST]) + free(ogp->ng_str[NG_HOST]); + if (ogp->ng_str[NG_USER]) + free(ogp->ng_str[NG_USER]); + if (ogp->ng_str[NG_DOM]) + free(ogp->ng_str[NG_DOM]); + free((char *)ogp); + } + grouphead.gr = (struct netgrp *)0; + nextgrp = (struct netgrp *)0; +#ifdef YP + _netgr_yp_enabled = 0; +#endif +} + +#ifdef YP +static int +_listmatch(const char *list, const char *group, int len) +{ + const char *ptr = list; + const char *cptr; + int glen = strlen(group); + + /* skip possible leading whitespace */ + while(isspace((unsigned char)*ptr)) + ptr++; + + while (ptr < list + len) { + cptr = ptr; + while(*ptr != ',' && *ptr != '\0' && !isspace((unsigned char)*ptr)) + ptr++; + if (strncmp(cptr, group, glen) == 0 && glen == (ptr - cptr)) + return(1); + while(*ptr == ',' || isspace((unsigned char)*ptr)) + ptr++; + } + + return(0); +} + +static int +_revnetgr_lookup(char* lookupdom, char* map, const char* str, + const char* dom, const char* group) +{ + int y, rv, rot; + char key[MAXHOSTNAMELEN]; + char *result; + int resultlen; + + for (rot = 0; ; rot++) { + switch (rot) { + case(0): snprintf(key, MAXHOSTNAMELEN, "%s.%s", + str, dom?dom:lookupdom); + break; + case(1): snprintf(key, MAXHOSTNAMELEN, "%s.*", + str); + break; + case(2): snprintf(key, MAXHOSTNAMELEN, "*.%s", + dom?dom:lookupdom); + break; + case(3): snprintf(key, MAXHOSTNAMELEN, "*.*"); + break; + default: return(0); + } + y = yp_match(lookupdom, map, key, strlen(key), &result, + &resultlen); + if (y == 0) { + rv = _listmatch(result, group, resultlen); + free(result); + if (rv) return(1); + } else if (y != YPERR_KEY) { + /* + * If we get an error other than 'no + * such key in map' then something is + * wrong and we should stop the search. + */ + return(-1); + } + } +} +#endif + +/* + * Search for a match in a netgroup. + */ +int +innetgr(const char *group, const char *host, const char *user, const char *dom) +{ + char *hst, *usr, *dm; + /* Sanity check */ + + if (group == NULL || !strlen(group)) + return (0); + +#ifdef YP + _yp_innetgr = 1; +#endif + setnetgrent(group); +#ifdef YP + _yp_innetgr = 0; + /* + * If we're in NIS-only mode, do the search using + * NIS 'reverse netgroup' lookups. + * + * What happens with 'reverse netgroup' lookups: + * + * 1) try 'reverse netgroup' lookup + * 1.a) if host is specified and user is null: + * look in netgroup.byhost + * (try host.domain, host.*, *.domain or *.*) + * if found, return yes + * 1.b) if user is specified and host is null: + * look in netgroup.byuser + * (try host.domain, host.*, *.domain or *.*) + * if found, return yes + * 1.c) if both host and user are specified, + * don't do 'reverse netgroup' lookup. It won't work. + * 1.d) if neither host ane user are specified (why?!?) + * don't do 'reverse netgroup' lookup either. + * 2) if domain is specified and 'reverse lookup' is done: + * 'reverse lookup' was authoritative. bye bye. + * 3) otherwise, too bad, try it the slow way. + */ + if (_use_only_yp && (host == NULL) != (user == NULL)) { + int ret; + if(yp_get_default_domain(&_netgr_yp_domain)) + return(0); + ret = _revnetgr_lookup(_netgr_yp_domain, + host?"netgroup.byhost":"netgroup.byuser", + host?host:user, dom, group); + if (ret == 1) + return(1); + else if (ret == 0 && dom != NULL) + return(0); + } + + setnetgrent(group); +#endif /* YP */ + + while (getnetgrent(&hst, &usr, &dm)) + if ((host == NULL || hst == NULL || !strcmp(host, hst)) && + (user == NULL || usr == NULL || !strcmp(user, usr)) && + ( dom == NULL || dm == NULL || !strcmp(dom, dm))) { + endnetgrent(); + return (1); + } + endnetgrent(); + return (0); +} + +/* + * Parse the netgroup file setting up the linked lists. + */ +static int +parse_netgrp(const char *group) +{ + char *spos, *epos; + int len, strpos; +#ifdef DEBUG + int fields; +#endif + char *pos, *gpos; + struct netgrp *grp; + struct linelist *lp = linehead; + + /* + * First, see if the line has already been read in. + */ + while (lp) { + if (!strcmp(group, lp->l_groupname)) + break; + lp = lp->l_next; + } + if (lp == (struct linelist *)0 && + (lp = read_for_group(group)) == (struct linelist *)0) + return (1); + if (lp->l_parsed) { +#ifdef DEBUG + /* + * This error message is largely superflous since the + * code handles the error condition sucessfully, and + * spewing it out from inside libc can actually hose + * certain programs. + */ + fprintf(stderr, "Cycle in netgroup %s\n", lp->l_groupname); +#endif + return (1); + } else + lp->l_parsed = 1; + pos = lp->l_line; + /* Watch for null pointer dereferences, dammit! */ + while (pos != NULL && *pos != '\0') { + if (*pos == '(') { + grp = (struct netgrp *)malloc(sizeof (struct netgrp)); + bzero((char *)grp, sizeof (struct netgrp)); + grp->ng_next = grouphead.gr; + grouphead.gr = grp; + pos++; + gpos = strsep(&pos, ")"); +#ifdef DEBUG + fields = 0; +#endif + for (strpos = 0; strpos < 3; strpos++) { + if ((spos = strsep(&gpos, ","))) { +#ifdef DEBUG + fields++; +#endif + while (*spos == ' ' || *spos == '\t') + spos++; + if ((epos = strpbrk(spos, " \t"))) { + *epos = '\0'; + len = epos - spos; + } else + len = strlen(spos); + if (len > 0) { + grp->ng_str[strpos] = (char *) + malloc(len + 1); + bcopy(spos, grp->ng_str[strpos], + len + 1); + } + } else { + /* + * All other systems I've tested + * return NULL for empty netgroup + * fields. It's up to user programs + * to handle the NULLs appropriately. + */ + grp->ng_str[strpos] = NULL; + } + } +#ifdef DEBUG + /* + * Note: on other platforms, malformed netgroup + * entries are not normally flagged. While we + * can catch bad entries and report them, we should + * stay silent by default for compatibility's sake. + */ + if (fields < 3) + fprintf(stderr, "Bad entry (%s%s%s%s%s) in netgroup \"%s\"\n", + grp->ng_str[NG_HOST] == NULL ? "" : grp->ng_str[NG_HOST], + grp->ng_str[NG_USER] == NULL ? "" : ",", + grp->ng_str[NG_USER] == NULL ? "" : grp->ng_str[NG_USER], + grp->ng_str[NG_DOM] == NULL ? "" : ",", + grp->ng_str[NG_DOM] == NULL ? "" : grp->ng_str[NG_DOM], + lp->l_groupname); +#endif + } else { + spos = strsep(&pos, ", \t"); + if (parse_netgrp(spos)) + continue; + } + if (pos == NULL) + break; + while (*pos == ' ' || *pos == ',' || *pos == '\t') + pos++; + } + return (0); +} + +/* + * Read the netgroup file and save lines until the line for the netgroup + * is found. Return 1 if eof is encountered. + */ +static struct linelist * +read_for_group(const char *group) +{ + char *pos, *spos, *linep, *olinep; + int len, olen; + int cont; + struct linelist *lp; + char line[LINSIZ + 2]; +#ifdef YP + char *result; + int resultlen; + + while (_netgr_yp_enabled || fgets(line, LINSIZ, netf) != NULL) { + if (_netgr_yp_enabled) { + if(!_netgr_yp_domain) + if(yp_get_default_domain(&_netgr_yp_domain)) + continue; + if (yp_match(_netgr_yp_domain, "netgroup", group, + strlen(group), &result, &resultlen)) { + free(result); + if (_use_only_yp) + return ((struct linelist *)0); + else { + _netgr_yp_enabled = 0; + continue; + } + } + snprintf(line, LINSIZ, "%s %s", group, result); + free(result); + } +#else + while (fgets(line, LINSIZ, netf) != NULL) { +#endif + pos = (char *)&line; +#ifdef YP + if (*pos == '+') { + _netgr_yp_enabled = 1; + continue; + } +#endif + if (*pos == '#') + continue; + while (*pos == ' ' || *pos == '\t') + pos++; + spos = pos; + while (*pos != ' ' && *pos != '\t' && *pos != '\n' && + *pos != '\0') + pos++; + len = pos - spos; + while (*pos == ' ' || *pos == '\t') + pos++; + if (*pos != '\n' && *pos != '\0') { + lp = (struct linelist *)malloc(sizeof (*lp)); + lp->l_parsed = 0; + lp->l_groupname = (char *)malloc(len + 1); + bcopy(spos, lp->l_groupname, len); + *(lp->l_groupname + len) = '\0'; + len = strlen(pos); + olen = 0; + + /* + * Loop around handling line continuations. + */ + do { + if (*(pos + len - 1) == '\n') + len--; + if (*(pos + len - 1) == '\\') { + len--; + cont = 1; + } else + cont = 0; + if (len > 0) { + linep = (char *)malloc(olen + len + 1); + if (olen > 0) { + bcopy(olinep, linep, olen); + free(olinep); + } + bcopy(pos, linep + olen, len); + olen += len; + *(linep + olen) = '\0'; + olinep = linep; + } + if (cont) { + if (fgets(line, LINSIZ, netf)) { + pos = line; + len = strlen(pos); + } else + cont = 0; + } + } while (cont); + lp->l_line = linep; + lp->l_next = linehead; + linehead = lp; + + /* + * If this is the one we wanted, we are done. + */ + if (!strcmp(lp->l_groupname, group)) + return (lp); + } + } +#ifdef YP + /* + * Yucky. The recursive nature of this whole mess might require + * us to make more than one pass through the netgroup file. + * This might be best left outside the #ifdef YP, but YP is + * defined by default anyway, so I'll leave it like this + * until I know better. + */ + rewind(netf); +#endif + return ((struct linelist *)0); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getosreldate.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getosreldate.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff4d10e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getosreldate.3 @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2002 The FreeBSD Project. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd December 2, 2005 +.Dt GETOSRELDATE 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getosreldate +.Nd get the value of +.Dv __FreeBSD_version +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In osreldate.h +.Ft int +.Fn getosreldate void +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getosreldate +function returns an integer showing the version of the +currently running +.Fx +kernel. +Definitions of the values can be found in +.%B "The Porter's Handbook" +which is usually installed at +.Pa /usr/share/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/ . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +Upon successful completion, +.Fn getosreldate +returns the value requested; +otherwise the value \-1 is returned and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error. +.Sh ENVIRONMENT +.Bl -tag -width ".Ev OSVERSION" +.It Ev OSVERSION +If the environment variable +.Ev OSVERSION +is set, it will override the +.Fn getosreldate +return value. +.El +.Sh EXAMPLES +An example can be found in +.Pa /usr/share/examples/FreeBSD_version . +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn getosreldate +function may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library function +.Xr sysctl 3 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Rs +.%B "The Porter's Handbook" +.%O /usr/share/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters\-handbook/ +.Re +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getosreldate +function appeared in +.Fx 2.0 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getosreldate.c b/lib/libc/gen/getosreldate.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..086da6a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getosreldate.c @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)gethostid.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include <osreldate.h> + +int +getosreldate(void) +{ + int mib[2]; + size_t size; + int value; + + char *temp; + + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_OSRELDATE; + size = sizeof value; + if (sysctl(mib, 2, &value, &size, NULL, 0) == -1) + return (-1); + if ((temp = getenv("OSVERSION"))) + value = atoi(temp); + return (value); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getpagesize.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getpagesize.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8369a85 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getpagesize.3 @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)getpagesize.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt GETPAGESIZE 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getpagesize +.Nd get system page size +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft int +.Fn getpagesize void +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getpagesize +function +returns the number of bytes in a page. +Page granularity is the granularity of many of the memory +management calls. +.Pp +The page size is a system +page size and may not be the same as the underlying +hardware page size. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr pagesize 1 , +.Xr sbrk 2 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getpagesize +function appeared in +.Bx 4.2 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getpagesize.c b/lib/libc/gen/getpagesize.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d796b9d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getpagesize.c @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getpagesize.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> + +#include <unistd.h> + +/* + * This is unlikely to change over the running time of any + * program, so we cache the result to save some syscalls. + * + * NB: This function may be called from malloc(3) at initialization + * NB: so must not result in a malloc(3) related call! + */ + +int +getpagesize() +{ + int mib[2]; + static int value; + size_t size; + + if (!value) { + mib[0] = CTL_HW; + mib[1] = HW_PAGESIZE; + size = sizeof value; + if (sysctl(mib, 2, &value, &size, NULL, 0) == -1) + return (-1); + } + return (value); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getpass.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getpass.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..85dcdce --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getpass.3 @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)getpass.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt GETPASS 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getpass +.Nd get a password +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In pwd.h +.In unistd.h +.Ft char * +.Fn getpass "const char *prompt" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getpass +function displays a prompt to, and reads in a password from, +.Pa /dev/tty . +If this file is not accessible, +.Fn getpass +displays the prompt on the standard error output and reads from the standard +input. +.Pp +The password may be up to _PASSWORD_LEN (currently 128) +characters in length. +Any additional +characters and the terminating newline character are discarded. +.Pp +The +.Fn getpass +function turns off character echoing while reading the password. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn getpass +function returns a pointer to the null terminated password. +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width /dev/tty -compact +.It Pa /dev/tty +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr crypt 3 , +.Xr readpassphrase 3 +.Sh HISTORY +A +.Fn getpass +function appeared in +.At v7 . +.Sh BUGS +The +.Fn getpass +function leaves its result in an internal static object and returns +a pointer to that object. +Subsequent calls to +.Fn getpass +will modify the same object. +.Pp +The calling process should zero the password as soon as possible to +avoid leaving the cleartext password visible in the process's address +space. +.Pp +Upon receipt of a SIGTSTP, the input buffer will be flushed, so any +partially typed password must be retyped when the process +continues. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getpeereid.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getpeereid.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12999e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getpeereid.3 @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Dima Dorfman. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd July 15, 2001 +.Dt GETPEEREID 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getpeereid +.Nd get the effective credentials of a UNIX-domain peer +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/types.h +.In unistd.h +.Ft int +.Fn getpeereid "int s" "uid_t *euid" "gid_t *egid" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getpeereid +function returns the effective user and group IDs of the +peer connected to a +.Ux Ns -domain +socket. +The argument +.Fa s +must be a +.Ux Ns -domain +socket +.Pq Xr unix 4 +of type +.Dv SOCK_STREAM +on which either +.Xr connect 2 +or +.Xr listen 2 +have been called. +The effective used ID is placed in +.Fa euid , +and the effective group ID in +.Fa egid . +.Pp +The credentials returned to the +.Xr listen 2 +caller are those of its peer at the time it called +.Xr connect 2 ; +the credentials returned to the +.Xr connect 2 +caller are those of its peer at the time it called +.Xr listen 2 . +This mechanism is reliable; there is no way for either side to influence +the credentials returned to its peer except by calling the appropriate +system call (i.e., either +.Xr connect 2 +or +.Xr listen 2 ) +under different effective credentials. +.Pp +One common use of this routine is for a +.Ux Ns -domain +server +to verify the credentials of its client. +Likewise, the client can verify the credentials of the server. +.Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES +On +.Fx , +.Fn getpeereid +is implemented in terms of the +.Dv LOCAL_PEERCRED +.Xr unix 4 +socket option. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std getpeereid +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn getpeereid +function +fails if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EBADF +The argument +.Fa s +is not a valid descriptor. +.It Bq Er ENOTSOCK +The argument +.Fa s +is a file, not a socket. +.It Bq Er ENOTCONN +The argument +.Fa s +does not refer to a socket on which +.Xr connect 2 +or +.Xr listen 2 +have been called. +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The argument +.Fa s +does not refer to a socket of type +.Dv SOCK_STREAM , +or the kernel returned invalid data. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr connect 2 , +.Xr getpeername 2 , +.Xr getsockname 2 , +.Xr getsockopt 2 , +.Xr listen 2 , +.Xr unix 4 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getpeereid +function appeared in +.Fx 4.6 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getpeereid.c b/lib/libc/gen/getpeereid.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ecb243 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getpeereid.c @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2001 Dima Dorfman. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/socket.h> +#include <sys/ucred.h> +#include <sys/un.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +int +getpeereid(int s, uid_t *euid, gid_t *egid) +{ + struct xucred xuc; + socklen_t xuclen; + int error; + + xuclen = sizeof(xuc); + error = getsockopt(s, 0, LOCAL_PEERCRED, &xuc, &xuclen); + if (error != 0) + return (error); + if (xuc.cr_version != XUCRED_VERSION) + return (EINVAL); + *euid = xuc.cr_uid; + *egid = xuc.cr_gid; + return (0); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getprogname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getprogname.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53d39a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getprogname.3 @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Christopher G. Demetriou +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +.\" must display the following acknowledgement: +.\" This product includes software developed for the +.\" NetBSD Project. See http://www.netbsd.org/ for +.\" information about NetBSD. +.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products +.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd May 1, 2001 +.Dt GETPROGNAME 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getprogname , +.Nm setprogname +.Nd get or set the program name +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In stdlib.h +.Ft const char * +.Fn getprogname "void" +.Ft void +.Fn setprogname "const char *progname" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getprogname +and +.Fn setprogname +functions manipulate the name of the current program. +They are used by error-reporting routines to produce +consistent output. +.Pp +The +.Fn getprogname +function returns the name of the program. +If the name has not been set yet, it will return +.Dv NULL . +.Pp +The +.Fn setprogname +function sets the name of the program to be the last component of the +.Fa progname +argument. +Since a pointer to the given string is kept as the program name, +it should not be modified for the rest of the program's lifetime. +.Pp +In +.Fx , +the name of the program is set by the start-up code that is run before +.Fn main ; +thus, +running +.Fn setprogname +is not necessary. +Programs that desire maximum portability should still call it; +on another operating system, +these functions may be implemented in a portability library. +Calling +.Fn setprogname +allows the aforementioned library to learn the program name without +modifications to the start-up code. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr err 3 , +.Xr setproctitle 3 +.Sh HISTORY +These functions first appeared in +.Nx 1.6 , +and made their way into +.Fx 4.4 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getprogname.c b/lib/libc/gen/getprogname.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd51d13 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getprogname.c @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <stdlib.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#include "libc_private.h" + +__weak_reference(_getprogname, getprogname); + +const char * +_getprogname(void) +{ + + return (__progname); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65092ab --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.3 @@ -0,0 +1,315 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" From: @(#)getpwent.3 8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd April 16, 2003 +.Dt GETPWENT 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getpwent , +.Nm getpwent_r , +.Nm getpwnam , +.Nm getpwnam_r , +.Nm getpwuid , +.Nm getpwuid_r , +.Nm setpassent , +.Nm setpwent , +.Nm endpwent +.Nd password database operations +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/types.h +.In pwd.h +.Ft struct passwd * +.Fn getpwent void +.Ft int +.Fn getpwent_r "struct passwd *pwd" "char *buffer" "size_t bufsize" "struct passwd **result" +.Ft struct passwd * +.Fn getpwnam "const char *login" +.Ft int +.Fn getpwnam_r "const char *name" "struct passwd *pwd" "char *buffer" "size_t bufsize" "struct passwd **result" +.Ft struct passwd * +.Fn getpwuid "uid_t uid" +.Ft int +.Fn getpwuid_r "uid_t uid" "struct passwd *pwd" "char *buffer" "size_t bufsize" "struct passwd **result" +.Ft int +.Fn setpassent "int stayopen" +.Ft void +.Fn setpwent void +.Ft void +.Fn endpwent void +.Sh DESCRIPTION +These functions +operate on the password database file +which is described +in +.Xr passwd 5 . +Each entry in the database is defined by the structure +.Vt passwd +found in the include +file +.In pwd.h : +.Bd -literal -offset indent +struct passwd { + char *pw_name; /* user name */ + char *pw_passwd; /* encrypted password */ + uid_t pw_uid; /* user uid */ + gid_t pw_gid; /* user gid */ + time_t pw_change; /* password change time */ + char *pw_class; /* user access class */ + char *pw_gecos; /* Honeywell login info */ + char *pw_dir; /* home directory */ + char *pw_shell; /* default shell */ + time_t pw_expire; /* account expiration */ + int pw_fields; /* internal: fields filled in */ +}; +.Ed +.Pp +The functions +.Fn getpwnam +and +.Fn getpwuid +search the password database for the given login name or user uid, +respectively, always returning the first one encountered. +.Pp +The +.Fn getpwent +function +sequentially reads the password database and is intended for programs +that wish to process the complete list of users. +.Pp +The functions +.Fn getpwent_r , +.Fn getpwnam_r , +and +.Fn getpwuid_r +are thread-safe versions of +.Fn getpwent , +.Fn getpwnam , +and +.Fn getpwuid , +respectively. +The caller must provide storage for the results of the search in +the +.Fa pwd , +.Fa buffer , +.Fa bufsize , +and +.Fa result +arguments. +When these functions are successful, the +.Fa pwd +argument will be filled-in, and a pointer to that argument will be +stored in +.Fa result . +If an entry is not found or an error occurs, +.Fa result +will be set to +.Dv NULL . +.Pp +The +.Fn setpassent +function +accomplishes two purposes. +First, it causes +.Fn getpwent +to ``rewind'' to the beginning of the database. +Additionally, if +.Fa stayopen +is non-zero, file descriptors are left open, significantly speeding +up subsequent accesses for all of the routines. +(This latter functionality is unnecessary for +.Fn getpwent +as it does not close its file descriptors by default.) +.Pp +It is dangerous for long-running programs to keep the file descriptors +open as the database will become out of date if it is updated while the +program is running. +.Pp +The +.Fn setpwent +function +is identical to +.Fn setpassent +with an argument of zero. +.Pp +The +.Fn endpwent +function +closes any open files. +.Pp +These routines have been written to ``shadow'' the password file, e.g.\& +allow only certain programs to have access to the encrypted password. +If the process which calls them has an effective uid of 0, the encrypted +password will be returned, otherwise, the password field of the returned +structure will point to the string +.Ql * . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The functions +.Fn getpwent , +.Fn getpwnam , +and +.Fn getpwuid +return a valid pointer to a passwd structure on success +or +.Dv NULL +if the entry is not found or if an error occurs. +If an error does occur, +.Va errno +will be set. +Note that programs must explicitly set +.Va errno +to zero before calling any of these functions if they need to +distinguish between a non-existent entry and an error. +The functions +.Fn getpwent_r , +.Fn getpwnam_r , +and +.Fn getpwuid_r +return 0 if no error occurred, or an error number to indicate failure. +It is not an error if a matching entry is not found. +(Thus, if +.Fa result +is +.Dv NULL +and the return value is 0, no matching entry exists.) +.Pp +The +.Fn setpassent +function returns 0 on failure and 1 on success. +The +.Fn endpwent +and +.Fn setpwent +functions +have no return value. +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width /etc/master.passwd -compact +.It Pa /etc/pwd.db +The insecure password database file +.It Pa /etc/spwd.db +The secure password database file +.It Pa /etc/master.passwd +The current password file +.It Pa /etc/passwd +A Version 7 format password file +.El +.Sh COMPATIBILITY +The historic function +.Xr setpwfile 3 , +which allowed the specification of alternate password databases, +has been deprecated and is no longer available. +.Sh ERRORS +These routines may fail for any of the errors specified in +.Xr open 2 , +.Xr dbopen 3 , +.Xr socket 2 , +and +.Xr connect 2 , +in addition to the following: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er ERANGE +The buffer specified by the +.Fa buffer +and +.Fa bufsize +arguments was insufficiently sized to store the result. +The caller should retry with a larger buffer. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr getlogin 2 , +.Xr getgrent 3 , +.Xr nsswitch.conf 5 , +.Xr passwd 5 , +.Xr pwd_mkdb 8 , +.Xr vipw 8 , +.Xr yp 8 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn getpwent , +.Fn getpwnam , +.Fn getpwnam_r , +.Fn getpwuid , +.Fn getpwuid_r , +.Fn setpwent , +and +.Fn endpwent +functions conform to +.St -p1003.1-96 . +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getpwent , +.Fn getpwnam , +.Fn getpwuid , +.Fn setpwent , +and +.Fn endpwent +functions appeared in +.At v7 . +The +.Fn setpassent +function appeared in +.Bx 4.3 Reno . +The +.Fn getpwent_r , +.Fn getpwnam_r , +and +.Fn getpwuid_r +functions appeared in +.Fx 5.1 . +.Sh BUGS +The functions +.Fn getpwent , +.Fn getpwnam , +and +.Fn getpwuid , +leave their results in an internal static object and return +a pointer to that object. +Subsequent calls to +the same function +will modify the same object. +.Pp +The functions +.Fn getpwent , +.Fn getpwent_r , +.Fn endpwent , +.Fn setpassent , +and +.Fn setpwent +are fairly useless in a networked environment and should be +avoided, if possible. +The +.Fn getpwent +and +.Fn getpwent_r +functions +make no attempt to suppress duplicate information if multiple +sources are specified in +.Xr nsswitch.conf 5 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.c b/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f729cdf --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.c @@ -0,0 +1,2009 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2003 Networks Associates Technology, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software was developed for the FreeBSD Project by + * Jacques A. Vidrine, Safeport Network Services, and Network + * Associates Laboratories, the Security Research Division of Network + * Associates, Inc. under DARPA/SPAWAR contract N66001-01-C-8035 + * ("CBOSS"), as part of the DARPA CHATS research program. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#ifdef YP +#include <rpc/rpc.h> +#include <rpcsvc/yp_prot.h> +#include <rpcsvc/ypclnt.h> +#endif +#include <arpa/inet.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#ifdef HESIOD +#include <hesiod.h> +#endif +#include <netdb.h> +#include <nsswitch.h> +#include <pthread.h> +#include <pthread_np.h> +#include <pwd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <syslog.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" +#include <db.h> +#include "libc_private.h" +#include "pw_scan.h" +#include "nss_tls.h" +#ifdef NS_CACHING +#include "nscache.h" +#endif + +#ifndef CTASSERT +#define CTASSERT(x) _CTASSERT(x, __LINE__) +#define _CTASSERT(x, y) __CTASSERT(x, y) +#define __CTASSERT(x, y) typedef char __assert_ ## y [(x) ? 1 : -1] +#endif + +/* Counter as stored in /etc/pwd.db */ +typedef int pwkeynum; + +CTASSERT(MAXLOGNAME > sizeof(uid_t)); +CTASSERT(MAXLOGNAME > sizeof(pwkeynum)); + +enum constants { + PWD_STORAGE_INITIAL = 1 << 10, /* 1 KByte */ + PWD_STORAGE_MAX = 1 << 20, /* 1 MByte */ + SETPWENT = 1, + ENDPWENT = 2, + HESIOD_NAME_MAX = 256 +}; + +static const ns_src defaultsrc[] = { + { NSSRC_COMPAT, NS_SUCCESS }, + { NULL, 0 } +}; + +int __pw_match_entry(const char *, size_t, enum nss_lookup_type, + const char *, uid_t); +int __pw_parse_entry(char *, size_t, struct passwd *, int, int *errnop); + +static void pwd_init(struct passwd *); + +union key { + const char *name; + uid_t uid; +}; + +static struct passwd *getpw(int (*fn)(union key, struct passwd *, char *, + size_t, struct passwd **), union key); +static int wrap_getpwnam_r(union key, struct passwd *, char *, + size_t, struct passwd **); +static int wrap_getpwuid_r(union key, struct passwd *, char *, size_t, + struct passwd **); +static int wrap_getpwent_r(union key, struct passwd *, char *, size_t, + struct passwd **); + +static int pwdb_match_entry_v3(char *, size_t, enum nss_lookup_type, + const char *, uid_t); +static int pwdb_parse_entry_v3(char *, size_t, struct passwd *, int *); +static int pwdb_match_entry_v4(char *, size_t, enum nss_lookup_type, + const char *, uid_t); +static int pwdb_parse_entry_v4(char *, size_t, struct passwd *, int *); + + +struct { + int (*match)(char *, size_t, enum nss_lookup_type, const char *, + uid_t); + int (*parse)(char *, size_t, struct passwd *, int *); +} pwdb_versions[] = { + { NULL, NULL }, /* version 0 */ + { NULL, NULL }, /* version 1 */ + { NULL, NULL }, /* version 2 */ + { pwdb_match_entry_v3, pwdb_parse_entry_v3 }, /* version 3 */ + { pwdb_match_entry_v4, pwdb_parse_entry_v4 }, /* version 4 */ +}; + + +struct files_state { + DB *db; + pwkeynum keynum; + int stayopen; + int version; +}; +static void files_endstate(void *); +NSS_TLS_HANDLING(files); +static DB *pwdbopen(int *); +static void files_endstate(void *); +static int files_setpwent(void *, void *, va_list); +static int files_passwd(void *, void *, va_list); + + +#ifdef HESIOD +struct dns_state { + long counter; +}; +static void dns_endstate(void *); +NSS_TLS_HANDLING(dns); +static int dns_setpwent(void *, void *, va_list); +static int dns_passwd(void *, void *, va_list); +#endif + + +#ifdef YP +struct nis_state { + char domain[MAXHOSTNAMELEN]; + int done; + char *key; + int keylen; +}; +static void nis_endstate(void *); +NSS_TLS_HANDLING(nis); +static int nis_setpwent(void *, void *, va_list); +static int nis_passwd(void *, void *, va_list); +static int nis_map(char *, enum nss_lookup_type, char *, size_t, int *); +static int nis_adjunct(char *, const char *, char *, size_t); +#endif + + +struct compat_state { + DB *db; + pwkeynum keynum; + int stayopen; + int version; + DB *exclude; + struct passwd template; + char *name; + enum _compat { + COMPAT_MODE_OFF = 0, + COMPAT_MODE_ALL, + COMPAT_MODE_NAME, + COMPAT_MODE_NETGROUP + } compat; +}; +static void compat_endstate(void *); +NSS_TLS_HANDLING(compat); +static int compat_setpwent(void *, void *, va_list); +static int compat_passwd(void *, void *, va_list); +static void compat_clear_template(struct passwd *); +static int compat_set_template(struct passwd *, struct passwd *); +static int compat_use_template(struct passwd *, struct passwd *, char *, + size_t); +static int compat_redispatch(struct compat_state *, enum nss_lookup_type, + enum nss_lookup_type, const char *, const char *, uid_t, + struct passwd *, char *, size_t, int *); + +#ifdef NS_CACHING +static int pwd_id_func(char *, size_t *, va_list ap, void *); +static int pwd_marshal_func(char *, size_t *, void *, va_list, void *); +static int pwd_unmarshal_func(char *, size_t, void *, va_list, void *); + +static int +pwd_id_func(char *buffer, size_t *buffer_size, va_list ap, void *cache_mdata) +{ + char *name; + uid_t uid; + size_t size, desired_size; + int res = NS_UNAVAIL; + enum nss_lookup_type lookup_type; + + lookup_type = (enum nss_lookup_type)cache_mdata; + switch (lookup_type) { + case nss_lt_name: + name = va_arg(ap, char *); + size = strlen(name); + desired_size = sizeof(enum nss_lookup_type) + size + 1; + if (desired_size > *buffer_size) { + res = NS_RETURN; + goto fin; + } + + memcpy(buffer, &lookup_type, sizeof(enum nss_lookup_type)); + memcpy(buffer + sizeof(enum nss_lookup_type), name, size + 1); + + res = NS_SUCCESS; + break; + case nss_lt_id: + uid = va_arg(ap, uid_t); + desired_size = sizeof(enum nss_lookup_type) + sizeof(uid_t); + if (desired_size > *buffer_size) { + res = NS_RETURN; + goto fin; + } + + memcpy(buffer, &lookup_type, sizeof(enum nss_lookup_type)); + memcpy(buffer + sizeof(enum nss_lookup_type), &uid, + sizeof(uid_t)); + + res = NS_SUCCESS; + break; + default: + /* should be unreachable */ + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + } + +fin: + *buffer_size = desired_size; + return (res); +} + +static int +pwd_marshal_func(char *buffer, size_t *buffer_size, void *retval, va_list ap, + void *cache_mdata) +{ + char *name; + uid_t uid; + struct passwd *pwd; + char *orig_buf; + size_t orig_buf_size; + + struct passwd new_pwd; + size_t desired_size, size; + char *p; + + switch ((enum nss_lookup_type)cache_mdata) { + case nss_lt_name: + name = va_arg(ap, char *); + break; + case nss_lt_id: + uid = va_arg(ap, uid_t); + break; + case nss_lt_all: + break; + default: + /* should be unreachable */ + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + } + + pwd = va_arg(ap, struct passwd *); + orig_buf = va_arg(ap, char *); + orig_buf_size = va_arg(ap, size_t); + + desired_size = sizeof(struct passwd) + sizeof(char *) + + strlen(pwd->pw_name) + 1; + if (pwd->pw_passwd != NULL) + desired_size += strlen(pwd->pw_passwd) + 1; + if (pwd->pw_class != NULL) + desired_size += strlen(pwd->pw_class) + 1; + if (pwd->pw_gecos != NULL) + desired_size += strlen(pwd->pw_gecos) + 1; + if (pwd->pw_dir != NULL) + desired_size += strlen(pwd->pw_dir) + 1; + if (pwd->pw_shell != NULL) + desired_size += strlen(pwd->pw_shell) + 1; + + if (*buffer_size < desired_size) { + /* this assignment is here for future use */ + *buffer_size = desired_size; + return (NS_RETURN); + } + + memcpy(&new_pwd, pwd, sizeof(struct passwd)); + memset(buffer, 0, desired_size); + + *buffer_size = desired_size; + p = buffer + sizeof(struct passwd) + sizeof(char *); + memcpy(buffer + sizeof(struct passwd), &p, sizeof(char *)); + + if (new_pwd.pw_name != NULL) { + size = strlen(new_pwd.pw_name); + memcpy(p, new_pwd.pw_name, size); + new_pwd.pw_name = p; + p += size + 1; + } + + if (new_pwd.pw_passwd != NULL) { + size = strlen(new_pwd.pw_passwd); + memcpy(p, new_pwd.pw_passwd, size); + new_pwd.pw_passwd = p; + p += size + 1; + } + + if (new_pwd.pw_class != NULL) { + size = strlen(new_pwd.pw_class); + memcpy(p, new_pwd.pw_class, size); + new_pwd.pw_class = p; + p += size + 1; + } + + if (new_pwd.pw_gecos != NULL) { + size = strlen(new_pwd.pw_gecos); + memcpy(p, new_pwd.pw_gecos, size); + new_pwd.pw_gecos = p; + p += size + 1; + } + + if (new_pwd.pw_dir != NULL) { + size = strlen(new_pwd.pw_dir); + memcpy(p, new_pwd.pw_dir, size); + new_pwd.pw_dir = p; + p += size + 1; + } + + if (new_pwd.pw_shell != NULL) { + size = strlen(new_pwd.pw_shell); + memcpy(p, new_pwd.pw_shell, size); + new_pwd.pw_shell = p; + p += size + 1; + } + + memcpy(buffer, &new_pwd, sizeof(struct passwd)); + return (NS_SUCCESS); +} + +static int +pwd_unmarshal_func(char *buffer, size_t buffer_size, void *retval, va_list ap, + void *cache_mdata) +{ + char *name; + uid_t uid; + struct passwd *pwd; + char *orig_buf; + size_t orig_buf_size; + int *ret_errno; + + char *p; + + switch ((enum nss_lookup_type)cache_mdata) { + case nss_lt_name: + name = va_arg(ap, char *); + break; + case nss_lt_id: + uid = va_arg(ap, uid_t); + break; + case nss_lt_all: + break; + default: + /* should be unreachable */ + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + } + + pwd = va_arg(ap, struct passwd *); + orig_buf = va_arg(ap, char *); + orig_buf_size = va_arg(ap, size_t); + ret_errno = va_arg(ap, int *); + + if (orig_buf_size < + buffer_size - sizeof(struct passwd) - sizeof(char *)) { + *ret_errno = ERANGE; + return (NS_RETURN); + } + + memcpy(pwd, buffer, sizeof(struct passwd)); + memcpy(&p, buffer + sizeof(struct passwd), sizeof(char *)); + memcpy(orig_buf, buffer + sizeof(struct passwd) + sizeof(char *), + buffer_size - sizeof(struct passwd) - sizeof(char *)); + + NS_APPLY_OFFSET(pwd->pw_name, orig_buf, p, char *); + NS_APPLY_OFFSET(pwd->pw_passwd, orig_buf, p, char *); + NS_APPLY_OFFSET(pwd->pw_class, orig_buf, p, char *); + NS_APPLY_OFFSET(pwd->pw_gecos, orig_buf, p, char *); + NS_APPLY_OFFSET(pwd->pw_dir, orig_buf, p, char *); + NS_APPLY_OFFSET(pwd->pw_shell, orig_buf, p, char *); + + if (retval != NULL) + *((struct passwd **)retval) = pwd; + + return (NS_SUCCESS); +} + +NSS_MP_CACHE_HANDLING(passwd); +#endif /* NS_CACHING */ + +void +setpwent(void) +{ +#ifdef NS_CACHING + static const nss_cache_info cache_info = NS_MP_CACHE_INFO_INITIALIZER( + passwd, (void *)nss_lt_all, + NULL, NULL); +#endif + + static const ns_dtab dtab[] = { + { NSSRC_FILES, files_setpwent, (void *)SETPWENT }, +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_setpwent, (void *)SETPWENT }, +#endif +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_setpwent, (void *)SETPWENT }, +#endif + { NSSRC_COMPAT, compat_setpwent, (void *)SETPWENT }, +#ifdef NS_CACHING + NS_CACHE_CB(&cache_info) +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } + }; + (void)_nsdispatch(NULL, dtab, NSDB_PASSWD, "setpwent", defaultsrc, 0); +} + + +int +setpassent(int stayopen) +{ +#ifdef NS_CACHING + static const nss_cache_info cache_info = NS_MP_CACHE_INFO_INITIALIZER( + passwd, (void *)nss_lt_all, + NULL, NULL); +#endif + + static const ns_dtab dtab[] = { + { NSSRC_FILES, files_setpwent, (void *)SETPWENT }, +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_setpwent, (void *)SETPWENT }, +#endif +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_setpwent, (void *)SETPWENT }, +#endif + { NSSRC_COMPAT, compat_setpwent, (void *)SETPWENT }, +#ifdef NS_CACHING + NS_CACHE_CB(&cache_info) +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } + }; + (void)_nsdispatch(NULL, dtab, NSDB_PASSWD, "setpwent", defaultsrc, + stayopen); + return (1); +} + + +void +endpwent(void) +{ +#ifdef NS_CACHING + static const nss_cache_info cache_info = NS_MP_CACHE_INFO_INITIALIZER( + passwd, (void *)nss_lt_all, + NULL, NULL); +#endif + + static const ns_dtab dtab[] = { + { NSSRC_FILES, files_setpwent, (void *)ENDPWENT }, +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_setpwent, (void *)ENDPWENT }, +#endif +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_setpwent, (void *)ENDPWENT }, +#endif + { NSSRC_COMPAT, compat_setpwent, (void *)ENDPWENT }, +#ifdef NS_CACHING + NS_CACHE_CB(&cache_info) +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } + }; + (void)_nsdispatch(NULL, dtab, NSDB_PASSWD, "endpwent", defaultsrc); +} + + +int +getpwent_r(struct passwd *pwd, char *buffer, size_t bufsize, + struct passwd **result) +{ +#ifdef NS_CACHING + static const nss_cache_info cache_info = NS_MP_CACHE_INFO_INITIALIZER( + passwd, (void *)nss_lt_all, + pwd_marshal_func, pwd_unmarshal_func); +#endif + + static const ns_dtab dtab[] = { + { NSSRC_FILES, files_passwd, (void *)nss_lt_all }, +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_passwd, (void *)nss_lt_all }, +#endif +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_passwd, (void *)nss_lt_all }, +#endif + { NSSRC_COMPAT, compat_passwd, (void *)nss_lt_all }, +#ifdef NS_CACHING + NS_CACHE_CB(&cache_info) +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } + }; + int rv, ret_errno; + + pwd_init(pwd); + ret_errno = 0; + *result = NULL; + rv = _nsdispatch(result, dtab, NSDB_PASSWD, "getpwent_r", defaultsrc, + pwd, buffer, bufsize, &ret_errno); + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS) + return (0); + else + return (ret_errno); +} + + +int +getpwnam_r(const char *name, struct passwd *pwd, char *buffer, size_t bufsize, + struct passwd **result) +{ +#ifdef NS_CACHING + static const nss_cache_info cache_info = + NS_COMMON_CACHE_INFO_INITIALIZER( + passwd, (void *)nss_lt_name, + pwd_id_func, pwd_marshal_func, pwd_unmarshal_func); +#endif + + static const ns_dtab dtab[] = { + { NSSRC_FILES, files_passwd, (void *)nss_lt_name }, +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_passwd, (void *)nss_lt_name }, +#endif +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_passwd, (void *)nss_lt_name }, +#endif + { NSSRC_COMPAT, compat_passwd, (void *)nss_lt_name }, +#ifdef NS_CACHING + NS_CACHE_CB(&cache_info) +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } + }; + int rv, ret_errno; + + pwd_init(pwd); + ret_errno = 0; + *result = NULL; + rv = _nsdispatch(result, dtab, NSDB_PASSWD, "getpwnam_r", defaultsrc, + name, pwd, buffer, bufsize, &ret_errno); + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS) + return (0); + else + return (ret_errno); +} + + +int +getpwuid_r(uid_t uid, struct passwd *pwd, char *buffer, size_t bufsize, + struct passwd **result) +{ +#ifdef NS_CACHING + static const nss_cache_info cache_info = + NS_COMMON_CACHE_INFO_INITIALIZER( + passwd, (void *)nss_lt_id, + pwd_id_func, pwd_marshal_func, pwd_unmarshal_func); +#endif + + static const ns_dtab dtab[] = { + { NSSRC_FILES, files_passwd, (void *)nss_lt_id }, +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_passwd, (void *)nss_lt_id }, +#endif +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_passwd, (void *)nss_lt_id }, +#endif + { NSSRC_COMPAT, compat_passwd, (void *)nss_lt_id }, +#ifdef NS_CACHING + NS_CACHE_CB(&cache_info) +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } + }; + int rv, ret_errno; + + pwd_init(pwd); + ret_errno = 0; + *result = NULL; + rv = _nsdispatch(result, dtab, NSDB_PASSWD, "getpwuid_r", defaultsrc, + uid, pwd, buffer, bufsize, &ret_errno); + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS) + return (0); + else + return (ret_errno); +} + + +static void +pwd_init(struct passwd *pwd) +{ + static char nul[] = ""; + + memset(pwd, 0, sizeof(*pwd)); + pwd->pw_uid = (uid_t)-1; /* Considered least likely to lead to */ + pwd->pw_gid = (gid_t)-1; /* a security issue. */ + pwd->pw_name = nul; + pwd->pw_passwd = nul; + pwd->pw_class = nul; + pwd->pw_gecos = nul; + pwd->pw_dir = nul; + pwd->pw_shell = nul; +} + + +static struct passwd pwd; +static char *pwd_storage; +static size_t pwd_storage_size; + + +static struct passwd * +getpw(int (*fn)(union key, struct passwd *, char *, size_t, struct passwd **), + union key key) +{ + int rv; + struct passwd *res; + + if (pwd_storage == NULL) { + pwd_storage = malloc(PWD_STORAGE_INITIAL); + if (pwd_storage == NULL) + return (NULL); + pwd_storage_size = PWD_STORAGE_INITIAL; + } + do { + rv = fn(key, &pwd, pwd_storage, pwd_storage_size, &res); + if (res == NULL && rv == ERANGE) { + free(pwd_storage); + if ((pwd_storage_size << 1) > PWD_STORAGE_MAX) { + pwd_storage = NULL; + errno = ERANGE; + return (NULL); + } + pwd_storage_size <<= 1; + pwd_storage = malloc(pwd_storage_size); + if (pwd_storage == NULL) + return (NULL); + } + } while (res == NULL && rv == ERANGE); + if (rv != 0) + errno = rv; + return (res); +} + + +static int +wrap_getpwnam_r(union key key, struct passwd *pwd, char *buffer, + size_t bufsize, struct passwd **res) +{ + return (getpwnam_r(key.name, pwd, buffer, bufsize, res)); +} + + +static int +wrap_getpwuid_r(union key key, struct passwd *pwd, char *buffer, + size_t bufsize, struct passwd **res) +{ + return (getpwuid_r(key.uid, pwd, buffer, bufsize, res)); +} + + +static int +wrap_getpwent_r(union key key __unused, struct passwd *pwd, char *buffer, + size_t bufsize, struct passwd **res) +{ + return (getpwent_r(pwd, buffer, bufsize, res)); +} + + +struct passwd * +getpwnam(const char *name) +{ + union key key; + + key.name = name; + return (getpw(wrap_getpwnam_r, key)); +} + + +struct passwd * +getpwuid(uid_t uid) +{ + union key key; + + key.uid = uid; + return (getpw(wrap_getpwuid_r, key)); +} + + +struct passwd * +getpwent(void) +{ + union key key; + + key.uid = 0; /* not used */ + return (getpw(wrap_getpwent_r, key)); +} + + +/* + * files backend + */ +static DB * +pwdbopen(int *version) +{ + DB *res; + DBT key, entry; + int rv; + + if (geteuid() != 0 || + (res = dbopen(_PATH_SMP_DB, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_HASH, NULL)) == NULL) + res = dbopen(_PATH_MP_DB, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_HASH, NULL); + if (res == NULL) + return (NULL); + key.data = _PWD_VERSION_KEY; + key.size = strlen(_PWD_VERSION_KEY); + rv = res->get(res, &key, &entry, 0); + if (rv == 0) + *version = *(unsigned char *)entry.data; + else + *version = 3; + if (*version < 3 || + *version >= sizeof(pwdb_versions)/sizeof(pwdb_versions[0])) { + syslog(LOG_CRIT, "Unsupported password database version %d", + *version); + res->close(res); + res = NULL; + } + return (res); +} + + +static void +files_endstate(void *p) +{ + DB *db; + + if (p == NULL) + return; + db = ((struct files_state *)p)->db; + if (db != NULL) + db->close(db); + free(p); +} + + +static int +files_setpwent(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + struct files_state *st; + int rv, stayopen; + + rv = files_getstate(&st); + if (rv != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + switch ((enum constants)mdata) { + case SETPWENT: + stayopen = va_arg(ap, int); + st->keynum = 0; + if (stayopen) + st->db = pwdbopen(&st->version); + st->stayopen = stayopen; + break; + case ENDPWENT: + if (st->db != NULL) { + (void)st->db->close(st->db); + st->db = NULL; + } + break; + default: + break; + } + return (NS_UNAVAIL); +} + + +static int +files_passwd(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + char keybuf[MAXLOGNAME + 1]; + DBT key, entry; + struct files_state *st; + enum nss_lookup_type how; + const char *name; + struct passwd *pwd; + char *buffer; + size_t bufsize, namesize; + uid_t uid; + uint32_t store; + int rv, stayopen, *errnop; + + name = NULL; + uid = (uid_t)-1; + how = (enum nss_lookup_type)mdata; + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + name = va_arg(ap, const char *); + keybuf[0] = _PW_KEYBYNAME; + break; + case nss_lt_id: + uid = va_arg(ap, uid_t); + keybuf[0] = _PW_KEYBYUID; + break; + case nss_lt_all: + keybuf[0] = _PW_KEYBYNUM; + break; + default: + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + goto fin; + } + pwd = va_arg(ap, struct passwd *); + buffer = va_arg(ap, char *); + bufsize = va_arg(ap, size_t); + errnop = va_arg(ap, int *); + *errnop = files_getstate(&st); + if (*errnop != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + if (how == nss_lt_all && st->keynum < 0) { + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + goto fin; + } + if (st->db == NULL && + (st->db = pwdbopen(&st->version)) == NULL) { + *errnop = errno; + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + goto fin; + } + if (how == nss_lt_all) + stayopen = 1; + else + stayopen = st->stayopen; + key.data = keybuf; + do { + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + /* MAXLOGNAME includes NUL byte, but we do not + * include the NUL byte in the key. + */ + namesize = strlcpy(&keybuf[1], name, sizeof(keybuf)-1); + if (namesize >= sizeof(keybuf)-1) { + *errnop = EINVAL; + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + goto fin; + } + key.size = namesize + 1; + break; + case nss_lt_id: + if (st->version < _PWD_CURRENT_VERSION) { + memcpy(&keybuf[1], &uid, sizeof(uid)); + key.size = sizeof(uid) + 1; + } else { + store = htonl(uid); + memcpy(&keybuf[1], &store, sizeof(store)); + key.size = sizeof(store) + 1; + } + break; + case nss_lt_all: + st->keynum++; + if (st->version < _PWD_CURRENT_VERSION) { + memcpy(&keybuf[1], &st->keynum, + sizeof(st->keynum)); + key.size = sizeof(st->keynum) + 1; + } else { + store = htonl(st->keynum); + memcpy(&keybuf[1], &store, sizeof(store)); + key.size = sizeof(store) + 1; + } + break; + } + keybuf[0] = _PW_VERSIONED(keybuf[0], st->version); + rv = st->db->get(st->db, &key, &entry, 0); + if (rv < 0 || rv > 1) { /* should never return > 1 */ + *errnop = errno; + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + goto fin; + } else if (rv == 1) { + if (how == nss_lt_all) + st->keynum = -1; + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + goto fin; + } + rv = pwdb_versions[st->version].match(entry.data, entry.size, + how, name, uid); + if (rv != NS_SUCCESS) + continue; + if (entry.size > bufsize) { + *errnop = ERANGE; + rv = NS_RETURN; + break; + } + memcpy(buffer, entry.data, entry.size); + rv = pwdb_versions[st->version].parse(buffer, entry.size, pwd, + errnop); + } while (how == nss_lt_all && !(rv & NS_TERMINATE)); +fin: + if (!stayopen && st->db != NULL) { + (void)st->db->close(st->db); + st->db = NULL; + } + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS) { + pwd->pw_fields &= ~_PWF_SOURCE; + pwd->pw_fields |= _PWF_FILES; + if (retval != NULL) + *(struct passwd **)retval = pwd; + } + return (rv); +} + + +static int +pwdb_match_entry_v3(char *entry, size_t entrysize, enum nss_lookup_type how, + const char *name, uid_t uid) +{ + const char *p, *eom; + uid_t uid2; + + eom = &entry[entrysize]; + for (p = entry; p < eom; p++) + if (*p == '\0') + break; + if (*p != '\0') + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + if (how == nss_lt_all) + return (NS_SUCCESS); + if (how == nss_lt_name) + return (strcmp(name, entry) == 0 ? NS_SUCCESS : NS_NOTFOUND); + for (p++; p < eom; p++) + if (*p == '\0') + break; + if (*p != '\0' || (++p) + sizeof(uid) >= eom) + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + memcpy(&uid2, p, sizeof(uid2)); + return (uid == uid2 ? NS_SUCCESS : NS_NOTFOUND); +} + + +static int +pwdb_parse_entry_v3(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, struct passwd *pwd, + int *errnop) +{ + char *p, *eom; + int32_t pw_change, pw_expire; + + /* THIS CODE MUST MATCH THAT IN pwd_mkdb. */ + p = buffer; + eom = &buffer[bufsize]; +#define STRING(field) do { \ + (field) = p; \ + while (p < eom && *p != '\0') \ + p++; \ + if (p >= eom) \ + return (NS_NOTFOUND); \ + p++; \ + } while (0) +#define SCALAR(field) do { \ + if (p + sizeof(field) > eom) \ + return (NS_NOTFOUND); \ + memcpy(&(field), p, sizeof(field)); \ + p += sizeof(field); \ + } while (0) + STRING(pwd->pw_name); + STRING(pwd->pw_passwd); + SCALAR(pwd->pw_uid); + SCALAR(pwd->pw_gid); + SCALAR(pw_change); + STRING(pwd->pw_class); + STRING(pwd->pw_gecos); + STRING(pwd->pw_dir); + STRING(pwd->pw_shell); + SCALAR(pw_expire); + SCALAR(pwd->pw_fields); +#undef STRING +#undef SCALAR + pwd->pw_change = pw_change; + pwd->pw_expire = pw_expire; + return (NS_SUCCESS); +} + + +static int +pwdb_match_entry_v4(char *entry, size_t entrysize, enum nss_lookup_type how, + const char *name, uid_t uid) +{ + const char *p, *eom; + uint32_t uid2; + + eom = &entry[entrysize]; + for (p = entry; p < eom; p++) + if (*p == '\0') + break; + if (*p != '\0') + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + if (how == nss_lt_all) + return (NS_SUCCESS); + if (how == nss_lt_name) + return (strcmp(name, entry) == 0 ? NS_SUCCESS : NS_NOTFOUND); + for (p++; p < eom; p++) + if (*p == '\0') + break; + if (*p != '\0' || (++p) + sizeof(uid) >= eom) + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + memcpy(&uid2, p, sizeof(uid2)); + uid2 = ntohl(uid2); + return (uid == (uid_t)uid2 ? NS_SUCCESS : NS_NOTFOUND); +} + + +static int +pwdb_parse_entry_v4(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, struct passwd *pwd, + int *errnop) +{ + char *p, *eom; + uint32_t n; + + /* THIS CODE MUST MATCH THAT IN pwd_mkdb. */ + p = buffer; + eom = &buffer[bufsize]; +#define STRING(field) do { \ + (field) = p; \ + while (p < eom && *p != '\0') \ + p++; \ + if (p >= eom) \ + return (NS_NOTFOUND); \ + p++; \ + } while (0) +#define SCALAR(field) do { \ + if (p + sizeof(n) > eom) \ + return (NS_NOTFOUND); \ + memcpy(&n, p, sizeof(n)); \ + (field) = ntohl(n); \ + p += sizeof(n); \ + } while (0) + STRING(pwd->pw_name); + STRING(pwd->pw_passwd); + SCALAR(pwd->pw_uid); + SCALAR(pwd->pw_gid); + SCALAR(pwd->pw_change); + STRING(pwd->pw_class); + STRING(pwd->pw_gecos); + STRING(pwd->pw_dir); + STRING(pwd->pw_shell); + SCALAR(pwd->pw_expire); + SCALAR(pwd->pw_fields); +#undef STRING +#undef SCALAR + return (NS_SUCCESS); +} + + +#ifdef HESIOD +/* + * dns backend + */ +static void +dns_endstate(void *p) +{ + free(p); +} + + +static int +dns_setpwent(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + struct dns_state *st; + int rv; + + rv = dns_getstate(&st); + if (rv != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + st->counter = 0; + return (NS_UNAVAIL); +} + + +static int +dns_passwd(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + char buf[HESIOD_NAME_MAX]; + struct dns_state *st; + struct passwd *pwd; + const char *name, *label; + void *ctx; + char *buffer, **hes; + size_t bufsize, linesize; + uid_t uid; + enum nss_lookup_type how; + int rv, *errnop; + + ctx = NULL; + hes = NULL; + name = NULL; + uid = (uid_t)-1; + how = (enum nss_lookup_type)mdata; + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + name = va_arg(ap, const char *); + break; + case nss_lt_id: + uid = va_arg(ap, uid_t); + break; + case nss_lt_all: + break; + } + pwd = va_arg(ap, struct passwd *); + buffer = va_arg(ap, char *); + bufsize = va_arg(ap, size_t); + errnop = va_arg(ap, int *); + *errnop = dns_getstate(&st); + if (*errnop != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + if (hesiod_init(&ctx) != 0) { + *errnop = errno; + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + goto fin; + } + do { + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + label = name; + break; + case nss_lt_id: + if (snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%lu", + (unsigned long)uid) >= sizeof(buf)) + goto fin; + label = buf; + break; + case nss_lt_all: + if (st->counter < 0) + goto fin; + if (snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "passwd-%ld", + st->counter++) >= sizeof(buf)) + goto fin; + label = buf; + break; + } + hes = hesiod_resolve(ctx, label, + how == nss_lt_id ? "uid" : "passwd"); + if (hes == NULL) { + if (how == nss_lt_all) + st->counter = -1; + if (errno != ENOENT) + *errnop = errno; + goto fin; + } + rv = __pw_match_entry(hes[0], strlen(hes[0]), how, name, uid); + if (rv != NS_SUCCESS) { + hesiod_free_list(ctx, hes); + hes = NULL; + continue; + } + linesize = strlcpy(buffer, hes[0], bufsize); + if (linesize >= bufsize) { + *errnop = ERANGE; + rv = NS_RETURN; + continue; + } + hesiod_free_list(ctx, hes); + hes = NULL; + rv = __pw_parse_entry(buffer, bufsize, pwd, 0, errnop); + } while (how == nss_lt_all && !(rv & NS_TERMINATE)); +fin: + if (hes != NULL) + hesiod_free_list(ctx, hes); + if (ctx != NULL) + hesiod_end(ctx); + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS) { + pwd->pw_fields &= ~_PWF_SOURCE; + pwd->pw_fields |= _PWF_HESIOD; + if (retval != NULL) + *(struct passwd **)retval = pwd; + } + return (rv); +} +#endif /* HESIOD */ + + +#ifdef YP +/* + * nis backend + */ +static void +nis_endstate(void *p) +{ + free(((struct nis_state *)p)->key); + free(p); +} + +/* + * Test for the presence of special FreeBSD-specific master.passwd.by* + * maps. We do this using yp_order(). If it fails, then either the server + * doesn't have the map, or the YPPROC_ORDER procedure isn't supported by + * the server (Sun NIS+ servers in YP compat mode behave this way). If + * the master.passwd.by* maps don't exist, then let the lookup routine try + * the regular passwd.by* maps instead. If the lookup routine fails, it + * can return an error as needed. + */ +static int +nis_map(char *domain, enum nss_lookup_type how, char *buffer, size_t bufsize, + int *master) +{ + int rv, order; + + *master = 0; + if (geteuid() == 0) { + if (snprintf(buffer, bufsize, "master.passwd.by%s", + (how == nss_lt_id) ? "uid" : "name") >= bufsize) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + rv = yp_order(domain, buffer, &order); + if (rv == 0) { + *master = 1; + return (NS_SUCCESS); + } + } + + if (snprintf(buffer, bufsize, "passwd.by%s", + (how == nss_lt_id) ? "uid" : "name") >= bufsize) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + + return (NS_SUCCESS); +} + + +static int +nis_adjunct(char *domain, const char *name, char *buffer, size_t bufsize) +{ + int rv; + char *result, *p, *q, *eor; + int resultlen; + + result = NULL; + rv = yp_match(domain, "passwd.adjunct.byname", name, strlen(name), + &result, &resultlen); + if (rv != 0) + rv = 1; + else { + eor = &result[resultlen]; + p = memchr(result, ':', eor - result); + if (p != NULL && ++p < eor && + (q = memchr(p, ':', eor - p)) != NULL) { + if (q - p >= bufsize) + rv = -1; + else { + memcpy(buffer, p, q - p); + buffer[q - p] ='\0'; + } + } else + rv = 1; + } + free(result); + return (rv); +} + + +static int +nis_setpwent(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + struct nis_state *st; + int rv; + + rv = nis_getstate(&st); + if (rv != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + st->done = 0; + free(st->key); + st->key = NULL; + return (NS_UNAVAIL); +} + + +static int +nis_passwd(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + char map[YPMAXMAP]; + struct nis_state *st; + struct passwd *pwd; + const char *name; + char *buffer, *key, *result; + size_t bufsize; + uid_t uid; + enum nss_lookup_type how; + int *errnop, keylen, resultlen, rv, master; + + name = NULL; + uid = (uid_t)-1; + how = (enum nss_lookup_type)mdata; + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + name = va_arg(ap, const char *); + break; + case nss_lt_id: + uid = va_arg(ap, uid_t); + break; + case nss_lt_all: + break; + } + pwd = va_arg(ap, struct passwd *); + buffer = va_arg(ap, char *); + bufsize = va_arg(ap, size_t); + errnop = va_arg(ap, int *); + *errnop = nis_getstate(&st); + if (*errnop != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + if (st->domain[0] == '\0') { + if (getdomainname(st->domain, sizeof(st->domain)) != 0) { + *errnop = errno; + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + } + } + rv = nis_map(st->domain, how, map, sizeof(map), &master); + if (rv != NS_SUCCESS) + return (rv); + result = NULL; + do { + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + if (strlcpy(buffer, name, bufsize) >= bufsize) + goto erange; + break; + case nss_lt_id: + if (snprintf(buffer, bufsize, "%lu", + (unsigned long)uid) >= bufsize) + goto erange; + break; + case nss_lt_all: + if (st->done) + goto fin; + break; + } + result = NULL; + if (how == nss_lt_all) { + if (st->key == NULL) + rv = yp_first(st->domain, map, &st->key, + &st->keylen, &result, &resultlen); + else { + key = st->key; + keylen = st->keylen; + st->key = NULL; + rv = yp_next(st->domain, map, key, keylen, + &st->key, &st->keylen, &result, + &resultlen); + free(key); + } + if (rv != 0) { + free(result); + free(st->key); + st->key = NULL; + if (rv == YPERR_NOMORE) + st->done = 1; + else + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + goto fin; + } + } else { + rv = yp_match(st->domain, map, buffer, strlen(buffer), + &result, &resultlen); + if (rv == YPERR_KEY) { + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + continue; + } else if (rv != 0) { + free(result); + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + continue; + } + } + if (resultlen >= bufsize) + goto erange; + memcpy(buffer, result, resultlen); + buffer[resultlen] = '\0'; + free(result); + rv = __pw_match_entry(buffer, resultlen, how, name, uid); + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS) + rv = __pw_parse_entry(buffer, resultlen, pwd, master, + errnop); + } while (how == nss_lt_all && !(rv & NS_TERMINATE)); +fin: + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS) { + if (strstr(pwd->pw_passwd, "##") != NULL) { + rv = nis_adjunct(st->domain, pwd->pw_name, + &buffer[resultlen+1], bufsize-resultlen-1); + if (rv < 0) + goto erange; + else if (rv == 0) + pwd->pw_passwd = &buffer[resultlen+1]; + } + pwd->pw_fields &= ~_PWF_SOURCE; + pwd->pw_fields |= _PWF_NIS; + if (retval != NULL) + *(struct passwd **)retval = pwd; + rv = NS_SUCCESS; + } + return (rv); +erange: + *errnop = ERANGE; + return (NS_RETURN); +} +#endif /* YP */ + + +/* + * compat backend + */ +static void +compat_clear_template(struct passwd *template) +{ + + free(template->pw_passwd); + free(template->pw_gecos); + free(template->pw_dir); + free(template->pw_shell); + memset(template, 0, sizeof(*template)); +} + + +static int +compat_set_template(struct passwd *src, struct passwd *template) +{ + + compat_clear_template(template); +#ifdef PW_OVERRIDE_PASSWD + if ((src->pw_fields & _PWF_PASSWD) && + (template->pw_passwd = strdup(src->pw_passwd)) == NULL) + goto enomem; +#endif + if (src->pw_fields & _PWF_UID) + template->pw_uid = src->pw_uid; + if (src->pw_fields & _PWF_GID) + template->pw_gid = src->pw_gid; + if ((src->pw_fields & _PWF_GECOS) && + (template->pw_gecos = strdup(src->pw_gecos)) == NULL) + goto enomem; + if ((src->pw_fields & _PWF_DIR) && + (template->pw_dir = strdup(src->pw_dir)) == NULL) + goto enomem; + if ((src->pw_fields & _PWF_SHELL) && + (template->pw_shell = strdup(src->pw_shell)) == NULL) + goto enomem; + template->pw_fields = src->pw_fields; + return (0); +enomem: + syslog(LOG_ERR, "getpwent memory allocation failure"); + return (-1); +} + + +static int +compat_use_template(struct passwd *pwd, struct passwd *template, char *buffer, + size_t bufsize) +{ + struct passwd hold; + char *copy, *p, *q, *eob; + size_t n; + + /* We cannot know the layout of the password fields in `buffer', + * so we have to copy everything. + */ + if (template->pw_fields == 0) /* nothing to fill-in */ + return (0); + n = 0; + n += pwd->pw_name != NULL ? strlen(pwd->pw_name) + 1 : 0; + n += pwd->pw_passwd != NULL ? strlen(pwd->pw_passwd) + 1 : 0; + n += pwd->pw_class != NULL ? strlen(pwd->pw_class) + 1 : 0; + n += pwd->pw_gecos != NULL ? strlen(pwd->pw_gecos) + 1 : 0; + n += pwd->pw_dir != NULL ? strlen(pwd->pw_dir) + 1 : 0; + n += pwd->pw_shell != NULL ? strlen(pwd->pw_shell) + 1 : 0; + copy = malloc(n); + if (copy == NULL) { + syslog(LOG_ERR, "getpwent memory allocation failure"); + return (ENOMEM); + } + p = copy; + eob = ©[n]; +#define COPY(field) do { \ + if (pwd->field == NULL) \ + hold.field = NULL; \ + else { \ + hold.field = p; \ + p += strlcpy(p, pwd->field, eob-p) + 1; \ + } \ +} while (0) + COPY(pw_name); + COPY(pw_passwd); + COPY(pw_class); + COPY(pw_gecos); + COPY(pw_dir); + COPY(pw_shell); +#undef COPY + p = buffer; + eob = &buffer[bufsize]; +#define COPY(field, flag) do { \ + q = (template->pw_fields & flag) ? template->field : hold.field; \ + if (q == NULL) \ + pwd->field = NULL; \ + else { \ + pwd->field = p; \ + if ((n = strlcpy(p, q, eob-p)) >= eob-p) { \ + free(copy); \ + return (ERANGE); \ + } \ + p += n + 1; \ + } \ +} while (0) + COPY(pw_name, 0); +#ifdef PW_OVERRIDE_PASSWD + COPY(pw_passwd, _PWF_PASSWD); +#else + COPY(pw_passwd, 0); +#endif + COPY(pw_class, 0); + COPY(pw_gecos, _PWF_GECOS); + COPY(pw_dir, _PWF_DIR); + COPY(pw_shell, _PWF_SHELL); +#undef COPY +#define COPY(field, flag) do { \ + if (template->pw_fields & flag) \ + pwd->field = template->field; \ +} while (0) + COPY(pw_uid, _PWF_UID); + COPY(pw_gid, _PWF_GID); +#undef COPY + free(copy); + return (0); +} + + +static int +compat_exclude(const char *name, DB **db) +{ + DBT key, data; + + if (*db == NULL && + (*db = dbopen(NULL, O_RDWR, 600, DB_HASH, 0)) == NULL) + return (errno); + key.size = strlen(name); + key.data = (char *)name; + data.size = 0; + data.data = NULL; + + if ((*db)->put(*db, &key, &data, 0) == -1) + return (errno); + return (0); +} + + +static int +compat_is_excluded(const char *name, DB *db) +{ + DBT key, data; + + if (db == NULL) + return (0); + key.size = strlen(name); + key.data = (char *)name; + return (db->get(db, &key, &data, 0) == 0); +} + + +static int +compat_redispatch(struct compat_state *st, enum nss_lookup_type how, + enum nss_lookup_type lookup_how, const char *name, const char *lookup_name, + uid_t uid, struct passwd *pwd, char *buffer, size_t bufsize, int *errnop) +{ + static const ns_src compatsrc[] = { +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, NS_SUCCESS }, +#endif + { NULL, 0 } + }; + ns_dtab dtab[] = { +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_passwd, NULL }, +#endif +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_passwd, NULL }, +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } + }; + void *discard; + int rv, e, i; + + for (i = 0; i < sizeof(dtab)/sizeof(dtab[0]) - 1; i++) + dtab[i].mdata = (void *)lookup_how; +more: + pwd_init(pwd); + switch (lookup_how) { + case nss_lt_all: + rv = _nsdispatch(&discard, dtab, NSDB_PASSWD_COMPAT, + "getpwent_r", compatsrc, pwd, buffer, bufsize, + errnop); + break; + case nss_lt_id: + rv = _nsdispatch(&discard, dtab, NSDB_PASSWD_COMPAT, + "getpwuid_r", compatsrc, uid, pwd, buffer, + bufsize, errnop); + break; + case nss_lt_name: + rv = _nsdispatch(&discard, dtab, NSDB_PASSWD_COMPAT, + "getpwnam_r", compatsrc, lookup_name, pwd, buffer, + bufsize, errnop); + break; + default: + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + } + if (rv != NS_SUCCESS) + return (rv); + if (compat_is_excluded(pwd->pw_name, st->exclude)) { + if (how == nss_lt_all) + goto more; + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + } + e = compat_use_template(pwd, &st->template, buffer, bufsize); + if (e != 0) { + *errnop = e; + if (e == ERANGE) + return (NS_RETURN); + else + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + } + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + if (strcmp(name, pwd->pw_name) != 0) + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + break; + case nss_lt_id: + if (uid != pwd->pw_uid) + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + break; + default: + break; + } + return (NS_SUCCESS); +} + + +static void +compat_endstate(void *p) +{ + struct compat_state *st; + + if (p == NULL) + return; + st = (struct compat_state *)p; + if (st->db != NULL) + st->db->close(st->db); + if (st->exclude != NULL) + st->exclude->close(st->exclude); + compat_clear_template(&st->template); + free(p); +} + + +static int +compat_setpwent(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + static const ns_src compatsrc[] = { +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, NS_SUCCESS }, +#endif + { NULL, 0 } + }; + ns_dtab dtab[] = { +#ifdef YP + { NSSRC_NIS, nis_setpwent, NULL }, +#endif +#ifdef HESIOD + { NSSRC_DNS, dns_setpwent, NULL }, +#endif + { NULL, NULL, NULL } + }; + struct compat_state *st; + int rv, stayopen; + +#define set_setent(x, y) do { \ + int i; \ + \ + for (i = 0; i < (sizeof(x)/sizeof(x[0])) - 1; i++) \ + x[i].mdata = (void *)y; \ +} while (0) + + rv = compat_getstate(&st); + if (rv != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + switch ((enum constants)mdata) { + case SETPWENT: + stayopen = va_arg(ap, int); + st->keynum = 0; + if (stayopen) + st->db = pwdbopen(&st->version); + st->stayopen = stayopen; + set_setent(dtab, mdata); + (void)_nsdispatch(NULL, dtab, NSDB_PASSWD_COMPAT, "setpwent", + compatsrc, 0); + break; + case ENDPWENT: + if (st->db != NULL) { + (void)st->db->close(st->db); + st->db = NULL; + } + set_setent(dtab, mdata); + (void)_nsdispatch(NULL, dtab, NSDB_PASSWD_COMPAT, "endpwent", + compatsrc, 0); + break; + default: + break; + } + return (NS_UNAVAIL); +#undef set_setent +} + + +static int +compat_passwd(void *retval, void *mdata, va_list ap) +{ + char keybuf[MAXLOGNAME + 1]; + DBT key, entry; + struct compat_state *st; + enum nss_lookup_type how; + const char *name; + struct passwd *pwd; + char *buffer, *pw_name; + char *host, *user, *domain; + size_t bufsize; + uid_t uid; + uint32_t store; + int rv, from_compat, stayopen, *errnop; + + from_compat = 0; + name = NULL; + uid = (uid_t)-1; + how = (enum nss_lookup_type)mdata; + switch (how) { + case nss_lt_name: + name = va_arg(ap, const char *); + break; + case nss_lt_id: + uid = va_arg(ap, uid_t); + break; + case nss_lt_all: + break; + default: + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + goto fin; + } + pwd = va_arg(ap, struct passwd *); + buffer = va_arg(ap, char *); + bufsize = va_arg(ap, size_t); + errnop = va_arg(ap, int *); + *errnop = compat_getstate(&st); + if (*errnop != 0) + return (NS_UNAVAIL); + if (how == nss_lt_all && st->keynum < 0) { + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + goto fin; + } + if (st->db == NULL && + (st->db = pwdbopen(&st->version)) == NULL) { + *errnop = errno; + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + goto fin; + } + if (how == nss_lt_all) { + if (st->keynum < 0) { + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + goto fin; + } + stayopen = 1; + } else { + st->keynum = 0; + stayopen = st->stayopen; + } +docompat: + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + switch (st->compat) { + case COMPAT_MODE_ALL: + rv = compat_redispatch(st, how, how, name, name, uid, pwd, + buffer, bufsize, errnop); + if (rv != NS_SUCCESS) + st->compat = COMPAT_MODE_OFF; + break; + case COMPAT_MODE_NETGROUP: + /* XXX getnetgrent is not thread-safe. */ + do { + rv = getnetgrent(&host, &user, &domain); + if (rv == 0) { + endnetgrent(); + st->compat = COMPAT_MODE_OFF; + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + continue; + } else if (user == NULL || user[0] == '\0') + continue; + rv = compat_redispatch(st, how, nss_lt_name, name, + user, uid, pwd, buffer, bufsize, errnop); + } while (st->compat == COMPAT_MODE_NETGROUP && + !(rv & NS_TERMINATE)); + break; + case COMPAT_MODE_NAME: + rv = compat_redispatch(st, how, nss_lt_name, name, st->name, + uid, pwd, buffer, bufsize, errnop); + free(st->name); + st->name = NULL; + st->compat = COMPAT_MODE_OFF; + break; + default: + break; + } + if (rv & NS_TERMINATE) { + from_compat = 1; + goto fin; + } + key.data = keybuf; + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + while (st->keynum >= 0) { + st->keynum++; + if (st->version < _PWD_CURRENT_VERSION) { + memcpy(&keybuf[1], &st->keynum, sizeof(st->keynum)); + key.size = sizeof(st->keynum) + 1; + } else { + store = htonl(st->keynum); + memcpy(&keybuf[1], &store, sizeof(store)); + key.size = sizeof(store) + 1; + } + keybuf[0] = _PW_VERSIONED(_PW_KEYBYNUM, st->version); + rv = st->db->get(st->db, &key, &entry, 0); + if (rv < 0 || rv > 1) { /* should never return > 1 */ + *errnop = errno; + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + goto fin; + } else if (rv == 1) { + st->keynum = -1; + rv = NS_NOTFOUND; + goto fin; + } + pw_name = (char *)entry.data; + switch (pw_name[0]) { + case '+': + switch (pw_name[1]) { + case '\0': + st->compat = COMPAT_MODE_ALL; + break; + case '@': + setnetgrent(&pw_name[2]); + st->compat = COMPAT_MODE_NETGROUP; + break; + default: + st->name = strdup(&pw_name[1]); + if (st->name == NULL) { + syslog(LOG_ERR, + "getpwent memory allocation failure"); + *errnop = ENOMEM; + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + break; + } + st->compat = COMPAT_MODE_NAME; + } + if (entry.size > bufsize) { + *errnop = ERANGE; + rv = NS_RETURN; + goto fin; + } + memcpy(buffer, entry.data, entry.size); + rv = pwdb_versions[st->version].parse(buffer, + entry.size, pwd, errnop); + if (rv != NS_SUCCESS) + ; + else if (compat_set_template(pwd, &st->template) < 0) { + *errnop = ENOMEM; + rv = NS_UNAVAIL; + goto fin; + } + goto docompat; + case '-': + switch (pw_name[1]) { + case '\0': + /* XXX Maybe syslog warning */ + continue; + case '@': + setnetgrent(&pw_name[2]); + while (getnetgrent(&host, &user, &domain) != + 0) { + if (user != NULL && user[0] != '\0') + compat_exclude(user, + &st->exclude); + } + endnetgrent(); + continue; + default: + compat_exclude(&pw_name[1], &st->exclude); + continue; + } + break; + default: + break; + } + if (compat_is_excluded((char *)entry.data, st->exclude)) + continue; + rv = pwdb_versions[st->version].match(entry.data, entry.size, + how, name, uid); + if (rv == NS_RETURN) + break; + else if (rv != NS_SUCCESS) + continue; + if (entry.size > bufsize) { + *errnop = ERANGE; + rv = NS_RETURN; + break; + } + memcpy(buffer, entry.data, entry.size); + rv = pwdb_versions[st->version].parse(buffer, entry.size, pwd, + errnop); + if (rv & NS_TERMINATE) + break; + } +fin: + if (!stayopen && st->db != NULL) { + (void)st->db->close(st->db); + st->db = NULL; + } + if (rv == NS_SUCCESS) { + if (!from_compat) { + pwd->pw_fields &= ~_PWF_SOURCE; + pwd->pw_fields |= _PWF_FILES; + } + if (retval != NULL) + *(struct passwd **)retval = pwd; + } + return (rv); +} + + +/* + * common passwd line matching and parsing + */ +int +__pw_match_entry(const char *entry, size_t entrysize, enum nss_lookup_type how, + const char *name, uid_t uid) +{ + const char *p, *eom; + char *q; + size_t len; + unsigned long m; + + eom = entry + entrysize; + for (p = entry; p < eom; p++) + if (*p == ':') + break; + if (*p != ':') + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + if (how == nss_lt_all) + return (NS_SUCCESS); + if (how == nss_lt_name) { + len = strlen(name); + if (len == (p - entry) && memcmp(name, entry, len) == 0) + return (NS_SUCCESS); + else + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + } + for (p++; p < eom; p++) + if (*p == ':') + break; + if (*p != ':') + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + m = strtoul(++p, &q, 10); + if (q[0] != ':' || (uid_t)m != uid) + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + else + return (NS_SUCCESS); +} + + +/* XXX buffer must be NUL-terminated. errnop is not set correctly. */ +int +__pw_parse_entry(char *buffer, size_t bufsize __unused, struct passwd *pwd, + int master, int *errnop __unused) +{ + + if (__pw_scan(buffer, pwd, master ? _PWSCAN_MASTER : 0) == 0) + return (NS_NOTFOUND); + else + return (NS_SUCCESS); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getttyent.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getttyent.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0be7991 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getttyent.3 @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)getttyent.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd November 17, 1996 +.Dt GETTTYENT 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getttyent , +.Nm getttynam , +.Nm setttyent , +.Nm endttyent , +.Nm isdialuptty , +.Nm isnettty +.Nd +.Xr ttys 5 +file routines +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In ttyent.h +.Ft struct ttyent * +.Fn getttyent void +.Ft struct ttyent * +.Fn getttynam "const char *name" +.Ft int +.Fn setttyent void +.Ft int +.Fn endttyent void +.Ft int +.Fn isdialuptty "const char *name" +.Ft int +.Fn isnettty "const char *name" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getttyent , +and +.Fn getttynam +functions +each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, +containing the broken-out fields of a line from the tty description +file. +.Bd -literal +struct ttyent { + char *ty_name; /* terminal device name */ + char *ty_getty; /* command to execute, usually getty */ + char *ty_type; /* terminal type for termcap */ +#define TTY_ON 0x01 /* enable logins (start ty_getty program) */ +#define TTY_SECURE 0x02 /* allow uid of 0 to login */ +#define TTY_DIALUP 0x04 /* is a dialup tty */ +#define TTY_NETWORK 0x08 /* is a network tty */ + int ty_status; /* status flags */ + char *ty_window; /* command to start up window manager */ + char *ty_comment; /* comment field */ + char *ty_group; /* tty group name */ +}; +.Ed +.Pp +The fields are as follows: +.Bl -tag -width ty_comment +.It Fa ty_name +The name of the character-special file. +.It Fa ty_getty +The name of the command invoked by +.Xr init 8 +to initialize tty line characteristics. +.It Fa ty_type +The name of the default terminal type connected to this tty line. +.It Fa ty_status +A mask of bit fields which indicate various actions allowed on this +tty line. +The possible flags are as follows: +.Bl -tag -width TTY_NETWORK +.It Dv TTY_ON +Enables logins (i.e., +.Xr init 8 +will start the command referenced by +.Fa ty_getty +on this entry). +.It Dv TTY_SECURE +Allow users with a uid of 0 to login on this terminal. +.It Dv TTY_DIALUP +Identifies a tty as a dialin line. +If this flag is set, then +.Fn isdialuptty +will return a non-zero value. +.It Dv TTY_NETWORK +Identifies a tty used for network connections. +If this flag is set, then +.Fn isnettty +will return a non-zero value. +.El +.It Fa ty_window +The command to execute for a window system associated with the line. +.It Fa ty_group +A group name to which the tty belongs. +If no group is specified in the ttys description file, +then the tty is placed in an anonymous group called "none". +.It Fa ty_comment +Any trailing comment field, with any leading hash marks (``#'') or +whitespace removed. +.El +.Pp +If any of the fields pointing to character strings are unspecified, +they are returned as null pointers. +The field +.Fa ty_status +will be zero if no flag values are specified. +.Pp +See +.Xr ttys 5 +for a more complete discussion of the meaning and usage of the +fields. +.Pp +The +.Fn getttyent +function +reads the next line from the ttys file, opening the file if necessary. +The +.Fn setttyent +function +rewinds the file if open, or opens the file if it is unopened. +The +.Fn endttyent +function +closes any open files. +.Pp +The +.Fn getttynam +function +searches from the beginning of the file until a matching +.Fa name +is found +(or until +.Dv EOF +is encountered). +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The routines +.Fn getttyent +and +.Fn getttynam +return a null pointer on +.Dv EOF +or error. +The +.Fn setttyent +function +and +.Fn endttyent +return 0 on failure and 1 on success. +.Pp +The routines +.Fn isdialuptty +and +.Fn isnettty +return non-zero if the dialup or network flag is set for the +tty entry relating to the tty named by the argument, and +zero otherwise. +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width /etc/ttys -compact +.It Pa /etc/ttys +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr login 1 , +.Xr ttyslot 3 , +.Xr gettytab 5 , +.Xr termcap 5 , +.Xr ttys 5 , +.Xr getty 8 , +.Xr init 8 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getttyent , +.Fn getttynam , +.Fn setttyent , +and +.Fn endttyent +functions appeared in +.Bx 4.3 . +.Sh BUGS +These functions use static data storage; +if the data is needed for future use, it should be +copied before any subsequent calls overwrite it. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getttyent.c b/lib/libc/gen/getttyent.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..efc4c9b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getttyent.c @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getttyent.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <ttyent.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <dirent.h> +#include <paths.h> + +static char zapchar; +static FILE *tf; +static int maxpts = 0; +static int curpts = 0; +static int pts_valid = 0; +static size_t lbsize; +static char *line; + +#define PTS "pts/" +#define MALLOCCHUNK 100 + +static char *skip(char *); +static char *value(char *); + +struct ttyent * +getttynam(tty) + const char *tty; +{ + struct ttyent *t; + + if (strncmp(tty, "/dev/", 5) == 0) + tty += 5; + setttyent(); + while ( (t = getttyent()) ) + if (!strcmp(tty, t->ty_name)) + break; + endttyent(); + return (t); +} + +struct ttyent * +getttyent() +{ + static struct ttyent tty; + static char devpts_name[] = "pts/4294967295"; + char *p; + int c; + size_t i; + + if (!tf && !setttyent()) + return (NULL); + for (;;) { + if (!fgets(p = line, lbsize, tf)) { + if (pts_valid == 1 && curpts <= maxpts) { + sprintf(devpts_name, "pts/%d", curpts++); + tty.ty_name = devpts_name; + tty.ty_getty = tty.ty_type = NULL; + tty.ty_status = TTY_NETWORK; + tty.ty_window = NULL; + tty.ty_comment = NULL; + tty.ty_group = _TTYS_NOGROUP; + return (&tty); + } + return (NULL); + } + /* extend buffer if line was too big, and retry */ + while (!index(p, '\n') && !feof(tf)) { + i = strlen(p); + lbsize += MALLOCCHUNK; + if ((p = realloc(line, lbsize)) == NULL) { + (void)endttyent(); + return (NULL); + } + line = p; + if (!fgets(&line[i], lbsize - i, tf)) + return (NULL); + } + while (isspace((unsigned char)*p)) + ++p; + if (*p && *p != '#') + break; + } + +#define scmp(e) !strncmp(p, e, sizeof(e) - 1) && isspace((unsigned char)p[sizeof(e) - 1]) +#define vcmp(e) !strncmp(p, e, sizeof(e) - 1) && p[sizeof(e) - 1] == '=' + + zapchar = 0; + tty.ty_name = p; + tty.ty_status = 0; + tty.ty_window = NULL; + tty.ty_group = _TTYS_NOGROUP; + + p = skip(p); + if (!*(tty.ty_getty = p)) + tty.ty_getty = tty.ty_type = NULL; + else { + p = skip(p); + if (!*(tty.ty_type = p)) + tty.ty_type = NULL; + else { + /* compatibility kludge: handle network/dialup specially */ + if (scmp(_TTYS_DIALUP)) + tty.ty_status |= TTY_DIALUP; + else if (scmp(_TTYS_NETWORK)) + tty.ty_status |= TTY_NETWORK; + p = skip(p); + } + } + + for (; *p; p = skip(p)) { + if (scmp(_TTYS_OFF)) + tty.ty_status &= ~TTY_ON; + else if (scmp(_TTYS_ON)) + tty.ty_status |= TTY_ON; + else if (scmp(_TTYS_SECURE)) + tty.ty_status |= TTY_SECURE; + else if (scmp(_TTYS_INSECURE)) + tty.ty_status &= ~TTY_SECURE; + else if (scmp(_TTYS_DIALUP)) + tty.ty_status |= TTY_DIALUP; + else if (scmp(_TTYS_NETWORK)) + tty.ty_status |= TTY_NETWORK; + else if (vcmp(_TTYS_WINDOW)) + tty.ty_window = value(p); + else if (vcmp(_TTYS_GROUP)) + tty.ty_group = value(p); + else + break; + } + + if (zapchar == '#' || *p == '#') + while ((c = *++p) == ' ' || c == '\t') + ; + tty.ty_comment = p; + if (*p == 0) + tty.ty_comment = 0; + if ( (p = index(p, '\n')) ) + *p = '\0'; + return (&tty); +} + +#define QUOTED 1 + +/* + * Skip over the current field, removing quotes, and return a pointer to + * the next field. + */ +static char * +skip(p) + char *p; +{ + char *t; + int c, q; + + for (q = 0, t = p; (c = *p) != '\0'; p++) { + if (c == '"') { + q ^= QUOTED; /* obscure, but nice */ + continue; + } + if (q == QUOTED && *p == '\\' && *(p+1) == '"') + p++; + *t++ = *p; + if (q == QUOTED) + continue; + if (c == '#') { + zapchar = c; + *p = 0; + break; + } + if (c == '\t' || c == ' ' || c == '\n') { + zapchar = c; + *p++ = 0; + while ((c = *p) == '\t' || c == ' ' || c == '\n') + p++; + break; + } + } + *--t = '\0'; + return (p); +} + +static char * +value(p) + char *p; +{ + + return ((p = index(p, '=')) ? ++p : NULL); +} + +int +setttyent() +{ + DIR *devpts_dir; + + if (line == NULL) { + if ((line = malloc(MALLOCCHUNK)) == NULL) + return (0); + lbsize = MALLOCCHUNK; + } + devpts_dir = opendir(_PATH_DEV PTS); + if (devpts_dir) { + struct dirent *dp; + + while ((dp = readdir(devpts_dir))) { + if (strcmp(dp->d_name, ".") != 0 && + strcmp(dp->d_name, "..") != 0) { + if (atoi(dp->d_name) > maxpts) { + maxpts = atoi(dp->d_name); + pts_valid = 1; + curpts = 0; + } + } + } + closedir(devpts_dir); + } + if (tf) { + rewind(tf); + return (1); + } else if ( (tf = fopen(_PATH_TTYS, "r")) ) + return (1); + return (0); +} + +int +endttyent() +{ + int rval; + + pts_valid = 0; + /* + * NB: Don't free `line' because getttynam() + * may still be referencing it + */ + if (tf) { + rval = (fclose(tf) != EOF); + tf = NULL; + return (rval); + } + return (1); +} + +static int +isttystat(tty, flag) + const char *tty; + int flag; +{ + struct ttyent *t; + + return ((t = getttynam(tty)) == NULL) ? 0 : !!(t->ty_status & flag); +} + + +int +isdialuptty(tty) + const char *tty; +{ + + return isttystat(tty, TTY_DIALUP); +} + +int isnettty(tty) + const char *tty; +{ + + return isttystat(tty, TTY_NETWORK); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getusershell.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getusershell.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1559519 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getusershell.3 @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +.\" $NetBSD: getusershell.3,v 1.6 1999/03/22 19:44:42 garbled Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)getusershell.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd January 16, 1999 +.Dt GETUSERSHELL 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getusershell , +.Nm setusershell , +.Nm endusershell +.Nd get valid user shells +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft char * +.Fn getusershell void +.Ft void +.Fn setusershell void +.Ft void +.Fn endusershell void +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getusershell +function +returns a pointer to a valid user shell as defined by the +system manager in the shells database as described in +.Xr shells 5 . +If the shells database is not available, +.Fn getusershell +behaves as if +.Pa /bin/sh +and +.Pa /bin/csh +were listed. +.Pp +The +.Fn getusershell +function +reads the next +line (opening the file if necessary); +.Fn setusershell +rewinds the file; +.Fn endusershell +closes it. +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width /etc/shells -compact +.It Pa /etc/shells +.El +.Sh DIAGNOSTICS +The routine +.Fn getusershell +returns a null pointer (0) on +.Dv EOF . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr nsswitch.conf 5 , +.Xr shells 5 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getusershell +function appeared in +.Bx 4.3 . +.Sh BUGS +The +.Fn getusershell +function leaves its result in an internal static object and returns +a pointer to that object. +Subsequent calls to +.Fn getusershell +will modify the same object. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getusershell.c b/lib/libc/gen/getusershell.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b0da2a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getusershell.c @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1985, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getusershell.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +/* $NetBSD: getusershell.c,v 1.17 1999/01/25 01:09:34 lukem Exp $ */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/file.h> + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <nsswitch.h> +#include <paths.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stringlist.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#ifdef HESIOD +#include <hesiod.h> +#endif +#ifdef YP +#include <rpc/rpc.h> +#include <rpcsvc/ypclnt.h> +#include <rpcsvc/yp_prot.h> +#endif +#include "un-namespace.h" + +/* + * Local shells should NOT be added here. They should be added in + * /etc/shells. + */ + +static const char *const okshells[] = { _PATH_BSHELL, _PATH_CSHELL, NULL }; +static const char *const *curshell; +static StringList *sl; + +static const char *const *initshells(void); + +/* + * Get a list of shells from "shells" nsswitch database + */ +char * +getusershell(void) +{ + char *ret; + + if (curshell == NULL) + curshell = initshells(); + /*LINTED*/ + ret = (char *)*curshell; + if (ret != NULL) + curshell++; + return (ret); +} + +void +endusershell(void) +{ + if (sl) { + sl_free(sl, 1); + sl = NULL; + } + curshell = NULL; +} + +void +setusershell(void) +{ + + curshell = initshells(); +} + + +static int _local_initshells(void *, void *, va_list); + +/*ARGSUSED*/ +static int +_local_initshells(rv, cb_data, ap) + void *rv; + void *cb_data; + va_list ap; +{ + char *sp, *cp; + FILE *fp; + char line[MAXPATHLEN + 2]; + + if (sl) + sl_free(sl, 1); + sl = sl_init(); + + if ((fp = fopen(_PATH_SHELLS, "r")) == NULL) + return NS_UNAVAIL; + + sp = cp = line; + while (fgets(cp, MAXPATHLEN + 1, fp) != NULL) { + while (*cp != '#' && *cp != '/' && *cp != '\0') + cp++; + if (*cp == '#' || *cp == '\0') + continue; + sp = cp; + while (!isspace(*cp) && *cp != '#' && *cp != '\0') + cp++; + *cp++ = '\0'; + sl_add(sl, strdup(sp)); + } + (void)fclose(fp); + return NS_SUCCESS; +} + +#ifdef HESIOD +static int _dns_initshells(void *, void *, va_list); + +/*ARGSUSED*/ +static int +_dns_initshells(rv, cb_data, ap) + void *rv; + void *cb_data; + va_list ap; +{ + char shellname[] = "shells-XXXXX"; + int hsindex, hpi, r; + char **hp; + void *context; + + if (sl) + sl_free(sl, 1); + sl = sl_init(); + r = NS_UNAVAIL; + if (hesiod_init(&context) == -1) + return (r); + + for (hsindex = 0; ; hsindex++) { + snprintf(shellname, sizeof(shellname)-1, "shells-%d", hsindex); + hp = hesiod_resolve(context, shellname, "shells"); + if (hp == NULL) { + if (errno == ENOENT) { + if (hsindex == 0) + r = NS_NOTFOUND; + else + r = NS_SUCCESS; + } + break; + } else { + for (hpi = 0; hp[hpi]; hpi++) + sl_add(sl, hp[hpi]); + free(hp); + } + } + hesiod_end(context); + return (r); +} +#endif /* HESIOD */ + +#ifdef YP +static int _nis_initshells(void *, void *, va_list); + +/*ARGSUSED*/ +static int +_nis_initshells(rv, cb_data, ap) + void *rv; + void *cb_data; + va_list ap; +{ + static char *ypdomain; + char *key, *data; + char *lastkey; + int keylen, datalen; + int r; + + if (sl) + sl_free(sl, 1); + sl = sl_init(); + + if (ypdomain == NULL) { + switch (yp_get_default_domain(&ypdomain)) { + case 0: + break; + case YPERR_RESRC: + return NS_TRYAGAIN; + default: + return NS_UNAVAIL; + } + } + + /* + * `key' and `data' point to strings dynamically allocated by + * the yp_... functions. + * `data' is directly put into the stringlist of shells. + */ + key = data = NULL; + if (yp_first(ypdomain, "shells", &key, &keylen, &data, &datalen)) + return NS_UNAVAIL; + do { + data[datalen] = '\0'; /* clear trailing \n */ + sl_add(sl, data); + + lastkey = key; + r = yp_next(ypdomain, "shells", lastkey, keylen, + &key, &keylen, &data, &datalen); + free(lastkey); + } while (r == 0); + + if (r == YPERR_NOMORE) { + /* + * `data' and `key' ought to be NULL - do not try to free them. + */ + return NS_SUCCESS; + } + + return NS_UNAVAIL; +} +#endif /* YP */ + +static const char *const * +initshells() +{ + static const ns_dtab dtab[] = { + NS_FILES_CB(_local_initshells, NULL) + NS_DNS_CB(_dns_initshells, NULL) + NS_NIS_CB(_nis_initshells, NULL) + { 0 } + }; + if (sl) + sl_free(sl, 1); + sl = sl_init(); + + if (_nsdispatch(NULL, dtab, NSDB_SHELLS, "initshells", __nsdefaultsrc) + != NS_SUCCESS) { + if (sl) + sl_free(sl, 1); + sl = NULL; + return (okshells); + } + sl_add(sl, NULL); + + return (const char *const *)(sl->sl_str); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getvfsbyname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getvfsbyname.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65da50b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getvfsbyname.3 @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1995 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)kvm_getvfsbyname.3 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd April 5, 2007 +.Dt GETVFSBYNAME 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getvfsbyname +.Nd get information about a file system +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/param.h +.In sys/mount.h +.Ft int +.Fn getvfsbyname "const char *name" "struct xvfsconf *vfc" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getvfsbyname +function provides access to information about a +file system module that is configured in the kernel. +If successful, +the requested file system +.Fa xvfsconf +is returned in the location pointed to by +.Fa vfc . +The fields in a +.Dq Li struct xvfsconf +are defined as follows: +.Pp +.Bl -tag -compact -width vfc_refcount +.It vfc_name +the name of the file system +.It vfc_typenum +the file system type number assigned by the kernel +.It vfc_refcount +the number of active mount points using the file system +.It vfc_flags +flag bits, as described below +.El +.Pp +The flags are defined as follows: +.Pp +.Bl -tag -width VFCF_SYNTHETIC -compact +.It Dv VFCF_STATIC +statically compiled into kernel +.It Dv VFCF_NETWORK +may get data over the network +.It Dv VFCF_READONLY +writes are not implemented +.It Dv VFCF_SYNTHETIC +data does not represent real files +.It Dv VFCF_LOOPBACK +aliases some other mounted FS +.It Dv VFCF_UNICODE +stores file names as Unicode +.It Dv VFCF_JAIL +can be mounted from within a jail if +.Va security.jail.mount_allowed +sysctl is set to +.Dv 1 . +.El +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std getvfsbyname +.Sh ERRORS +The following errors may be reported: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EFAULT +The +.Fa vfc +argument +points to an invalid address. +.It Bq Er ENOENT +The +.Fa name +argument +specifies a file system that is unknown or not configured in the kernel. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr jail 2 , +.Xr mount 2 , +.Xr sysctl 3 , +.Xr jail 8 , +.Xr mount 8 , +.Xr sysctl 8 +.Sh HISTORY +A variant of the +.Fn getvfsbyname +function first appeared in +.Fx 2.0 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getvfsbyname.c b/lib/libc/gen/getvfsbyname.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d896bb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getvfsbyname.c @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1995 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)kvm_getvfsbyname.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 4/3/95"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/mount.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* + * Given a filesystem name, determine if it is resident in the kernel, + * and if it is resident, return its xvfsconf structure. + */ +int +getvfsbyname(fsname, vfcp) + const char *fsname; + struct xvfsconf *vfcp; +{ + struct xvfsconf *xvfsp; + size_t buflen; + int cnt, i; + + if (sysctlbyname("vfs.conflist", NULL, &buflen, NULL, 0) < 0) + return (-1); + xvfsp = malloc(buflen); + if (xvfsp == NULL) + return (-1); + if (sysctlbyname("vfs.conflist", xvfsp, &buflen, NULL, 0) < 0) { + free(xvfsp); + return (-1); + } + cnt = buflen / sizeof(struct xvfsconf); + for (i = 0; i < cnt; i++) { + if (strcmp(fsname, xvfsp[i].vfc_name) == 0) { + memcpy(vfcp, xvfsp + i, sizeof(struct xvfsconf)); + free(xvfsp); + return (0); + } + } + free(xvfsp); + errno = ENOENT; + return (-1); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/glob.3 b/lib/libc/gen/glob.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c912bb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/glob.3 @@ -0,0 +1,471 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993, 1994 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" Guido van Rossum. +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)glob.3 8.3 (Berkeley) 4/16/94 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd September 1, 2004 +.Dt GLOB 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm glob , +.Nm globfree +.Nd generate pathnames matching a pattern +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In glob.h +.Ft int +.Fn glob "const char *pattern" "int flags" "int (*errfunc)(const char *, int)" "glob_t *pglob" +.Ft void +.Fn globfree "glob_t *pglob" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn glob +function +is a pathname generator that implements the rules for file name pattern +matching used by the shell. +.Pp +The include file +.In glob.h +defines the structure type +.Fa glob_t , +which contains at least the following fields: +.Bd -literal +typedef struct { + size_t gl_pathc; /* count of total paths so far */ + size_t gl_matchc; /* count of paths matching pattern */ + size_t gl_offs; /* reserved at beginning of gl_pathv */ + int gl_flags; /* returned flags */ + char **gl_pathv; /* list of paths matching pattern */ +} glob_t; +.Ed +.Pp +The argument +.Fa pattern +is a pointer to a pathname pattern to be expanded. +The +.Fn glob +argument +matches all accessible pathnames against the pattern and creates +a list of the pathnames that match. +In order to have access to a pathname, +.Fn glob +requires search permission on every component of a path except the last +and read permission on each directory of any filename component of +.Fa pattern +that contains any of the special characters +.Ql * , +.Ql ?\& +or +.Ql \&[ . +.Pp +The +.Fn glob +argument +stores the number of matched pathnames into the +.Fa gl_pathc +field, and a pointer to a list of pointers to pathnames into the +.Fa gl_pathv +field. +The first pointer after the last pathname is +.Dv NULL . +If the pattern does not match any pathnames, the returned number of +matched paths is set to zero. +.Pp +It is the caller's responsibility to create the structure pointed to by +.Fa pglob . +The +.Fn glob +function allocates other space as needed, including the memory pointed +to by +.Fa gl_pathv . +.Pp +The argument +.Fa flags +is used to modify the behavior of +.Fn glob . +The value of +.Fa flags +is the bitwise inclusive +.Tn OR +of any of the following +values defined in +.In glob.h : +.Bl -tag -width GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC +.It Dv GLOB_APPEND +Append pathnames generated to the ones from a previous call (or calls) +to +.Fn glob . +The value of +.Fa gl_pathc +will be the total matches found by this call and the previous call(s). +The pathnames are appended to, not merged with the pathnames returned by +the previous call(s). +Between calls, the caller must not change the setting of the +.Dv GLOB_DOOFFS +flag, nor change the value of +.Fa gl_offs +when +.Dv GLOB_DOOFFS +is set, nor (obviously) call +.Fn globfree +for +.Fa pglob . +.It Dv GLOB_DOOFFS +Make use of the +.Fa gl_offs +field. +If this flag is set, +.Fa gl_offs +is used to specify how many +.Dv NULL +pointers to prepend to the beginning +of the +.Fa gl_pathv +field. +In other words, +.Fa gl_pathv +will point to +.Fa gl_offs +.Dv NULL +pointers, +followed by +.Fa gl_pathc +pathname pointers, followed by a +.Dv NULL +pointer. +.It Dv GLOB_ERR +Causes +.Fn glob +to return when it encounters a directory that it cannot open or read. +Ordinarily, +.Fn glob +continues to find matches. +.It Dv GLOB_MARK +Each pathname that is a directory that matches +.Fa pattern +has a slash +appended. +.It Dv GLOB_NOCHECK +If +.Fa pattern +does not match any pathname, then +.Fn glob +returns a list +consisting of only +.Fa pattern , +with the number of total pathnames set to 1, and the number of matched +pathnames set to 0. +The effect of backslash escaping is present in the pattern returned. +.It Dv GLOB_NOESCAPE +By default, a backslash +.Pq Ql \e +character is used to escape the following character in the pattern, +avoiding any special interpretation of the character. +If +.Dv GLOB_NOESCAPE +is set, backslash escaping is disabled. +.It Dv GLOB_NOSORT +By default, the pathnames are sorted in ascending +.Tn ASCII +order; +this flag prevents that sorting (speeding up +.Fn glob ) . +.El +.Pp +The following values may also be included in +.Fa flags , +however, they are non-standard extensions to +.St -p1003.2 . +.Bl -tag -width GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC +.It Dv GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC +The following additional fields in the pglob structure have been +initialized with alternate functions for glob to use to open, read, +and close directories and to get stat information on names found +in those directories. +.Bd -literal +void *(*gl_opendir)(const char * name); +struct dirent *(*gl_readdir)(void *); +void (*gl_closedir)(void *); +int (*gl_lstat)(const char *name, struct stat *st); +int (*gl_stat)(const char *name, struct stat *st); +.Ed +.Pp +This extension is provided to allow programs such as +.Xr restore 8 +to provide globbing from directories stored on tape. +.It Dv GLOB_BRACE +Pre-process the pattern string to expand +.Ql {pat,pat,...} +strings like +.Xr csh 1 . +The pattern +.Ql {} +is left unexpanded for historical reasons (and +.Xr csh 1 +does the same thing to +ease typing +of +.Xr find 1 +patterns). +.It Dv GLOB_MAGCHAR +Set by the +.Fn glob +function if the pattern included globbing characters. +See the description of the usage of the +.Fa gl_matchc +structure member for more details. +.It Dv GLOB_NOMAGIC +Is the same as +.Dv GLOB_NOCHECK +but it only appends the +.Fa pattern +if it does not contain any of the special characters ``*'', ``?'' or ``[''. +.Dv GLOB_NOMAGIC +is provided to simplify implementing the historic +.Xr csh 1 +globbing behavior and should probably not be used anywhere else. +.It Dv GLOB_TILDE +Expand patterns that start with +.Ql ~ +to user name home directories. +.It Dv GLOB_LIMIT +Limit the total number of returned pathnames to the value provided in +.Fa gl_matchc +(default +.Dv ARG_MAX ) . +This option should be set for programs +that can be coerced into a denial of service attack +via patterns that expand to a very large number of matches, +such as a long string of +.Ql */../*/.. . +.El +.Pp +If, during the search, a directory is encountered that cannot be opened +or read and +.Fa errfunc +is +.Pf non- Dv NULL , +.Fn glob +calls +.Fa \*(lp*errfunc\*(rp Ns ( Fa path , errno ) . +This may be unintuitive: a pattern like +.Ql */Makefile +will try to +.Xr stat 2 +.Ql foo/Makefile +even if +.Ql foo +is not a directory, resulting in a +call to +.Fa errfunc . +The error routine can suppress this action by testing for +.Er ENOENT +and +.Er ENOTDIR ; +however, the +.Dv GLOB_ERR +flag will still cause an immediate +return when this happens. +.Pp +If +.Fa errfunc +returns non-zero, +.Fn glob +stops the scan and returns +.Dv GLOB_ABORTED +after setting +.Fa gl_pathc +and +.Fa gl_pathv +to reflect any paths already matched. +This also happens if an error is encountered and +.Dv GLOB_ERR +is set in +.Fa flags , +regardless of the return value of +.Fa errfunc , +if called. +If +.Dv GLOB_ERR +is not set and either +.Fa errfunc +is +.Dv NULL +or +.Fa errfunc +returns zero, the error is ignored. +.Pp +The +.Fn globfree +function frees any space associated with +.Fa pglob +from a previous call(s) to +.Fn glob . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +On successful completion, +.Fn glob +returns zero. +In addition the fields of +.Fa pglob +contain the values described below: +.Bl -tag -width GLOB_NOCHECK +.It Fa gl_pathc +contains the total number of matched pathnames so far. +This includes other matches from previous invocations of +.Fn glob +if +.Dv GLOB_APPEND +was specified. +.It Fa gl_matchc +contains the number of matched pathnames in the current invocation of +.Fn glob . +.It Fa gl_flags +contains a copy of the +.Fa flags +argument with the bit +.Dv GLOB_MAGCHAR +set if +.Fa pattern +contained any of the special characters ``*'', ``?'' or ``['', cleared +if not. +.It Fa gl_pathv +contains a pointer to a +.Dv NULL Ns -terminated +list of matched pathnames. +However, if +.Fa gl_pathc +is zero, the contents of +.Fa gl_pathv +are undefined. +.El +.Pp +If +.Fn glob +terminates due to an error, it sets errno and returns one of the +following non-zero constants, which are defined in the include +file +.In glob.h : +.Bl -tag -width GLOB_NOCHECK +.It Dv GLOB_NOSPACE +An attempt to allocate memory failed, or if +.Fa errno +was 0 +.Dv GLOB_LIMIT +was specified in the flags and +.Fa pglob\->gl_matchc +or more patterns were matched. +.It Dv GLOB_ABORTED +The scan was stopped because an error was encountered and either +.Dv GLOB_ERR +was set or +.Fa \*(lp*errfunc\*(rp\*(lp\*(rp +returned non-zero. +.It Dv GLOB_NOMATCH +The pattern did not match a pathname and +.Dv GLOB_NOCHECK +was not set. +.El +.Pp +The arguments +.Fa pglob\->gl_pathc +and +.Fa pglob\->gl_pathv +are still set as specified above. +.Sh EXAMPLES +A rough equivalent of +.Ql "ls -l *.c *.h" +can be obtained with the +following code: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +glob_t g; + +g.gl_offs = 2; +glob("*.c", GLOB_DOOFFS, NULL, &g); +glob("*.h", GLOB_DOOFFS | GLOB_APPEND, NULL, &g); +g.gl_pathv[0] = "ls"; +g.gl_pathv[1] = "-l"; +execvp("ls", g.gl_pathv); +.Ed +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sh 1 , +.Xr fnmatch 3 , +.Xr regexp 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The current implementation of the +.Fn glob +function +.Em does not +conform to +.St -p1003.2 . +Collating symbol expressions, equivalence class expressions and +character class expressions are not supported. +.Pp +The flags +.Dv GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC , +.Dv GLOB_BRACE , +.Dv GLOB_LIMIT , +.Dv GLOB_MAGCHAR , +.Dv GLOB_NOMAGIC , +and +.Dv GLOB_TILDE , +and the fields +.Fa gl_matchc +and +.Fa gl_flags +are extensions to the +.Tn POSIX +standard and +should not be used by applications striving for strict +conformance. +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn glob +and +.Fn globfree +functions first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . +.Sh BUGS +Patterns longer than +.Dv MAXPATHLEN +may cause unchecked errors. +.Pp +The +.Fn glob +argument +may fail and set errno for any of the errors specified for the +library routines +.Xr stat 2 , +.Xr closedir 3 , +.Xr opendir 3 , +.Xr readdir 3 , +.Xr malloc 3 , +and +.Xr free 3 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/glob.c b/lib/libc/gen/glob.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c75f6ef --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/glob.c @@ -0,0 +1,910 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Guido van Rossum. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)glob.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 10/13/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +/* + * glob(3) -- a superset of the one defined in POSIX 1003.2. + * + * The [!...] convention to negate a range is supported (SysV, Posix, ksh). + * + * Optional extra services, controlled by flags not defined by POSIX: + * + * GLOB_QUOTE: + * Escaping convention: \ inhibits any special meaning the following + * character might have (except \ at end of string is retained). + * GLOB_MAGCHAR: + * Set in gl_flags if pattern contained a globbing character. + * GLOB_NOMAGIC: + * Same as GLOB_NOCHECK, but it will only append pattern if it did + * not contain any magic characters. [Used in csh style globbing] + * GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC: + * Use alternately specified directory access functions. + * GLOB_TILDE: + * expand ~user/foo to the /home/dir/of/user/foo + * GLOB_BRACE: + * expand {1,2}{a,b} to 1a 1b 2a 2b + * gl_matchc: + * Number of matches in the current invocation of glob. + */ + +/* + * Some notes on multibyte character support: + * 1. Patterns with illegal byte sequences match nothing - even if + * GLOB_NOCHECK is specified. + * 2. Illegal byte sequences in filenames are handled by treating them as + * single-byte characters with a value of the first byte of the sequence + * cast to wchar_t. + * 3. State-dependent encodings are not currently supported. + */ + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <dirent.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <glob.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <pwd.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <wchar.h> + +#include "collate.h" + +#define DOLLAR '$' +#define DOT '.' +#define EOS '\0' +#define LBRACKET '[' +#define NOT '!' +#define QUESTION '?' +#define QUOTE '\\' +#define RANGE '-' +#define RBRACKET ']' +#define SEP '/' +#define STAR '*' +#define TILDE '~' +#define UNDERSCORE '_' +#define LBRACE '{' +#define RBRACE '}' +#define SLASH '/' +#define COMMA ',' + +#ifndef DEBUG + +#define M_QUOTE 0x8000000000ULL +#define M_PROTECT 0x4000000000ULL +#define M_MASK 0xffffffffffULL +#define M_CHAR 0x00ffffffffULL + +typedef uint_fast64_t Char; + +#else + +#define M_QUOTE 0x80 +#define M_PROTECT 0x40 +#define M_MASK 0xff +#define M_CHAR 0x7f + +typedef char Char; + +#endif + + +#define CHAR(c) ((Char)((c)&M_CHAR)) +#define META(c) ((Char)((c)|M_QUOTE)) +#define M_ALL META('*') +#define M_END META(']') +#define M_NOT META('!') +#define M_ONE META('?') +#define M_RNG META('-') +#define M_SET META('[') +#define ismeta(c) (((c)&M_QUOTE) != 0) + + +static int compare(const void *, const void *); +static int g_Ctoc(const Char *, char *, size_t); +static int g_lstat(Char *, struct stat *, glob_t *); +static DIR *g_opendir(Char *, glob_t *); +static Char *g_strchr(Char *, wchar_t); +#ifdef notdef +static Char *g_strcat(Char *, const Char *); +#endif +static int g_stat(Char *, struct stat *, glob_t *); +static int glob0(const Char *, glob_t *, size_t *); +static int glob1(Char *, glob_t *, size_t *); +static int glob2(Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, glob_t *, size_t *); +static int glob3(Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, glob_t *, size_t *); +static int globextend(const Char *, glob_t *, size_t *); +static const Char * + globtilde(const Char *, Char *, size_t, glob_t *); +static int globexp1(const Char *, glob_t *, size_t *); +static int globexp2(const Char *, const Char *, glob_t *, int *, size_t *); +static int match(Char *, Char *, Char *); +#ifdef DEBUG +static void qprintf(const char *, Char *); +#endif + +int +glob(const char *pattern, int flags, int (*errfunc)(const char *, int), glob_t *pglob) +{ + const char *patnext; + size_t limit; + Char *bufnext, *bufend, patbuf[MAXPATHLEN], prot; + mbstate_t mbs; + wchar_t wc; + size_t clen; + + patnext = pattern; + if (!(flags & GLOB_APPEND)) { + pglob->gl_pathc = 0; + pglob->gl_pathv = NULL; + if (!(flags & GLOB_DOOFFS)) + pglob->gl_offs = 0; + } + if (flags & GLOB_LIMIT) { + limit = pglob->gl_matchc; + if (limit == 0) + limit = ARG_MAX; + } else + limit = 0; + pglob->gl_flags = flags & ~GLOB_MAGCHAR; + pglob->gl_errfunc = errfunc; + pglob->gl_matchc = 0; + + bufnext = patbuf; + bufend = bufnext + MAXPATHLEN - 1; + if (flags & GLOB_NOESCAPE) { + memset(&mbs, 0, sizeof(mbs)); + while (bufend - bufnext >= MB_CUR_MAX) { + clen = mbrtowc(&wc, patnext, MB_LEN_MAX, &mbs); + if (clen == (size_t)-1 || clen == (size_t)-2) + return (GLOB_NOMATCH); + else if (clen == 0) + break; + *bufnext++ = wc; + patnext += clen; + } + } else { + /* Protect the quoted characters. */ + memset(&mbs, 0, sizeof(mbs)); + while (bufend - bufnext >= MB_CUR_MAX) { + if (*patnext == QUOTE) { + if (*++patnext == EOS) { + *bufnext++ = QUOTE | M_PROTECT; + continue; + } + prot = M_PROTECT; + } else + prot = 0; + clen = mbrtowc(&wc, patnext, MB_LEN_MAX, &mbs); + if (clen == (size_t)-1 || clen == (size_t)-2) + return (GLOB_NOMATCH); + else if (clen == 0) + break; + *bufnext++ = wc | prot; + patnext += clen; + } + } + *bufnext = EOS; + + if (flags & GLOB_BRACE) + return globexp1(patbuf, pglob, &limit); + else + return glob0(patbuf, pglob, &limit); +} + +/* + * Expand recursively a glob {} pattern. When there is no more expansion + * invoke the standard globbing routine to glob the rest of the magic + * characters + */ +static int +globexp1(const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limit) +{ + const Char* ptr = pattern; + int rv; + + /* Protect a single {}, for find(1), like csh */ + if (pattern[0] == LBRACE && pattern[1] == RBRACE && pattern[2] == EOS) + return glob0(pattern, pglob, limit); + + while ((ptr = (const Char *) g_strchr((Char *) ptr, LBRACE)) != NULL) + if (!globexp2(ptr, pattern, pglob, &rv, limit)) + return rv; + + return glob0(pattern, pglob, limit); +} + + +/* + * Recursive brace globbing helper. Tries to expand a single brace. + * If it succeeds then it invokes globexp1 with the new pattern. + * If it fails then it tries to glob the rest of the pattern and returns. + */ +static int +globexp2(const Char *ptr, const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob, int *rv, size_t *limit) +{ + int i; + Char *lm, *ls; + const Char *pe, *pm, *pm1, *pl; + Char patbuf[MAXPATHLEN]; + + /* copy part up to the brace */ + for (lm = patbuf, pm = pattern; pm != ptr; *lm++ = *pm++) + continue; + *lm = EOS; + ls = lm; + + /* Find the balanced brace */ + for (i = 0, pe = ++ptr; *pe; pe++) + if (*pe == LBRACKET) { + /* Ignore everything between [] */ + for (pm = pe++; *pe != RBRACKET && *pe != EOS; pe++) + continue; + if (*pe == EOS) { + /* + * We could not find a matching RBRACKET. + * Ignore and just look for RBRACE + */ + pe = pm; + } + } + else if (*pe == LBRACE) + i++; + else if (*pe == RBRACE) { + if (i == 0) + break; + i--; + } + + /* Non matching braces; just glob the pattern */ + if (i != 0 || *pe == EOS) { + *rv = glob0(patbuf, pglob, limit); + return 0; + } + + for (i = 0, pl = pm = ptr; pm <= pe; pm++) + switch (*pm) { + case LBRACKET: + /* Ignore everything between [] */ + for (pm1 = pm++; *pm != RBRACKET && *pm != EOS; pm++) + continue; + if (*pm == EOS) { + /* + * We could not find a matching RBRACKET. + * Ignore and just look for RBRACE + */ + pm = pm1; + } + break; + + case LBRACE: + i++; + break; + + case RBRACE: + if (i) { + i--; + break; + } + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case COMMA: + if (i && *pm == COMMA) + break; + else { + /* Append the current string */ + for (lm = ls; (pl < pm); *lm++ = *pl++) + continue; + /* + * Append the rest of the pattern after the + * closing brace + */ + for (pl = pe + 1; (*lm++ = *pl++) != EOS;) + continue; + + /* Expand the current pattern */ +#ifdef DEBUG + qprintf("globexp2:", patbuf); +#endif + *rv = globexp1(patbuf, pglob, limit); + + /* move after the comma, to the next string */ + pl = pm + 1; + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + *rv = 0; + return 0; +} + + + +/* + * expand tilde from the passwd file. + */ +static const Char * +globtilde(const Char *pattern, Char *patbuf, size_t patbuf_len, glob_t *pglob) +{ + struct passwd *pwd; + char *h; + const Char *p; + Char *b, *eb; + + if (*pattern != TILDE || !(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_TILDE)) + return pattern; + + /* + * Copy up to the end of the string or / + */ + eb = &patbuf[patbuf_len - 1]; + for (p = pattern + 1, h = (char *) patbuf; + h < (char *)eb && *p && *p != SLASH; *h++ = *p++) + continue; + + *h = EOS; + + if (((char *) patbuf)[0] == EOS) { + /* + * handle a plain ~ or ~/ by expanding $HOME first (iff + * we're not running setuid or setgid) and then trying + * the password file + */ + if (issetugid() != 0 || + (h = getenv("HOME")) == NULL) { + if (((h = getlogin()) != NULL && + (pwd = getpwnam(h)) != NULL) || + (pwd = getpwuid(getuid())) != NULL) + h = pwd->pw_dir; + else + return pattern; + } + } + else { + /* + * Expand a ~user + */ + if ((pwd = getpwnam((char*) patbuf)) == NULL) + return pattern; + else + h = pwd->pw_dir; + } + + /* Copy the home directory */ + for (b = patbuf; b < eb && *h; *b++ = *h++) + continue; + + /* Append the rest of the pattern */ + while (b < eb && (*b++ = *p++) != EOS) + continue; + *b = EOS; + + return patbuf; +} + + +/* + * The main glob() routine: compiles the pattern (optionally processing + * quotes), calls glob1() to do the real pattern matching, and finally + * sorts the list (unless unsorted operation is requested). Returns 0 + * if things went well, nonzero if errors occurred. + */ +static int +glob0(const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limit) +{ + const Char *qpatnext; + int c, err; + size_t oldpathc; + Char *bufnext, patbuf[MAXPATHLEN]; + + qpatnext = globtilde(pattern, patbuf, MAXPATHLEN, pglob); + oldpathc = pglob->gl_pathc; + bufnext = patbuf; + + /* We don't need to check for buffer overflow any more. */ + while ((c = *qpatnext++) != EOS) { + switch (c) { + case LBRACKET: + c = *qpatnext; + if (c == NOT) + ++qpatnext; + if (*qpatnext == EOS || + g_strchr((Char *) qpatnext+1, RBRACKET) == NULL) { + *bufnext++ = LBRACKET; + if (c == NOT) + --qpatnext; + break; + } + *bufnext++ = M_SET; + if (c == NOT) + *bufnext++ = M_NOT; + c = *qpatnext++; + do { + *bufnext++ = CHAR(c); + if (*qpatnext == RANGE && + (c = qpatnext[1]) != RBRACKET) { + *bufnext++ = M_RNG; + *bufnext++ = CHAR(c); + qpatnext += 2; + } + } while ((c = *qpatnext++) != RBRACKET); + pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR; + *bufnext++ = M_END; + break; + case QUESTION: + pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR; + *bufnext++ = M_ONE; + break; + case STAR: + pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR; + /* collapse adjacent stars to one, + * to avoid exponential behavior + */ + if (bufnext == patbuf || bufnext[-1] != M_ALL) + *bufnext++ = M_ALL; + break; + default: + *bufnext++ = CHAR(c); + break; + } + } + *bufnext = EOS; +#ifdef DEBUG + qprintf("glob0:", patbuf); +#endif + + if ((err = glob1(patbuf, pglob, limit)) != 0) + return(err); + + /* + * If there was no match we are going to append the pattern + * if GLOB_NOCHECK was specified or if GLOB_NOMAGIC was specified + * and the pattern did not contain any magic characters + * GLOB_NOMAGIC is there just for compatibility with csh. + */ + if (pglob->gl_pathc == oldpathc) { + if (((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOCHECK) || + ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOMAGIC) && + !(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_MAGCHAR)))) + return(globextend(pattern, pglob, limit)); + else + return(GLOB_NOMATCH); + } + if (!(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOSORT)) + qsort(pglob->gl_pathv + pglob->gl_offs + oldpathc, + pglob->gl_pathc - oldpathc, sizeof(char *), compare); + return(0); +} + +static int +compare(const void *p, const void *q) +{ + return(strcmp(*(char **)p, *(char **)q)); +} + +static int +glob1(Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limit) +{ + Char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN]; + + /* A null pathname is invalid -- POSIX 1003.1 sect. 2.4. */ + if (*pattern == EOS) + return(0); + return(glob2(pathbuf, pathbuf, pathbuf + MAXPATHLEN - 1, + pattern, pglob, limit)); +} + +/* + * The functions glob2 and glob3 are mutually recursive; there is one level + * of recursion for each segment in the pattern that contains one or more + * meta characters. + */ +static int +glob2(Char *pathbuf, Char *pathend, Char *pathend_last, Char *pattern, + glob_t *pglob, size_t *limit) +{ + struct stat sb; + Char *p, *q; + int anymeta; + + /* + * Loop over pattern segments until end of pattern or until + * segment with meta character found. + */ + for (anymeta = 0;;) { + if (*pattern == EOS) { /* End of pattern? */ + *pathend = EOS; + if (g_lstat(pathbuf, &sb, pglob)) + return(0); + + if (((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_MARK) && + pathend[-1] != SEP) && (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode) + || (S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode) && + (g_stat(pathbuf, &sb, pglob) == 0) && + S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)))) { + if (pathend + 1 > pathend_last) + return (GLOB_ABORTED); + *pathend++ = SEP; + *pathend = EOS; + } + ++pglob->gl_matchc; + return(globextend(pathbuf, pglob, limit)); + } + + /* Find end of next segment, copy tentatively to pathend. */ + q = pathend; + p = pattern; + while (*p != EOS && *p != SEP) { + if (ismeta(*p)) + anymeta = 1; + if (q + 1 > pathend_last) + return (GLOB_ABORTED); + *q++ = *p++; + } + + if (!anymeta) { /* No expansion, do next segment. */ + pathend = q; + pattern = p; + while (*pattern == SEP) { + if (pathend + 1 > pathend_last) + return (GLOB_ABORTED); + *pathend++ = *pattern++; + } + } else /* Need expansion, recurse. */ + return(glob3(pathbuf, pathend, pathend_last, pattern, p, + pglob, limit)); + } + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +static int +glob3(Char *pathbuf, Char *pathend, Char *pathend_last, + Char *pattern, Char *restpattern, + glob_t *pglob, size_t *limit) +{ + struct dirent *dp; + DIR *dirp; + int err; + char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; + + /* + * The readdirfunc declaration can't be prototyped, because it is + * assigned, below, to two functions which are prototyped in glob.h + * and dirent.h as taking pointers to differently typed opaque + * structures. + */ + struct dirent *(*readdirfunc)(); + + if (pathend > pathend_last) + return (GLOB_ABORTED); + *pathend = EOS; + errno = 0; + + if ((dirp = g_opendir(pathbuf, pglob)) == NULL) { + /* TODO: don't call for ENOENT or ENOTDIR? */ + if (pglob->gl_errfunc) { + if (g_Ctoc(pathbuf, buf, sizeof(buf))) + return (GLOB_ABORTED); + if (pglob->gl_errfunc(buf, errno) || + pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ERR) + return (GLOB_ABORTED); + } + return(0); + } + + err = 0; + + /* Search directory for matching names. */ + if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC) + readdirfunc = pglob->gl_readdir; + else + readdirfunc = readdir; + while ((dp = (*readdirfunc)(dirp))) { + char *sc; + Char *dc; + wchar_t wc; + size_t clen; + mbstate_t mbs; + + /* Initial DOT must be matched literally. */ + if (dp->d_name[0] == DOT && *pattern != DOT) + continue; + memset(&mbs, 0, sizeof(mbs)); + dc = pathend; + sc = dp->d_name; + while (dc < pathend_last) { + clen = mbrtowc(&wc, sc, MB_LEN_MAX, &mbs); + if (clen == (size_t)-1 || clen == (size_t)-2) { + wc = *sc; + clen = 1; + memset(&mbs, 0, sizeof(mbs)); + } + if ((*dc++ = wc) == EOS) + break; + sc += clen; + } + if (!match(pathend, pattern, restpattern)) { + *pathend = EOS; + continue; + } + err = glob2(pathbuf, --dc, pathend_last, restpattern, + pglob, limit); + if (err) + break; + } + + if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC) + (*pglob->gl_closedir)(dirp); + else + closedir(dirp); + return(err); +} + + +/* + * Extend the gl_pathv member of a glob_t structure to accomodate a new item, + * add the new item, and update gl_pathc. + * + * This assumes the BSD realloc, which only copies the block when its size + * crosses a power-of-two boundary; for v7 realloc, this would cause quadratic + * behavior. + * + * Return 0 if new item added, error code if memory couldn't be allocated. + * + * Invariant of the glob_t structure: + * Either gl_pathc is zero and gl_pathv is NULL; or gl_pathc > 0 and + * gl_pathv points to (gl_offs + gl_pathc + 1) items. + */ +static int +globextend(const Char *path, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limit) +{ + char **pathv; + size_t i, newsize, len; + char *copy; + const Char *p; + + if (*limit && pglob->gl_pathc > *limit) { + errno = 0; + return (GLOB_NOSPACE); + } + + newsize = sizeof(*pathv) * (2 + pglob->gl_pathc + pglob->gl_offs); + pathv = pglob->gl_pathv ? + realloc((char *)pglob->gl_pathv, newsize) : + malloc(newsize); + if (pathv == NULL) { + if (pglob->gl_pathv) { + free(pglob->gl_pathv); + pglob->gl_pathv = NULL; + } + return(GLOB_NOSPACE); + } + + if (pglob->gl_pathv == NULL && pglob->gl_offs > 0) { + /* first time around -- clear initial gl_offs items */ + pathv += pglob->gl_offs; + for (i = pglob->gl_offs + 1; --i > 0; ) + *--pathv = NULL; + } + pglob->gl_pathv = pathv; + + for (p = path; *p++;) + continue; + len = MB_CUR_MAX * (size_t)(p - path); /* XXX overallocation */ + if ((copy = malloc(len)) != NULL) { + if (g_Ctoc(path, copy, len)) { + free(copy); + return (GLOB_NOSPACE); + } + pathv[pglob->gl_offs + pglob->gl_pathc++] = copy; + } + pathv[pglob->gl_offs + pglob->gl_pathc] = NULL; + return(copy == NULL ? GLOB_NOSPACE : 0); +} + +/* + * pattern matching function for filenames. Each occurrence of the * + * pattern causes a recursion level. + */ +static int +match(Char *name, Char *pat, Char *patend) +{ + int ok, negate_range; + Char c, k; + + while (pat < patend) { + c = *pat++; + switch (c & M_MASK) { + case M_ALL: + if (pat == patend) + return(1); + do + if (match(name, pat, patend)) + return(1); + while (*name++ != EOS); + return(0); + case M_ONE: + if (*name++ == EOS) + return(0); + break; + case M_SET: + ok = 0; + if ((k = *name++) == EOS) + return(0); + if ((negate_range = ((*pat & M_MASK) == M_NOT)) != EOS) + ++pat; + while (((c = *pat++) & M_MASK) != M_END) + if ((*pat & M_MASK) == M_RNG) { + if (__collate_load_error ? + CHAR(c) <= CHAR(k) && CHAR(k) <= CHAR(pat[1]) : + __collate_range_cmp(CHAR(c), CHAR(k)) <= 0 + && __collate_range_cmp(CHAR(k), CHAR(pat[1])) <= 0 + ) + ok = 1; + pat += 2; + } else if (c == k) + ok = 1; + if (ok == negate_range) + return(0); + break; + default: + if (*name++ != c) + return(0); + break; + } + } + return(*name == EOS); +} + +/* Free allocated data belonging to a glob_t structure. */ +void +globfree(glob_t *pglob) +{ + size_t i; + char **pp; + + if (pglob->gl_pathv != NULL) { + pp = pglob->gl_pathv + pglob->gl_offs; + for (i = pglob->gl_pathc; i--; ++pp) + if (*pp) + free(*pp); + free(pglob->gl_pathv); + pglob->gl_pathv = NULL; + } +} + +static DIR * +g_opendir(Char *str, glob_t *pglob) +{ + char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; + + if (!*str) + strcpy(buf, "."); + else { + if (g_Ctoc(str, buf, sizeof(buf))) + return (NULL); + } + + if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC) + return((*pglob->gl_opendir)(buf)); + + return(opendir(buf)); +} + +static int +g_lstat(Char *fn, struct stat *sb, glob_t *pglob) +{ + char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; + + if (g_Ctoc(fn, buf, sizeof(buf))) { + errno = ENAMETOOLONG; + return (-1); + } + if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC) + return((*pglob->gl_lstat)(buf, sb)); + return(lstat(buf, sb)); +} + +static int +g_stat(Char *fn, struct stat *sb, glob_t *pglob) +{ + char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; + + if (g_Ctoc(fn, buf, sizeof(buf))) { + errno = ENAMETOOLONG; + return (-1); + } + if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC) + return((*pglob->gl_stat)(buf, sb)); + return(stat(buf, sb)); +} + +static Char * +g_strchr(Char *str, wchar_t ch) +{ + + do { + if (*str == ch) + return (str); + } while (*str++); + return (NULL); +} + +static int +g_Ctoc(const Char *str, char *buf, size_t len) +{ + mbstate_t mbs; + size_t clen; + + memset(&mbs, 0, sizeof(mbs)); + while (len >= MB_CUR_MAX) { + clen = wcrtomb(buf, *str, &mbs); + if (clen == (size_t)-1) + return (1); + if (*str == L'\0') + return (0); + str++; + buf += clen; + len -= clen; + } + return (1); +} + +#ifdef DEBUG +static void +qprintf(const char *str, Char *s) +{ + Char *p; + + (void)printf("%s:\n", str); + for (p = s; *p; p++) + (void)printf("%c", CHAR(*p)); + (void)printf("\n"); + for (p = s; *p; p++) + (void)printf("%c", *p & M_PROTECT ? '"' : ' '); + (void)printf("\n"); + for (p = s; *p; p++) + (void)printf("%c", ismeta(*p) ? '_' : ' '); + (void)printf("\n"); +} +#endif diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/initgroups.3 b/lib/libc/gen/initgroups.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2fe2dd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/initgroups.3 @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)initgroups.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt INITGROUPS 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm initgroups +.Nd initialize group access list +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft int +.Fn initgroups "const char *name" "gid_t basegid" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn initgroups +function +uses the +.Xr getgrouplist 3 +function to calculate the group access list for the user +specified in +.Fa name . +This group list is then setup for the current process using +.Xr setgroups 2 . +The +.Fa basegid +is automatically included in the groups list. +Typically this value is given as +the group number from the password file. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std initgroups +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn initgroups +function may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library function +.Xr setgroups 2 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr setgroups 2 , +.Xr getgrouplist 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn initgroups +function appeared in +.Bx 4.2 . +.Sh BUGS +The +.Fn getgrouplist +function called by +.Fn initgroups +uses the routines based on +.Xr getgrent 3 . +If the invoking program uses any of these routines, +the group structure will +be overwritten in the call to +.Fn initgroups . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/initgroups.c b/lib/libc/gen/initgroups.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..299ae50 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/initgroups.c @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)initgroups.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> + +#include <stdio.h> +#include "namespace.h" +#include <err.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" +#include <unistd.h> + +int +initgroups(uname, agroup) + const char *uname; + gid_t agroup; +{ + int ngroups; + /* + * Provide space for one group more than NGROUPS to allow + * setgroups to fail and set errno. + */ + gid_t groups[NGROUPS + 1]; + + ngroups = NGROUPS + 1; + getgrouplist(uname, agroup, groups, &ngroups); + return (setgroups(ngroups, groups)); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isatty.c b/lib/libc/gen/isatty.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..076b824 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/isatty.c @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)isatty.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <termios.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +int +isatty(fd) + int fd; +{ + int retval; + struct termios t; + + retval = (tcgetattr(fd, &t) != -1); + return(retval); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isgreater.3 b/lib/libc/gen/isgreater.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0106155 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/isgreater.3 @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2003 David Schultz <das@FreeBSD.ORG> +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd February 12, 2003 +.Dt ISGREATER 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm isgreater , isgreaterequal , isless , islessequal , +.Nm islessgreater , isunordered +.Nd "compare two floating-point numbers" +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In math.h +.Ft int +.Fn isgreater "real-floating x" "real-floating y" +.Ft int +.Fn isgreaterequal "real-floating x" "real-floating y" +.Ft int +.Fn isless "real-floating x" "real-floating y" +.Ft int +.Fn islessequal "real-floating x" "real-floating y" +.Ft int +.Fn islessgreater "real-floating x" "real-floating y" +.Ft int +.Fn isunordered "real-floating x" "real-floating y" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +Each of the macros +.Fn isgreater , +.Fn isgreaterequal , +.Fn isless , +.Fn islessequal , +and +.Fn islessgreater +take arguments +.Fa x +and +.Fa y +and return a non-zero value if and only if its nominal +relation on +.Fa x +and +.Fa y +is true. +These macros always return zero if either +argument is not a number (NaN), but unlike the corresponding C +operators, they never raise a floating point exception. +.Pp +The +.Fn isunordered +macro takes arguments +.Fa x +and +.Fa y +and returns non-zero if and only if neither +.Fa x +nor +.Fa y +are NaNs. +For any pair of floating-point values, one +of the relationships (less, greater, equal, unordered) holds. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr fpclassify 3 , +.Xr math 3 , +.Xr signbit 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn isgreater , +.Fn isgreaterequal , +.Fn isless , +.Fn islessequal , +.Fn islessgreater , +and +.Fn isunordered +macros conform to +.St -isoC-99 . +.Sh HISTORY +The relational macros described above first appeared in +.Fx 5.1 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isinf.c b/lib/libc/gen/isinf.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a4152a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/isinf.c @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2004 David Schultz <das@FreeBSD.ORG> + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +#include <math.h> + +#include "fpmath.h" + +/* + * XXX These routines belong in libm, but they must remain in libc for + * binary compat until we can bump libm's major version number. + */ + +__weak_reference(__isinf, isinf); + +int +__isinf(double d) +{ + union IEEEd2bits u; + + u.d = d; + return (u.bits.exp == 2047 && u.bits.manl == 0 && u.bits.manh == 0); +} + +int +__isinff(float f) +{ + union IEEEf2bits u; + + u.f = f; + return (u.bits.exp == 255 && u.bits.man == 0); +} + +int +__isinfl(long double e) +{ + union IEEEl2bits u; + + u.e = e; + mask_nbit_l(u); +#ifndef __alpha__ + return (u.bits.exp == 32767 && u.bits.manl == 0 && u.bits.manh == 0); +#else + return (u.bits.exp == 2047 && u.bits.manl == 0 && u.bits.manh == 0); +#endif +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isnan.c b/lib/libc/gen/isnan.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec81362 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/isnan.c @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2004 David Schultz <das@FreeBSD.ORG> + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +#include <math.h> + +#include "fpmath.h" + +/* + * XXX These routines belong in libm, but they must remain in libc for + * binary compat until we can bump libm's major version number. + */ + +__weak_reference(__isnan, isnan); +__weak_reference(__isnanf, isnanf); + +int +__isnan(double d) +{ + union IEEEd2bits u; + + u.d = d; + return (u.bits.exp == 2047 && (u.bits.manl != 0 || u.bits.manh != 0)); +} + +int +__isnanf(float f) +{ + union IEEEf2bits u; + + u.f = f; + return (u.bits.exp == 255 && u.bits.man != 0); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/jrand48.c b/lib/libc/gen/jrand48.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1707620 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/jrand48.c @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier + * All rights reserved. + * + * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source + * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the + * following conditions are retained. + * + * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties + * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens + * to anyone/anything when using this software. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "rand48.h" + +long +jrand48(unsigned short xseed[3]) +{ + _dorand48(xseed); + return ((long) xseed[2] << 16) + (long) xseed[1]; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/lcong48.c b/lib/libc/gen/lcong48.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab0d1f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/lcong48.c @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier + * All rights reserved. + * + * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source + * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the + * following conditions are retained. + * + * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties + * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens + * to anyone/anything when using this software. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "rand48.h" + +extern unsigned short _rand48_seed[3]; +extern unsigned short _rand48_mult[3]; +extern unsigned short _rand48_add; + +void +lcong48(unsigned short p[7]) +{ + _rand48_seed[0] = p[0]; + _rand48_seed[1] = p[1]; + _rand48_seed[2] = p[2]; + _rand48_mult[0] = p[3]; + _rand48_mult[1] = p[4]; + _rand48_mult[2] = p[5]; + _rand48_add = p[6]; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ldexp.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ldexp.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8e4fba --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ldexp.3 @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information +.\" Processing Systems. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)ldexp.3 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd March 4, 2005 +.Dt LDEXP 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm ldexp , +.Nm ldexpf , +.Nm ldexpl +.Nd multiply floating-point number by integral power of 2 +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libm +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In math.h +.Ft double +.Fn ldexp "double x" "int exp" +.Ft float +.Fn ldexpf "float x" "int exp" +.Ft long double +.Fn ldexpl "long double x" "int exp" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn ldexp , +.Fn ldexpf , +and +.Fn ldexpl +functions multiply a floating-point number by an integral +power of 2. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +These functions return the value of +.Fa x +times 2 raised to the power +.Fa exp . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr frexp 3 , +.Xr math 3 , +.Xr modf 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn ldexp , +.Fn ldexpf , +and +.Fn ldexpl +functions conform to +.St -isoC-99 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ldexp.c b/lib/libc/gen/ldexp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..887f673 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ldexp.c @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +/* @(#)s_scalbn.c 5.1 93/09/24 */ +/* @(#)fdlibm.h 5.1 93/09/24 */ +/* + * ==================================================== + * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. + * + * Developed at SunPro, a Sun Microsystems, Inc. business. + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this + * software is freely granted, provided that this notice + * is preserved. + * ==================================================== + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <machine/endian.h> +#include <math.h> + +/* Bit fiddling routines copied from msun/src/math_private.h,v 1.15 */ + +#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN + +typedef union +{ + double value; + struct + { + u_int32_t msw; + u_int32_t lsw; + } parts; +} ieee_double_shape_type; + +#endif + +#if BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN + +typedef union +{ + double value; + struct + { + u_int32_t lsw; + u_int32_t msw; + } parts; +} ieee_double_shape_type; + +#endif + +/* Get two 32 bit ints from a double. */ + +#define EXTRACT_WORDS(ix0,ix1,d) \ +do { \ + ieee_double_shape_type ew_u; \ + ew_u.value = (d); \ + (ix0) = ew_u.parts.msw; \ + (ix1) = ew_u.parts.lsw; \ +} while (0) + +/* Get the more significant 32 bit int from a double. */ + +#define GET_HIGH_WORD(i,d) \ +do { \ + ieee_double_shape_type gh_u; \ + gh_u.value = (d); \ + (i) = gh_u.parts.msw; \ +} while (0) + +/* Set the more significant 32 bits of a double from an int. */ + +#define SET_HIGH_WORD(d,v) \ +do { \ + ieee_double_shape_type sh_u; \ + sh_u.value = (d); \ + sh_u.parts.msw = (v); \ + (d) = sh_u.value; \ +} while (0) + + +static const double +two54 = 1.80143985094819840000e+16, /* 0x43500000, 0x00000000 */ +twom54 = 5.55111512312578270212e-17, /* 0x3C900000, 0x00000000 */ +huge = 1.0e+300, +tiny = 1.0e-300; + +static double +_copysign(double x, double y) +{ + u_int32_t hx,hy; + GET_HIGH_WORD(hx,x); + GET_HIGH_WORD(hy,y); + SET_HIGH_WORD(x,(hx&0x7fffffff)|(hy&0x80000000)); + return x; +} + +double +ldexp(double x, int n) +{ + int32_t k,hx,lx; + EXTRACT_WORDS(hx,lx,x); + k = (hx&0x7ff00000)>>20; /* extract exponent */ + if (k==0) { /* 0 or subnormal x */ + if ((lx|(hx&0x7fffffff))==0) return x; /* +-0 */ + x *= two54; + GET_HIGH_WORD(hx,x); + k = ((hx&0x7ff00000)>>20) - 54; + if (n< -50000) return tiny*x; /*underflow*/ + } + if (k==0x7ff) return x+x; /* NaN or Inf */ + k = k+n; + if (k > 0x7fe) return huge*_copysign(huge,x); /* overflow */ + if (k > 0) /* normal result */ + {SET_HIGH_WORD(x,(hx&0x800fffff)|(k<<20)); return x;} + if (k <= -54) { + if (n > 50000) /* in case integer overflow in n+k */ + return huge*_copysign(huge,x); /*overflow*/ + else return tiny*_copysign(tiny,x); /*underflow*/ + } + k += 54; /* subnormal result */ + SET_HIGH_WORD(x,(hx&0x800fffff)|(k<<20)); + return x*twom54; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/lockf.3 b/lib/libc/gen/lockf.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb3b8ef --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/lockf.3 @@ -0,0 +1,273 @@ +.\" $NetBSD: lockf.3,v 1.2 1998/02/05 18:47:28 perry Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1997 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation +.\" by Klaus Klein and S.P. Zeidler. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +.\" must display the following acknowledgement: +.\" This product includes software developed by the NetBSD +.\" Foundation, Inc. and its contributors. +.\" 4. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its +.\" contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +.\" from this software without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS +.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED +.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS +.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF +.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS +.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) +.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd December 19, 1997 +.Dt LOCKF 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm lockf +.Nd record locking on files +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft int +.Fn lockf "int filedes" "int function" "off_t size" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn lockf +function allows sections of a file to be locked with advisory-mode locks. +Calls to +.Fn lockf +from other processes which attempt to lock the locked file section will +either return an error value or block until the section becomes unlocked. +All the locks for a process are removed when the process terminates. +.Pp +The argument +.Fa filedes +is an open file descriptor. +The file descriptor must have been opened either for write-only +.Dv ( O_WRONLY ) +or read/write +.Dv ( O_RDWR ) +operation. +.Pp +The +.Fa function +argument is a control value which specifies the action to be taken. +The permissible values for +.Fa function +are as follows: +.Bl -tag -width F_ULOCKXX -compact -offset indent +.It Sy Function +.Sy Description +.It Dv F_ULOCK +unlock locked sections +.It Dv F_LOCK +lock a section for exclusive use +.It Dv F_TLOCK +test and lock a section for exclusive use +.It Dv F_TEST +test a section for locks by other processes +.El +.Pp +.Dv F_ULOCK +removes locks from a section of the file; +.Dv F_LOCK +and +.Dv F_TLOCK +both lock a section of a file if the section is available; +.Dv F_TEST +detects if a lock by another process is present on the specified section. +.Pp +The +.Fa size +argument is the number of contiguous bytes to be locked or +unlocked. +The section to be locked or unlocked starts at the current +offset in the file and extends forward for a positive size or backward +for a negative size (the preceding bytes up to but not including the +current offset). +However, it is not permitted to lock a section that +starts or extends before the beginning of the file. +If +.Fa size +is 0, the section from the current offset through the largest possible +file offset is locked (that is, from the current offset through the +present or any future end-of-file). +.Pp +The sections locked with +.Dv F_LOCK +or +.Dv F_TLOCK +may, in whole or in part, contain or be contained by a previously +locked section for the same process. +When this occurs, or if adjacent +locked sections would occur, the sections are combined into a single +locked section. +If the request would cause the number of locks to +exceed a system-imposed limit, the request will fail. +.Pp +.Dv F_LOCK +and +.Dv F_TLOCK +requests differ only by the action taken if the section is not +available. +.Dv F_LOCK +blocks the calling process until the section is available. +.Dv F_TLOCK +makes the function fail if the section is already locked by another +process. +.Pp +File locks are released on first close by the locking process of any +file descriptor for the file. +.Pp +.Dv F_ULOCK +requests release (wholly or in part) one or more locked sections +controlled by the process. +Locked sections will be unlocked starting +at the current file offset through +.Fa size +bytes or to the end of file if size is 0. +When all of a locked section +is not released (that is, when the beginning or end of the area to be +unlocked falls within a locked section), the remaining portions of +that section are still locked by the process. +Releasing the center +portion of a locked section will cause the remaining locked beginning +and end portions to become two separate locked sections. +If the +request would cause the number of locks in the system to exceed a +system-imposed limit, the request will fail. +.Pp +An +.Dv F_ULOCK +request in which size is non-zero and the offset of the last byte of +the requested section is the maximum value for an object of type +off_t, when the process has an existing lock in which size is 0 and +which includes the last byte of the requested section, will be treated +as a request to unlock from the start of the requested section with a +size equal to 0. +Otherwise an +.Dv F_ULOCK +request will attempt to unlock only the requested section. +.Pp +A potential for deadlock occurs if a process controlling a locked +region is put to sleep by attempting to lock the locked region of +another process. +This implementation detects that sleeping until a +locked region is unlocked would cause a deadlock and fails with an +.Er EDEADLK +error. +.Pp +The +.Fn lockf , +.Xr fcntl 2 , +and +.Xr flock 2 +locks are compatible. +Processes using different locking interfaces can cooperate +over the same file safely. +However, only one of such interfaces should be used within +the same process. +If a file is locked by a process through +.Xr flock 2 , +any record within the file will be seen as locked +from the viewpoint of another process using +.Xr fcntl 2 +or +.Fn lockf , +and vice versa. +.Pp +Blocking on a section is interrupted by any signal. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std lockf +In the case of a failure, existing locks are not changed. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn lockf +function +will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EAGAIN +The argument +.Fa function +is +.Dv F_TLOCK +or +.Dv F_TEST +and the section is already locked by another process. +.It Bq Er EBADF +The argument +.Fa filedes +is not a valid open file descriptor. +.Pp +The argument +.Fa function +is +.Dv F_LOCK +or +.Dv F_TLOCK , +and +.Fa filedes +is not a valid file descriptor open for writing. +.It Bq Er EDEADLK +The argument +.Fa function +is +.Dv F_LOCK +and a deadlock is detected. +.It Bq Er EINTR +The argument +.Fa function +is F_LOCK +and +.Fn lockf +was interrupted by the delivery of a signal. +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The argument +.Fa function +is not one of +.Dv F_ULOCK , +.Dv F_LOCK , +.Dv F_TLOCK +or +.Dv F_TEST . +.Pp +The argument +.Fa filedes +refers to a file that does not support locking. +.It Bq Er ENOLCK +The argument +.Fa function +is +.Dv F_ULOCK , +.Dv F_LOCK +or +.Dv F_TLOCK , +and satisfying the lock or unlock request would result in the number +of locked regions in the system exceeding a system-imposed limit. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr fcntl 2 , +.Xr flock 2 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn lockf +function conforms to +.St -xpg4.2 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/lockf.c b/lib/libc/gen/lockf.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c448f18 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/lockf.c @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1997 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation + * by Klaus Klein. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the NetBSD + * Foundation, Inc. and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS + * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED + * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS + * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR + * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF + * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS + * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN + * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE + * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +/* $NetBSD: lockf.c,v 1.1 1997/12/20 20:23:18 kleink Exp $ */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +int +lockf(filedes, function, size) + int filedes; + int function; + off_t size; +{ + struct flock fl; + int cmd; + + fl.l_start = 0; + fl.l_len = size; + fl.l_whence = SEEK_CUR; + + switch (function) { + case F_ULOCK: + cmd = F_SETLK; + fl.l_type = F_UNLCK; + break; + case F_LOCK: + cmd = F_SETLKW; + fl.l_type = F_WRLCK; + break; + case F_TLOCK: + cmd = F_SETLK; + fl.l_type = F_WRLCK; + break; + case F_TEST: + fl.l_type = F_WRLCK; + if (_fcntl(filedes, F_GETLK, &fl) == -1) + return (-1); + if (fl.l_type == F_UNLCK || fl.l_pid == getpid()) + return (0); + errno = EAGAIN; + return (-1); + /* NOTREACHED */ + default: + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + + return (_fcntl(filedes, cmd, &fl)); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/lrand48.c b/lib/libc/gen/lrand48.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44a7f5d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/lrand48.c @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier + * All rights reserved. + * + * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source + * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the + * following conditions are retained. + * + * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties + * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens + * to anyone/anything when using this software. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "rand48.h" + +extern unsigned short _rand48_seed[3]; + +long +lrand48(void) +{ + _dorand48(_rand48_seed); + return ((long) _rand48_seed[2] << 15) + ((long) _rand48_seed[1] >> 1); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/makecontext.3 b/lib/libc/gen/makecontext.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad55e7a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/makecontext.3 @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Packet Design, LLC. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Subject to the following obligations and disclaimer of warranty, +.\" use and redistribution of this software, in source or object code +.\" forms, with or without modifications are expressly permitted by +.\" Packet Design; provided, however, that: +.\" +.\" (i) Any and all reproductions of the source or object code +.\" must include the copyright notice above and the following +.\" disclaimer of warranties; and +.\" (ii) No rights are granted, in any manner or form, to use +.\" Packet Design trademarks, including the mark "PACKET DESIGN" +.\" on advertising, endorsements, or otherwise except as such +.\" appears in the above copyright notice or in the software. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED BY PACKET DESIGN "AS IS", AND +.\" TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, PACKET DESIGN MAKES NO +.\" REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING +.\" THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY AND ALL IMPLIED +.\" WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, +.\" OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. PACKET DESIGN DOES NOT WARRANT, GUARANTEE, +.\" OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE USE OF, OR THE RESULTS +.\" OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN TERMS OF ITS CORRECTNESS, ACCURACY, +.\" RELIABILITY OR OTHERWISE. IN NO EVENT SHALL PACKET DESIGN BE +.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM OR ARISING OUT OF ANY USE +.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY DIRECT, +.\" INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES, LOSS OF +.\" USE, DATA OR PROFITS, HOWEVER CAUSED AND UNDER ANY THEORY OF +.\" LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF +.\" THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF PACKET DESIGN IS ADVISED OF +.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd September 10, 2002 +.Dt MAKECONTEXT 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm makecontext , swapcontext +.Nd modify and exchange user thread contexts +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In ucontext.h +.Ft void +.Fo makecontext +.Fa "ucontext_t *ucp" +.Fa "void \*[lp]*func\*[rp]\*[lp]void\*[rp]" +.Fa "int argc" ... +.Fc +.Ft int +.Fn swapcontext "ucontext_t *oucp" "const ucontext_t *ucp" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn makecontext +function +modifies the user thread context pointed to by +.Fa ucp , +which must have previously been initialized by a call to +.Xr getcontext 3 +and had a stack allocated for it. +The context is modified so that it will continue execution by invoking +.Fn func +with the arguments provided. +The +.Fa argc +argument +must be equal to the number of additional arguments provided to +.Fn makecontext +and also equal to the number of arguments to +.Fn func , +or else the behavior is undefined. +.Pp +The +.Fa "ucp->uc_link" +argument +must be initialized before calling +.Fn makecontext +and determines the action to take when +.Fn func +returns: +if equal to +.Dv NULL , +the process exits; +otherwise, +.Fn setcontext "ucp->uc_link" +is implicitly invoked. +.Pp +The +.Fn swapcontext +function +saves the current thread context in +.Fa "*oucp" +and makes +.Fa "*ucp" +the currently active context. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +If successful, +.Fn swapcontext +returns zero; +otherwise \-1 is returned and the global variable +.Va errno +is set appropriately. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn swapcontext +function +will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er ENOMEM +There is not enough stack space in +.Fa ucp +to complete the operation. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr setcontext 3 , +.Xr ucontext 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/modf.3 b/lib/libc/gen/modf.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f406ced --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/modf.3 @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information +.\" Processing Systems. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)modf.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt MODF 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm modf +.Nd extract signed integral and fractional values from floating-point number +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In math.h +.Ft double +.Fn modf "double value" "double *iptr" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn modf +function breaks the argument +.Fa value +into integral and fractional parts, each of which has the +same sign as the argument. +It stores the integral part as a +.Vt double +in the object pointed to by +.Fa iptr . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn modf +function returns the signed fractional part of +.Fa value . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr frexp 3 , +.Xr ldexp 3 , +.Xr math 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn modf +function conforms to +.St -isoC . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/mrand48.c b/lib/libc/gen/mrand48.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef20fb87b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/mrand48.c @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier + * All rights reserved. + * + * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source + * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the + * following conditions are retained. + * + * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties + * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens + * to anyone/anything when using this software. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "rand48.h" + +extern unsigned short _rand48_seed[3]; + +long +mrand48(void) +{ + _dorand48(_rand48_seed); + return ((long) _rand48_seed[2] << 16) + (long) _rand48_seed[1]; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/msgctl.3 b/lib/libc/gen/msgctl.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7978725 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/msgctl.3 @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +.\" $NetBSD: msgctl.2,v 1.1 1995/10/16 23:49:15 jtc Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +.\" must display the following acknowledgement: +.\" This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project +.\" by Frank van der Linden +.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products +.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\"/ +.Dd November 24, 1997 +.Dt MSGCTL 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm msgctl +.Nd message control operations +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/types.h +.In sys/ipc.h +.In sys/msg.h +.Ft int +.Fn msgctl "int msqid" "int cmd" "struct msqid_ds *buf" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn msgctl +system call performs some control operations on the message queue specified +by +.Fa msqid . +.Pp +Each message queue has a data structure associated with it, parts of which +may be altered by +.Fn msgctl +and parts of which determine the actions of +.Fn msgctl . +The data structure is defined in +.In sys/msg.h +and contains (amongst others) the following members: +.Bd -literal +struct msqid_ds { + struct ipc_perm msg_perm; /* msg queue permission bits */ + struct msg *msg_first; /* first message in the queue */ + struct msg *msg_last; /* last message in the queue */ + u_long msg_cbytes; /* number of bytes in use on the queue */ + u_long msg_qnum; /* number of msgs in the queue */ + u_long msg_qbytes; /* max # of bytes on the queue */ + pid_t msg_lspid; /* pid of last msgsnd() */ + pid_t msg_lrpid; /* pid of last msgrcv() */ + time_t msg_stime; /* time of last msgsnd() */ + long msg_pad1; + time_t msg_rtime; /* time of last msgrcv() */ + long msg_pad2; + time_t msg_ctime; /* time of last msgctl() */ + long msg_pad3; + long msg_pad4[4]; +}; +.Ed +.Pp +The +.Vt ipc_perm +structure used inside the +.Vt msqid_ds +structure is defined in +.In sys/ipc.h +and looks like this: +.Bd -literal +struct ipc_perm { + ushort cuid; /* creator user id */ + ushort cgid; /* creator group id */ + ushort uid; /* user id */ + ushort gid; /* group id */ + ushort mode; /* r/w permission */ + ushort seq; /* sequence # (to generate unique msg/sem/shm id) */ + key_t key; /* user specified msg/sem/shm key */ +}; +.Ed +.Pp +The operation to be performed by +.Fn msgctl +is specified in +.Fa cmd +and is one of: +.Bl -tag -width IPC_RMIDX +.It Dv IPC_STAT +Gather information about the message queue and place it in the +structure pointed to by +.Fa buf . +.It Dv IPC_SET +Set the value of the +.Va msg_perm.uid , +.Va msg_perm.gid , +.Va msg_perm.mode +and +.Va msg_qbytes +fields in the structure associated with +.Fa msqid . +The values are taken from the corresponding fields in the structure +pointed to by +.Fa buf . +This operation can only be executed by the super-user, or a process that +has an effective user id equal to either +.Va msg_perm.cuid +or +.Va msg_perm.uid +in the data structure associated with the message queue. +The value of +.Va msg_qbytes +can only be increased by the super-user. +Values for +.Va msg_qbytes +that exceed the system limit (MSGMNB from +.In sys/msg.h ) +are silently truncated to that limit. +.It Dv IPC_RMID +Remove the message queue specified by +.Fa msqid +and destroy the data associated with it. +Only the super-user or a process +with an effective uid equal to the +.Va msg_perm.cuid +or +.Va msg_perm.uid +values in the data structure associated with the queue can do this. +.El +.Pp +The permission to read from or write to a message queue (see +.Xr msgsnd 3 +and +.Xr msgrcv 3 ) +is determined by the +.Va msg_perm.mode +field in the same way as is +done with files (see +.Xr chmod 2 ) , +but the effective uid can match either the +.Va msg_perm.cuid +field or the +.Va msg_perm.uid +field, and the +effective gid can match either +.Va msg_perm.cgid +or +.Va msg_perm.gid . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std msgctl +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn msgctl +function +will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EPERM +The +.Fa cmd +argument +is equal to IPC_SET or IPC_RMID and the caller is not the super-user, nor does +the effective uid match either the +.Va msg_perm.uid +or +.Va msg_perm.cuid +fields of the data structure associated with the message queue. +.Pp +An attempt is made to increase the value of +.Va msg_qbytes +through IPC_SET +but the caller is not the super-user. +.It Bq Er EACCES +The command is IPC_STAT +and the caller has no read permission for this message queue. +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa msqid +argument +is not a valid message queue identifier. +.Pp +.Va cmd +is not a valid command. +.It Bq Er EFAULT +The +.Fa buf +argument +specifies an invalid address. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr msgget 3 , +.Xr msgrcv 3 , +.Xr msgsnd 3 +.Sh HISTORY +Message queues appeared in the first release of +.At V . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/msgget.3 b/lib/libc/gen/msgget.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e257c60 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/msgget.3 @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +.\" $NetBSD: msgget.2,v 1.1 1995/10/16 23:49:19 jtc Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +.\" must display the following acknowledgement: +.\" This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project +.\" by Frank van der Linden +.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products +.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.\"/ +.Dd August 17, 1995 +.Dt MSGGET 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm msgget +.Nd get message queue +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/types.h +.In sys/ipc.h +.In sys/msg.h +.Ft int +.Fn msgget "key_t key" "int msgflg" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn msgget +function +returns the message queue identifier associated with +.Fa key . +A message queue identifier is a unique integer greater than zero. +.Pp +A message queue is created if either +.Fa key +is equal to +.Dv IPC_PRIVATE , +or +.Fa key +does not have a message queue identifier associated with it, and the +.Dv IPC_CREAT +bit is set in +.Fa msgflg . +.Pp +If a new message queue is created, the data structure associated with it (the +.Va msqid_ds +structure, see +.Xr msgctl 3 ) +is initialized as follows: +.Bl -bullet +.It +.Va msg_perm.cuid +and +.Va msg_perm.uid +are set to the effective uid of the calling process. +.It +.Va msg_perm.gid +and +.Va msg_perm.cgid +are set to the effective gid of the calling process. +.It +.Va msg_perm.mode +is set to the lower 9 bits of +.Fa msgflg . +.It +.Va msg_cbytes , +.Va msg_qnum , +.Va msg_lspid , +.Va msg_lrpid , +.Va msg_rtime , +and +.Va msg_stime +are set to 0. +.It +.Va msg_qbytes +is set to the system wide maximum value for the number of bytes in a queue +.Pf ( Dv MSGMNB ) . +.It +.Va msg_ctime +is set to the current time. +.El +.Sh RETURN VALUES +Upon successful completion a positive message queue identifier is returned. +Otherwise, -1 is returned and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error. +.Sh ERRORS +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EACCES +A message queue is already associated with +.Fa key +and the caller has no permission to access it. +.It Bq Er EEXIST +Both +.Dv IPC_CREAT +and +.Dv IPC_EXCL +are set in +.Fa msgflg , +and a message queue is already associated with +.Fa key . +.It Bq Er ENOSPC +A new message queue could not be created because the system limit for +the number of message queues has been reached. +.It Bq Er ENOENT +.Dv IPC_CREAT +was not set in +.Fa msgflg +and no message queue associated with +.Fa key +was found. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr msgctl 3 , +.Xr msgrcv 3 , +.Xr msgsnd 3 +.Sh HISTORY +Message queues appeared in the first release of +.At V . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/msgrcv.3 b/lib/libc/gen/msgrcv.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e554dcd --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/msgrcv.3 @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +.\" $NetBSD: msgrcv.2,v 1.1 1995/10/16 23:49:20 jtc Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +.\" must display the following acknowledgement: +.\" This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project +.\" by Frank van der Linden +.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products +.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.\"/ +.Dd June 15, 2005 +.Dt MSGRCV 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm msgrcv +.Nd receive a message from a message queue +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/types.h +.In sys/ipc.h +.In sys/msg.h +.Ft int +.Fn msgrcv "int msqid" "void *msgp" "size_t msgsz" "long msgtyp" "int msgflg" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn msgrcv +function receives a message from the message queue specified in +.Fa msqid , +and places it into the structure pointed to by +.Fa msgp . +This structure should consist of the following members: +.Bd -literal + long mtype; /* message type */ + char mtext[1]; /* body of message */ +.Ed +.Pp +.Va mtype +is an integer greater than 0 that can be used for selecting messages, +.Va mtext +is an array of bytes, with a size up to that of the system limit +.Pf ( Dv MSGMAX ) . +.Pp +The value of +.Fa msgtyp +has one of the following meanings: +.Bl -bullet +.It +The +.Fa msgtyp +argument +is greater than 0. +The first message of type +.Fa msgtyp +will be received. +.It +The +.Fa msgtyp +argument +is equal to 0. +The first message on the queue will be received. +.It +The +.Fa msgtyp +argument +is less than 0. +The first message of the lowest message type that is +less than or equal to the absolute value of +.Fa msgtyp +will be received. +.El +.Pp +The +.Fa msgsz +argument +specifies the maximum length of the requested message. +If the received +message has a length greater than +.Fa msgsz +it will be silently truncated if the +.Dv MSG_NOERROR +flag is set in +.Fa msgflg , +otherwise an error will be returned. +.Pp +If no matching message is present on the message queue specified by +.Fa msqid , +the behavior of +.Fn msgrcv +depends on whether the +.Dv IPC_NOWAIT +flag is set in +.Fa msgflg +or not. +If +.Dv IPC_NOWAIT +is set, +.Fn msgrcv +will immediately return a value of -1, and set +.Va errno +to +.Er ENOMSG . +If +.Dv IPC_NOWAIT +is not set, the calling process will be blocked +until: +.Bl -bullet +.It +A message of the requested type becomes available on the message queue. +.It +The message queue is removed, in which case -1 will be returned, and +.Va errno +set to +.Er EINVAL . +.It +A signal is received and caught. +-1 is returned, and +.Va errno +set to +.Er EINTR . +.El +.Pp +If a message is successfully received, the data structure associated with +.Fa msqid +is updated as follows: +.Bl -bullet +.It +.Va msg_cbytes +is decremented by the size of the message. +.It +.Va msg_lrpid +is set to the pid of the caller. +.It +.Va msg_lrtime +is set to the current time. +.It +.Va msg_qnum +is decremented by 1. +.El +.Sh RETURN VALUES +Upon successful completion, +.Fn msgrcv +returns the number of bytes received into the +.Va mtext +field of the structure pointed to by +.Fa msgp . +Otherwise, -1 is returned, and +.Va errno +set to indicate the error. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn msgrcv +function +will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa msqid +argument +is not a valid message queue identifier. +.Pp +The message queue was removed while +.Fn msgrcv +was waiting for a message of the requested type to become available on it. +.Pp +The +.Fa msgsz +argument +is less than 0. +.It Bq Er E2BIG +A matching message was received, but its size was greater than +.Fa msgsz +and the +.Dv MSG_NOERROR +flag was not set in +.Fa msgflg . +.It Bq Er EACCES +The calling process does not have read access to the message queue. +.It Bq Er EFAULT +The +.Fa msgp +argument +points to an invalid address. +.It Bq Er EINTR +The system call was interrupted by the delivery of a signal. +.It Bq Er ENOMSG +There is no message of the requested type available on the message queue, +and +.Dv IPC_NOWAIT +is set in +.Fa msgflg . +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr msgctl 3 , +.Xr msgget 3 , +.Xr msgsnd 3 +.Sh HISTORY +Message queues appeared in the first release of +.At V . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/msgsnd.3 b/lib/libc/gen/msgsnd.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc802b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/msgsnd.3 @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +.\" $NetBSD: msgsnd.2,v 1.1 1995/10/16 23:49:24 jtc Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +.\" must display the following acknowledgement: +.\" This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project +.\" by Frank van der Linden +.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products +.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd October 12, 2006 +.Dt MSGSND 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm msgsnd +.Nd send a message to a message queue +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/types.h +.In sys/ipc.h +.In sys/msg.h +.Ft int +.Fn msgsnd "int msqid" "const void *msgp" "size_t msgsz" "int msgflg" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn msgsnd +function sends a message to the message queue specified in +.Fa msqid . +The +.Fa msgp +argument +points to a structure containing the message. +This structure should +consist of the following members: +.Bd -literal + long mtype; /* message type */ + char mtext[1]; /* body of message */ +.Ed +.Pp +.Va mtype +is an integer greater than 0 that can be used for selecting messages (see +.Xr msgrcv 3 ) , +.Va mtext +is an array of +.Fa msgsz +bytes. +The argument +.Fa msgsz +can range from 0 to a system-imposed maximum, +.Dv MSGMAX . +.Pp +If the number of bytes already on the message queue plus +.Fa msgsz +is bigger than the maximum number of bytes on the message queue +.Pf ( Va msg_qbytes , +see +.Xr msgctl 3 ) , +or the number of messages on all queues system-wide is already equal to +the system limit, +.Fa msgflg +determines the action of +.Fn msgsnd . +If +.Fa msgflg +has +.Dv IPC_NOWAIT +mask set in it, the call will return immediately. +If +.Fa msgflg +does not have +.Dv IPC_NOWAIT +set in it, the call will block until: +.Bl -bullet +.It +The condition which caused the call to block does no longer exist. +The message will be sent. +.It +The message queue is removed, in which case -1 will be returned, and +.Va errno +is set to +.Er EINVAL . +.It +The caller catches a signal. +The call returns with +.Va errno +set to +.Er EINTR . +.El +.Pp +After a successful call, the data structure associated with the message +queue is updated in the following way: +.Bl -bullet +.It +.Va msg_cbytes +is incremented by the size of the message. +.It +.Va msg_qnum +is incremented by 1. +.It +.Va msg_lspid +is set to the pid of the calling process. +.It +.Va msg_stime +is set to the current time. +.El +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std msgsnd +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn msgsnd +function +will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa msqid +argument +is not a valid message queue identifier +.Pp +The message queue was removed while +.Fn msgsnd +was waiting for a resource to become available in order to deliver the +message. +.Pp +The +.Fa msgsz +argument +is greater than +.Va msg_qbytes . +.Pp +The +.Fa mtype +argument +is not greater than 0. +.It Bq Er EACCES +The calling process does not have write access to the message queue. +.It Bq Er EAGAIN +There was no space for this message either on the queue, or in the whole +system, and +.Dv IPC_NOWAIT +was set in +.Fa msgflg . +.It Bq Er EFAULT +The +.Fa msgp +argument +points to an invalid address. +.It Bq Er EINTR +The system call was interrupted by the delivery of a signal. +.El +.Sh HISTORY +Message queues appeared in the first release of AT&T Unix System V. +.Sh BUGS +.Nx +and +.Fx +do not define the +.Er EIDRM +error value, which should be used +in the case of a removed message queue. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/nftw.c b/lib/libc/gen/nftw.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43110c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/nftw.c @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* $OpenBSD: nftw.c,v 1.4 2004/07/07 16:05:23 millert Exp $ */ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 2003, 2004 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com> + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES + * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES + * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF + * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + * + * Sponsored in part by the Defense Advanced Research Projects + * Agency (DARPA) and Air Force Research Laboratory, Air Force + * Materiel Command, USAF, under agreement number F39502-99-1-0512. + */ + +#if 0 +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static const char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: nftw.c,v 1.4 2004/07/07 16:05:23 millert Exp $"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#endif + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fts.h> +#include <ftw.h> +#include <limits.h> + +int +nftw(const char *path, int (*fn)(const char *, const struct stat *, int, + struct FTW *), int nfds, int ftwflags) +{ + char * const paths[2] = { (char *)path, NULL }; + struct FTW ftw; + FTSENT *cur; + FTS *ftsp; + int error = 0, ftsflags, fnflag, postorder, sverrno; + + /* XXX - nfds is currently unused */ + if (nfds < 1 || nfds > OPEN_MAX) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } + + ftsflags = FTS_COMFOLLOW; + if (!(ftwflags & FTW_CHDIR)) + ftsflags |= FTS_NOCHDIR; + if (ftwflags & FTW_MOUNT) + ftsflags |= FTS_XDEV; + if (ftwflags & FTW_PHYS) + ftsflags |= FTS_PHYSICAL; + else + ftsflags |= FTS_LOGICAL; + postorder = (ftwflags & FTW_DEPTH) != 0; + ftsp = fts_open(paths, ftsflags, NULL); + if (ftsp == NULL) + return (-1); + while ((cur = fts_read(ftsp)) != NULL) { + switch (cur->fts_info) { + case FTS_D: + if (postorder) + continue; + fnflag = FTW_D; + break; + case FTS_DNR: + fnflag = FTW_DNR; + break; + case FTS_DP: + if (!postorder) + continue; + fnflag = FTW_DP; + break; + case FTS_F: + case FTS_DEFAULT: + fnflag = FTW_F; + break; + case FTS_NS: + case FTS_NSOK: + fnflag = FTW_NS; + break; + case FTS_SL: + fnflag = FTW_SL; + break; + case FTS_SLNONE: + fnflag = FTW_SLN; + break; + case FTS_DC: + errno = ELOOP; + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + error = -1; + goto done; + } + ftw.base = cur->fts_pathlen - cur->fts_namelen; + ftw.level = cur->fts_level; + error = fn(cur->fts_path, cur->fts_statp, fnflag, &ftw); + if (error != 0) + break; + } +done: + sverrno = errno; + if (fts_close(ftsp) != 0 && error == 0) + error = -1; + else + errno = sverrno; + return (error); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/nice.3 b/lib/libc/gen/nice.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c39b78 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/nice.3 @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)nice.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt NICE 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm nice +.Nd set program scheduling priority +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft int +.Fn nice "int incr" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Bf -symbolic +This interface is obsoleted by +.Xr setpriority 2 . +.Ef +.Pp +The +.Fn nice +function obtains the scheduling priority of the process +from the system and sets it to the priority value specified in +.Fa incr . +The priority is a value in the range -20 to 20. +The default priority is 0; lower priorities cause more favorable scheduling. +Only the super-user may lower priorities. +.Pp +Children inherit the priority of their parent processes via +.Xr fork 2 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr nice 1 , +.Xr fork 2 , +.Xr setpriority 2 , +.Xr renice 8 +.Sh HISTORY +A +.Fn nice +syscall appeared in +.At v6 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/nice.c b/lib/libc/gen/nice.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8375e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/nice.c @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)nice.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +/* + * Backwards compatible nice. + */ +int +nice(incr) + int incr; +{ + int prio; + + errno = 0; + prio = getpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, 0); + if (prio == -1 && errno) + return (-1); + return (setpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, 0, prio + incr)); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/nlist.3 b/lib/libc/gen/nlist.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5bcd72a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/nlist.3 @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)nlist.3 8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd April 19, 1994 +.Dt NLIST 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm nlist +.Nd retrieve symbol table name list from an executable file +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In nlist.h +.Ft int +.Fn nlist "const char *filename" "struct nlist *nl" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn nlist +function +retrieves name list entries from the symbol table of an +executable file (see +.Xr a.out 5 ) . +The argument +.Fa \&nl +is set to reference the +beginning of the list. +The list is preened of binary and invalid data; +if an entry in the +name list is valid, the +.Fa n_type +and +.Fa n_value +for the entry are copied into the list +referenced by +.Fa \&nl . +No other data is copied. +The last entry in the list is always +.Dv NULL . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The number of invalid entries is returned if successful; otherwise, +if the file +.Fa filename +does not exist or is not executable, the returned value is \-1. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr a.out 5 +.Sh HISTORY +A +.Fn nlist +function appeared in +.At v6 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/nlist.c b/lib/libc/gen/nlist.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..690e0b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/nlist.c @@ -0,0 +1,412 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)nlist.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/mman.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <sys/file.h> +#include <arpa/inet.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <a.out.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#define _NLIST_DO_AOUT +#define _NLIST_DO_ELF + +#ifdef _NLIST_DO_ELF +#include <machine/elf.h> +#include <elf-hints.h> +#endif + +int __fdnlist(int, struct nlist *); +int __aout_fdnlist(int, struct nlist *); +int __elf_fdnlist(int, struct nlist *); + +int +nlist(name, list) + const char *name; + struct nlist *list; +{ + int fd, n; + + fd = _open(name, O_RDONLY, 0); + if (fd < 0) + return (-1); + n = __fdnlist(fd, list); + (void)_close(fd); + return (n); +} + +static struct nlist_handlers { + int (*fn)(int fd, struct nlist *list); +} nlist_fn[] = { +#ifdef _NLIST_DO_AOUT + { __aout_fdnlist }, +#endif +#ifdef _NLIST_DO_ELF + { __elf_fdnlist }, +#endif +}; + +int +__fdnlist(fd, list) + int fd; + struct nlist *list; +{ + int n = -1, i; + + for (i = 0; i < sizeof(nlist_fn) / sizeof(nlist_fn[0]); i++) { + n = (nlist_fn[i].fn)(fd, list); + if (n != -1) + break; + } + return (n); +} + +#define ISLAST(p) (p->n_un.n_name == 0 || p->n_un.n_name[0] == 0) + +#ifdef _NLIST_DO_AOUT +int +__aout_fdnlist(fd, list) + int fd; + struct nlist *list; +{ + struct nlist *p, *symtab; + caddr_t strtab, a_out_mmap; + off_t stroff, symoff; + u_long symsize; + int nent; + struct exec * exec; + struct stat st; + + /* check that file is at least as large as struct exec! */ + if ((_fstat(fd, &st) < 0) || (st.st_size < sizeof(struct exec))) + return (-1); + + /* Check for files too large to mmap. */ + if (st.st_size > SIZE_T_MAX) { + errno = EFBIG; + return (-1); + } + + /* + * Map the whole a.out file into our address space. + * We then find the string table withing this area. + * We do not just mmap the string table, as it probably + * does not start at a page boundary - we save ourselves a + * lot of nastiness by mmapping the whole file. + * + * This gives us an easy way to randomly access all the strings, + * without making the memory allocation permanent as with + * malloc/free (i.e., munmap will return it to the system). + */ + a_out_mmap = mmap(NULL, (size_t)st.st_size, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, fd, (off_t)0); + if (a_out_mmap == MAP_FAILED) + return (-1); + + exec = (struct exec *)a_out_mmap; + if (N_BADMAG(*exec)) { + munmap(a_out_mmap, (size_t)st.st_size); + return (-1); + } + + symoff = N_SYMOFF(*exec); + symsize = exec->a_syms; + stroff = symoff + symsize; + + /* find the string table in our mmapped area */ + strtab = a_out_mmap + stroff; + symtab = (struct nlist *)(a_out_mmap + symoff); + + /* + * clean out any left-over information for all valid entries. + * Type and value defined to be 0 if not found; historical + * versions cleared other and desc as well. Also figure out + * the largest string length so don't read any more of the + * string table than we have to. + * + * XXX clearing anything other than n_type and n_value violates + * the semantics given in the man page. + */ + nent = 0; + for (p = list; !ISLAST(p); ++p) { + p->n_type = 0; + p->n_other = 0; + p->n_desc = 0; + p->n_value = 0; + ++nent; + } + + while (symsize > 0) { + int soff; + + symsize-= sizeof(struct nlist); + soff = symtab->n_un.n_strx; + + + if (soff != 0 && (symtab->n_type & N_STAB) == 0) + for (p = list; !ISLAST(p); p++) + if (!strcmp(&strtab[soff], p->n_un.n_name)) { + p->n_value = symtab->n_value; + p->n_type = symtab->n_type; + p->n_desc = symtab->n_desc; + p->n_other = symtab->n_other; + if (--nent <= 0) + break; + } + symtab++; + } + munmap(a_out_mmap, (size_t)st.st_size); + return (nent); +} +#endif + +#ifdef _NLIST_DO_ELF +static void elf_sym_to_nlist(struct nlist *, Elf_Sym *, Elf_Shdr *, int); + +/* + * __elf_is_okay__ - Determine if ehdr really + * is ELF and valid for the target platform. + * + * WARNING: This is NOT an ELF ABI function and + * as such its use should be restricted. + */ +int +__elf_is_okay__(ehdr) + Elf_Ehdr *ehdr; +{ + int retval = 0; + /* + * We need to check magic, class size, endianess, + * and version before we look at the rest of the + * Elf_Ehdr structure. These few elements are + * represented in a machine independant fashion. + */ + if (IS_ELF(*ehdr) && + ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELF_TARG_CLASS && + ehdr->e_ident[EI_DATA] == ELF_TARG_DATA && + ehdr->e_ident[EI_VERSION] == ELF_TARG_VER) { + + /* Now check the machine dependant header */ + if (ehdr->e_machine == ELF_TARG_MACH && + ehdr->e_version == ELF_TARG_VER) + retval = 1; + } + return retval; +} + +int +__elf_fdnlist(fd, list) + int fd; + struct nlist *list; +{ + struct nlist *p; + Elf_Off symoff = 0, symstroff = 0; + Elf_Size symsize = 0, symstrsize = 0; + Elf_Ssize cc, i; + int nent = -1; + int errsave; + Elf_Sym sbuf[1024]; + Elf_Sym *s; + Elf_Ehdr ehdr; + char *strtab = NULL; + Elf_Shdr *shdr = NULL; + Elf_Size shdr_size; + void *base; + struct stat st; + + /* Make sure obj is OK */ + if (lseek(fd, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET) == -1 || + _read(fd, &ehdr, sizeof(Elf_Ehdr)) != sizeof(Elf_Ehdr) || + !__elf_is_okay__(&ehdr) || + _fstat(fd, &st) < 0) + return (-1); + + /* calculate section header table size */ + shdr_size = ehdr.e_shentsize * ehdr.e_shnum; + + /* Make sure it's not too big to mmap */ + if (shdr_size > SIZE_T_MAX) { + errno = EFBIG; + return (-1); + } + + /* mmap section header table */ + base = mmap(NULL, (size_t)shdr_size, PROT_READ, 0, fd, + (off_t)ehdr.e_shoff); + if (base == MAP_FAILED) + return (-1); + shdr = (Elf_Shdr *)base; + + /* + * Find the symbol table entry and it's corresponding + * string table entry. Version 1.1 of the ABI states + * that there is only one symbol table but that this + * could change in the future. + */ + for (i = 0; i < ehdr.e_shnum; i++) { + if (shdr[i].sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB) { + symoff = shdr[i].sh_offset; + symsize = shdr[i].sh_size; + symstroff = shdr[shdr[i].sh_link].sh_offset; + symstrsize = shdr[shdr[i].sh_link].sh_size; + break; + } + } + + /* Check for files too large to mmap. */ + if (symstrsize > SIZE_T_MAX) { + errno = EFBIG; + goto done; + } + /* + * Map string table into our address space. This gives us + * an easy way to randomly access all the strings, without + * making the memory allocation permanent as with malloc/free + * (i.e., munmap will return it to the system). + */ + base = mmap(NULL, (size_t)symstrsize, PROT_READ, 0, fd, + (off_t)symstroff); + if (base == MAP_FAILED) + goto done; + strtab = (char *)base; + + /* + * clean out any left-over information for all valid entries. + * Type and value defined to be 0 if not found; historical + * versions cleared other and desc as well. Also figure out + * the largest string length so don't read any more of the + * string table than we have to. + * + * XXX clearing anything other than n_type and n_value violates + * the semantics given in the man page. + */ + nent = 0; + for (p = list; !ISLAST(p); ++p) { + p->n_type = 0; + p->n_other = 0; + p->n_desc = 0; + p->n_value = 0; + ++nent; + } + + /* Don't process any further if object is stripped. */ + if (symoff == 0) + goto done; + + if (lseek(fd, (off_t) symoff, SEEK_SET) == -1) { + nent = -1; + goto done; + } + + while (symsize > 0 && nent > 0) { + cc = MIN(symsize, sizeof(sbuf)); + if (_read(fd, sbuf, cc) != cc) + break; + symsize -= cc; + for (s = sbuf; cc > 0 && nent > 0; ++s, cc -= sizeof(*s)) { + char *name; + struct nlist *p; + + name = strtab + s->st_name; + if (name[0] == '\0') + continue; + for (p = list; !ISLAST(p); p++) { + if ((p->n_un.n_name[0] == '_' && + strcmp(name, p->n_un.n_name+1) == 0) + || strcmp(name, p->n_un.n_name) == 0) { + elf_sym_to_nlist(p, s, shdr, + ehdr.e_shnum); + if (--nent <= 0) + break; + } + } + } + } + done: + errsave = errno; + if (strtab != NULL) + munmap(strtab, symstrsize); + if (shdr != NULL) + munmap(shdr, shdr_size); + errno = errsave; + return (nent); +} + +/* + * Convert an Elf_Sym into an nlist structure. This fills in only the + * n_value and n_type members. + */ +static void +elf_sym_to_nlist(nl, s, shdr, shnum) + struct nlist *nl; + Elf_Sym *s; + Elf_Shdr *shdr; + int shnum; +{ + nl->n_value = s->st_value; + + switch (s->st_shndx) { + case SHN_UNDEF: + case SHN_COMMON: + nl->n_type = N_UNDF; + break; + case SHN_ABS: + nl->n_type = ELF_ST_TYPE(s->st_info) == STT_FILE ? + N_FN : N_ABS; + break; + default: + if (s->st_shndx >= shnum) + nl->n_type = N_UNDF; + else { + Elf_Shdr *sh = shdr + s->st_shndx; + + nl->n_type = sh->sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS ? + (sh->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE ? N_DATA : N_TEXT) : + (sh->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS ? N_BSS : N_UNDF); + } + break; + } + + if (ELF_ST_BIND(s->st_info) == STB_GLOBAL || + ELF_ST_BIND(s->st_info) == STB_WEAK) + nl->n_type |= N_EXT; +} +#endif /* _NLIST_DO_ELF */ diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/nrand48.c b/lib/libc/gen/nrand48.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16c8ca1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/nrand48.c @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier + * All rights reserved. + * + * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source + * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the + * following conditions are retained. + * + * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties + * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens + * to anyone/anything when using this software. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "rand48.h" + +long +nrand48(unsigned short xseed[3]) +{ + _dorand48(xseed); + return ((long) xseed[2] << 15) + ((long) xseed[1] >> 1); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/opendir.c b/lib/libc/gen/opendir.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5386d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/opendir.c @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)opendir.c 8.8 (Berkeley) 5/1/95"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/mount.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#include <dirent.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#include "telldir.h" +/* + * Open a directory. + */ +DIR * +opendir(name) + const char *name; +{ + + return (__opendir2(name, DTF_HIDEW|DTF_NODUP)); +} + +DIR * +__opendir2(name, flags) + const char *name; + int flags; +{ + DIR *dirp; + int fd; + int incr; + int saved_errno; + int unionstack; + struct stat statb; + + /* + * stat() before _open() because opening of special files may be + * harmful. _fstat() after open because the file may have changed. + */ + if (stat(name, &statb) != 0) + return (NULL); + if (!S_ISDIR(statb.st_mode)) { + errno = ENOTDIR; + return (NULL); + } + if ((fd = _open(name, O_RDONLY | O_NONBLOCK)) == -1) + return (NULL); + dirp = NULL; + if (_fstat(fd, &statb) != 0) + goto fail; + if (!S_ISDIR(statb.st_mode)) { + errno = ENOTDIR; + goto fail; + } + if (_fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) == -1 || + (dirp = malloc(sizeof(DIR) + sizeof(struct _telldir))) == NULL) + goto fail; + + dirp->dd_td = (struct _telldir *)((char *)dirp + sizeof(DIR)); + LIST_INIT(&dirp->dd_td->td_locq); + dirp->dd_td->td_loccnt = 0; + + /* + * Use the system page size if that is a multiple of DIRBLKSIZ. + * Hopefully this can be a big win someday by allowing page + * trades to user space to be done by _getdirentries(). + */ + incr = getpagesize(); + if ((incr % DIRBLKSIZ) != 0) + incr = DIRBLKSIZ; + + /* + * Determine whether this directory is the top of a union stack. + */ + if (flags & DTF_NODUP) { + struct statfs sfb; + + if (_fstatfs(fd, &sfb) < 0) + goto fail; + unionstack = !strcmp(sfb.f_fstypename, "unionfs") + || (sfb.f_flags & MNT_UNION); + } else { + unionstack = 0; + } + + if (unionstack) { + int len = 0; + int space = 0; + char *buf = 0; + char *ddptr = 0; + char *ddeptr; + int n; + struct dirent **dpv; + + /* + * The strategy here is to read all the directory + * entries into a buffer, sort the buffer, and + * remove duplicate entries by setting the inode + * number to zero. + */ + + do { + /* + * Always make at least DIRBLKSIZ bytes + * available to _getdirentries + */ + if (space < DIRBLKSIZ) { + space += incr; + len += incr; + buf = reallocf(buf, len); + if (buf == NULL) + goto fail; + ddptr = buf + (len - space); + } + + n = _getdirentries(fd, ddptr, space, &dirp->dd_seek); + if (n > 0) { + ddptr += n; + space -= n; + } + } while (n > 0); + + ddeptr = ddptr; + flags |= __DTF_READALL; + + /* + * Re-open the directory. + * This has the effect of rewinding back to the + * top of the union stack and is needed by + * programs which plan to fchdir to a descriptor + * which has also been read -- see fts.c. + */ + if (flags & DTF_REWIND) { + (void)_close(fd); + if ((fd = _open(name, O_RDONLY)) == -1) { + saved_errno = errno; + free(buf); + free(dirp); + errno = saved_errno; + return (NULL); + } + } + + /* + * There is now a buffer full of (possibly) duplicate + * names. + */ + dirp->dd_buf = buf; + + /* + * Go round this loop twice... + * + * Scan through the buffer, counting entries. + * On the second pass, save pointers to each one. + * Then sort the pointers and remove duplicate names. + */ + for (dpv = 0;;) { + n = 0; + ddptr = buf; + while (ddptr < ddeptr) { + struct dirent *dp; + + dp = (struct dirent *) ddptr; + if ((long)dp & 03L) + break; + if ((dp->d_reclen <= 0) || + (dp->d_reclen > (ddeptr + 1 - ddptr))) + break; + ddptr += dp->d_reclen; + if (dp->d_fileno) { + if (dpv) + dpv[n] = dp; + n++; + } + } + + if (dpv) { + struct dirent *xp; + + /* + * This sort must be stable. + */ + mergesort(dpv, n, sizeof(*dpv), alphasort); + + dpv[n] = NULL; + xp = NULL; + + /* + * Scan through the buffer in sort order, + * zapping the inode number of any + * duplicate names. + */ + for (n = 0; dpv[n]; n++) { + struct dirent *dp = dpv[n]; + + if ((xp == NULL) || + strcmp(dp->d_name, xp->d_name)) { + xp = dp; + } else { + dp->d_fileno = 0; + } + if (dp->d_type == DT_WHT && + (flags & DTF_HIDEW)) + dp->d_fileno = 0; + } + + free(dpv); + break; + } else { + dpv = malloc((n+1) * sizeof(struct dirent *)); + if (dpv == NULL) + break; + } + } + + dirp->dd_len = len; + dirp->dd_size = ddptr - dirp->dd_buf; + } else { + dirp->dd_len = incr; + dirp->dd_size = 0; + dirp->dd_buf = malloc(dirp->dd_len); + if (dirp->dd_buf == NULL) + goto fail; + dirp->dd_seek = 0; + flags &= ~DTF_REWIND; + } + + dirp->dd_loc = 0; + dirp->dd_fd = fd; + dirp->dd_flags = flags; + dirp->dd_lock = NULL; + + /* + * Set up seek point for rewinddir. + */ + dirp->dd_rewind = telldir(dirp); + + return (dirp); + +fail: + saved_errno = errno; + free(dirp); + (void)_close(fd); + errno = saved_errno; + return (NULL); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/pause.3 b/lib/libc/gen/pause.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce715d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/pause.3 @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)pause.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt PAUSE 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm pause +.Nd stop until signal +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft int +.Fn pause void +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Sy Pause is made obsolete by +.Xr sigsuspend 2 . +.Pp +The +.Fn pause +function +forces a process to pause until +a signal is received from either the +.Xr kill 2 +function +or an interval timer. +(See +.Xr setitimer 2 . ) +Upon termination of a signal handler started during a +.Fn pause , +the +.Fn pause +call will return. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +Always returns \-1. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn pause +function +always returns: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINTR +The call was interrupted. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr kill 2 , +.Xr select 2 , +.Xr sigsuspend 2 +.Sh HISTORY +A +.Fn pause +syscall +appeared in +.At v6 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/pause.c b/lib/libc/gen/pause.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..86d3643 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/pause.c @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pause.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <signal.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +/* + * Backwards compatible pause. + */ +int +__pause() +{ + return sigpause(sigblock(0L)); +} +__weak_reference(__pause, pause); +__weak_reference(__pause, _pause); diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/pmadvise.c b/lib/libc/gen/pmadvise.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..60cef63 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/pmadvise.c @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +/* + * The contents of this file are in the public domain. + * Written by Garrett A. Wollman, 2000-10-07. + * + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/mman.h> + +int +posix_madvise(void *address, size_t size, int how) +{ + return madvise(address, size, how); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/popen.3 b/lib/libc/gen/popen.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..90297e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/popen.3 @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)popen.3 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/3/95 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd May 3, 1995 +.Dt POPEN 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm popen , +.Nm pclose +.Nd process +.Tn I/O +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In stdio.h +.Ft FILE * +.Fn popen "const char *command" "const char *type" +.Ft int +.Fn pclose "FILE *stream" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn popen +function +.Dq opens +a process by creating a bidirectional pipe +forking, +and invoking the shell. +Any streams opened by previous +.Fn popen +calls in the parent process are closed in the new child process. +Historically, +.Fn popen +was implemented with a unidirectional pipe; +hence many implementations of +.Fn popen +only allow the +.Fa type +argument to specify reading or writing, not both. +Since +.Fn popen +is now implemented using a bidirectional pipe, the +.Fa type +argument may request a bidirectional data flow. +The +.Fa type +argument is a pointer to a null-terminated string +which must be +.Ql r +for reading, +.Ql w +for writing, or +.Ql r+ +for reading and writing. +.Pp +The +.Fa command +argument is a pointer to a null-terminated string +containing a shell command line. +This command is passed to +.Pa /bin/sh +using the +.Fl c +flag; interpretation, if any, is performed by the shell. +.Pp +The return value from +.Fn popen +is a normal standard +.Tn I/O +stream in all respects +save that it must be closed with +.Fn pclose +rather than +.Fn fclose . +Writing to such a stream +writes to the standard input of the command; +the command's standard output is the same as that of the process that called +.Fn popen , +unless this is altered by the command itself. +Conversely, reading from a +.Dq popened +stream reads the command's standard output, and +the command's standard input is the same as that of the process that called +.Fn popen . +.Pp +Note that output +.Fn popen +streams are fully buffered by default. +.Pp +The +.Fn pclose +function waits for the associated process to terminate +and returns the exit status of the command +as returned by +.Xr wait4 2 . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn popen +function returns +.Dv NULL +if the +.Xr fork 2 +or +.Xr pipe 2 +calls fail, +or if it cannot allocate memory. +.Pp +The +.Fn pclose +function +returns \-1 if +.Fa stream +is not associated with a +.Dq popened +command, if +.Fa stream +already +.Dq pclosed , +or if +.Xr wait4 2 +returns an error. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn popen +function does not reliably set +.Va errno . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sh 1 , +.Xr fork 2 , +.Xr pipe 2 , +.Xr wait4 2 , +.Xr fclose 3 , +.Xr fflush 3 , +.Xr fopen 3 , +.Xr stdio 3 , +.Xr system 3 +.Sh HISTORY +A +.Fn popen +and a +.Fn pclose +function appeared in +.At v7 . +.Pp +Bidirectional functionality was added in +.Fx 2.2.6 . +.Sh BUGS +Since the standard input of a command opened for reading +shares its seek offset with the process that called +.Fn popen , +if the original process has done a buffered read, +the command's input position may not be as expected. +Similarly, the output from a command opened for writing +may become intermingled with that of the original process. +The latter can be avoided by calling +.Xr fflush 3 +before +.Fn popen . +.Pp +Failure to execute the shell +is indistinguishable from the shell's failure to execute command, +or an immediate exit of the command. +The only hint is an exit status of 127. +.Pp +The +.Fn popen +function +always calls +.Xr sh 1 , +never calls +.Xr csh 1 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/popen.c b/lib/libc/gen/popen.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e597b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/popen.c @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software written by Ken Arnold and + * published in UNIX Review, Vol. 6, No. 8. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)popen.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/3/95"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/wait.h> + +#include <signal.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <paths.h> +#include <pthread.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" +#include "libc_private.h" + +extern char **environ; + +static struct pid { + struct pid *next; + FILE *fp; + pid_t pid; +} *pidlist; +static pthread_mutex_t pidlist_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; + +#define THREAD_LOCK() if (__isthreaded) _pthread_mutex_lock(&pidlist_mutex) +#define THREAD_UNLOCK() if (__isthreaded) _pthread_mutex_unlock(&pidlist_mutex) + +FILE * +popen(command, type) + const char *command, *type; +{ + struct pid *cur; + FILE *iop; + int pdes[2], pid, twoway; + char *argv[4]; + struct pid *p; + + /* + * Lite2 introduced two-way popen() pipes using _socketpair(). + * FreeBSD's pipe() is bidirectional, so we use that. + */ + if (strchr(type, '+')) { + twoway = 1; + type = "r+"; + } else { + twoway = 0; + if ((*type != 'r' && *type != 'w') || type[1]) + return (NULL); + } + if (pipe(pdes) < 0) + return (NULL); + + if ((cur = malloc(sizeof(struct pid))) == NULL) { + (void)_close(pdes[0]); + (void)_close(pdes[1]); + return (NULL); + } + + argv[0] = "sh"; + argv[1] = "-c"; + argv[2] = (char *)command; + argv[3] = NULL; + + THREAD_LOCK(); + switch (pid = vfork()) { + case -1: /* Error. */ + THREAD_UNLOCK(); + (void)_close(pdes[0]); + (void)_close(pdes[1]); + free(cur); + return (NULL); + /* NOTREACHED */ + case 0: /* Child. */ + if (*type == 'r') { + /* + * The _dup2() to STDIN_FILENO is repeated to avoid + * writing to pdes[1], which might corrupt the + * parent's copy. This isn't good enough in + * general, since the _exit() is no return, so + * the compiler is free to corrupt all the local + * variables. + */ + (void)_close(pdes[0]); + if (pdes[1] != STDOUT_FILENO) { + (void)_dup2(pdes[1], STDOUT_FILENO); + (void)_close(pdes[1]); + if (twoway) + (void)_dup2(STDOUT_FILENO, STDIN_FILENO); + } else if (twoway && (pdes[1] != STDIN_FILENO)) + (void)_dup2(pdes[1], STDIN_FILENO); + } else { + if (pdes[0] != STDIN_FILENO) { + (void)_dup2(pdes[0], STDIN_FILENO); + (void)_close(pdes[0]); + } + (void)_close(pdes[1]); + } + for (p = pidlist; p; p = p->next) { + (void)_close(fileno(p->fp)); + } + _execve(_PATH_BSHELL, argv, environ); + _exit(127); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + THREAD_UNLOCK(); + + /* Parent; assume fdopen can't fail. */ + if (*type == 'r') { + iop = fdopen(pdes[0], type); + (void)_close(pdes[1]); + } else { + iop = fdopen(pdes[1], type); + (void)_close(pdes[0]); + } + + /* Link into list of file descriptors. */ + cur->fp = iop; + cur->pid = pid; + THREAD_LOCK(); + cur->next = pidlist; + pidlist = cur; + THREAD_UNLOCK(); + + return (iop); +} + +/* + * pclose -- + * Pclose returns -1 if stream is not associated with a `popened' command, + * if already `pclosed', or waitpid returns an error. + */ +int +pclose(iop) + FILE *iop; +{ + struct pid *cur, *last; + int pstat; + pid_t pid; + + /* + * Find the appropriate file pointer and remove it from the list. + */ + THREAD_LOCK(); + for (last = NULL, cur = pidlist; cur; last = cur, cur = cur->next) + if (cur->fp == iop) + break; + if (cur == NULL) { + THREAD_UNLOCK(); + return (-1); + } + if (last == NULL) + pidlist = cur->next; + else + last->next = cur->next; + THREAD_UNLOCK(); + + (void)fclose(iop); + + do { + pid = _wait4(cur->pid, &pstat, 0, (struct rusage *)0); + } while (pid == -1 && errno == EINTR); + + free(cur); + + return (pid == -1 ? -1 : pstat); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/pselect.3 b/lib/libc/gen/pselect.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a56a0a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/pselect.3 @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +.\" +.\" Copyright 2002 Massachusetts Institute of Technology +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and +.\" its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby +.\" granted, provided that both the above copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in all copies, that both the above +.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all +.\" supporting documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used +.\" in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +.\" software without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. makes +.\" no representations about the suitability of this software for any +.\" purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied +.\" warranty. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY M.I.T. ``AS IS''. M.I.T. DISCLAIMS +.\" ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, +.\" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT +.\" SHALL M.I.T. BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +.\" SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +.\" LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF +.\" USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND +.\" ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, +.\" OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT +.\" OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 16, 2002 +.Dt PSELECT 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm pselect +.Nd synchronous I/O multiplexing a la POSIX.1g +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/select.h +.Ft int +.Fo pselect +.Fa "int nfds" +.Fa "fd_set * restrict readfds" +.Fa "fd_set * restrict writefds" +.Fa "fd_set * restrict exceptfds" +.Fa "const struct timespec * restrict timeout" +.Fa "const sigset_t * restrict newsigmask" +.Fc +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn pselect +function was introduced by +.St -p1003.1g-2000 +as a slightly stronger version of +.Xr select 2 . +The +.Fa nfds , readfds , writefds , +and +.Fa exceptfds +arguments are all identical to the analogous arguments of +.Fn select . +The +.Fa timeout +argument in +.Fn pselect +points to a +.Vt "const struct timespec" +rather than the (modifiable) +.Vt "struct timeval" +used by +.Fn select ; +as in +.Fn select , +a null pointer may be passed to indicate that +.Fn pselect +should wait indefinitely. +Finally, +.Fa newsigmask +specifies a signal mask which is set while waiting for input. +When +.Fn pselect +returns, the original signal mask is restored. +.Pp +See +.Xr select 2 +for a more detailed discussion of the semantics of this interface, and +for macros used to manipulate the +.Vt "fd_set" +data type. +.Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES +The +.Fn pselect +function is implemented in the C library as a wrapper around +.Fn select . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn pselect +function returns the same values and under the same conditions as +.Fn select . +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn pselect +function may fail for any of the reasons documented for +.Xr select 2 +and (if a signal mask is provided) +.Xr sigprocmask 2 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr kqueue 2 , +.Xr poll 2 , +.Xr select 2 , +.Xr sigprocmask 2 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn pselect +function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-2001 . +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn pselect +function first appeared in +.Fx 5.0 . +.Sh AUTHORS +The +.Fn pselect +function and this manual page were written by +.An Garrett Wollman Aq wollman@FreeBSD.org . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/pselect.c b/lib/libc/gen/pselect.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..28066a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/pselect.c @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2000 Massachusetts Institute of Technology + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and + * its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby + * granted, provided that both the above copyright notice and this + * permission notice appear in all copies, that both the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all + * supporting documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used + * in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + * software without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. makes + * no representations about the suitability of this software for any + * purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied + * warranty. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY M.I.T. ``AS IS''. M.I.T. DISCLAIMS + * ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, + * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT + * SHALL M.I.T. BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF + * USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND + * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT + * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/select.h> +#include <sys/time.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +__weak_reference(__pselect, pselect); + +/* + * Emulate the POSIX 1003.1g-2000 `pselect' interface. This is the + * same as the traditional BSD `select' function, except that it uses + * a timespec rather than a timeval, doesn't modify the timeout argument, + * and allows the user to specify a signal mask to apply during the select. + */ +int +__pselect(int count, fd_set * __restrict rfds, fd_set * __restrict wfds, + fd_set * __restrict efds, const struct timespec * __restrict timo, + const sigset_t * __restrict mask) +{ + sigset_t omask; + struct timeval tvtimo, *tvp; + int rv, sverrno; + + if (timo) { + TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL(&tvtimo, timo); + tvp = &tvtimo; + } else + tvp = 0; + + if (mask != 0) { + rv = _sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, mask, &omask); + if (rv != 0) + return rv; + } + + rv = _select(count, rfds, wfds, efds, tvp); + if (mask != 0) { + sverrno = errno; + _sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &omask, (sigset_t *)0); + errno = sverrno; + } + + return rv; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/psignal.3 b/lib/libc/gen/psignal.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ad6ee2 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/psignal.3 @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)psignal.3 8.2 (Berkeley) 2/27/95 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd February 27, 1995 +.Dt PSIGNAL 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm psignal , +.Nm strsignal , +.Nm sys_siglist , +.Nm sys_signame +.Nd system signal messages +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In signal.h +.Ft void +.Fn psignal "unsigned sig" "const char *s" +.Vt extern const char * const sys_siglist[] ; +.Vt extern const char * const sys_signame[] ; +.In string.h +.Ft "char *" +.Fn strsignal "int sig" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn psignal +and +.Fn strsignal +functions locate the descriptive message +string for a signal number. +.Pp +The +.Fn strsignal +function accepts a signal number argument +.Fa sig +and returns a pointer to the corresponding message string. +.Pp +The +.Fn psignal +function accepts a signal number argument +.Fa sig +and writes it to the standard error. +If the argument +.Fa s +is +.Pf non- Dv NULL +and does not point to the null character, +.Fa s +is written to the standard error file descriptor +prior to the message string, +immediately followed by a colon and a space. +If the signal number is not recognized +.Pq Xr sigaction 2 , +the string +.Dq "Unknown signal +is produced. +.Pp +The message strings can be accessed directly +through the external array +.Va sys_siglist , +indexed by recognized signal numbers. +The external array +.Va sys_signame +is used similarly and +contains short, lower-case abbreviations for signals +which are useful for recognizing signal names +in user input. +The defined variable +.Dv NSIG +contains a count of the strings in +.Va sys_siglist +and +.Va sys_signame . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sigaction 2 , +.Xr perror 3 , +.Xr strerror 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn psignal +function appeared in +.Bx 4.2 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/psignal.c b/lib/libc/gen/psignal.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6fca4b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/psignal.c @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)psignal.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +/* + * Print the name of the signal indicated + * along with the supplied message. + */ +#include "namespace.h" +#include <signal.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +void +psignal(sig, s) + unsigned int sig; + const char *s; +{ + const char *c; + + if (sig < NSIG) + c = sys_siglist[sig]; + else + c = "Unknown signal"; + if (s != NULL && *s != '\0') { + (void)_write(STDERR_FILENO, s, strlen(s)); + (void)_write(STDERR_FILENO, ": ", 2); + } + (void)_write(STDERR_FILENO, c, strlen(c)); + (void)_write(STDERR_FILENO, "\n", 1); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/pw_scan.c b/lib/libc/gen/pw_scan.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9242dd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/pw_scan.c @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pw_scan.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 4/2/94"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +/* + * This module is used to "verify" password entries by chpass(1) and + * pwd_mkdb(8). + */ + +#include <sys/param.h> + +#include <err.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <pwd.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#include "pw_scan.h" + +/* + * Some software assumes that IDs are short. We should emit warnings + * for id's which cannot be stored in a short, but we are more liberal + * by default, warning for IDs greater than USHRT_MAX. + * + * If pw_big_ids_warning is -1 on entry to pw_scan(), it will be set based + * on the existence of PW_SCAN_BIG_IDS in the environment. + */ +static int pw_big_ids_warning = -1; + +int +__pw_scan(char *bp, struct passwd *pw, int flags) +{ + uid_t id; + int root; + char *ep, *p, *sh; + + if (pw_big_ids_warning == -1) + pw_big_ids_warning = getenv("PW_SCAN_BIG_IDS") == NULL ? 1 : 0; + + pw->pw_fields = 0; + if (!(pw->pw_name = strsep(&bp, ":"))) /* login */ + goto fmt; + root = !strcmp(pw->pw_name, "root"); + if (pw->pw_name[0] && (pw->pw_name[0] != '+' || pw->pw_name[1] == '\0')) + pw->pw_fields |= _PWF_NAME; + + if (!(pw->pw_passwd = strsep(&bp, ":"))) /* passwd */ + goto fmt; + if (pw->pw_passwd[0]) + pw->pw_fields |= _PWF_PASSWD; + + if (!(p = strsep(&bp, ":"))) /* uid */ + goto fmt; + if (p[0]) + pw->pw_fields |= _PWF_UID; + else { + if (pw->pw_name[0] != '+' && pw->pw_name[0] != '-') { + if (flags & _PWSCAN_WARN) + warnx("no uid for user %s", pw->pw_name); + return (0); + } + } + id = strtoul(p, &ep, 10); + if (errno == ERANGE) { + if (flags & _PWSCAN_WARN) + warnx("%s > max uid value (%lu)", p, ULONG_MAX); + return (0); + } + if (*ep != '\0') { + if (flags & _PWSCAN_WARN) + warnx("%s uid is incorrect", p); + return (0); + } + if (root && id) { + if (flags & _PWSCAN_WARN) + warnx("root uid should be 0"); + return (0); + } + if (flags & _PWSCAN_WARN && pw_big_ids_warning && id > USHRT_MAX) { + warnx("%s > recommended max uid value (%u)", p, USHRT_MAX); + /*return (0);*/ /* THIS SHOULD NOT BE FATAL! */ + } + pw->pw_uid = id; + + if (!(p = strsep(&bp, ":"))) /* gid */ + goto fmt; + if (p[0]) + pw->pw_fields |= _PWF_GID; + else { + if (pw->pw_name[0] != '+' && pw->pw_name[0] != '-') { + if (flags & _PWSCAN_WARN) + warnx("no gid for user %s", pw->pw_name); + return (0); + } + } + id = strtoul(p, &ep, 10); + if (errno == ERANGE) { + if (flags & _PWSCAN_WARN) + warnx("%s > max gid value (%lu)", p, ULONG_MAX); + return (0); + } + if (*ep != '\0') { + if (flags & _PWSCAN_WARN) + warnx("%s gid is incorrect", p); + return (0); + } + if (flags & _PWSCAN_WARN && pw_big_ids_warning && id > USHRT_MAX) { + warnx("%s > recommended max gid value (%u)", p, USHRT_MAX); + /* return (0); This should not be fatal! */ + } + pw->pw_gid = id; + + if (flags & _PWSCAN_MASTER ) { + if (!(pw->pw_class = strsep(&bp, ":"))) /* class */ + goto fmt; + if (pw->pw_class[0]) + pw->pw_fields |= _PWF_CLASS; + + if (!(p = strsep(&bp, ":"))) /* change */ + goto fmt; + if (p[0]) + pw->pw_fields |= _PWF_CHANGE; + pw->pw_change = atol(p); + + if (!(p = strsep(&bp, ":"))) /* expire */ + goto fmt; + if (p[0]) + pw->pw_fields |= _PWF_EXPIRE; + pw->pw_expire = atol(p); + } + if (!(pw->pw_gecos = strsep(&bp, ":"))) /* gecos */ + goto fmt; + if (pw->pw_gecos[0]) + pw->pw_fields |= _PWF_GECOS; + + if (!(pw->pw_dir = strsep(&bp, ":"))) /* directory */ + goto fmt; + if (pw->pw_dir[0]) + pw->pw_fields |= _PWF_DIR; + + if (!(pw->pw_shell = strsep(&bp, ":"))) /* shell */ + goto fmt; + + p = pw->pw_shell; + if (root && *p) { /* empty == /bin/sh */ + for (setusershell();;) { + if (!(sh = getusershell())) { + if (flags & _PWSCAN_WARN) + warnx("warning, unknown root shell"); + break; + } + if (!strcmp(p, sh)) + break; + } + endusershell(); + } + if (p[0]) + pw->pw_fields |= _PWF_SHELL; + + if ((p = strsep(&bp, ":"))) { /* too many */ +fmt: + if (flags & _PWSCAN_WARN) + warnx("corrupted entry"); + return (0); + } + return (1); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/pw_scan.h b/lib/libc/gen/pw_scan.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..468096c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/pw_scan.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1994 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)pw_scan.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 4/1/94 + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +#define _PWSCAN_MASTER 0x01 +#define _PWSCAN_WARN 0x02 + +extern int __pw_scan(char *, struct passwd *, int); diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/pwcache.3 b/lib/libc/gen/pwcache.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3910082 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/pwcache.3 @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)pwcache.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd March 22, 2002 +.Dt PWCACHE 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm pwcache +.Nd cache password and group entries +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In pwd.h +.Ft const char * +.Fn user_from_uid "uid_t uid" "int nouser" +.In grp.h +.Ft const char * +.Fn group_from_gid "gid_t gid" "int nogroup" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn user_from_uid +function returns the user name associated with the argument +.Fa uid . +The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same +.Fa uid +do not require additional calls to +.Xr getpwuid 3 . +If there is no user associated with the +.Fa uid , +a pointer is returned +to a string representation of the +.Fa uid , +unless the argument +.Fa nouser +is non-zero, in which case a +.Dv NULL +pointer is returned. +.Pp +The +.Fn group_from_gid +function returns the group name associated with the argument +.Fa gid . +The group name is cached so that multiple calls with the same +.Fa gid +do not require additional calls to +.Xr getgrgid 3 . +If there is no group associated with the +.Fa gid , +a pointer is returned +to a string representation of the +.Fa gid , +unless the argument +.Fa nogroup +is non-zero, in which case a +.Dv NULL +pointer is returned. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr getgrgid 3 , +.Xr getpwuid 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn user_from_uid +and +.Fn group_from_gid +functions first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/pwcache.c b/lib/libc/gen/pwcache.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..501d6ba --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/pwcache.c @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pwcache.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <grp.h> +#include <pwd.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <utmp.h> + +#define NCACHE 64 /* power of 2 */ +#define MASK (NCACHE - 1) /* bits to store with */ + +const char * +user_from_uid(uid_t uid, int nouser) +{ + static struct ncache { + uid_t uid; + int found; + char name[UT_NAMESIZE + 1]; + } c_uid[NCACHE]; + static int pwopen; + struct passwd *pw; + struct ncache *cp; + + cp = c_uid + (uid & MASK); + if (cp->uid != uid || !*cp->name) { + if (pwopen == 0) { + setpassent(1); + pwopen = 1; + } + pw = getpwuid(uid); + cp->uid = uid; + if (pw != NULL) { + cp->found = 1; + (void)strncpy(cp->name, pw->pw_name, UT_NAMESIZE); + cp->name[UT_NAMESIZE] = '\0'; + } else { + cp->found = 0; + (void)snprintf(cp->name, UT_NAMESIZE, "%u", uid); + if (nouser) + return (NULL); + } + } + return ((nouser && !cp->found) ? NULL : cp->name); +} + +const char * +group_from_gid(gid_t gid, int nogroup) +{ + static struct ncache { + gid_t gid; + int found; + char name[UT_NAMESIZE + 1]; + } c_gid[NCACHE]; + static int gropen; + struct group *gr; + struct ncache *cp; + + cp = c_gid + (gid & MASK); + if (cp->gid != gid || !*cp->name) { + if (gropen == 0) { + setgroupent(1); + gropen = 1; + } + gr = getgrgid(gid); + cp->gid = gid; + if (gr != NULL) { + cp->found = 1; + (void)strncpy(cp->name, gr->gr_name, UT_NAMESIZE); + cp->name[UT_NAMESIZE] = '\0'; + } else { + cp->found = 0; + (void)snprintf(cp->name, UT_NAMESIZE, "%u", gid); + if (nogroup) + return (NULL); + } + } + return ((nogroup && !cp->found) ? NULL : cp->name); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/raise.3 b/lib/libc/gen/raise.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f422c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/raise.3 @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information +.\" Processing Systems. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)raise.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt RAISE 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm raise +.Nd send a signal to the current process +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In signal.h +.Ft int +.Fn raise "int sig" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn raise +function sends the signal +.Fa sig +to the current process. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std raise +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn raise +function +may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the +library functions +.Xr getpid 2 +and +.Xr kill 2 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr kill 2 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn raise +function +conforms to +.St -isoC . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/raise.c b/lib/libc/gen/raise.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12bd31f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/raise.c @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)raise.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <signal.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +__weak_reference(__raise, raise); +__weak_reference(__raise, _raise); + +int +__raise(s) + int s; +{ + return(kill(getpid(), s)); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/rand48.3 b/lib/libc/gen/rand48.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a703ba0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/rand48.3 @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source +.\" code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the +.\" following conditions are retained. +.\" +.\" This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties +.\" of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens +.\" to anyone/anything when using this software. +.\" +.\" @(#)rand48.3 V1.0 MB 8 Oct 1993 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd October 8, 1993 +.Dt RAND48 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm drand48 , +.Nm erand48 , +.Nm lrand48 , +.Nm nrand48 , +.Nm mrand48 , +.Nm jrand48 , +.Nm srand48 , +.Nm seed48 , +.Nm lcong48 +.Nd pseudo random number generators and initialization routines +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In stdlib.h +.Ft double +.Fn drand48 void +.Ft double +.Fn erand48 "unsigned short xseed[3]" +.Ft long +.Fn lrand48 void +.Ft long +.Fn nrand48 "unsigned short xseed[3]" +.Ft long +.Fn mrand48 void +.Ft long +.Fn jrand48 "unsigned short xseed[3]" +.Ft void +.Fn srand48 "long seed" +.Ft "unsigned short *" +.Fn seed48 "unsigned short xseed[3]" +.Ft void +.Fn lcong48 "unsigned short p[7]" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn rand48 +family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear +congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. +The +particular formula employed is +r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) mod m +where the default values are +for the multiplicand a = 0xfdeece66d = 25214903917 and +the addend c = 0xb = 11. +The modulo is always fixed at m = 2 ** 48. +r(n) is called the seed of the random number generator. +.Pp +For all the six generator routines described next, the first +computational step is to perform a single iteration of the algorithm. +.Pp +The +.Fn drand48 +and +.Fn erand48 +functions +return values of type double. +The full 48 bits of r(n+1) are +loaded into the mantissa of the returned value, with the exponent set +such that the values produced lie in the interval [0.0, 1.0). +.Pp +The +.Fn lrand48 +and +.Fn nrand48 +functions +return values of type long in the range +[0, 2**31-1]. +The high-order (31) bits of +r(n+1) are loaded into the lower bits of the returned value, with +the topmost (sign) bit set to zero. +.Pp +The +.Fn mrand48 +and +.Fn jrand48 +functions +return values of type long in the range +[-2**31, 2**31-1]. +The high-order (32) bits of +r(n+1) are loaded into the returned value. +.Pp +The +.Fn drand48 , +.Fn lrand48 , +and +.Fn mrand48 +functions +use an internal buffer to store r(n). +For these functions +the initial value of r(0) = 0x1234abcd330e = 20017429951246. +.Pp +On the other hand, +.Fn erand48 , +.Fn nrand48 , +and +.Fn jrand48 +use a user-supplied buffer to store the seed r(n), +which consists of an array of 3 shorts, where the zeroth member +holds the least significant bits. +.Pp +All functions share the same multiplicand and addend. +.Pp +The +.Fn srand48 +function +is used to initialize the internal buffer r(n) of +.Fn drand48 , +.Fn lrand48 , +and +.Fn mrand48 +such that the 32 bits of the seed value are copied into the upper 32 bits +of r(n), with the lower 16 bits of r(n) arbitrarily being set to 0x330e. +Additionally, the constant multiplicand and addend of the algorithm are +reset to the default values given above. +.Pp +The +.Fn seed48 +function +also initializes the internal buffer r(n) of +.Fn drand48 , +.Fn lrand48 , +and +.Fn mrand48 , +but here all 48 bits of the seed can be specified in an array of 3 shorts, +where the zeroth member specifies the lowest bits. +Again, +the constant multiplicand and addend of the algorithm are +reset to the default values given above. +The +.Fn seed48 +function +returns a pointer to an array of 3 shorts which contains the old seed. +This array is statically allocated, thus its contents are lost after +each new call to +.Fn seed48 . +.Pp +Finally, +.Fn lcong48 +allows full control over the multiplicand and addend used in +.Fn drand48 , +.Fn erand48 , +.Fn lrand48 , +.Fn nrand48 , +.Fn mrand48 , +and +.Fn jrand48 , +and the seed used in +.Fn drand48 , +.Fn lrand48 , +and +.Fn mrand48 . +An array of 7 shorts is passed as argument; the first three shorts are +used to initialize the seed; the second three are used to initialize the +multiplicand; and the last short is used to initialize the addend. +It is thus not possible to use values greater than 0xffff as the addend. +.Pp +Note that all three methods of seeding the random number generator +always also set the multiplicand and addend for any of the six +generator calls. +.Pp +For a more powerful random number generator, see +.Xr random 3 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr rand 3 , +.Xr random 3 +.Sh AUTHORS +.An Martin Birgmeier diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/rand48.h b/lib/libc/gen/rand48.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6602dc --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/rand48.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier + * All rights reserved. + * + * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source + * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the + * following conditions are retained. + * + * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties + * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens + * to anyone/anything when using this software. + * + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +#ifndef _RAND48_H_ +#define _RAND48_H_ + +#include <math.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +void _dorand48(unsigned short[3]); + +#define RAND48_SEED_0 (0x330e) +#define RAND48_SEED_1 (0xabcd) +#define RAND48_SEED_2 (0x1234) +#define RAND48_MULT_0 (0xe66d) +#define RAND48_MULT_1 (0xdeec) +#define RAND48_MULT_2 (0x0005) +#define RAND48_ADD (0x000b) + +#endif /* _RAND48_H_ */ diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/readdir.c b/lib/libc/gen/readdir.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd52067 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/readdir.c @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)readdir.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 9/29/94"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <dirent.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <pthread.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#include "libc_private.h" +#include "telldir.h" + +/* + * get next entry in a directory. + */ +struct dirent * +_readdir_unlocked(dirp) + DIR *dirp; +{ + struct dirent *dp; + + for (;;) { + if (dirp->dd_loc >= dirp->dd_size) { + if (dirp->dd_flags & __DTF_READALL) + return (NULL); + dirp->dd_loc = 0; + } + if (dirp->dd_loc == 0 && !(dirp->dd_flags & __DTF_READALL)) { + dirp->dd_size = _getdirentries(dirp->dd_fd, + dirp->dd_buf, dirp->dd_len, &dirp->dd_seek); + if (dirp->dd_size <= 0) + return (NULL); + } + dp = (struct dirent *)(dirp->dd_buf + dirp->dd_loc); + if ((long)dp & 03L) /* bogus pointer check */ + return (NULL); + if (dp->d_reclen <= 0 || + dp->d_reclen > dirp->dd_len + 1 - dirp->dd_loc) + return (NULL); + dirp->dd_loc += dp->d_reclen; + if (dp->d_ino == 0) + continue; + if (dp->d_type == DT_WHT && (dirp->dd_flags & DTF_HIDEW)) + continue; + return (dp); + } +} + +struct dirent * +readdir(dirp) + DIR *dirp; +{ + struct dirent *dp; + + if (__isthreaded) { + _pthread_mutex_lock(&dirp->dd_lock); + dp = _readdir_unlocked(dirp); + _pthread_mutex_unlock(&dirp->dd_lock); + } + else + dp = _readdir_unlocked(dirp); + return (dp); +} + +int +readdir_r(dirp, entry, result) + DIR *dirp; + struct dirent *entry; + struct dirent **result; +{ + struct dirent *dp; + int saved_errno; + + saved_errno = errno; + errno = 0; + if (__isthreaded) { + _pthread_mutex_lock(&dirp->dd_lock); + if ((dp = _readdir_unlocked(dirp)) != NULL) + memcpy(entry, dp, _GENERIC_DIRSIZ(dp)); + _pthread_mutex_unlock(&dirp->dd_lock); + } + else if ((dp = _readdir_unlocked(dirp)) != NULL) + memcpy(entry, dp, _GENERIC_DIRSIZ(dp)); + + if (errno != 0) { + if (dp == NULL) + return (errno); + } else + errno = saved_errno; + + if (dp != NULL) + *result = entry; + else + *result = NULL; + + return (0); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/readpassphrase.3 b/lib/libc/gen/readpassphrase.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d6a7ff --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/readpassphrase.3 @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +.\" $OpenBSD: readpassphrase.3,v 1.7 2001/12/15 15:37:51 millert Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com> +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products +.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, +.\" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY +.\" AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL +.\" THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, +.\" EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +.\" PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; +.\" OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, +.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR +.\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF +.\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd December 7, 2001 +.Dt READPASSPHRASE 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm readpassphrase +.Nd get a passphrase from the user +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In readpassphrase.h +.Ft "char *" +.Fn readpassphrase "const char *prompt" "char *buf" "size_t bufsiz" "int flags" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn readpassphrase +function displays a prompt to, and reads in a passphrase from, +.Pa /dev/tty . +If this file is inaccessible +and the +.Dv RPP_REQUIRE_TTY +flag is not set, +.Fn readpassphrase +displays the prompt on the standard error output and reads from the standard +input. +In this case it is generally not possible to turn off echo. +.Pp +Up to +.Fa bufsiz +\- 1 characters (one is for the +.Dv NUL ) +are read into the provided buffer +.Fa buf . +Any additional +characters and the terminating newline (or return) character are discarded. +.Pp +The +.Fn readpassphrase +function +takes the following optional +.Fa flags : +.Pp +.Bl -tag -width ".Dv RPP_REQUIRE_TTY" -compact +.It Dv RPP_ECHO_OFF +turn off echo (default behavior) +.It Dv RPP_ECHO_ON +leave echo on +.It Dv RPP_REQUIRE_TTY +fail if there is no tty +.It Dv RPP_FORCELOWER +force input to lower case +.It Dv RPP_FORCEUPPER +force input to upper case +.It Dv RPP_SEVENBIT +strip the high bit from input +.El +.Pp +The calling process should zero the passphrase as soon as possible to +avoid leaving the cleartext passphrase visible in the process's address +space. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +Upon successful completion, +.Fn readpassphrase +returns a pointer to the null-terminated passphrase. +If an error is encountered, the terminal state is restored and +a +.Dv NULL +pointer is returned. +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width ".Pa /dev/tty" -compact +.It Pa /dev/tty +.El +.Sh EXAMPLES +The following code fragment will read a passphrase from +.Pa /dev/tty +into the buffer +.Fa passbuf . +.Bd -literal -offset indent +char passbuf[1024]; + +\&... + +if (readpassphrase("Response: ", passbuf, sizeof(passbuf), + RPP_REQUIRE_TTY) == NULL) + errx(1, "unable to read passphrase"); + +if (compare(transform(passbuf), epass) != 0) + errx(1, "bad passphrase"); + +\&... + +memset(passbuf, 0, sizeof(passbuf)); +.Ed +.Sh SIGNALS +The +.Fn readpassphrase +function +will catch the following signals: +.Pp +.Bl -tag -compact +.It Dv SIGINT +.It Dv SIGHUP +.It Dv SIGQUIT +.It Dv SIGTERM +.It Dv SIGTSTP +.It Dv SIGTTIN +.It Dv SIGTTOU +.El +.Pp +When one of the above signals is intercepted, terminal echo will +be restored if it had previously been turned off. +If a signal handler was installed for the signal when +.Fn readpassphrase +was called that handler is then executed. +If no handler was previously installed for the signal then the +default action is taken as per +.Xr sigaction 2 . +.Pp +The +.Dv SIGTSTP , SIGTTIN , +and +.Dv SIGTTOU +signals (stop signal generated from keyboard or due to terminal I/O +from a background process) are treated specially. +When the process is resumed after it has been stopped, +.Fn readpassphrase +will reprint the prompt and the user may then enter a passphrase. +.Sh ERRORS +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINTR +The +.Fn readpassphrase +function was interrupted by a signal. +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa bufsiz +argument was zero. +.It Bq Er EIO +The process is a member of a background process attempting to read +from its controlling terminal, the process is ignoring or blocking +the +.Dv SIGTTIN +signal or the process group is orphaned. +.It Bq Er EMFILE +The process has already reached its limit for open file descriptors. +.It Bq Er ENFILE +The system file table is full. +.It Bq Er ENOTTY +There is no controlling terminal and the +.Dv RPP_REQUIRE_TTY +flag was specified. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sigaction 2 , +.Xr getpass 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn readpassphrase +function is an +extension and should not be used if portability is desired. +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn readpassphrase +function first appeared in +.Ox 2.9 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/readpassphrase.c b/lib/libc/gen/readpassphrase.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..983e01d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/readpassphrase.c @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +/* $OpenBSD: readpassphrase.c,v 1.12 2001/12/15 05:41:00 millert Exp $ */ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com> + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, + * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY + * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; + * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, + * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR + * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF + * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static const char rcsid[] = "$OpenBSD: readpassphrase.c,v 1.12 2001/12/15 05:41:00 millert Exp $"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <paths.h> +#include <pwd.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <termios.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <readpassphrase.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +static volatile sig_atomic_t signo; + +static void handler(int); + +char * +readpassphrase(const char *prompt, char *buf, size_t bufsiz, int flags) +{ + ssize_t nr; + int input, output, save_errno; + char ch, *p, *end; + struct termios term, oterm; + struct sigaction sa, saveint, savehup, savequit, saveterm; + struct sigaction savetstp, savettin, savettou; + + /* I suppose we could alloc on demand in this case (XXX). */ + if (bufsiz == 0) { + errno = EINVAL; + return(NULL); + } + +restart: + /* + * Read and write to /dev/tty if available. If not, read from + * stdin and write to stderr unless a tty is required. + */ + if ((input = output = _open(_PATH_TTY, O_RDWR)) == -1) { + if (flags & RPP_REQUIRE_TTY) { + errno = ENOTTY; + return(NULL); + } + input = STDIN_FILENO; + output = STDERR_FILENO; + } + + /* + * Catch signals that would otherwise cause the user to end + * up with echo turned off in the shell. Don't worry about + * things like SIGALRM and SIGPIPE for now. + */ + sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask); + sa.sa_flags = 0; /* don't restart system calls */ + sa.sa_handler = handler; + (void)_sigaction(SIGINT, &sa, &saveint); + (void)_sigaction(SIGHUP, &sa, &savehup); + (void)_sigaction(SIGQUIT, &sa, &savequit); + (void)_sigaction(SIGTERM, &sa, &saveterm); + (void)_sigaction(SIGTSTP, &sa, &savetstp); + (void)_sigaction(SIGTTIN, &sa, &savettin); + (void)_sigaction(SIGTTOU, &sa, &savettou); + + /* Turn off echo if possible. */ + if (tcgetattr(input, &oterm) == 0) { + memcpy(&term, &oterm, sizeof(term)); + if (!(flags & RPP_ECHO_ON)) + term.c_lflag &= ~(ECHO | ECHONL); + if (term.c_cc[VSTATUS] != _POSIX_VDISABLE) + term.c_cc[VSTATUS] = _POSIX_VDISABLE; + (void)tcsetattr(input, TCSAFLUSH|TCSASOFT, &term); + } else { + memset(&term, 0, sizeof(term)); + memset(&oterm, 0, sizeof(oterm)); + } + + (void)_write(output, prompt, strlen(prompt)); + end = buf + bufsiz - 1; + for (p = buf; (nr = _read(input, &ch, 1)) == 1 && ch != '\n' && ch != '\r';) { + if (p < end) { + if ((flags & RPP_SEVENBIT)) + ch &= 0x7f; + if (isalpha(ch)) { + if ((flags & RPP_FORCELOWER)) + ch = tolower(ch); + if ((flags & RPP_FORCEUPPER)) + ch = toupper(ch); + } + *p++ = ch; + } + } + *p = '\0'; + save_errno = errno; + if (!(term.c_lflag & ECHO)) + (void)_write(output, "\n", 1); + + /* Restore old terminal settings and signals. */ + if (memcmp(&term, &oterm, sizeof(term)) != 0) + (void)tcsetattr(input, TCSANOW|TCSASOFT, &oterm); + (void)_sigaction(SIGINT, &saveint, NULL); + (void)_sigaction(SIGHUP, &savehup, NULL); + (void)_sigaction(SIGQUIT, &savequit, NULL); + (void)_sigaction(SIGTERM, &saveterm, NULL); + (void)_sigaction(SIGTSTP, &savetstp, NULL); + (void)_sigaction(SIGTTIN, &savettin, NULL); + (void)_sigaction(SIGTTOU, &savettou, NULL); + if (input != STDIN_FILENO) + (void)_close(input); + + /* + * If we were interrupted by a signal, resend it to ourselves + * now that we have restored the signal handlers. + */ + if (signo) { + kill(getpid(), signo); + switch (signo) { + case SIGTSTP: + case SIGTTIN: + case SIGTTOU: + signo = 0; + goto restart; + } + } + + errno = save_errno; + return(nr == -1 ? NULL : buf); +} + +char * +getpass(const char *prompt) +{ + static char buf[_PASSWORD_LEN + 1]; + + if (readpassphrase(prompt, buf, sizeof(buf), RPP_ECHO_OFF) == NULL) + buf[0] = '\0'; + return(buf); +} + +static void handler(int s) +{ + + signo = s; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/rewinddir.c b/lib/libc/gen/rewinddir.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45e450d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/rewinddir.c @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)rewinddir.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <dirent.h> + +#include "telldir.h" + +void +rewinddir(dirp) + DIR *dirp; +{ + + _seekdir(dirp, dirp->dd_rewind); + dirp->dd_rewind = telldir(dirp); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/rfork_thread.3 b/lib/libc/gen/rfork_thread.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e985e1c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/rfork_thread.3 @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Peter Wemm <peter@FreeBSD.org> +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd July 29, 2000 +.Dt RFORK_THREAD 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm rfork_thread +.Nd create a rfork-based process thread +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft pid_t +.Fn rfork_thread "int flags" "void *stack" "int (*func)(void *arg)" "void *arg" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn rfork_thread +function +is a helper function for +.Xr rfork 2 . +It arranges for a new process to be created and the child process will +call the specified function with the specified argument, while running on +the supplied stack. +.Pp +Using this function should avoid the need to implement complex stack +swap code. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +Upon successful completion, +.Fn rfork_thread +returns the process ID of the child process to the parent process. +Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned +to the parent process, no child process is created, and the global +variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error. +.Pp +The child process context is not aware of a return from the +.Fn rfork_thread +function as it begins executing directly with the supplied function. +.Sh ERRORS +See +.Xr rfork 2 +for error return codes. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr fork 2 , +.Xr intro 2 , +.Xr minherit 2 , +.Xr rfork 2 , +.Xr vfork 2 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn rfork_thread +function first appeared in +.Fx 4.3 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/scandir.3 b/lib/libc/gen/scandir.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42ccac2 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/scandir.3 @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)scandir.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt SCANDIR 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm scandir , +.Nm alphasort +.Nd scan a directory +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/types.h +.In dirent.h +.Ft int +.Fn scandir "const char *dirname" "struct dirent ***namelist" "int \\*(lp*select\\*(rp\\*(lpstruct dirent *\\*(rp" "int \\*(lp*compar\\*(rp\\*(lpconst void *, const void *\\*(rp" +.Ft int +.Fn alphasort "const void *d1" "const void *d2" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn scandir +function +reads the directory +.Fa dirname +and builds an array of pointers to directory +entries using +.Xr malloc 3 . +It returns the number of entries in the array. +A pointer to the array of directory entries is stored in the location +referenced by +.Fa namelist . +.Pp +The +.Fa select +argument is a pointer to a user supplied subroutine which is called by +.Fn scandir +to select which entries are to be included in the array. +The select routine is passed a +pointer to a directory entry and should return a non-zero +value if the directory entry is to be included in the array. +If +.Fa select +is null, then all the directory entries will be included. +.Pp +The +.Fa compar +argument is a pointer to a user supplied subroutine which is passed to +.Xr qsort 3 +to sort the completed array. +If this pointer is null, the array is not sorted. +.Pp +The +.Fn alphasort +function +is a routine which can be used for the +.Fa compar +argument to sort the array alphabetically. +.Pp +The memory allocated for the array can be deallocated with +.Xr free 3 , +by freeing each pointer in the array and then the array itself. +.Sh DIAGNOSTICS +Returns \-1 if the directory cannot be opened for reading or if +.Xr malloc 3 +cannot allocate enough memory to hold all the data structures. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr directory 3 , +.Xr malloc 3 , +.Xr qsort 3 , +.Xr dir 5 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn scandir +and +.Fn alphasort +functions appeared in +.Bx 4.2 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/scandir.c b/lib/libc/gen/scandir.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cfe765d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/scandir.c @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)scandir.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 1/2/94"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +/* + * Scan the directory dirname calling select to make a list of selected + * directory entries then sort using qsort and compare routine dcomp. + * Returns the number of entries and a pointer to a list of pointers to + * struct dirent (through namelist). Returns -1 if there were any errors. + */ + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <dirent.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +/* + * The DIRSIZ macro is the minimum record length which will hold the directory + * entry. This requires the amount of space in struct dirent without the + * d_name field, plus enough space for the name and a terminating nul byte + * (dp->d_namlen + 1), rounded up to a 4 byte boundary. + */ +#undef DIRSIZ +#define DIRSIZ(dp) \ + ((sizeof(struct dirent) - sizeof(dp)->d_name) + \ + (((dp)->d_namlen + 1 + 3) &~ 3)) + +int +scandir(dirname, namelist, select, dcomp) + const char *dirname; + struct dirent ***namelist; + int (*select)(struct dirent *); + int (*dcomp)(const void *, const void *); +{ + struct dirent *d, *p, **names = NULL; + size_t nitems = 0; + struct stat stb; + long arraysz; + DIR *dirp; + + if ((dirp = opendir(dirname)) == NULL) + return(-1); + if (_fstat(dirp->dd_fd, &stb) < 0) + goto fail; + + /* + * estimate the array size by taking the size of the directory file + * and dividing it by a multiple of the minimum size entry. + */ + arraysz = (stb.st_size / 24); + names = (struct dirent **)malloc(arraysz * sizeof(struct dirent *)); + if (names == NULL) + goto fail; + + while ((d = readdir(dirp)) != NULL) { + if (select != NULL && !(*select)(d)) + continue; /* just selected names */ + /* + * Make a minimum size copy of the data + */ + p = (struct dirent *)malloc(DIRSIZ(d)); + if (p == NULL) + goto fail; + p->d_fileno = d->d_fileno; + p->d_type = d->d_type; + p->d_reclen = d->d_reclen; + p->d_namlen = d->d_namlen; + bcopy(d->d_name, p->d_name, p->d_namlen + 1); + /* + * Check to make sure the array has space left and + * realloc the maximum size. + */ + if (nitems >= arraysz) { + const int inc = 10; /* increase by this much */ + struct dirent **names2; + + names2 = (struct dirent **)realloc((char *)names, + (arraysz + inc) * sizeof(struct dirent *)); + if (names2 == NULL) { + free(p); + goto fail; + } + names = names2; + arraysz += inc; + } + names[nitems++] = p; + } + closedir(dirp); + if (nitems && dcomp != NULL) + qsort(names, nitems, sizeof(struct dirent *), dcomp); + *namelist = names; + return(nitems); + +fail: + while (nitems > 0) + free(names[--nitems]); + free(names); + closedir(dirp); + return -1; +} + +/* + * Alphabetic order comparison routine for those who want it. + */ +int +alphasort(d1, d2) + const void *d1; + const void *d2; +{ + return(strcmp((*(struct dirent **)d1)->d_name, + (*(struct dirent **)d2)->d_name)); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/seed48.c b/lib/libc/gen/seed48.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5339b8c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/seed48.c @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier + * All rights reserved. + * + * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source + * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the + * following conditions are retained. + * + * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties + * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens + * to anyone/anything when using this software. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "rand48.h" + +extern unsigned short _rand48_seed[3]; +extern unsigned short _rand48_mult[3]; +extern unsigned short _rand48_add; + +unsigned short * +seed48(unsigned short xseed[3]) +{ + static unsigned short sseed[3]; + + sseed[0] = _rand48_seed[0]; + sseed[1] = _rand48_seed[1]; + sseed[2] = _rand48_seed[2]; + _rand48_seed[0] = xseed[0]; + _rand48_seed[1] = xseed[1]; + _rand48_seed[2] = xseed[2]; + _rand48_mult[0] = RAND48_MULT_0; + _rand48_mult[1] = RAND48_MULT_1; + _rand48_mult[2] = RAND48_MULT_2; + _rand48_add = RAND48_ADD; + return sseed; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/seekdir.c b/lib/libc/gen/seekdir.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45ed6b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/seekdir.c @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)seekdir.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <dirent.h> +#include <pthread.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#include "libc_private.h" +#include "telldir.h" + +/* + * Seek to an entry in a directory. + * _seekdir is in telldir.c so that it can share opaque data structures. + */ +void +seekdir(dirp, loc) + DIR *dirp; + long loc; +{ + if (__isthreaded) + _pthread_mutex_lock(&dirp->dd_lock); + _seekdir(dirp, loc); + if (__isthreaded) + _pthread_mutex_unlock(&dirp->dd_lock); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem.c b/lib/libc/gen/sem.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..439f0fe --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem.c @@ -0,0 +1,361 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as + * the first lines of this file unmodified other than the possible + * addition of one or more copyright notices. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in + * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR + * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF + * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR + * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, + * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE + * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, + * EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +/* + * Some notes about this implementation. + * + * This is mostly a simple implementation of POSIX semaphores that + * does not need threading. Any semaphore created is a kernel-based + * semaphore regardless of the pshared attribute. This is necessary + * because libc's stub for pthread_cond_wait() doesn't really wait, + * and it is not worth the effort impose this behavior on libc. + * + * All functions here are designed to be thread-safe so that a + * threads library need not provide wrappers except to make + * sem_wait() and sem_timedwait() cancellation points or to + * provide a faster userland implementation for non-pshared + * semaphores. + * + * Also, this implementation of semaphores cannot really support + * real pshared semaphores. The sem_t is an allocated object + * and can't be seen by other processes when placed in shared + * memory. It should work across forks as long as the semaphore + * is created before any forks. + * + * The function sem_init() should be overridden by a threads + * library if it wants to provide a different userland version + * of semaphores. The functions sem_wait() and sem_timedwait() + * need to be wrapped to provide cancellation points. The function + * sem_post() may need to be wrapped to be signal-safe. + */ +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/queue.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <pthread.h> +#include <semaphore.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <_semaphore.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" +#include "libc_private.h" + +static sem_t sem_alloc(unsigned int value, semid_t semid, int system_sem); +static void sem_free(sem_t sem); + +static LIST_HEAD(, sem) named_sems = LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(&named_sems); +static pthread_mutex_t named_sems_mtx = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; + +__weak_reference(__sem_init, sem_init); +__weak_reference(__sem_destroy, sem_destroy); +__weak_reference(__sem_open, sem_open); +__weak_reference(__sem_close, sem_close); +__weak_reference(__sem_unlink, sem_unlink); +__weak_reference(__sem_wait, sem_wait); +__weak_reference(__sem_trywait, sem_trywait); +__weak_reference(__sem_timedwait, sem_timedwait); +__weak_reference(__sem_post, sem_post); +__weak_reference(__sem_getvalue, sem_getvalue); + + +static inline int +sem_check_validity(sem_t *sem) +{ + + if ((sem != NULL) && ((*sem)->magic == SEM_MAGIC)) + return (0); + else { + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } +} + +static void +sem_free(sem_t sem) +{ + + _pthread_mutex_destroy(&sem->lock); + _pthread_cond_destroy(&sem->gtzero); + sem->magic = 0; + free(sem); +} + +static sem_t +sem_alloc(unsigned int value, semid_t semid, int system_sem) +{ + sem_t sem; + + if (value > SEM_VALUE_MAX) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (NULL); + } + + sem = (sem_t)malloc(sizeof(struct sem)); + if (sem == NULL) { + errno = ENOSPC; + return (NULL); + } + + sem->count = (u_int32_t)value; + sem->nwaiters = 0; + sem->magic = SEM_MAGIC; + sem->semid = semid; + sem->syssem = system_sem; + sem->lock = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; + sem->gtzero = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER; + return (sem); +} + +int +__sem_init(sem_t *sem, int pshared, unsigned int value) +{ + semid_t semid; + + /* + * We always have to create the kernel semaphore if the + * threads library isn't present since libc's version of + * pthread_cond_wait() is just a stub that doesn't really + * wait. + */ + if (ksem_init(&semid, value) != 0) + return (-1); + + (*sem) = sem_alloc(value, semid, 1); + if ((*sem) == NULL) { + ksem_destroy(semid); + return (-1); + } + return (0); +} + +int +__sem_destroy(sem_t *sem) +{ + int retval; + + if (sem_check_validity(sem) != 0) + return (-1); + + _pthread_mutex_lock(&(*sem)->lock); + /* + * If this is a system semaphore let the kernel track it otherwise + * make sure there are no waiters. + */ + if ((*sem)->syssem != 0) + retval = ksem_destroy((*sem)->semid); + else if ((*sem)->nwaiters > 0) { + errno = EBUSY; + retval = -1; + } + else { + retval = 0; + (*sem)->magic = 0; + } + _pthread_mutex_unlock(&(*sem)->lock); + + if (retval == 0) { + _pthread_mutex_destroy(&(*sem)->lock); + _pthread_cond_destroy(&(*sem)->gtzero); + sem_free(*sem); + } + return (retval); +} + +sem_t * +__sem_open(const char *name, int oflag, ...) +{ + sem_t *sem; + sem_t s; + semid_t semid; + mode_t mode; + unsigned int value; + + mode = 0; + value = 0; + + if ((oflag & O_CREAT) != 0) { + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, oflag); + mode = va_arg(ap, int); + value = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); + va_end(ap); + } + /* + * we can be lazy and let the kernel handle the "oflag", + * we'll just merge duplicate IDs into our list. + */ + if (ksem_open(&semid, name, oflag, mode, value) == -1) + return (SEM_FAILED); + /* + * search for a duplicate ID, we must return the same sem_t * + * if we locate one. + */ + _pthread_mutex_lock(&named_sems_mtx); + LIST_FOREACH(s, &named_sems, entry) { + if (s->semid == semid) { + sem = s->backpointer; + _pthread_mutex_unlock(&named_sems_mtx); + return (sem); + } + } + sem = (sem_t *)malloc(sizeof(*sem)); + if (sem == NULL) + goto err; + *sem = sem_alloc(value, semid, 1); + if ((*sem) == NULL) + goto err; + LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&named_sems, *sem, entry); + (*sem)->backpointer = sem; + _pthread_mutex_unlock(&named_sems_mtx); + return (sem); +err: + _pthread_mutex_unlock(&named_sems_mtx); + ksem_close(semid); + if (sem != NULL) { + if (*sem != NULL) + sem_free(*sem); + else + errno = ENOSPC; + free(sem); + } else { + errno = ENOSPC; + } + return (SEM_FAILED); +} + +int +__sem_close(sem_t *sem) +{ + + if (sem_check_validity(sem) != 0) + return (-1); + + if ((*sem)->syssem == 0) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } + + _pthread_mutex_lock(&named_sems_mtx); + if (ksem_close((*sem)->semid) != 0) { + _pthread_mutex_unlock(&named_sems_mtx); + return (-1); + } + LIST_REMOVE((*sem), entry); + _pthread_mutex_unlock(&named_sems_mtx); + sem_free(*sem); + *sem = NULL; + free(sem); + return (0); +} + +int +__sem_unlink(const char *name) +{ + + return (ksem_unlink(name)); +} + +int +__sem_wait(sem_t *sem) +{ + + if (sem_check_validity(sem) != 0) + return (-1); + + return (ksem_wait((*sem)->semid)); +} + +int +__sem_trywait(sem_t *sem) +{ + int retval; + + if (sem_check_validity(sem) != 0) + return (-1); + + if ((*sem)->syssem != 0) + retval = ksem_trywait((*sem)->semid); + else { + _pthread_mutex_lock(&(*sem)->lock); + if ((*sem)->count > 0) { + (*sem)->count--; + retval = 0; + } else { + errno = EAGAIN; + retval = -1; + } + _pthread_mutex_unlock(&(*sem)->lock); + } + return (retval); +} + +int +__sem_timedwait(sem_t * __restrict sem, + const struct timespec * __restrict abs_timeout) +{ + if (sem_check_validity(sem) != 0) + return (-1); + + return (ksem_timedwait((*sem)->semid, abs_timeout)); +} + +int +__sem_post(sem_t *sem) +{ + + if (sem_check_validity(sem) != 0) + return (-1); + + return (ksem_post((*sem)->semid)); +} + +int +__sem_getvalue(sem_t * __restrict sem, int * __restrict sval) +{ + int retval; + + if (sem_check_validity(sem) != 0) + return (-1); + + if ((*sem)->syssem != 0) + retval = ksem_getvalue((*sem)->semid, sval); + else { + _pthread_mutex_lock(&(*sem)->lock); + *sval = (int)(*sem)->count; + _pthread_mutex_unlock(&(*sem)->lock); + + retval = 0; + } + return (retval); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_destroy.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_destroy.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f488b4e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_destroy.3 @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@FreeBSD.org>. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as +.\" the first lines of this file unmodified other than the possible +.\" addition of one or more copyright notices. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in +.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY +.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE +.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF +.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +.\" BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, +.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE +.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, +.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd February 15, 2000 +.Dt SEM_DESTROY 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm sem_destroy +.Nd destroy an unnamed semaphore +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In semaphore.h +.Ft int +.Fn sem_destroy "sem_t *sem" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn sem_destroy +function destroys the unnamed semaphore pointed to by +.Fa sem . +After a successful call to +.Fn sem_destroy , +.Fa sem +is unusable until re-initialized by another call to +.Xr sem_init 3 . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std sem_destroy +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn sem_destroy +function will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa sem +argument +points to an invalid semaphore. +.It Bq Er EBUSY +There are currently threads blocked on the semaphore that +.Fa sem +points to. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sem_init 3 , +.Xr sem 4 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn sem_destroy +function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-96 . +.Pp +.Tn POSIX +does not define the behavior of +.Fn sem_destroy +if called while there are threads blocked on +.Fa sem , +but this implementation is guaranteed to return \-1 and set +.Va errno +to +.Er EBUSY +if there are threads blocked on +.Fa sem . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_getvalue.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_getvalue.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8dd177 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_getvalue.3 @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@FreeBSD.org>. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as +.\" the first lines of this file unmodified other than the possible +.\" addition of one or more copyright notices. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in +.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY +.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE +.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF +.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +.\" BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, +.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE +.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, +.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd February 15, 2000 +.Dt SEM_GETVALUE 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm sem_getvalue +.Nd get the value of a semaphore +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In semaphore.h +.Ft int +.Fn sem_getvalue "sem_t * restrict sem" "int * restrict sval" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn sem_getvalue +function sets the variable pointed to by +.Fa sval +to the current value of the semaphore pointed to by +.Fa sem , +as of the time that the call to +.Fn sem_getvalue +is actually run. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std sem_getvalue +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn sem_getvalue +function will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa sem +argument +points to an invalid semaphore. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sem_post 3 , +.Xr sem_trywait 3 , +.Xr sem_wait 3 , +.Xr sem 4 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn sem_getvalue +function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-96 . +.Pp +The value of the semaphore is never negative, even if there are threads blocked +on the semaphore. +.Tn POSIX +is somewhat ambiguous in its wording with regard to +what the value of the semaphore should be if there are blocked waiting threads, +but this behavior is conformant, given the wording of the specification. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_init.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_init.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d765a57 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_init.3 @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@FreeBSD.org>. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as +.\" the first lines of this file unmodified other than the possible +.\" addition of one or more copyright notices. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in +.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY +.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE +.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF +.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +.\" BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, +.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE +.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, +.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd February 15, 2000 +.Dt SEM_INIT 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm sem_init +.Nd initialize an unnamed semaphore +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In semaphore.h +.Ft int +.Fn sem_init "sem_t *sem" "int pshared" "unsigned int value" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn sem_init +function initializes the unnamed semaphore pointed to by +.Fa sem +to have the value +.Fa value . +A non-zero value for +.Fa pshared +specifies a shared semaphore that can be used by multiple processes, which this +implementation is not capable of. +.Pp +Following a successful call to +.Fn sem_init , +.Fa sem +can be used as an argument in subsequent calls to +.Xr sem_wait 3 , +.Xr sem_trywait 3 , +.Xr sem_post 3 , +and +.Xr sem_destroy 3 . +The +.Fa sem +argument is no longer valid after a successful call to +.Xr sem_destroy 3 . +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std sem_init +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn sem_init +function will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa value +argument exceeds +.Dv SEM_VALUE_MAX . +.It Bq Er ENOSPC +Memory allocation error. +.It Bq Er EPERM +Unable to initialize a shared semaphore. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sem_destroy 3 , +.Xr sem_getvalue 3 , +.Xr sem_post 3 , +.Xr sem_trywait 3 , +.Xr sem_wait 3 , +.Xr sem 4 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn sem_init +function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-96 . +.Pp +This implementation does not support shared semaphores, and reports this fact +by setting +.Va errno +to +.Er EPERM . +This is perhaps a stretch of the intention of +.Tn POSIX , +but is +compliant, with the caveat that +.Fn sem_init +always reports a permissions error when an attempt to create a shared semaphore +is made. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_open.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_open.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..772bdfb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_open.3 @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@FreeBSD.org>. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as +.\" the first lines of this file unmodified other than the possible +.\" addition of one or more copyright notices. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in +.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY +.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE +.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF +.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +.\" BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, +.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE +.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, +.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd January 15, 2003 +.Dt SEM_OPEN 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm sem_open , +.Nm sem_close , +.Nm sem_unlink +.Nd named semaphore operations +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In semaphore.h +.Ft "sem_t *" +.Fn sem_open "const char *name" "int oflag" ... +.Ft int +.Fn sem_close "sem_t *sem" +.Ft int +.Fn sem_unlink "const char *name" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn sem_open +function creates or opens the named semaphore specified by +.Fa name . +The returned semaphore may be used in subsequent calls to +.Xr sem_getvalue 3 , +.Xr sem_wait 3 , +.Xr sem_trywait 3 , +.Xr sem_post 3 , +and +.Fn sem_close . +.Pp +The following bits may be set in the +.Fa oflag +argument: +.Bl -tag -width ".Dv O_CREAT" +.It Dv O_CREAT +Create the semaphore if it does not already exist. +.Pp +The third argument to the call to +.Fn sem_open +must be of type +.Vt mode_t +and specifies the mode for the semaphore. +Only the +.Dv S_IWUSR , S_IWGRP , +and +.Dv S_IWOTH +bits are examined; +it is not possible to grant only +.Dq read +permission on a semaphore. +The mode is modified according to the process's file creation +mask; see +.Xr umask 2 . +.Pp +The fourth argument must be an +.Vt "unsigned int" +and specifies the initial value for the semaphore, +and must be no greater than +.Dv SEM_VALUE_MAX . +.It Dv O_EXCL +Create the semaphore if it does not exist. +If the semaphore already exists, +.Fn sem_open +will fail. +This flag is ignored unless +.Dv O_CREAT +is also specified. +.El +.Pp +The +.Fn sem_close +function closes a named semaphore that was opened by a call to +.Fn sem_open . +.Pp +The +.Fn sem_unlink +function removes the semaphore named +.Fa name . +Resources allocated to the semaphore are only deallocated when all +processes that have the semaphore open close it. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +If successful, +the +.Fn sem_open +function returns the address of the opened semaphore. +If the same +.Fa name +argument is given to multiple calls to +.Fn sem_open +by the same process without an intervening call to +.Fn sem_close , +the same address is returned each time. +If the semaphore cannot be opened, +.Fn sem_open +returns +.Dv SEM_FAILED +and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error. +.Pp +.Rv -std sem_close sem_unlink +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn sem_open +function will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EACCES +The semaphore exists and the permissions specified by +.Fa oflag +at the time it was created deny access to this process. +.It Bq Er EACCES +The semaphore does not exist, but permission to create it is denied. +.It Bq Er EEXIST +.Dv O_CREAT +and +.Dv O_EXCL +are set but the semaphore already exists. +.It Bq Er EINTR +The call was interrupted by a signal. +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fn sem_open +operation is not supported for the given +.Fa name . +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa value +argument is greater than +.Dv SEM_VALUE_MAX . +.\"FreeBSD never returns EMFILE +.\".It Bq Er EMFILE +.\"Too many semaphores are in use by this process. +.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG +The +.Fa name +argument is too long. +.It Bq Er ENFILE +The system limit on semaphores has been reached. +.It Bq Er ENOENT +.Dv O_CREAT +is not set but the named semaphore does not exist. +.It Bq Er ENOSPC +There is not enough space to create the semaphore. +.El +.Pp +The +.Fn sem_close +function will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa sem +argument is not a valid semaphore. +.El +.Pp +The +.Fn sem_unlink +function will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EACCES +Permission is denied to unlink the semaphore. +.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG +The specified +.Fa name +is too long. +.It Bq Er ENOENT +The named semaphore does not exist. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr close 2 , +.Xr open 2 , +.Xr umask 2 , +.Xr unlink 2 , +.Xr sem_getvalue 3 , +.Xr sem_post 3 , +.Xr sem_trywait 3 , +.Xr sem_wait 3 , +.Xr sem 4 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn sem_open , +.Fn sem_close , +and +.Fn sem_unlink +functions conform to +.St -p1003.1-96 . +.Sh HISTORY +Support for named semaphores first appeared in +.Fx 5.0 . +.Sh BUGS +This implementation places strict requirements on the value of +.Fa name : +it must begin with a slash +.Pq Ql / , +contain no other slash characters, +and be less than 14 characters in length +not including the terminating null character. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_post.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_post.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67559cc --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_post.3 @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@FreeBSD.org>. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as +.\" the first lines of this file unmodified other than the possible +.\" addition of one or more copyright notices. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in +.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY +.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE +.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF +.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +.\" BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, +.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE +.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, +.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd February 15, 2000 +.Dt SEM_POST 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm sem_post +.Nd increment (unlock) a semaphore +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In semaphore.h +.Ft int +.Fn sem_post "sem_t *sem" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn sem_post +function increments (unlocks) the semaphore pointed to by +.Fa sem . +If there are threads blocked on the semaphore when +.Fn sem_post +is called, then the highest priority thread that has been blocked the longest on +the semaphore will be allowed to return from +.Fn sem_wait . +.Pp +The +.Fn sem_post +function is signal-reentrant and may be called within signal handlers. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std sem_post +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn sem_post +function will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa sem +argument +points to an invalid semaphore. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sem_getvalue 3 , +.Xr sem_trywait 3 , +.Xr sem_wait 3 , +.Xr sem 4 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn sem_post +function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-96 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_timedwait.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_timedwait.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9d3890 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_timedwait.3 @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2008, David Xu <davidxu@freebsd.org> +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" Portions of this text are reprinted and reproduced in electronic form +.\" from IEEE Std 1003.1, 2004 Edition, Standard for Information Technology -- +.\" Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX), The Open Group Base +.\" Specifications Issue 6, Copyright (C) 2001-2004 by the Institute of +.\" Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc and The Open Group. In the +.\" event of any discrepancy between this version and the original IEEE and +.\" The Open Group Standard, the original IEEE and The Open Group Standard is +.\" the referee document. The original Standard can be obtained online at +.\" http://www.opengroup.org/unix/online.html. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd March 3, 2008 +.Dt SEM_TIMEDWAIT 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm sem_timedwait +.Nd "lock a semaphore" +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libpthread +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In semaphore.h +.Ft int +.Fn sem_timedwait "sem_t *sem" "const struct timespec *abs_timeout" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn sem_timedwait +function locks the semaphore referenced by +.Fa sem , +as in the +.Xr sem_wait 3 +function. +However, if the semaphore cannot be locked without waiting for +another process or thread to unlock the semaphore by performing +a +.Xr sem_post 3 +function, this wait will be terminated when the specified timeout expires. +.Pp +The timeout will expire when the absolute time specified by +.Fa abs_timeout +passes, as measured by the clock on which timeouts are based (that is, +when the value of that clock equals or exceeds +.Fa abs_timeout ) , +or if the +absolute time specified by +.Fa abs_timeout +has already been passed at the time of the call. +.Pp +Note that the timeout is based on the +.Dv CLOCK_REALTIME +clock. +.Pp +The validity of the +.Fa abs_timeout +is not checked if the semaphore can be locked immediately. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn sem_timedwait +function returns zero if the calling process successfully performed the +semaphore lock operation on the semaphore designated by +.Fa sem . +If the call was unsuccessful, the state of the semaphore is unchanged, +and the function returns a value of \-1 and sets the global variable +.Va errno +to indicate the error. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn sem_timedwait +function will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa sem +argument does not refer to a valid semaphore, or the process or thread would +have blocked, and the +.Fa abs_timeout +parameter specified a nanoseconds field value less than zero or greater than +or equal to 1000 million. +.It Bq Er ETIMEDOUT +The semaphore could not be locked before the specified timeout expired. +.It Bq Er EINTR +A signal interrupted this function. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr semctl 2 , +.Xr semget 2 , +.Xr semop 2 , +.Xr sem_post 3 , +.Xr sem_trywait 3 , +.Xr sem_wait 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn sem_timedwait +function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-2004 . +.Sh HISTORY +The function first appeared in +.Fx 5.0 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_wait.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_wait.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43d6fad --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_wait.3 @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@FreeBSD.org>. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as +.\" the first lines of this file unmodified other than the possible +.\" addition of one or more copyright notices. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in +.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY +.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE +.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF +.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR +.\" BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, +.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE +.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, +.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd February 15, 2000 +.Dt SEM_WAIT 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm sem_wait , +.Nm sem_trywait +.Nd decrement (lock) a semaphore +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In semaphore.h +.Ft int +.Fn sem_wait "sem_t *sem" +.Ft int +.Fn sem_trywait "sem_t *sem" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn sem_wait +function decrements (locks) the semaphore pointed to by +.Fa sem , +but blocks if the value of +.Fa sem +is zero, until the value is non-zero and the value can be decremented. +.Pp +The +.Fn sem_trywait +function decrements (locks) the semaphore pointed to by +.Fa sem +only if the value is non-zero. +Otherwise, the semaphore is not decremented and +an error is returned. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn sem_wait +and +.Fn sem_trywait +functions will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa sem +argument +points to an invalid semaphore. +.El +.Pp +Additionally, +.Fn sem_trywait +will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EAGAIN +The semaphore value was zero, and thus could not be decremented. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sem_getvalue 3 , +.Xr sem_post 3 , +.Xr sem 4 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn sem_wait +and +.Fn sem_trywait +functions conform to +.St -p1003.1-96 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/semctl.c b/lib/libc/gen/semctl.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b5283f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/semctl.c @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2002 Doug Rabson + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/ipc.h> +#include <sys/sem.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +extern int __semctl(int semid, int semnum, int cmd, union semun *arg); + +int semctl(int semid, int semnum, int cmd, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + union semun semun; + union semun *semun_ptr; + + va_start(ap, cmd); + if (cmd == IPC_SET || cmd == IPC_STAT || cmd == GETALL + || cmd == SETVAL || cmd == SETALL) { + semun = va_arg(ap, union semun); + semun_ptr = &semun; + } else { + semun_ptr = NULL; + } + va_end(ap); + + return (__semctl(semid, semnum, cmd, semun_ptr)); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setdomainname.c b/lib/libc/gen/setdomainname.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cba67a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/setdomainname.c @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sethostname.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> + +#include <unistd.h> + +int +setdomainname(const char *name, int namelen) +{ + int mib[2]; + + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_NISDOMAINNAME; + if (sysctl(mib, 2, NULL, NULL, (void *)name, namelen) == -1) + return (-1); + return (0); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sethostname.c b/lib/libc/gen/sethostname.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..466ff57 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sethostname.c @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sethostname.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> + +#include <unistd.h> + +int +sethostname(const char *name, int namelen) +{ + int mib[2]; + + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_HOSTNAME; + if (sysctl(mib, 2, NULL, NULL, (void *)name, namelen) == -1) + return (-1); + return (0); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setjmp.3 b/lib/libc/gen/setjmp.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c995f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/setjmp.3 @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information +.\" Processing Systems. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)setjmp.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt SETJMP 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm sigsetjmp , +.Nm siglongjmp , +.Nm setjmp , +.Nm longjmp , +.Nm _setjmp , +.Nm _longjmp , +.Nm longjmperror +.Nd non-local jumps +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In setjmp.h +.Ft int +.Fn sigsetjmp "sigjmp_buf env" "int savemask" +.Ft void +.Fn siglongjmp "sigjmp_buf env" "int val" +.Ft int +.Fn setjmp "jmp_buf env" +.Ft void +.Fn longjmp "jmp_buf env" "int val" +.Ft int +.Fn _setjmp "jmp_buf env" +.Ft void +.Fn _longjmp "jmp_buf env" "int val" +.Ft void +.Fn longjmperror void +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn sigsetjmp , +.Fn setjmp , +and +.Fn _setjmp +functions save their calling environment in +.Fa env . +Each of these functions returns 0. +.Pp +The corresponding +.Fn longjmp +functions restore the environment saved by their most recent respective +invocations +of the +.Fn setjmp +function. +They then return so that program execution continues as if the corresponding +invocation of the +.Fn setjmp +call had just returned the value specified by +.Fa val , +instead of 0. +.Pp +Pairs of calls may be intermixed, i.e., both +.Fn sigsetjmp +and +.Fn siglongjmp +and +.Fn setjmp +and +.Fn longjmp +combinations may be used in the same program, however, individual +calls may not, e.g.\& the +.Fa env +argument to +.Fn setjmp +may not be passed to +.Fn siglongjmp . +.Pp +The +.Fn longjmp +routines may not be called after the routine which called the +.Fn setjmp +routines returns. +.Pp +All accessible objects have values as of the time +.Fn longjmp +routine was called, except that the values of objects of automatic storage +invocation duration that do not have the +.Vt volatile +type and have been changed between the +.Fn setjmp +invocation and +.Fn longjmp +call are indeterminate. +.Pp +The +.Fn setjmp Ns / Ns Fn longjmp +pairs save and restore the signal mask while +.Fn _setjmp Ns / Ns Fn _longjmp +pairs save and restore only the register set and the stack. +(See +.Fn sigprocmask 2 . ) +.Pp +The +.Fn sigsetjmp Ns / Ns Fn siglongjmp +function +pairs save and restore the signal mask if the argument +.Fa savemask +is non-zero, otherwise only the register set and the stack are saved. +.Sh ERRORS +If the contents of the +.Fa env +are corrupted, or correspond to an environment that has already returned, +the +.Fn longjmp +routine calls the routine +.Fn longjmperror 3 . +If +.Fn longjmperror +returns the program is aborted (see +.Xr abort 3 ) . +The default version of +.Fn longjmperror +prints the message +.Dq Li longjmp botch +to standard error and returns. +User programs wishing to exit more gracefully should write their own +versions of +.Fn longjmperror . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sigaction 2 , +.Xr sigaltstack 2 , +.Xr signal 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn setjmp +and +.Fn longjmp +functions conform to +.St -isoC . +The +.Fn sigsetjmp +and +.Fn siglongjmp +functions conform to +.St -p1003.1-88 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setjmperr.c b/lib/libc/gen/setjmperr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3cfeb55 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/setjmperr.c @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1980, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)setjmperr.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +/* + * This routine is called from longjmp() when an error occurs. + * Programs that wish to exit gracefully from this error may + * write their own versions. + * If this routine returns, the program is aborted. + */ + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <setjmp.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +void +longjmperror() +{ +#define ERRMSG "longjmp botch.\n" + (void)_write(STDERR_FILENO, ERRMSG, sizeof(ERRMSG) - 1); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setmode.3 b/lib/libc/gen/setmode.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cab44a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/setmode.3 @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)setmode.3 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd April 28, 1995 +.Dt SETMODE 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm getmode , +.Nm setmode +.Nd modify mode bits +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft mode_t +.Fn getmode "const void *set" "mode_t mode" +.Ft void * +.Fn setmode "const char *mode_str" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn getmode +function +returns a copy of the file permission bits +.Fa mode +as altered by the values pointed to by +.Fa set . +While only the mode bits are altered, other parts of the file mode +may be examined. +.Pp +The +.Fn setmode +function +takes an absolute (octal) or symbolic value, as described in +.Xr chmod 1 , +as an argument +and returns a pointer to mode values to be supplied to +.Fn getmode . +Because some of the symbolic values are relative to the file +creation mask, +.Fn setmode +may call +.Xr umask 2 . +If this occurs, the file creation mask will be restored before +.Fn setmode +returns. +If the calling program changes the value of its file creation mask +after calling +.Fn setmode , +.Fn setmode +must be called again if +.Fn getmode +is to modify future file modes correctly. +.Pp +If the mode passed to +.Fn setmode +is invalid or if memory cannot be allocated for the return value, +.Fn setmode +returns +.Dv NULL . +.Pp +The value returned from +.Fn setmode +is obtained from +.Fn malloc +and should be returned to the system with +.Fn free +when the program is done with it, generally after a call to +.Fn getmode . +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn setmode +function +may fail and set errno for any of the errors specified for the library +routine +.Xr malloc 3 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr chmod 1 , +.Xr stat 2 , +.Xr umask 2 , +.Xr malloc 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn getmode +and +.Fn setmode +functions first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setmode.c b/lib/libc/gen/setmode.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3966fd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/setmode.c @@ -0,0 +1,446 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Dave Borman at Cray Research, Inc. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)setmode.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/25/94"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#ifdef SETMODE_DEBUG +#include <stdio.h> +#endif +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#define SET_LEN 6 /* initial # of bitcmd struct to malloc */ +#define SET_LEN_INCR 4 /* # of bitcmd structs to add as needed */ + +typedef struct bitcmd { + char cmd; + char cmd2; + mode_t bits; +} BITCMD; + +#define CMD2_CLR 0x01 +#define CMD2_SET 0x02 +#define CMD2_GBITS 0x04 +#define CMD2_OBITS 0x08 +#define CMD2_UBITS 0x10 + +static BITCMD *addcmd(BITCMD *, int, int, int, u_int); +static void compress_mode(BITCMD *); +#ifdef SETMODE_DEBUG +static void dumpmode(BITCMD *); +#endif + +/* + * Given the old mode and an array of bitcmd structures, apply the operations + * described in the bitcmd structures to the old mode, and return the new mode. + * Note that there is no '=' command; a strict assignment is just a '-' (clear + * bits) followed by a '+' (set bits). + */ +mode_t +getmode(const void *bbox, mode_t omode) +{ + const BITCMD *set; + mode_t clrval, newmode, value; + + set = (const BITCMD *)bbox; + newmode = omode; + for (value = 0;; set++) + switch(set->cmd) { + /* + * When copying the user, group or other bits around, we "know" + * where the bits are in the mode so that we can do shifts to + * copy them around. If we don't use shifts, it gets real + * grundgy with lots of single bit checks and bit sets. + */ + case 'u': + value = (newmode & S_IRWXU) >> 6; + goto common; + + case 'g': + value = (newmode & S_IRWXG) >> 3; + goto common; + + case 'o': + value = newmode & S_IRWXO; +common: if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_CLR) { + clrval = + (set->cmd2 & CMD2_SET) ? S_IRWXO : value; + if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_UBITS) + newmode &= ~((clrval<<6) & set->bits); + if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_GBITS) + newmode &= ~((clrval<<3) & set->bits); + if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_OBITS) + newmode &= ~(clrval & set->bits); + } + if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_SET) { + if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_UBITS) + newmode |= (value<<6) & set->bits; + if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_GBITS) + newmode |= (value<<3) & set->bits; + if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_OBITS) + newmode |= value & set->bits; + } + break; + + case '+': + newmode |= set->bits; + break; + + case '-': + newmode &= ~set->bits; + break; + + case 'X': + if (omode & (S_IFDIR|S_IXUSR|S_IXGRP|S_IXOTH)) + newmode |= set->bits; + break; + + case '\0': + default: +#ifdef SETMODE_DEBUG + (void)printf("getmode:%04o -> %04o\n", omode, newmode); +#endif + return (newmode); + } +} + +#define ADDCMD(a, b, c, d) \ + if (set >= endset) { \ + BITCMD *newset; \ + setlen += SET_LEN_INCR; \ + newset = realloc(saveset, sizeof(BITCMD) * setlen); \ + if (!newset) { \ + if (saveset) \ + free(saveset); \ + saveset = NULL; \ + return (NULL); \ + } \ + set = newset + (set - saveset); \ + saveset = newset; \ + endset = newset + (setlen - 2); \ + } \ + set = addcmd(set, (a), (b), (c), (d)) + +#define STANDARD_BITS (S_ISUID|S_ISGID|S_IRWXU|S_IRWXG|S_IRWXO) + +void * +setmode(const char *p) +{ + int perm, who; + char op, *ep; + BITCMD *set, *saveset, *endset; + sigset_t sigset, sigoset; + mode_t mask; + int equalopdone=0, permXbits, setlen; + long perml; + + if (!*p) + return (NULL); + + /* + * Get a copy of the mask for the permissions that are mask relative. + * Flip the bits, we want what's not set. Since it's possible that + * the caller is opening files inside a signal handler, protect them + * as best we can. + */ + sigfillset(&sigset); + (void)_sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &sigset, &sigoset); + (void)umask(mask = umask(0)); + mask = ~mask; + (void)_sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &sigoset, NULL); + + setlen = SET_LEN + 2; + + if ((set = malloc((u_int)(sizeof(BITCMD) * setlen))) == NULL) + return (NULL); + saveset = set; + endset = set + (setlen - 2); + + /* + * If an absolute number, get it and return; disallow non-octal digits + * or illegal bits. + */ + if (isdigit((unsigned char)*p)) { + perml = strtol(p, &ep, 8); + if (*ep || perml < 0 || perml & ~(STANDARD_BITS|S_ISTXT)) { + free(saveset); + return (NULL); + } + perm = (mode_t)perml; + ADDCMD('=', (STANDARD_BITS|S_ISTXT), perm, mask); + set->cmd = 0; + return (saveset); + } + + /* + * Build list of structures to set/clear/copy bits as described by + * each clause of the symbolic mode. + */ + for (;;) { + /* First, find out which bits might be modified. */ + for (who = 0;; ++p) { + switch (*p) { + case 'a': + who |= STANDARD_BITS; + break; + case 'u': + who |= S_ISUID|S_IRWXU; + break; + case 'g': + who |= S_ISGID|S_IRWXG; + break; + case 'o': + who |= S_IRWXO; + break; + default: + goto getop; + } + } + +getop: if ((op = *p++) != '+' && op != '-' && op != '=') { + free(saveset); + return (NULL); + } + if (op == '=') + equalopdone = 0; + + who &= ~S_ISTXT; + for (perm = 0, permXbits = 0;; ++p) { + switch (*p) { + case 'r': + perm |= S_IRUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IROTH; + break; + case 's': + /* If only "other" bits ignore set-id. */ + if (!who || who & ~S_IRWXO) + perm |= S_ISUID|S_ISGID; + break; + case 't': + /* If only "other" bits ignore sticky. */ + if (!who || who & ~S_IRWXO) { + who |= S_ISTXT; + perm |= S_ISTXT; + } + break; + case 'w': + perm |= S_IWUSR|S_IWGRP|S_IWOTH; + break; + case 'X': + permXbits = S_IXUSR|S_IXGRP|S_IXOTH; + break; + case 'x': + perm |= S_IXUSR|S_IXGRP|S_IXOTH; + break; + case 'u': + case 'g': + case 'o': + /* + * When ever we hit 'u', 'g', or 'o', we have + * to flush out any partial mode that we have, + * and then do the copying of the mode bits. + */ + if (perm) { + ADDCMD(op, who, perm, mask); + perm = 0; + } + if (op == '=') + equalopdone = 1; + if (op == '+' && permXbits) { + ADDCMD('X', who, permXbits, mask); + permXbits = 0; + } + ADDCMD(*p, who, op, mask); + break; + + default: + /* + * Add any permissions that we haven't already + * done. + */ + if (perm || (op == '=' && !equalopdone)) { + if (op == '=') + equalopdone = 1; + ADDCMD(op, who, perm, mask); + perm = 0; + } + if (permXbits) { + ADDCMD('X', who, permXbits, mask); + permXbits = 0; + } + goto apply; + } + } + +apply: if (!*p) + break; + if (*p != ',') + goto getop; + ++p; + } + set->cmd = 0; +#ifdef SETMODE_DEBUG + (void)printf("Before compress_mode()\n"); + dumpmode(saveset); +#endif + compress_mode(saveset); +#ifdef SETMODE_DEBUG + (void)printf("After compress_mode()\n"); + dumpmode(saveset); +#endif + return (saveset); +} + +static BITCMD * +addcmd(BITCMD *set, int op, int who, int oparg, u_int mask) +{ + switch (op) { + case '=': + set->cmd = '-'; + set->bits = who ? who : STANDARD_BITS; + set++; + + op = '+'; + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case '+': + case '-': + case 'X': + set->cmd = op; + set->bits = (who ? who : mask) & oparg; + break; + + case 'u': + case 'g': + case 'o': + set->cmd = op; + if (who) { + set->cmd2 = ((who & S_IRUSR) ? CMD2_UBITS : 0) | + ((who & S_IRGRP) ? CMD2_GBITS : 0) | + ((who & S_IROTH) ? CMD2_OBITS : 0); + set->bits = (mode_t)~0; + } else { + set->cmd2 = CMD2_UBITS | CMD2_GBITS | CMD2_OBITS; + set->bits = mask; + } + + if (oparg == '+') + set->cmd2 |= CMD2_SET; + else if (oparg == '-') + set->cmd2 |= CMD2_CLR; + else if (oparg == '=') + set->cmd2 |= CMD2_SET|CMD2_CLR; + break; + } + return (set + 1); +} + +#ifdef SETMODE_DEBUG +static void +dumpmode(BITCMD *set) +{ + for (; set->cmd; ++set) + (void)printf("cmd: '%c' bits %04o%s%s%s%s%s%s\n", + set->cmd, set->bits, set->cmd2 ? " cmd2:" : "", + set->cmd2 & CMD2_CLR ? " CLR" : "", + set->cmd2 & CMD2_SET ? " SET" : "", + set->cmd2 & CMD2_UBITS ? " UBITS" : "", + set->cmd2 & CMD2_GBITS ? " GBITS" : "", + set->cmd2 & CMD2_OBITS ? " OBITS" : ""); +} +#endif + +/* + * Given an array of bitcmd structures, compress by compacting consecutive + * '+', '-' and 'X' commands into at most 3 commands, one of each. The 'u', + * 'g' and 'o' commands continue to be separate. They could probably be + * compacted, but it's not worth the effort. + */ +static void +compress_mode(BITCMD *set) +{ + BITCMD *nset; + int setbits, clrbits, Xbits, op; + + for (nset = set;;) { + /* Copy over any 'u', 'g' and 'o' commands. */ + while ((op = nset->cmd) != '+' && op != '-' && op != 'X') { + *set++ = *nset++; + if (!op) + return; + } + + for (setbits = clrbits = Xbits = 0;; nset++) { + if ((op = nset->cmd) == '-') { + clrbits |= nset->bits; + setbits &= ~nset->bits; + Xbits &= ~nset->bits; + } else if (op == '+') { + setbits |= nset->bits; + clrbits &= ~nset->bits; + Xbits &= ~nset->bits; + } else if (op == 'X') + Xbits |= nset->bits & ~setbits; + else + break; + } + if (clrbits) { + set->cmd = '-'; + set->cmd2 = 0; + set->bits = clrbits; + set++; + } + if (setbits) { + set->cmd = '+'; + set->cmd2 = 0; + set->bits = setbits; + set++; + } + if (Xbits) { + set->cmd = 'X'; + set->cmd2 = 0; + set->bits = Xbits; + set++; + } + } +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3 b/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe9f19a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3 @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Peter Wemm <peter@freebsd.org> +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice immediately at the beginning of the file, without modification, +.\" this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. This work was done expressly for inclusion into FreeBSD. Other use +.\" is permitted provided this notation is included. +.\" 4. Absolutely no warranty of function or purpose is made by the author +.\" Peter Wemm. +.\" 5. Modifications may be freely made to this file providing the above +.\" conditions are met. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.\" The following requests are required for all man pages. +.Dd December 16, 1995 +.Os +.Dt SETPROCTITLE 3 +.Sh NAME +.Nm setproctitle +.Nd set process title +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/types.h +.In unistd.h +.Ft void +.Fn setproctitle "const char *fmt" "..." +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn setproctitle +library routine sets the process title that appears on the +.Xr ps 1 +command. +.Pp +The title is set from the executable's name, followed by the +result of a +.Xr printf 3 +style expansion of the arguments as specified by the +.Va fmt +argument. +If the +.Va fmt +argument begins with a +.Dq - +character, the executable's name is skipped. +.Pp +If +.Va fmt +is NULL, the process title is restored. +.Sh EXAMPLES +To set the title on a daemon to indicate its activity: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +setproctitle("talking to %s", inet_ntoa(addr)); +.Ed +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr ps 1 , +.Xr w 1 , +.Xr kvm 3 , +.Xr kvm_getargv 3 , +.Xr printf 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn setproctitle +function +is implicitly non-standard. +Other methods of causing the +.Xr ps 1 +command line to change, including copying over the argv[0] string are +also implicitly non-portable. +It is preferable to use an operating system +supplied +.Fn setproctitle +if present. +.Pp +Unfortunately, it is possible that there are other calling conventions +to other versions of +.Fn setproctitle , +although none have been found by the author as yet. +This is believed to be +the predominant convention. +.Pp +It is thought that the implementation is compatible with other systems, +including +.Nx +and +.Bsx . +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn setproctitle +function +first appeared in +.Fx 2.2 . +Other operating systems have +similar functions. +.Sh AUTHORS +.An -nosplit +.An Peter Wemm Aq peter@FreeBSD.org +stole the idea from the +.Sy "Sendmail 8.7.3" +source code by +.An Eric Allman Aq eric@sendmail.org . +.Sh BUGS +Never pass a string with user-supplied data as a format without using +.Ql %s . +An attacker can put format specifiers in the string to mangle your stack, +leading to a possible security hole. +This holds true even if the string was built using a function like +.Fn snprintf , +as the resulting string may still contain user-supplied conversion specifiers +for later interpolation by +.Fn setproctitle . +.Pp +Always use the proper secure idiom: +.Pp +.Dl setproctitle("%s", string); diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.c b/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd705fb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.c @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1995 Peter Wemm <peter@freebsd.org> + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice immediately at the beginning of the file, without modification, + * this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Absolutely no warranty of function or purpose is made by the author + * Peter Wemm. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/exec.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> + +#include <vm/vm.h> +#include <vm/vm_param.h> +#include <vm/pmap.h> + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#include "libc_private.h" + +/* + * Older FreeBSD 2.0, 2.1 and 2.2 had different ps_strings structures and + * in different locations. + * 1: old_ps_strings at the very top of the stack. + * 2: old_ps_strings at SPARE_USRSPACE below the top of the stack. + * 3: ps_strings at the very top of the stack. + * This attempts to support a kernel built in the #2 and #3 era. + */ + +struct old_ps_strings { + char *old_ps_argvstr; + int old_ps_nargvstr; + char *old_ps_envstr; + int old_ps_nenvstr; +}; +#define OLD_PS_STRINGS ((struct old_ps_strings *) \ + (USRSTACK - SPARE_USRSPACE - sizeof(struct old_ps_strings))) + +#include <stdarg.h> + +#define SPT_BUFSIZE 2048 /* from other parts of sendmail */ + +void +setproctitle(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + static struct ps_strings *ps_strings; + static char *buf = NULL; + static char *obuf = NULL; + static char **oargv, *kbuf; + static int oargc = -1; + static char *nargv[2] = { NULL, NULL }; + char **nargvp; + int nargc; + int i; + va_list ap; + size_t len; + unsigned long ul_ps_strings; + int oid[4]; + + if (buf == NULL) { + buf = malloc(SPT_BUFSIZE); + if (buf == NULL) + return; + nargv[0] = buf; + } + + if (obuf == NULL ) { + obuf = malloc(SPT_BUFSIZE); + if (obuf == NULL) + return; + *obuf = '\0'; + } + + va_start(ap, fmt); + + if (fmt) { + buf[SPT_BUFSIZE - 1] = '\0'; + + if (fmt[0] == '-') { + /* skip program name prefix */ + fmt++; + len = 0; + } else { + /* print program name heading for grep */ + (void)snprintf(buf, SPT_BUFSIZE, "%s: ", _getprogname()); + len = strlen(buf); + } + + /* print the argument string */ + (void) vsnprintf(buf + len, SPT_BUFSIZE - len, fmt, ap); + + nargvp = nargv; + nargc = 1; + kbuf = buf; + } else if (*obuf != '\0') { + /* Idea from NetBSD - reset the title on fmt == NULL */ + nargvp = oargv; + nargc = oargc; + kbuf = obuf; + } else + /* Nothing to restore */ + return; + + va_end(ap); + + /* Set the title into the kernel cached command line */ + oid[0] = CTL_KERN; + oid[1] = KERN_PROC; + oid[2] = KERN_PROC_ARGS; + oid[3] = getpid(); + sysctl(oid, 4, 0, 0, kbuf, strlen(kbuf) + 1); + + if (ps_strings == NULL) { + len = sizeof(ul_ps_strings); + if (sysctlbyname("kern.ps_strings", &ul_ps_strings, &len, NULL, + 0) == -1) + ul_ps_strings = PS_STRINGS; + ps_strings = (struct ps_strings *)ul_ps_strings; + } + + /* PS_STRINGS points to zeroed memory on a style #2 kernel */ + if (ps_strings->ps_argvstr) { + /* style #3 */ + if (oargc == -1) { + /* Record our original args */ + oargc = ps_strings->ps_nargvstr; + oargv = ps_strings->ps_argvstr; + for (i = len = 0; i < oargc; i++) { + /* + * The program may have scribbled into its + * argv array, e.g., to remove some arguments. + * If that has happened, break out before + * trying to call strlen on a NULL pointer. + */ + if (oargv[i] == NULL) { + oargc = i; + break; + } + snprintf(obuf + len, SPT_BUFSIZE - len, "%s%s", + len ? " " : "", oargv[i]); + if (len) + len++; + len += strlen(oargv[i]); + if (len >= SPT_BUFSIZE) + break; + } + } + ps_strings->ps_nargvstr = nargc; + ps_strings->ps_argvstr = nargvp; + } else { + /* style #2 - we can only restore our first arg :-( */ + if (*obuf == '\0') + strncpy(obuf, OLD_PS_STRINGS->old_ps_argvstr, + SPT_BUFSIZE - 1); + OLD_PS_STRINGS->old_ps_nargvstr = 1; + OLD_PS_STRINGS->old_ps_argvstr = nargvp[0]; + } +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setprogname.c b/lib/libc/gen/setprogname.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a6cd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/setprogname.c @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "libc_private.h" + +void +setprogname(const char *progname) +{ + const char *p; + + p = strrchr(progname, '/'); + if (p != NULL) + __progname = p + 1; + else + __progname = progname; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/siginterrupt.3 b/lib/libc/gen/siginterrupt.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5eae62 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/siginterrupt.3 @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)siginterrupt.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt SIGINTERRUPT 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm siginterrupt +.Nd allow signals to interrupt system calls +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In signal.h +.Ft int +.Fn siginterrupt "int sig" "int flag" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn siginterrupt +function +is used to change the system call restart +behavior when a system call is interrupted by the specified signal. +If the flag is false (0), then system calls will be restarted if +they are interrupted by the specified signal +and no data has been transferred yet. +System call restart has been the default behavior since +.Bx 4.2 , +and is the default behaviour for +.Xr signal 3 +on +.Fx . +.Pp +If the flag is true (1), +then restarting of system calls is disabled. +If a system call is interrupted by the specified signal +and no data has been transferred, +the system call will return \-1 with the global variable +.Va errno +set to +.Er EINTR . +Interrupted system calls that have started transferring +data will return the amount of data actually transferred. +System call interrupt is the signal behavior found on +.Bx 4.1 +and +.At V +systems. +.Pp +Note that the new +.Bx 4.2 +signal handling semantics are not +altered in any other way. +Most notably, signal handlers always remain installed until +explicitly changed by a subsequent +.Xr sigaction 2 +call, and the signal mask operates as documented in +.Xr sigaction 2 . +Programs may switch between restartable and interruptible +system call operation as often as desired in the execution of a program. +.Pp +Issuing a +.Fn siginterrupt 3 +call during the execution of a signal handler will cause +the new action to take place on the next signal to be caught. +.Sh NOTES +This library routine uses an extension of the +.Xr sigaction 2 +system call that is not available in +.Bx 4.2 , +hence it should not be used if backward compatibility is needed. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std siginterrupt +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn siginterrupt +call fails if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa sig +argument +is not a valid signal number. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sigaction 2 , +.Xr sigblock 2 , +.Xr sigpause 2 , +.Xr sigsetmask 2 , +.Xr signal 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn siginterrupt +function appeared in +.Bx 4.3 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/siginterrupt.c b/lib/libc/gen/siginterrupt.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dde474c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/siginterrupt.c @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)siginterrupt.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <signal.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" +#include "libc_private.h" + +/* + * Set signal state to prevent restart of system calls + * after an instance of the indicated signal. + */ +int +siginterrupt(sig, flag) + int sig, flag; +{ + extern sigset_t _sigintr; + struct sigaction sa; + int ret; + + if ((ret = _sigaction(sig, (struct sigaction *)0, &sa)) < 0) + return (ret); + if (flag) { + sigaddset(&_sigintr, sig); + sa.sa_flags &= ~SA_RESTART; + } else { + sigdelset(&_sigintr, sig); + sa.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART; + } + return (_sigaction(sig, &sa, (struct sigaction *)0)); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/siglist.c b/lib/libc/gen/siglist.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ff1337 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/siglist.c @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)siglist.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <signal.h> + +const char *const sys_signame[NSIG] = { + "Signal 0", + "hup", /* SIGHUP */ + "int", /* SIGINT */ + "quit", /* SIGQUIT */ + "ill", /* SIGILL */ + "trap", /* SIGTRAP */ + "abrt", /* SIGABRT */ + "emt", /* SIGEMT */ + "fpe", /* SIGFPE */ + "kill", /* SIGKILL */ + "bus", /* SIGBUS */ + "segv", /* SIGSEGV */ + "sys", /* SIGSYS */ + "pipe", /* SIGPIPE */ + "alrm", /* SIGALRM */ + "term", /* SIGTERM */ + "urg", /* SIGURG */ + "stop", /* SIGSTOP */ + "tstp", /* SIGTSTP */ + "cont", /* SIGCONT */ + "chld", /* SIGCHLD */ + "ttin", /* SIGTTIN */ + "ttou", /* SIGTTOU */ + "io", /* SIGIO */ + "xcpu", /* SIGXCPU */ + "xfsz", /* SIGXFSZ */ + "vtalrm", /* SIGVTALRM */ + "prof", /* SIGPROF */ + "winch", /* SIGWINCH */ + "info", /* SIGINFO */ + "usr1", /* SIGUSR1 */ + "usr2" /* SIGUSR2 */ +}; + +const char *const sys_siglist[NSIG] = { + "Signal 0", + "Hangup", /* SIGHUP */ + "Interrupt", /* SIGINT */ + "Quit", /* SIGQUIT */ + "Illegal instruction", /* SIGILL */ + "Trace/BPT trap", /* SIGTRAP */ + "Abort trap", /* SIGABRT */ + "EMT trap", /* SIGEMT */ + "Floating point exception", /* SIGFPE */ + "Killed", /* SIGKILL */ + "Bus error", /* SIGBUS */ + "Segmentation fault", /* SIGSEGV */ + "Bad system call", /* SIGSYS */ + "Broken pipe", /* SIGPIPE */ + "Alarm clock", /* SIGALRM */ + "Terminated", /* SIGTERM */ + "Urgent I/O condition", /* SIGURG */ + "Suspended (signal)", /* SIGSTOP */ + "Suspended", /* SIGTSTP */ + "Continued", /* SIGCONT */ + "Child exited", /* SIGCHLD */ + "Stopped (tty input)", /* SIGTTIN */ + "Stopped (tty output)", /* SIGTTOU */ + "I/O possible", /* SIGIO */ + "Cputime limit exceeded", /* SIGXCPU */ + "Filesize limit exceeded", /* SIGXFSZ */ + "Virtual timer expired", /* SIGVTALRM */ + "Profiling timer expired", /* SIGPROF */ + "Window size changes", /* SIGWINCH */ + "Information request", /* SIGINFO */ + "User defined signal 1", /* SIGUSR1 */ + "User defined signal 2" /* SIGUSR2 */ +}; +const int sys_nsig = sizeof(sys_siglist) / sizeof(sys_siglist[0]); diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/signal.3 b/lib/libc/gen/signal.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4086f68 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/signal.3 @@ -0,0 +1,278 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)signal.3 8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 7, 2004 +.Dt SIGNAL 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm signal +.Nd simplified software signal facilities +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In signal.h +.\" XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX +.\" The prototype for signal(3) cannot be cleanly marked up in -mdoc +.\" without the following lower-level tweak. +.nr in-synopsis-section 0 +.Pp +.Ft "void \*(lp*" Ns +.Fo signal +.Fa "int sig" +.Fa "void \*(lp*func\*(rp\*(lpint\*(rp" +.Fc Ns +.Ft "\*(rp\*(lpint\*(rp" ; +.Pp +.nr in-synopsis-section 1 +.\" XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX +or in +.Fx Ap s +equivalent but easier to read typedef'd version: +.Ft typedef "void \*(lp*sig_t\*(rp \*(lpint\*(rp" ; +.Pp +.Ft sig_t +.Fn signal "int sig" "sig_t func" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +This +.Fn signal +facility +is a simplified interface to the more general +.Xr sigaction 2 +facility. +.Pp +Signals allow the manipulation of a process from outside its +domain as well as allowing the process to manipulate itself or +copies of itself (children). +There are two general types of signals: +those that cause termination of a process and those that do not. +Signals which cause termination of a program might result from +an irrecoverable error or might be the result of a user at a terminal +typing the `interrupt' character. +Signals are used when a process is stopped because it wishes to access +its control terminal while in the background (see +.Xr tty 4 ) . +Signals are optionally generated +when a process resumes after being stopped, +when the status of child processes changes, +or when input is ready at the control terminal. +Most signals result in the termination of the process receiving them +if no action +is taken; some signals instead cause the process receiving them +to be stopped, or are simply discarded if the process has not +requested otherwise. +Except for the +.Dv SIGKILL +and +.Dv SIGSTOP +signals, the +.Fn signal +function allows for a signal to be caught, to be ignored, or to generate +an interrupt. +These signals are defined in the file +.In signal.h : +.Bl -column No ".Dv SIGVTALRM" "create core image" +.It Sy "No Name Default Action Description" +.It 1 Ta Dv SIGHUP Ta "terminate process" Ta "terminal line hangup" +.It 2 Ta Dv SIGINT Ta "terminate process" Ta "interrupt program" +.It 3 Ta Dv SIGQUIT Ta "create core image" Ta "quit program" +.It 4 Ta Dv SIGILL Ta "create core image" Ta "illegal instruction" +.It 5 Ta Dv SIGTRAP Ta "create core image" Ta "trace trap" +.It 6 Ta Dv SIGABRT Ta "create core image" Ta "abort program" +(formerly +.Dv SIGIOT ) +.It 7 Ta Dv SIGEMT Ta "create core image" Ta "emulate instruction executed" +.It 8 Ta Dv SIGFPE Ta "create core image" Ta "floating-point exception" +.It 9 Ta Dv SIGKILL Ta "terminate process" Ta "kill program" +.It 10 Ta Dv SIGBUS Ta "create core image" Ta "bus error" +.It 11 Ta Dv SIGSEGV Ta "create core image" Ta "segmentation violation" +.It 12 Ta Dv SIGSYS Ta "create core image" Ta "non-existent system call invoked" +.It 13 Ta Dv SIGPIPE Ta "terminate process" Ta "write on a pipe with no reader" +.It 14 Ta Dv SIGALRM Ta "terminate process" Ta "real-time timer expired" +.It 15 Ta Dv SIGTERM Ta "terminate process" Ta "software termination signal" +.It 16 Ta Dv SIGURG Ta "discard signal" Ta "urgent condition present on socket" +.It 17 Ta Dv SIGSTOP Ta "stop process" Ta "stop (cannot be caught or ignored)" +.It 18 Ta Dv SIGTSTP Ta "stop process" Ta "stop signal generated from keyboard" +.It 19 Ta Dv SIGCONT Ta "discard signal" Ta "continue after stop" +.It 20 Ta Dv SIGCHLD Ta "discard signal" Ta "child status has changed" +.It 21 Ta Dv SIGTTIN Ta "stop process" Ta "background read attempted from" +control terminal +.It 22 Ta Dv SIGTTOU Ta "stop process" Ta "background write attempted to" +control terminal +.It 23 Ta Dv SIGIO Ta "discard signal" Ta Tn "I/O" +is possible on a descriptor (see +.Xr fcntl 2 ) +.It 24 Ta Dv SIGXCPU Ta "terminate process" Ta "cpu time limit exceeded (see" +.Xr setrlimit 2 ) +.It 25 Ta Dv SIGXFSZ Ta "terminate process" Ta "file size limit exceeded (see" +.Xr setrlimit 2 ) +.It 26 Ta Dv SIGVTALRM Ta "terminate process" Ta "virtual time alarm (see" +.Xr setitimer 2 ) +.It 27 Ta Dv SIGPROF Ta "terminate process" Ta "profiling timer alarm (see" +.Xr setitimer 2 ) +.It 28 Ta Dv SIGWINCH Ta "discard signal" Ta "Window size change" +.It 29 Ta Dv SIGINFO Ta "discard signal" Ta "status request from keyboard" +.It 30 Ta Dv SIGUSR1 Ta "terminate process" Ta "User defined signal 1" +.It 31 Ta Dv SIGUSR2 Ta "terminate process" Ta "User defined signal 2" +.It 32 Ta Dv SIGTHR Ta "terminate process" Ta "thread interrupt" +.El +.Pp +The +.Fa sig +argument specifies which signal was received. +The +.Fa func +procedure allows a user to choose the action upon receipt of a signal. +To set the default action of the signal to occur as listed above, +.Fa func +should be +.Dv SIG_DFL . +A +.Dv SIG_DFL +resets the default action. +To ignore the signal +.Fa func +should be +.Dv SIG_IGN . +This will cause subsequent instances of the signal to be ignored +and pending instances to be discarded. +If +.Dv SIG_IGN +is not used, +further occurrences of the signal are +automatically blocked and +.Fa func +is called. +.Pp +The handled signal is unblocked when the +function returns and +the process continues from where it left off when the signal occurred. +.Bf -symbolic +Unlike previous signal facilities, the handler +func() remains installed after a signal has been delivered. +.Ef +.Pp +For some system calls, if a signal is caught while the call is +executing and the call is prematurely terminated, +the call is automatically restarted. +(The handler is installed using the +.Dv SA_RESTART +flag with +.Xr sigaction 2 . ) +The affected system calls include +.Xr read 2 , +.Xr write 2 , +.Xr sendto 2 , +.Xr recvfrom 2 , +.Xr sendmsg 2 +and +.Xr recvmsg 2 +on a communications channel or a low speed device +and during a +.Xr ioctl 2 +or +.Xr wait 2 . +However, calls that have already committed are not restarted, +but instead return a partial success (for example, a short read count). +These semantics could be changed with +.Xr siginterrupt 3 . +.Pp +When a process which has installed signal handlers forks, +the child process inherits the signals. +All caught signals may be reset to their default action by a call +to the +.Xr execve 2 +function; +ignored signals remain ignored. +.Pp +If a process explicitly specifies +.Dv SIG_IGN +as the action for the signal +.Dv SIGCHLD , +the system will not create zombie processes when children +of the calling process exit. +As a consequence, the system will discard the exit status +from the child processes. +If the calling process subsequently issues a call to +.Xr wait 2 +or equivalent, it will block until all of the calling process's +children terminate, and then return a value of \-1 with +.Va errno +set to +.Er ECHILD . +.Pp +See +.Xr sigaction 2 +for a list of functions +that are considered safe for use in signal handlers. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The previous action is returned on a successful call. +Otherwise, SIG_ERR is returned and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn signal +function +will fail and no action will take place if one of the +following occur: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa sig +argument +is not a valid signal number. +.It Bq Er EINVAL +An attempt is made to ignore or supply a handler for +.Dv SIGKILL +or +.Dv SIGSTOP . +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr kill 1 , +.Xr kill 2 , +.Xr ptrace 2 , +.Xr sigaction 2 , +.Xr sigaltstack 2 , +.Xr sigprocmask 2 , +.Xr sigsuspend 2 , +.Xr wait 2 , +.Xr fpsetmask 3 , +.Xr setjmp 3 , +.Xr siginterrupt 3 , +.Xr tty 4 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Nm +facility appeared in +.Bx 4.0 . +The option to avoid the creation of child zombies through ignoring +.Dv SIGCHLD +appeared in +.Fx 5.0 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/signal.c b/lib/libc/gen/signal.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c93633e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/signal.c @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1985, 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)signal.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +/* + * Almost backwards compatible signal. + */ +#include "namespace.h" +#include <signal.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" +#include "libc_private.h" + +sigset_t _sigintr; /* shared with siginterrupt */ + +sig_t +signal(s, a) + int s; + sig_t a; +{ + struct sigaction sa, osa; + + sa.sa_handler = a; + sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask); + sa.sa_flags = 0; + if (!sigismember(&_sigintr, s)) + sa.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART; + if (_sigaction(s, &sa, &osa) < 0) + return (SIG_ERR); + return (osa.sa_handler); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sigsetops.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sigsetops.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..88affad --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sigsetops.3 @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)sigsetops.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd December 16, 2004 +.Dt SIGSETOPS 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm sigemptyset , +.Nm sigfillset , +.Nm sigaddset , +.Nm sigdelset , +.Nm sigismember +.Nd manipulate signal sets +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In signal.h +.Ft int +.Fn sigemptyset "sigset_t *set" +.Ft int +.Fn sigfillset "sigset_t *set" +.Ft int +.Fn sigaddset "sigset_t *set" "int signo" +.Ft int +.Fn sigdelset "sigset_t *set" "int signo" +.Ft int +.Fn sigismember "const sigset_t *set" "int signo" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a +.Fa sigset_t . +Either +.Fn sigemptyset +or +.Fn sigfillset +must be called for every object of type +.Fa sigset_t +before any other use of the object. +.Pp +The +.Fn sigemptyset +function initializes a signal set to be empty. +.Pp +The +.Fn sigfillset +function initializes a signal set to contain all signals. +.Pp +The +.Fn sigaddset +function adds the specified signal +.Fa signo +to the signal set. +.Pp +The +.Fn sigdelset +function deletes the specified signal +.Fa signo +from the signal set. +.Pp +The +.Fn sigismember +function returns whether a specified signal +.Fa signo +is contained in the signal set. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn sigismember +function returns 1 +if the signal is a member of the set, +0 otherwise. +The other functions return 0 upon success. +A \-1 return value +indicates an error occurred and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the reason. +.Sh ERRORS +These functions could fail if one of the following occurs: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +.Fa signo +has an invalid value. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr kill 2 , +.Xr sigaction 2 , +.Xr sigpending 2 , +.Xr sigprocmask 2 , +.Xr sigsuspend 2 +.Sh STANDARDS +These functions are defined by +.St -p1003.1-88 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sigsetops.c b/lib/libc/gen/sigsetops.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf7e688 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sigsetops.c @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)sigsetops.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sigsetops.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <errno.h> +#include <signal.h> + +int +sigaddset(set, signo) + sigset_t *set; + int signo; +{ + + if (signo <= 0 || signo > _SIG_MAXSIG) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } + set->__bits[_SIG_WORD(signo)] |= _SIG_BIT(signo); + return (0); +} + +int +sigdelset(set, signo) + sigset_t *set; + int signo; +{ + + if (signo <= 0 || signo > _SIG_MAXSIG) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } + set->__bits[_SIG_WORD(signo)] &= ~_SIG_BIT(signo); + return (0); +} + +int +sigemptyset(set) + sigset_t *set; +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < _SIG_WORDS; i++) + set->__bits[i] = 0; + return (0); +} + +int +sigfillset(set) + sigset_t *set; +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < _SIG_WORDS; i++) + set->__bits[i] = ~0U; + return (0); +} + +int +sigismember(set, signo) + const sigset_t *set; + int signo; +{ + + if (signo <= 0 || signo > _SIG_MAXSIG) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } + return ((set->__bits[_SIG_WORD(signo)] & _SIG_BIT(signo)) ? 1 : 0); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sleep.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sleep.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ecfa237 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sleep.3 @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)sleep.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd February 13, 1998 +.Dt SLEEP 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm sleep +.Nd suspend process execution for an interval measured in seconds +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft unsigned int +.Fn sleep "unsigned int seconds" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn sleep +function suspends execution of the calling process until either +.Fa seconds +seconds have elapsed or a signal is delivered to the process and its +action is to invoke a signal-catching function or to terminate the +process. +System activity may lengthen the sleep by an indeterminate amount. +.Pp +This function is implemented using +.Xr nanosleep 2 +by pausing for +.Fa seconds +seconds or until a signal occurs. +Consequently, in this implementation, +sleeping has no effect on the state of process timers, +and there is no special handling for SIGALRM. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +If the +.Fn sleep +function returns because the requested time has elapsed, the value +returned will be zero. +If the +.Fn sleep +function returns due to the delivery of a signal, the value returned +will be the unslept amount (the requested time minus the time actually +slept) in seconds. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr nanosleep 2 , +.Xr usleep 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn sleep +function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-90 . +.Sh HISTORY +A +.Fn sleep +function appeared in +.At v7 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sleep.c b/lib/libc/gen/sleep.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cdf5828 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sleep.c @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sleep.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <errno.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +unsigned int +__sleep(seconds) + unsigned int seconds; +{ + struct timespec time_to_sleep; + struct timespec time_remaining; + + /* + * Avoid overflow when `seconds' is huge. This assumes that + * the maximum value for a time_t is >= INT_MAX. + */ + if (seconds > INT_MAX) + return (seconds - INT_MAX + __sleep(INT_MAX)); + + time_to_sleep.tv_sec = seconds; + time_to_sleep.tv_nsec = 0; + if (_nanosleep(&time_to_sleep, &time_remaining) != -1) + return (0); + if (errno != EINTR) + return (seconds); /* best guess */ + return (time_remaining.tv_sec + + (time_remaining.tv_nsec != 0)); /* round up */ +} + +__weak_reference(__sleep, sleep); +__weak_reference(__sleep, _sleep); diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/srand48.c b/lib/libc/gen/srand48.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd369a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/srand48.c @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier + * All rights reserved. + * + * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source + * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the + * following conditions are retained. + * + * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties + * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens + * to anyone/anything when using this software. + */ + +#include "rand48.h" + +extern unsigned short _rand48_seed[3]; +extern unsigned short _rand48_mult[3]; +extern unsigned short _rand48_add; + +void +srand48(long seed) +{ + _rand48_seed[0] = RAND48_SEED_0; + _rand48_seed[1] = (unsigned short) seed; + _rand48_seed[2] = (unsigned short) (seed >> 16); + _rand48_mult[0] = RAND48_MULT_0; + _rand48_mult[1] = RAND48_MULT_1; + _rand48_mult[2] = RAND48_MULT_2; + _rand48_add = RAND48_ADD; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/statvfs.3 b/lib/libc/gen/statvfs.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9c7430 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/statvfs.3 @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +.\" +.\" Copyright 2002 Massachusetts Institute of Technology +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and +.\" its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby +.\" granted, provided that both the above copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in all copies, that both the above +.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all +.\" supporting documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used +.\" in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +.\" software without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. makes +.\" no representations about the suitability of this software for any +.\" purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied +.\" warranty. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY M.I.T. ``AS IS''. M.I.T. DISCLAIMS +.\" ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, +.\" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT +.\" SHALL M.I.T. BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +.\" SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +.\" LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF +.\" USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND +.\" ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, +.\" OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT +.\" OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd July 13, 2002 +.Dt STATVFS 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm statvfs , +.Nm fstatvfs +.Nd retrieve file system information +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/statvfs.h +.Ft int +.Fn statvfs "const char * restrict path" "struct statvfs * restrict buf" +.Ft int +.Fn fstatvfs "int fd" "struct statvfs *buf" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn statvfs +and +.Fn fstatvfs +functions fill the structure pointed to by +.Fa buf +with garbage. +This garbage will occasionally bear resemblance to file system +statistics, but portable applications must not depend on this. +Applications must pass a pathname or file descriptor which refers to a +file on the file system in which they are interested. +.Pp +The +.Vt statvfs +structure contains the following members: +.Bl -tag -offset indent -width ".Va f_namemax" +.It Va f_namemax +The maximum length in bytes of a file name on this file system. +Applications should use +.Xr pathconf 2 +instead. +.It Va f_fsid +Not meaningful in this implementation. +.It Va f_frsize +The size in bytes of the minimum unit of allocation on this +file system. +(This corresponds to the +.Va f_bsize +member of +.Vt "struct statfs" . ) +.It Va f_bsize +The preferred length of I/O requests for files on this file system. +(Corresponds to the +.Va f_iosize +member of +.Vt "struct statfs" . ) +.It Va f_flag +Flags describing mount options for this file system; see below. +.El +.Pp +In addition, there are three members of type +.Vt fsfilcnt_t , +which represent counts of file serial numbers +.Em ( i.e. , +inodes); these are named +.Va f_files , f_favail , +and +.Va f_ffree , +and represent the number of file serial numbers which exist in total, +are available to unprivileged processes, and are available to +privileged processes, respectively. +Likewise, the members +.Va f_blocks , f_bavail , +and +.Va f_bfree +(all of type +.Vt fsblkcnt_t ) +represent the respective allocation-block counts. +.Pp +There are two flags defined for the +.Va f_flag +member: +.Bl -tag -offset indent -width ".Dv ST_NOSUID" +.It Dv ST_RDONLY +The file system is mounted read-only. +.It Dv ST_NOSUID +The semantics of the +.Dv S_ISUID +and +.Dv S_ISGID +file mode bits +are not supported by, or are disabled on, this file system. +.El +.Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES +The +.Fn statvfs +and +.Fn fstatvfs +functions are implemented as wrappers around the +.Fn statfs +and +.Fn fstatfs +functions, respectively. +Not all the information provided by those functions is made available +through this interface. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std statvfs fstatvfs +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn statvfs +and +.Fn fstatvfs +functions may fail for any of the reasons documented for +.Xr statfs 2 +or +.Xr fstatfs 2 +and +.Xr pathconf 2 +or +.Xr fpathconf 2 , +respectively. +In addition, +.Fn statvfs +and +.Fn fstatvfs +functions may also fail for the following reason: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EOVERFLOW +One or more of the file system statistics has a value which cannot be +represented by the data types used in +.Vt "struct statvfs" . +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr pathconf 2 , +.Xr statfs 2 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn statvfs +and +.Fn fstatvfs +functions conform to +.St -p1003.1-2001 . +As standardized, portable applications cannot depend on these functions +returning any valid information at all. +This implementation attempts to provide as much useful information as +is provided by the underlying file system, subject to the limitations +of the specified data types. +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn statvfs +and +.Fn fstatvfs +functions first appeared in +.Fx 5.0 . +.Sh AUTHORS +The +.Fn statvfs +and +.Fn fstatvfs +functions and this manual page were written by +.An Garrett Wollman Aq wollman@FreeBSD.org . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/statvfs.c b/lib/libc/gen/statvfs.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe9462b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/statvfs.c @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2002 Massachusetts Institute of Technology + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and + * its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby + * granted, provided that both the above copyright notice and this + * permission notice appear in all copies, that both the above + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all + * supporting documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used + * in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + * software without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. makes + * no representations about the suitability of this software for any + * purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied + * warranty. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY M.I.T. ``AS IS''. M.I.T. DISCLAIMS + * ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, + * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT + * SHALL M.I.T. BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF + * USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND + * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT + * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/mount.h> +#include <sys/statvfs.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +static int sfs2svfs(const struct statfs *from, struct statvfs *to); + +int +fstatvfs(int fd, struct statvfs *result) +{ + struct statfs sfs; + int rv; + long pcval; + + rv = _fstatfs(fd, &sfs); + if (rv != 0) + return (rv); + + rv = sfs2svfs(&sfs, result); + if (rv != 0) + return (rv); + + /* + * Whether pathconf's -1 return means error or unlimited does not + * make any difference in this best-effort implementation. + */ + pcval = _fpathconf(fd, _PC_NAME_MAX); + if (pcval == -1) + result->f_namemax = ~0UL; + else + result->f_namemax = (unsigned long)pcval; + return (0); +} + +int +statvfs(const char * __restrict path, struct statvfs * __restrict result) +{ + struct statfs sfs; + int rv; + long pcval; + + rv = statfs(path, &sfs); + if (rv != 0) + return (rv); + + sfs2svfs(&sfs, result); + + /* + * Whether pathconf's -1 return means error or unlimited does not + * make any difference in this best-effort implementation. + */ + pcval = pathconf(path, _PC_NAME_MAX); + if (pcval == -1) + result->f_namemax = ~0UL; + else + result->f_namemax = (unsigned long)pcval; + return (0); +} + +static int +sfs2svfs(const struct statfs *from, struct statvfs *to) +{ + static const struct statvfs zvfs; + + *to = zvfs; + + if (from->f_flags & MNT_RDONLY) + to->f_flag |= ST_RDONLY; + if (from->f_flags & MNT_NOSUID) + to->f_flag |= ST_NOSUID; + + /* XXX should we clamp negative values? */ +#define COPY(field) \ + do { \ + to->field = from->field; \ + if (from->field != to->field) { \ + errno = EOVERFLOW; \ + return (-1); \ + } \ + } while(0) + + COPY(f_bavail); + COPY(f_bfree); + COPY(f_blocks); + COPY(f_ffree); + COPY(f_files); + to->f_bsize = from->f_iosize; + to->f_frsize = from->f_bsize; + to->f_favail = to->f_ffree; + return (0); +} + +#ifdef MAIN +#include <err.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stdio.h> + +int +main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct statvfs buf; + + if (statvfs(argv[1], &buf) < 0) + err(1, "statvfs"); + +#define SHOW(field) \ + printf(#field ": %ju\n", (uintmax_t)buf.field) + + SHOW(f_bavail); + SHOW(f_bfree); + SHOW(f_blocks); + SHOW(f_favail); + SHOW(f_ffree); + SHOW(f_files); + SHOW(f_bsize); + SHOW(f_frsize); + SHOW(f_namemax); + printf("f_flag: %lx\n", (unsigned long)buf.f_flag); + + return 0; +} + +#endif /* MAIN */ diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/stringlist.3 b/lib/libc/gen/stringlist.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..30dd299 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/stringlist.3 @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +.\" $NetBSD: stringlist.3,v 1.5 1999/03/22 19:44:46 garbled Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This file was contributed to The NetBSD Foundation by Luke Mewburn. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +.\" must display the following acknowledgement: +.\" This product includes software developed by the NetBSD +.\" Foundation, Inc. and its contributors. +.\" 4. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its +.\" contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +.\" from this software without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS +.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED +.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE +.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF +.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS +.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) +.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd November 28, 1999 +.Os +.Dt STRINGLIST 3 +.Sh NAME +.Nm stringlist , +.Nm sl_init , +.Nm sl_add , +.Nm sl_free , +.Nm sl_find +.Nd stringlist manipulation functions +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In stringlist.h +.Ft StringList * +.Fn sl_init +.Ft int +.Fn sl_add "StringList *sl" "char *item" +.Ft void +.Fn sl_free "StringList *sl" "int freeall" +.Ft char * +.Fn sl_find "StringList *sl" "char *item" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Nm +functions manipulate stringlists, which are lists of +strings that extend automatically if necessary. +.Pp +The +.Vt StringList +structure has the following definition: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +typedef struct _stringlist { + char **sl_str; + size_t sl_max; + size_t sl_cur; +} StringList; +.Ed +.Pp +.Bl -tag -width "sl_str" -offset indent +.It Va sl_str +a pointer to the base of the array containing the list. +.It Va sl_max +the size of +.Va sl_str . +.It Va sl_cur +the offset in +.Va sl_str +of the current element. +.El +.Pp +The following stringlist manipulation functions are available: +.Bl -tag -width "sl_init()" +.It Fn sl_init +Create a stringlist. +Returns a pointer to a +.Vt StringList , +or +.Dv NULL +in case of failure. +.It Fn sl_free +Releases memory occupied by +.Fa sl +and the +.Fa sl->sl_str +array. +If +.Fa freeall +is non-zero, then each of the items within +.Fa sl->sl_str +is released as well. +.It Fn sl_add +Add +.Fa item +to +.Fa sl->sl_str +at +.Fa sl->sl_cur , +extending the size of +.Fa sl->sl_str . +Returns zero upon success, \-1 upon failure. +.It Fn sl_find +Find +.Fa item +in +.Fa sl , +returning NULL if it is not found. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr free 3 , +.Xr malloc 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Nm +functions appeared in +.Fx 2.2.6 +and +.Nx 1.3 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/stringlist.c b/lib/libc/gen/stringlist.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e0db3b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/stringlist.c @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1994 Christos Zoulas + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS + * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char *rcsid = "$NetBSD: stringlist.c,v 1.2 1997/01/17 07:26:20 lukem Exp $"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <err.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stringlist.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#define _SL_CHUNKSIZE 20 + +/* + * sl_init(): Initialize a string list + */ +StringList * +sl_init() +{ + StringList *sl; + + sl = malloc(sizeof(StringList)); + if (sl == NULL) + _err(1, "stringlist: %m"); + + sl->sl_cur = 0; + sl->sl_max = _SL_CHUNKSIZE; + sl->sl_str = malloc(sl->sl_max * sizeof(char *)); + if (sl->sl_str == NULL) + _err(1, "stringlist: %m"); + return sl; +} + + +/* + * sl_add(): Add an item to the string list + */ +int +sl_add(sl, name) + StringList *sl; + char *name; +{ + if (sl->sl_cur == sl->sl_max - 1) { + sl->sl_max += _SL_CHUNKSIZE; + sl->sl_str = reallocf(sl->sl_str, sl->sl_max * sizeof(char *)); + if (sl->sl_str == NULL) + return (-1); + } + sl->sl_str[sl->sl_cur++] = name; + return (0); +} + + +/* + * sl_free(): Free a stringlist + */ +void +sl_free(sl, all) + StringList *sl; + int all; +{ + size_t i; + + if (sl == NULL) + return; + if (sl->sl_str) { + if (all) + for (i = 0; i < sl->sl_cur; i++) + free(sl->sl_str[i]); + free(sl->sl_str); + } + free(sl); +} + + +/* + * sl_find(): Find a name in the string list + */ +char * +sl_find(sl, name) + StringList *sl; + char *name; +{ + size_t i; + + for (i = 0; i < sl->sl_cur; i++) + if (strcmp(sl->sl_str[i], name) == 0) + return sl->sl_str[i]; + + return NULL; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/strtofflags.3 b/lib/libc/gen/strtofflags.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..38c2ff5 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/strtofflags.3 @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)setmode.3 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd January 1, 2000 +.Dt STRTOFFLAGS 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm fflagstostr , +.Nm strtofflags +.Nd convert between file flag bits and their string names +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft char * +.Fn fflagstostr "u_long flags" +.Ft int +.Fn strtofflags "char **stringp" "u_long *setp" "u_long *clrp" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn fflagstostr +function returns a comma separated string of the file flags represented by +.Fa flags . +If no flags are set a zero length string is returned. +.Pp +If memory cannot be allocated for the return value, +.Fn fflagstostr +returns +.Dv NULL . +.Pp +The value returned from +.Fn fflagstostr +is obtained from +.Fn malloc +and should be returned to the system with +.Fn free +when the program is done with it. +.Pp +The +.Fn strtofflags +function takes a string of file flags, as described in +.Xr chflags 1 , +parses it, and returns the 'set' flags and 'clear' flags +such as would be given as arguments to +.Xr chflags 2 . +On success +.Fn strtofflags +returns 0, otherwise it returns non-zero and +.Fa stringp +is left pointing to the offending token. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn fflagstostr +function +may fail and set errno for any of the errors specified for the library +routine +.Xr malloc 3 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr chflags 1 , +.Xr chflags 2 , +.Xr malloc 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn fflagstostr +and +.Fn strtofflags +functions first appeared in +.Fx 4.0 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/strtofflags.c b/lib/libc/gen/strtofflags.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12db2b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/strtofflags.c @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)stat_flags.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +static struct { + char *name; + u_long flag; + int invert; +} mapping[] = { + /* shorter names per flag first, all prefixed by "no" */ + { "nosappnd", SF_APPEND, 0 }, + { "nosappend", SF_APPEND, 0 }, + { "noarch", SF_ARCHIVED, 0 }, + { "noarchived", SF_ARCHIVED, 0 }, + { "noschg", SF_IMMUTABLE, 0 }, + { "noschange", SF_IMMUTABLE, 0 }, + { "nosimmutable", SF_IMMUTABLE, 0 }, + { "nosunlnk", SF_NOUNLINK, 0 }, + { "nosunlink", SF_NOUNLINK, 0 }, +#ifdef SF_SNAPSHOT + { "nosnapshot", SF_SNAPSHOT, 0 }, +#endif + { "nouappnd", UF_APPEND, 0 }, + { "nouappend", UF_APPEND, 0 }, + { "nouchg", UF_IMMUTABLE, 0 }, + { "nouchange", UF_IMMUTABLE, 0 }, + { "nouimmutable", UF_IMMUTABLE, 0 }, + { "nodump", UF_NODUMP, 1 }, + { "noopaque", UF_OPAQUE, 0 }, + { "nouunlnk", UF_NOUNLINK, 0 }, + { "nouunlink", UF_NOUNLINK, 0 } +}; +#define longestflaglen 12 +#define nmappings (sizeof(mapping) / sizeof(mapping[0])) + +/* + * fflagstostr -- + * Convert file flags to a comma-separated string. If no flags + * are set, return the empty string. + */ +char * +fflagstostr(flags) + u_long flags; +{ + char *string; + char *sp, *dp; + u_long setflags; + int i; + + if ((string = (char *)malloc(nmappings * (longestflaglen + 1))) == NULL) + return (NULL); + + setflags = flags; + dp = string; + for (i = 0; i < nmappings; i++) { + if (setflags & mapping[i].flag) { + if (dp > string) + *dp++ = ','; + for (sp = mapping[i].invert ? mapping[i].name : + mapping[i].name + 2; *sp; *dp++ = *sp++) ; + setflags &= ~mapping[i].flag; + } + } + *dp = '\0'; + return (string); +} + +/* + * strtofflags -- + * Take string of arguments and return file flags. Return 0 on + * success, 1 on failure. On failure, stringp is set to point + * to the offending token. + */ +int +strtofflags(stringp, setp, clrp) + char **stringp; + u_long *setp, *clrp; +{ + char *string, *p; + int i; + + if (setp) + *setp = 0; + if (clrp) + *clrp = 0; + string = *stringp; + while ((p = strsep(&string, "\t ,")) != NULL) { + *stringp = p; + if (*p == '\0') + continue; + for (i = 0; i < nmappings; i++) { + if (strcmp(p, mapping[i].name + 2) == 0) { + if (mapping[i].invert) { + if (clrp) + *clrp |= mapping[i].flag; + } else { + if (setp) + *setp |= mapping[i].flag; + } + break; + } else if (strcmp(p, mapping[i].name) == 0) { + if (mapping[i].invert) { + if (setp) + *setp |= mapping[i].flag; + } else { + if (clrp) + *clrp |= mapping[i].flag; + } + break; + } + } + if (i == nmappings) + return 1; + } + return 0; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/swapcontext.c b/lib/libc/gen/swapcontext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c34cb23 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/swapcontext.c @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2001 Daniel M. Eischen <deischen@freebsd.org> + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Neither the name of the author nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/signal.h> +#include <sys/ucontext.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +__weak_reference(__swapcontext, swapcontext); + +int +__swapcontext(ucontext_t *oucp, const ucontext_t *ucp) +{ + int ret; + + if ((oucp == NULL) || (ucp == NULL)) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } + oucp->uc_flags &= ~UCF_SWAPPED; + ret = getcontext(oucp); + if ((ret == 0) && !(oucp->uc_flags & UCF_SWAPPED)) { + oucp->uc_flags |= UCF_SWAPPED; + ret = setcontext(ucp); + } + return (ret); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sysconf.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sysconf.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b17d8a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sysconf.3 @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)sysconf.3 8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd December 14, 2006 +.Dt SYSCONF 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm sysconf +.Nd get configurable system variables +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft long +.Fn sysconf "int name" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +This interface is defined by +.St -p1003.1-88 . +A far more complete interface is available using +.Xr sysctl 3 . +.Pp +The +.Fn sysconf +function provides a method for applications to determine the current +value of a configurable system limit or option variable. +The +.Fa name +argument specifies the system variable to be queried. +Symbolic constants for each name value are found in the include file +.In unistd.h . +Shell programmers who need access to these parameters should use the +.Xr getconf 1 +utility. +.Pp +The available values are as follows: +.Pp +.Bl -tag -width 6n +.Pp +.It Li _SC_ARG_MAX +The maximum bytes of argument to +.Xr execve 2 . +.It Li _SC_CHILD_MAX +The maximum number of simultaneous processes per user id. +.It Li _SC_CLK_TCK +The frequency of the statistics clock in ticks per second. +.It Li _SC_IOV_MAX +The maximum number of elements in the I/O vector used by +.Xr readv 2 , +.Xr writev 2 , +.Xr recvmsg 2 , +and +.Xr sendmsg 2 . +.It Li _SC_NGROUPS_MAX +The maximum number of supplemental groups. +.It Li _SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF +The number of processors configured. +.It Li _SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN +The number of processors currently online. +.It Li _SC_OPEN_MAX +The maximum number of open files per user id. +.It Li _SC_PAGESIZE +The size of a system page in bytes. +.It Li _SC_STREAM_MAX +The minimum maximum number of streams that a process may have open +at any one time. +.It Li _SC_TZNAME_MAX +The minimum maximum number of types supported for the name of a +timezone. +.It Li _SC_JOB_CONTROL +Return 1 if job control is available on this system, otherwise \-1. +.It Li _SC_SAVED_IDS +Returns 1 if saved set-group and saved set-user ID is available, +otherwise \-1. +.It Li _SC_VERSION +The version of +.St -p1003.1 +with which the system +attempts to comply. +.It Li _SC_BC_BASE_MAX +The maximum ibase/obase values in the +.Xr bc 1 +utility. +.It Li _SC_BC_DIM_MAX +The maximum array size in the +.Xr bc 1 +utility. +.It Li _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX +The maximum scale value in the +.Xr bc 1 +utility. +.It Li _SC_BC_STRING_MAX +The maximum string length in the +.Xr bc 1 +utility. +.It Li _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX +The maximum number of weights that can be assigned to any entry of +the LC_COLLATE order keyword in the locale definition file. +.It Li _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX +The maximum number of expressions that can be nested within +parenthesis by the +.Xr expr 1 +utility. +.It Li _SC_LINE_MAX +The maximum length in bytes of a text-processing utility's input +line. +.It Li _SC_RE_DUP_MAX +The maximum number of repeated occurrences of a regular expression +permitted when using interval notation. +.It Li _SC_2_VERSION +The version of +.St -p1003.2 +with which the system attempts to comply. +.It Li _SC_2_C_BIND +Return 1 if the system's C-language development facilities support the +C-Language Bindings Option, otherwise \-1. +.It Li _SC_2_C_DEV +Return 1 if the system supports the C-Language Development Utilities Option, +otherwise \-1. +.It Li _SC_2_CHAR_TERM +Return 1 if the system supports at least one terminal type capable of +all operations described in +.St -p1003.2 , +otherwise \-1. +.It Li _SC_2_FORT_DEV +Return 1 if the system supports the FORTRAN Development Utilities Option, +otherwise \-1. +.It Li _SC_2_FORT_RUN +Return 1 if the system supports the FORTRAN Runtime Utilities Option, +otherwise \-1. +.It Li _SC_2_LOCALEDEF +Return 1 if the system supports the creation of locales, otherwise \-1. +.It Li _SC_2_SW_DEV +Return 1 if the system supports the Software Development Utilities Option, +otherwise \-1. +.It Li _SC_2_UPE +Return 1 if the system supports the User Portability Utilities Option, +otherwise \-1. +.El +.Pp +These values also exist, but may not be standard: +.Pp +.Bl -tag -width 6n +.Pp +.It Li _SC_PHYS_PAGES +The number of pages of physical memory. +Note that it is possible that the product of this value and the value of +.Li _SC_PAGESIZE +will overflow a +.Vt long +in some configurations on a 32bit machine. +.El +.Sh RETURN VALUES +If the call to +.Fn sysconf +is not successful, \-1 is returned and +.Va errno +is set appropriately. +Otherwise, if the variable is associated with functionality that is not +supported, \-1 is returned and +.Va errno +is not modified. +Otherwise, the current variable value is returned. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn sysconf +function may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library function +.Xr sysctl 3 . +In addition, the following error may be reported: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The value of the +.Fa name +argument is invalid. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr getconf 1 , +.Xr pathconf 2 , +.Xr confstr 3 , +.Xr sysctl 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +Except for the fact that values returned by +.Fn sysconf +may change over the lifetime of the calling process, +this function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-88 . +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn sysconf +function first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . +.Sh BUGS +The value for _SC_STREAM_MAX is a minimum maximum, and required to be +the same as ANSI C's FOPEN_MAX, so the returned value is a ridiculously +small and misleading number. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sysconf.c b/lib/libc/gen/sysconf.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c342ee --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sysconf.c @@ -0,0 +1,608 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Sean Eric Fagan of Cygnus Support. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sysconf.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/20/94"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> +#include <sys/socket.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <paths.h> +#include <pthread.h> /* we just need the limits */ +#include <time.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#include "../stdlib/atexit.h" +#include "../stdtime/tzfile.h" + +#define _PATH_ZONEINFO TZDIR /* from tzfile.h */ + +/* + * sysconf -- + * get configurable system variables. + * + * XXX + * POSIX 1003.1 (ISO/IEC 9945-1, 4.8.1.3) states that the variable values + * not change during the lifetime of the calling process. This would seem + * to require that any change to system limits kill all running processes. + * A workaround might be to cache the values when they are first retrieved + * and then simply return the cached value on subsequent calls. This is + * less useful than returning up-to-date values, however. + */ +long +sysconf(name) + int name; +{ + struct rlimit rl; + size_t len; + int mib[2], sverrno, value; + long lvalue, defaultresult; + const char *path; + + defaultresult = -1; + + switch (name) { + case _SC_ARG_MAX: + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_ARGMAX; + break; + case _SC_CHILD_MAX: + if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NPROC, &rl) != 0) + return (-1); + if (rl.rlim_cur == RLIM_INFINITY) + return (-1); + if (rl.rlim_cur > LONG_MAX) { + errno = EOVERFLOW; + return (-1); + } + return ((long)rl.rlim_cur); + case _SC_CLK_TCK: + return (CLK_TCK); + case _SC_NGROUPS_MAX: + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_NGROUPS; + break; + case _SC_OPEN_MAX: + if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl) != 0) + return (-1); + if (rl.rlim_cur == RLIM_INFINITY) + return (-1); + if (rl.rlim_cur > LONG_MAX) { + errno = EOVERFLOW; + return (-1); + } + return ((long)rl.rlim_cur); + case _SC_STREAM_MAX: + if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl) != 0) + return (-1); + if (rl.rlim_cur == RLIM_INFINITY) + return (-1); + if (rl.rlim_cur > LONG_MAX) { + errno = EOVERFLOW; + return (-1); + } + /* + * struct __sFILE currently has a limitation that + * file descriptors must fit in a signed short. + * This doesn't precisely capture the letter of POSIX + * but approximates the spirit. + */ + if (rl.rlim_cur > SHRT_MAX) + return (SHRT_MAX); + + return ((long)rl.rlim_cur); + case _SC_JOB_CONTROL: + return (_POSIX_JOB_CONTROL); + case _SC_SAVED_IDS: + /* XXX - must be 1 */ + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_SAVED_IDS; + goto yesno; + case _SC_VERSION: + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_POSIX1; + break; + case _SC_BC_BASE_MAX: + return (BC_BASE_MAX); + case _SC_BC_DIM_MAX: + return (BC_DIM_MAX); + case _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX: + return (BC_SCALE_MAX); + case _SC_BC_STRING_MAX: + return (BC_STRING_MAX); + case _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX: + return (COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX); + case _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX: + return (EXPR_NEST_MAX); + case _SC_LINE_MAX: + return (LINE_MAX); + case _SC_RE_DUP_MAX: + return (RE_DUP_MAX); + case _SC_2_VERSION: + /* + * This is something of a lie, but it would be silly at + * this point to try to deduce this from the contents + * of the filesystem. + */ + return (_POSIX2_VERSION); + case _SC_2_C_BIND: + return (_POSIX2_C_BIND); + case _SC_2_C_DEV: + return (_POSIX2_C_DEV); + case _SC_2_CHAR_TERM: + return (_POSIX2_CHAR_TERM); + case _SC_2_FORT_DEV: + return (_POSIX2_FORT_DEV); + case _SC_2_FORT_RUN: + return (_POSIX2_FORT_RUN); + case _SC_2_LOCALEDEF: + return (_POSIX2_LOCALEDEF); + case _SC_2_SW_DEV: + return (_POSIX2_SW_DEV); + case _SC_2_UPE: + return (_POSIX2_UPE); + case _SC_TZNAME_MAX: + path = _PATH_ZONEINFO; +do_NAME_MAX: + sverrno = errno; + errno = 0; + lvalue = pathconf(path, _PC_NAME_MAX); + if (lvalue == -1 && errno != 0) + return (-1); + errno = sverrno; + return (lvalue); + + case _SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO: +#if _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO == 0 + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO; + break; +#else + return (_POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO); +#endif + case _SC_MAPPED_FILES: + return (_POSIX_MAPPED_FILES); + case _SC_MEMLOCK: + return (_POSIX_MEMLOCK); + case _SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE: + return (_POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE); + case _SC_MEMORY_PROTECTION: + return (_POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION); + case _SC_MESSAGE_PASSING: +#if _POSIX_MESSAGE_PASSING == 0 + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_MESSAGE_PASSING; + goto yesno; +#else + return (_POSIX_MESSAGE_PASSING); +#endif + case _SC_PRIORITIZED_IO: +#if _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO == 0 + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_PRIORITIZED_IO; + goto yesno; +#else + return (_POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO); +#endif + case _SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING: +#if _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING == 0 + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING; + goto yesno; +#else + return (_POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING); +#endif + case _SC_REALTIME_SIGNALS: +#if _POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS == 0 + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_REALTIME_SIGNALS; + goto yesno; +#else + return (_POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS); +#endif + case _SC_SEMAPHORES: +#if _POSIX_SEMAPHORES == 0 + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_SEMAPHORES; + goto yesno; +#else + return (_POSIX_SEMAPHORES); +#endif + case _SC_FSYNC: + return (_POSIX_FSYNC); + + case _SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS: + return (_POSIX_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS); + case _SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO: +#if _POSIX_SYNCHRONIZED_IO == 0 + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_SYNCHRONIZED_IO; + goto yesno; +#else + return (_POSIX_SYNCHRONIZED_IO); +#endif + case _SC_TIMERS: +#if _POSIX_TIMERS == 0 + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_TIMERS; + goto yesno; +#else + return (_POSIX_TIMERS); +#endif + case _SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX: + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_AIO_LISTIO_MAX; + break; + case _SC_AIO_MAX: + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_AIO_MAX; + break; + case _SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX: + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX; + break; + case _SC_DELAYTIMER_MAX: + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_DELAYTIMER_MAX; + goto yesno; + case _SC_MQ_OPEN_MAX: + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_MQ_OPEN_MAX; + goto yesno; + case _SC_PAGESIZE: + defaultresult = getpagesize(); + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_PAGESIZE; + goto yesno; + case _SC_RTSIG_MAX: + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_RTSIG_MAX; + goto yesno; + case _SC_SEM_NSEMS_MAX: + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_SEM_NSEMS_MAX; + goto yesno; + case _SC_SEM_VALUE_MAX: + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_SEM_VALUE_MAX; + goto yesno; + case _SC_SIGQUEUE_MAX: + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_SIGQUEUE_MAX; + goto yesno; + case _SC_TIMER_MAX: + mib[0] = CTL_P1003_1B; + mib[1] = CTL_P1003_1B_TIMER_MAX; +yesno: + len = sizeof(value); + if (sysctl(mib, 2, &value, &len, NULL, 0) == -1) + return (-1); + if (value == 0) + return (defaultresult); + return ((long)value); + + case _SC_2_PBS: + case _SC_2_PBS_ACCOUNTING: + case _SC_2_PBS_CHECKPOINT: + case _SC_2_PBS_LOCATE: + case _SC_2_PBS_MESSAGE: + case _SC_2_PBS_TRACK: +#if _POSIX2_PBS == 0 +#error "don't know how to determine _SC_2_PBS" + /* + * This probably requires digging through the filesystem + * to see if the appropriate package has been installed. + * Since we don't currently support this option at all, + * it's not worth the effort to write the code now. + * Figuring out which of the sub-options are supported + * would be even more difficult, so it's probably easier + * to always say ``no''. + */ +#else + return (_POSIX2_PBS); +#endif + case _SC_ADVISORY_INFO: +#if _POSIX_ADVISORY_INFO == 0 +#error "_POSIX_ADVISORY_INFO" +#else + return (_POSIX_ADVISORY_INFO); +#endif + case _SC_BARRIERS: +#if _POSIX_BARRIERS == 0 +#error "_POSIX_BARRIERS" +#else + return (_POSIX_BARRIERS); +#endif + case _SC_CLOCK_SELECTION: +#if _POSIX_CLOCK_SELECTION == 0 +#error "_POSIX_CLOCK_SELECTION" +#else + return (_POSIX_CLOCK_SELECTION); +#endif + case _SC_CPUTIME: +#if _POSIX_CPUTIME == 0 +#error "_POSIX_CPUTIME" +#else + return (_POSIX_CPUTIME); +#endif +#ifdef notdef + case _SC_FILE_LOCKING: + /* + * XXX - The standard doesn't tell us how to define + * _POSIX_FILE_LOCKING, so we can't answer this one. + */ +#endif +#if _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS > -1 + case _SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX: + case _SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX: +#error "somebody needs to implement this" +#endif + case _SC_HOST_NAME_MAX: + return (MAXHOSTNAMELEN - 1); /* does not include \0 */ + case _SC_LOGIN_NAME_MAX: + return (MAXLOGNAME); + case _SC_MONOTONIC_CLOCK: +#if _POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK == 0 +#error "_POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK" +#else + return (_POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK); +#endif +#if _POSIX_MESSAGE_PASSING > -1 + case _SC_MQ_PRIO_MAX: + return (MQ_PRIO_MAX); +#endif + case _SC_READER_WRITER_LOCKS: + return (_POSIX_READER_WRITER_LOCKS); + case _SC_REGEXP: + return (_POSIX_REGEXP); + case _SC_SHELL: + return (_POSIX_SHELL); + case _SC_SPAWN: + return (_POSIX_SPAWN); + case _SC_SPIN_LOCKS: + return (_POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS); + case _SC_SPORADIC_SERVER: +#if _POSIX_SPORADIC_SERVER == 0 +#error "_POSIX_SPORADIC_SERVER" +#else + return (_POSIX_SPORADIC_SERVER); +#endif + case _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR: + return (_POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR); + case _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE: + return (_POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE); + case _SC_THREAD_CPUTIME: + return (_POSIX_THREAD_CPUTIME); + case _SC_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS: + return (PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS); + case _SC_THREAD_KEYS_MAX: + return (PTHREAD_KEYS_MAX); + case _SC_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT: + return (_POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT); + case _SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT: + return (_POSIX_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT); + case _SC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING: + return (_POSIX_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING); + case _SC_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED: + return (_POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED); + case _SC_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS: + return (_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS); + case _SC_THREAD_STACK_MIN: + return (PTHREAD_STACK_MIN); + case _SC_THREAD_THREADS_MAX: + return (PTHREAD_THREADS_MAX); /* XXX wrong type! */ + case _SC_TIMEOUTS: + return (_POSIX_TIMEOUTS); + case _SC_THREADS: + return (_POSIX_THREADS); + case _SC_TRACE: +#if _POSIX_TRACE == 0 +#error "_POSIX_TRACE" + /* While you're implementing this, also do the ones below. */ +#else + return (_POSIX_TRACE); +#endif +#if _POSIX_TRACE > -1 + case _SC_TRACE_EVENT_FILTER: + return (_POSIX_TRACE_EVENT_FILTER); + case _SC_TRACE_INHERIT: + return (_POSIX_TRACE_INHERIT); + case _SC_TRACE_LOG: + return (_POSIX_TRACE_LOG); +#endif + case _SC_TTY_NAME_MAX: + path = _PATH_DEV; + goto do_NAME_MAX; + case _SC_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS: +#if _POSIX_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS == 0 +#error "_POSIX_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS" +#else + return (_POSIX_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS); +#endif + case _SC_V6_ILP32_OFF32: +#if _V6_ILP32_OFF32 == 0 + if (sizeof(int) * CHAR_BIT == 32 && + sizeof(int) == sizeof(long) && + sizeof(long) == sizeof(void *) && + sizeof(void *) == sizeof(off_t)) + return 1; + else + return -1; +#else + return (_V6_ILP32_OFF32); +#endif + case _SC_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG: +#if _V6_ILP32_OFFBIG == 0 + if (sizeof(int) * CHAR_BIT == 32 && + sizeof(int) == sizeof(long) && + sizeof(long) == sizeof(void *) && + sizeof(off_t) * CHAR_BIT >= 64) + return 1; + else + return -1; +#else + return (_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG); +#endif + case _SC_V6_LP64_OFF64: +#if _V6_LP64_OFF64 == 0 + if (sizeof(int) * CHAR_BIT == 32 && + sizeof(long) * CHAR_BIT == 64 && + sizeof(long) == sizeof(void *) && + sizeof(void *) == sizeof(off_t)) + return 1; + else + return -1; +#else + return (_V6_LP64_OFF64); +#endif + case _SC_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG: +#if _V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG == 0 + if (sizeof(int) * CHAR_BIT >= 32 && + sizeof(long) * CHAR_BIT >= 64 && + sizeof(void *) * CHAR_BIT >= 64 && + sizeof(off_t) * CHAR_BIT >= 64) + return 1; + else + return -1; +#else + return (_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG); +#endif + case _SC_ATEXIT_MAX: + return (ATEXIT_SIZE); + case _SC_IOV_MAX: + mib[0] = CTL_KERN; + mib[1] = KERN_IOV_MAX; + break; + case _SC_XOPEN_CRYPT: + return (_XOPEN_CRYPT); + case _SC_XOPEN_ENH_I18N: + return (_XOPEN_ENH_I18N); + case _SC_XOPEN_LEGACY: + return (_XOPEN_LEGACY); + case _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME: +#if _XOPEN_REALTIME == 0 + sverrno = errno; + value = sysconf(_SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO) > 0 && + sysconf(_SC_MEMLOCK) > 0 && + sysconf(_SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE) > 0 && + sysconf(_SC_MESSAGE_PASSING) > 0 && + sysconf(_SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING) > 0 && + sysconf(_SC_REALTIME_SIGNALS) > 0 && + sysconf(_SC_SEMAPHORES) > 0 && + sysconf(_SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS) > 0 && + sysconf(_SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO) > 0 && + sysconf(_SC_TIMERS) > 0; + errno = sverrno; + if (value) + return (200112L); + else + return (-1); +#else + return (_XOPEN_REALTIME); +#endif + case _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS: +#if _XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS == 0 +#error "_XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS" +#else + return (_XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS); +#endif + case _SC_XOPEN_SHM: + len = sizeof(lvalue); + sverrno = errno; + if (sysctlbyname("kern.ipc.shmmin", &lvalue, &len, NULL, + 0) == -1) { + errno = sverrno; + return (-1); + } + errno = sverrno; + return (1); + case _SC_XOPEN_STREAMS: + return (_XOPEN_STREAMS); + case _SC_XOPEN_UNIX: + return (_XOPEN_UNIX); +#ifdef _XOPEN_VERSION + case _SC_XOPEN_VERSION: + return (_XOPEN_VERSION); +#endif +#ifdef _XOPEN_XCU_VERSION + case _SC_XOPEN_XCU_VERSION: + return (_XOPEN_XCU_VERSION); +#endif + case _SC_SYMLOOP_MAX: + return (MAXSYMLINKS); + case _SC_RAW_SOCKETS: + return (_POSIX_RAW_SOCKETS); + case _SC_IPV6: +#if _POSIX_IPV6 == 0 + sverrno = errno; + value = socket(PF_INET6, SOCK_DGRAM, 0); + errno = sverrno; + if (value >= 0) { + close(value); + return (200112L); + } else + return (0); +#else + return (_POSIX_IPV6); +#endif + + case _SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF: + case _SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN: + mib[0] = CTL_HW; + mib[1] = HW_NCPU; + break; + +#ifdef _SC_PHYS_PAGES + case _SC_PHYS_PAGES: + len = sizeof(lvalue); + if (sysctlbyname("hw.availpages", &lvalue, &len, NULL, 0) == -1) + return (-1); + return (lvalue); +#endif + + default: + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } + len = sizeof(value); + if (sysctl(mib, 2, &value, &len, NULL, 0) == -1) + value = -1; + return ((long)value); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebf7dfb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3 @@ -0,0 +1,881 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)sysctl.3 8.4 (Berkeley) 5/9/95 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd October 16, 2007 +.Dt SYSCTL 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm sysctl , +.Nm sysctlbyname , +.Nm sysctlnametomib +.Nd get or set system information +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/types.h +.In sys/sysctl.h +.Ft int +.Fn sysctl "int *name" "u_int namelen" "void *oldp" "size_t *oldlenp" "void *newp" "size_t newlen" +.Ft int +.Fn sysctlbyname "const char *name" "void *oldp" "size_t *oldlenp" "void *newp" "size_t newlen" +.Ft int +.Fn sysctlnametomib "const char *name" "int *mibp" "size_t *sizep" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn sysctl +function retrieves system information and allows processes with +appropriate privileges to set system information. +The information available from +.Fn sysctl +consists of integers, strings, and tables. +Information may be retrieved and set from the command interface +using the +.Xr sysctl 8 +utility. +.Pp +Unless explicitly noted below, +.Fn sysctl +returns a consistent snapshot of the data requested. +Consistency is obtained by locking the destination +buffer into memory so that the data may be copied out without blocking. +Calls to +.Fn sysctl +are serialized to avoid deadlock. +.Pp +The state is described using a ``Management Information Base'' (MIB) +style name, listed in +.Fa name , +which is a +.Fa namelen +length array of integers. +.Pp +The +.Fn sysctlbyname +function accepts an ASCII representation of the name and internally +looks up the integer name vector. +Apart from that, it behaves the same +as the standard +.Fn sysctl +function. +.Pp +The information is copied into the buffer specified by +.Fa oldp . +The size of the buffer is given by the location specified by +.Fa oldlenp +before the call, +and that location gives the amount of data copied after a successful call +and after a call that returns with the error code +.Er ENOMEM . +If the amount of data available is greater +than the size of the buffer supplied, +the call supplies as much data as fits in the buffer provided +and returns with the error code +.Er ENOMEM . +If the old value is not desired, +.Fa oldp +and +.Fa oldlenp +should be set to NULL. +.Pp +The size of the available data can be determined by calling +.Fn sysctl +with the +.Dv NULL +argument for +.Fa oldp . +The size of the available data will be returned in the location pointed to by +.Fa oldlenp . +For some operations, the amount of space may change often. +For these operations, +the system attempts to round up so that the returned size is +large enough for a call to return the data shortly thereafter. +.Pp +To set a new value, +.Fa newp +is set to point to a buffer of length +.Fa newlen +from which the requested value is to be taken. +If a new value is not to be set, +.Fa newp +should be set to NULL and +.Fa newlen +set to 0. +.Pp +The +.Fn sysctlnametomib +function accepts an ASCII representation of the name, +looks up the integer name vector, +and returns the numeric representation in the mib array pointed to by +.Fa mibp . +The number of elements in the mib array is given by the location specified by +.Fa sizep +before the call, +and that location gives the number of entries copied after a successful call. +The resulting +.Fa mib +and +.Fa size +may be used in subsequent +.Fn sysctl +calls to get the data associated with the requested ASCII name. +This interface is intended for use by applications that want to +repeatedly request the same variable (the +.Fn sysctl +function runs in about a third the time as the same request made via the +.Fn sysctlbyname +function). +The +.Fn sysctlnametomib +function is also useful for fetching mib prefixes and then adding +a final component. +For example, to fetch process information +for processes with pid's less than 100: +.Pp +.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact +int i, mib[4]; +size_t len; +struct kinfo_proc kp; + +/* Fill out the first three components of the mib */ +len = 4; +sysctlnametomib("kern.proc.pid", mib, &len); + +/* Fetch and print entries for pid's < 100 */ +for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) { + mib[3] = i; + len = sizeof(kp); + if (sysctl(mib, 4, &kp, &len, NULL, 0) == -1) + perror("sysctl"); + else if (len > 0) + printkproc(&kp); +} +.Ed +.Pp +The top level names are defined with a CTL_ prefix in +.In sys/sysctl.h , +and are as follows. +The next and subsequent levels down are found in the include files +listed here, and described in separate sections below. +.Pp +.Bl -column CTLXMACHDEPXXX "Next level namesXXXXXX" -offset indent +.It Sy "Name Next level names Description" +.It "CTL_DEBUG sys/sysctl.h Debugging" +.It "CTL_VFS sys/mount.h File system" +.It "CTL_HW sys/sysctl.h Generic CPU, I/O" +.It "CTL_KERN sys/sysctl.h High kernel limits" +.It "CTL_MACHDEP sys/sysctl.h Machine dependent" +.It "CTL_NET sys/socket.h Networking" +.It "CTL_USER sys/sysctl.h User-level" +.It "CTL_VM vm/vm_param.h Virtual memory" +.El +.Pp +For example, the following retrieves the maximum number of processes allowed +in the system: +.Pp +.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact +int mib[2], maxproc; +size_t len; + +mib[0] = CTL_KERN; +mib[1] = KERN_MAXPROC; +len = sizeof(maxproc); +sysctl(mib, 2, &maxproc, &len, NULL, 0); +.Ed +.Pp +To retrieve the standard search path for the system utilities: +.Pp +.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact +int mib[2]; +size_t len; +char *p; + +mib[0] = CTL_USER; +mib[1] = USER_CS_PATH; +sysctl(mib, 2, NULL, &len, NULL, 0); +p = malloc(len); +sysctl(mib, 2, p, &len, NULL, 0); +.Ed +.Ss CTL_DEBUG +The debugging variables vary from system to system. +A debugging variable may be added or deleted without need to recompile +.Fn sysctl +to know about it. +Each time it runs, +.Fn sysctl +gets the list of debugging variables from the kernel and +displays their current values. +The system defines twenty +.Pq Vt "struct ctldebug" +variables named +.Va debug0 +through +.Va debug19 . +They are declared as separate variables so that they can be +individually initialized at the location of their associated variable. +The loader prevents multiple use of the same variable by issuing errors +if a variable is initialized in more than one place. +For example, to export the variable +.Va dospecialcheck +as a debugging variable, the following declaration would be used: +.Pp +.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact +int dospecialcheck = 1; +struct ctldebug debug5 = { "dospecialcheck", &dospecialcheck }; +.Ed +.Ss CTL_VFS +A distinguished second level name, VFS_GENERIC, +is used to get general information about all file systems. +One of its third level identifiers is VFS_MAXTYPENUM +that gives the highest valid file system type number. +Its other third level identifier is VFS_CONF that +returns configuration information about the file system +type given as a fourth level identifier (see +.Xr getvfsbyname 3 +as an example of its use). +The remaining second level identifiers are the +file system type number returned by a +.Xr statfs 2 +call or from VFS_CONF. +The third level identifiers available for each file system +are given in the header file that defines the mount +argument structure for that file system. +.Ss CTL_HW +The string and integer information available for the CTL_HW level +is detailed below. +The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate +privilege may change the value. +.Bl -column "Second level nameXXXXXX" integerXXX -offset indent +.It Sy "Second level name Type Changeable" +.It "HW_MACHINE string no" +.It "HW_MODEL string no" +.It "HW_NCPU integer no" +.It "HW_BYTEORDER integer no" +.It "HW_PHYSMEM integer no" +.It "HW_USERMEM integer no" +.It "HW_PAGESIZE integer no" +.\".It "HW_DISKNAMES integer no" +.\".It "HW_DISKSTATS integer no" +.It "HW_FLOATINGPT integer no" +.It "HW_MACHINE_ARCH string no" +.It "HW_REALMEM integer no" +.El +.Pp +.Bl -tag -width 6n +.It Li HW_MACHINE +The machine class. +.It Li HW_MODEL +The machine model +.It Li HW_NCPU +The number of cpus. +.It Li HW_BYTEORDER +The byteorder (4,321, or 1,234). +.It Li HW_PHYSMEM +The bytes of physical memory. +.It Li HW_USERMEM +The bytes of non-kernel memory. +.It Li HW_PAGESIZE +The software page size. +.\".It Fa HW_DISKNAMES +.\".It Fa HW_DISKSTATS +.It Li HW_FLOATINGPT +Nonzero if the floating point support is in hardware. +.It Li HW_MACHINE_ARCH +The machine dependent architecture type. +.It Li HW_REALMEM +The bytes of real memory. +.El +.Ss CTL_KERN +The string and integer information available for the CTL_KERN level +is detailed below. +The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate +privilege may change the value. +The types of data currently available are process information, +system vnodes, the open file entries, routing table entries, +virtual memory statistics, load average history, and clock rate +information. +.Bl -column "KERNXMAXFILESPERPROCXXX" "struct clockrateXXX" -offset indent +.It Sy "Second level name Type Changeable" +.It "KERN_ARGMAX integer no" +.It "KERN_BOOTFILE string yes" +.It "KERN_BOOTTIME struct timeval no" +.It "KERN_CLOCKRATE struct clockinfo no" +.It "KERN_FILE struct file no" +.It "KERN_HOSTID integer yes" +.It "KERN_HOSTUUID string yes" +.It "KERN_HOSTNAME string yes" +.It "KERN_JOB_CONTROL integer no" +.It "KERN_MAXFILES integer yes" +.It "KERN_MAXFILESPERPROC integer yes" +.It "KERN_MAXPROC integer no" +.It "KERN_MAXPROCPERUID integer yes" +.It "KERN_MAXVNODES integer yes" +.It "KERN_NGROUPS integer no" +.It "KERN_NISDOMAINNAME string yes" +.It "KERN_OSRELDATE integer no" +.It "KERN_OSRELEASE string no" +.It "KERN_OSREV integer no" +.It "KERN_OSTYPE string no" +.It "KERN_POSIX1 integer no" +.It "KERN_PROC struct proc no" +.It "KERN_PROF node not applicable" +.It "KERN_QUANTUM integer yes" +.It "KERN_SAVED_IDS integer no" +.It "KERN_SECURELVL integer raise only" +.It "KERN_UPDATEINTERVAL integer no" +.It "KERN_VERSION string no" +.It "KERN_VNODE struct vnode no" +.El +.Pp +.Bl -tag -width 6n +.It Li KERN_ARGMAX +The maximum bytes of argument to +.Xr execve 2 . +.It Li KERN_BOOTFILE +The full pathname of the file from which the kernel was loaded. +.It Li KERN_BOOTTIME +A +.Va struct timeval +structure is returned. +This structure contains the time that the system was booted. +.It Li KERN_CLOCKRATE +A +.Va struct clockinfo +structure is returned. +This structure contains the clock, statistics clock and profiling clock +frequencies, the number of micro-seconds per hz tick and the skew rate. +.It Li KERN_FILE +Return the entire file table. +The returned data consists of a single +.Va struct filehead +followed by an array of +.Va struct file , +whose size depends on the current number of such objects in the system. +.It Li KERN_HOSTID +Get or set the host ID. +.It Li KERN_HOSTUUID +Get or set the host's universally unique identifier (UUID). +.It Li KERN_HOSTNAME +Get or set the hostname. +.It Li KERN_JOB_CONTROL +Return 1 if job control is available on this system, otherwise 0. +.It Li KERN_MAXFILES +The maximum number of files that may be open in the system. +.It Li KERN_MAXFILESPERPROC +The maximum number of files that may be open for a single process. +This limit only applies to processes with an effective uid of nonzero +at the time of the open request. +Files that have already been opened are not affected if the limit +or the effective uid is changed. +.It Li KERN_MAXPROC +The maximum number of concurrent processes the system will allow. +.It Li KERN_MAXPROCPERUID +The maximum number of concurrent processes the system will allow +for a single effective uid. +This limit only applies to processes with an effective uid of nonzero +at the time of a fork request. +Processes that have already been started are not affected if the limit +is changed. +.It Li KERN_MAXVNODES +The maximum number of vnodes available on the system. +.It Li KERN_NGROUPS +The maximum number of supplemental groups. +.It Li KERN_NISDOMAINNAME +The name of the current YP/NIS domain. +.It Li KERN_OSRELDATE +The kernel release version in the format +.Ar M Ns Ar mm Ns Ar R Ns Ar xx , +where +.Ar M +is the major version, +.Ar mm +is the two digit minor version, +.Ar R +is 0 if release branch, otherwise 1, +and +.Ar xx +is updated when the available APIs change. +.Pp +The userland release version is available from +.In osreldate.h ; +parse this file if you need to get the release version of +the currently installed userland. +.It Li KERN_OSRELEASE +The system release string. +.It Li KERN_OSREV +The system revision string. +.It Li KERN_OSTYPE +The system type string. +.It Li KERN_POSIX1 +The version of +.St -p1003.1 +with which the system +attempts to comply. +.It Li KERN_PROC +Return selected information about specific running processes. +.Pp +For the following names, an array of pairs of +.Va struct proc +followed by corresponding +.Va struct eproc +structures is returned, +whose size depends on the current number of such objects in the system. +.Bl -column "Third level nameXXXXXX" "Fourth level is:XXXXXX" -offset indent +.It "Third level name Fourth level is:" +.It "KERN_PROC_ALL None" +.It "KERN_PROC_PID A process ID" +.It "KERN_PROC_PGRP A process group" +.It "KERN_PROC_TTY A tty device" +.It "KERN_PROC_UID A user ID" +.It "KERN_PROC_RUID A real user ID" +.El +.Pp +If the third level name is +.Dv KERN_PROC_ARGS +then the command line argument +array is returned in a flattened form, i.e., zero-terminated arguments +follow each other. +The total size of array is returned. +It is also possible for a process to set its own process title this way. +If the third level name is +.Dv KERN_PROC_PATHNAME , +the path of the +process' text file is stored. +For +.Dv KERN_PROC_PATHNAME , +a process ID of +.Li \-1 +implies the current process. +.Bl -column "Third level nameXXXXXX" "Fourth level is:XXXXXX" -offset indent +.It Sy "Third level name Fourth level is:" +.It Dv KERN_PROC_ARGS Ta "A process ID" +.It Dv KERN_PROC_PATHNAME Ta "A process ID" +.El +.It Li KERN_PROF +Return profiling information about the kernel. +If the kernel is not compiled for profiling, +attempts to retrieve any of the KERN_PROF values will +fail with +.Er ENOENT . +The third level names for the string and integer profiling information +is detailed below. +The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate +privilege may change the value. +.Bl -column "GPROFXGMONPARAMXXX" "struct gmonparamXXX" -offset indent +.It Sy "Third level name Type Changeable" +.It "GPROF_STATE integer yes" +.It "GPROF_COUNT u_short[\|] yes" +.It "GPROF_FROMS u_short[\|] yes" +.It "GPROF_TOS struct tostruct yes" +.It "GPROF_GMONPARAM struct gmonparam no" +.El +.Pp +The variables are as follows: +.Bl -tag -width 6n +.It Li GPROF_STATE +Returns GMON_PROF_ON or GMON_PROF_OFF to show that profiling +is running or stopped. +.It Li GPROF_COUNT +Array of statistical program counter counts. +.It Li GPROF_FROMS +Array indexed by program counter of call-from points. +.It Li GPROF_TOS +Array of +.Va struct tostruct +describing destination of calls and their counts. +.It Li GPROF_GMONPARAM +Structure giving the sizes of the above arrays. +.El +.It Li KERN_QUANTUM +The maximum period of time, in microseconds, for which a process is allowed +to run without being preempted if other processes are in the run queue. +.It Li KERN_SAVED_IDS +Returns 1 if saved set-group and saved set-user ID is available. +.It Li KERN_SECURELVL +The system security level. +This level may be raised by processes with appropriate privilege. +It may not be lowered. +.It Li KERN_VERSION +The system version string. +.It Li KERN_VNODE +Return the entire vnode table. +Note, the vnode table is not necessarily a consistent snapshot of +the system. +The returned data consists of an array whose size depends on the +current number of such objects in the system. +Each element of the array contains the kernel address of a vnode +.Va struct vnode * +followed by the vnode itself +.Va struct vnode . +.El +.Ss CTL_MACHDEP +The set of variables defined is architecture dependent. +The following variables are defined for the i386 architecture. +.Bl -column "CONSOLE_DEVICEXXX" "struct bootinfoXXX" -offset indent +.It Sy "Second level name Type Changeable" +.It Li "CPU_CONSDEV dev_t no" +.It Li "CPU_ADJKERNTZ int yes" +.It Li "CPU_DISRTCSET int yes" +.It Li "CPU_BOOTINFO struct bootinfo no" +.It Li "CPU_WALLCLOCK int yes" +.El +.Ss CTL_NET +The string and integer information available for the CTL_NET level +is detailed below. +The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate +privilege may change the value. +.Bl -column "Second level nameXXXXXX" "routing messagesXXX" -offset indent +.It Sy "Second level name Type Changeable" +.It "PF_ROUTE routing messages no" +.It "PF_INET IPv4 values yes" +.It "PF_INET6 IPv6 values yes" +.El +.Pp +.Bl -tag -width 6n +.It Li PF_ROUTE +Return the entire routing table or a subset of it. +The data is returned as a sequence of routing messages (see +.Xr route 4 +for the header file, format and meaning). +The length of each message is contained in the message header. +.Pp +The third level name is a protocol number, which is currently always 0. +The fourth level name is an address family, which may be set to 0 to +select all address families. +The fifth and sixth level names are as follows: +.Bl -column "Fifth level nameXXXXXX" "Sixth level is:XXX" -offset indent +.It Sy "Fifth level name Sixth level is:" +.It "NET_RT_FLAGS rtflags" +.It "NET_RT_DUMP None" +.It "NET_RT_IFLIST 0 or if_index" +.It "NET_RT_IFMALIST 0 or if_index" +.El +.Pp +The +.Dv NET_RT_IFMALIST +name returns information about multicast group memberships on all interfaces +if 0 is specified, or for the interface specified by +.Va if_index . +.It Li PF_INET +Get or set various global information about the IPv4 +(Internet Protocol version 4). +The third level name is the protocol. +The fourth level name is the variable name. +The currently defined protocols and names are: +.Bl -column ProtocolXX VariableXX TypeXX ChangeableXX +.It Sy "Protocol Variable Type Changeable" +.It "icmp bmcastecho integer yes" +.It "icmp maskrepl integer yes" +.It "ip forwarding integer yes" +.It "ip redirect integer yes" +.It "ip ttl integer yes" +.It "udp checksum integer yes" +.El +.Pp +The variables are as follows: +.Bl -tag -width 6n +.It Li icmp.bmcastecho +Returns 1 if an ICMP echo request to a broadcast or multicast address is +to be answered. +.It Li icmp.maskrepl +Returns 1 if ICMP network mask requests are to be answered. +.It Li ip.forwarding +Returns 1 when IP forwarding is enabled for the host, +meaning that the host is acting as a router. +.It Li ip.redirect +Returns 1 when ICMP redirects may be sent by the host. +This option is ignored unless the host is routing IP packets, +and should normally be enabled on all systems. +.It Li ip.ttl +The maximum time-to-live (hop count) value for an IP packet sourced by +the system. +This value applies to normal transport protocols, not to ICMP. +.It Li udp.checksum +Returns 1 when UDP checksums are being computed and checked. +Disabling UDP checksums is strongly discouraged. +.Pp +For variables net.inet.*.ipsec, please refer to +.Xr ipsec 4 . +.El +.It Li PF_INET6 +Get or set various global information about the IPv6 +(Internet Protocol version 6). +The third level name is the protocol. +The fourth level name is the variable name. +.Pp +For variables net.inet6.* please refer to +.Xr inet6 4 . +For variables net.inet6.*.ipsec6, please refer to +.Xr ipsec 4 . +.El +.Ss CTL_USER +The string and integer information available for the CTL_USER level +is detailed below. +The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate +privilege may change the value. +.Bl -column "USER_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAXXXX" "integerXXX" -offset indent +.It Sy "Second level name Type Changeable" +.It "USER_BC_BASE_MAX integer no" +.It "USER_BC_DIM_MAX integer no" +.It "USER_BC_SCALE_MAX integer no" +.It "USER_BC_STRING_MAX integer no" +.It "USER_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX integer no" +.It "USER_CS_PATH string no" +.It "USER_EXPR_NEST_MAX integer no" +.It "USER_LINE_MAX integer no" +.It "USER_POSIX2_CHAR_TERM integer no" +.It "USER_POSIX2_C_BIND integer no" +.It "USER_POSIX2_C_DEV integer no" +.It "USER_POSIX2_FORT_DEV integer no" +.It "USER_POSIX2_FORT_RUN integer no" +.It "USER_POSIX2_LOCALEDEF integer no" +.It "USER_POSIX2_SW_DEV integer no" +.It "USER_POSIX2_UPE integer no" +.It "USER_POSIX2_VERSION integer no" +.It "USER_RE_DUP_MAX integer no" +.It "USER_STREAM_MAX integer no" +.It "USER_TZNAME_MAX integer no" +.El +.Bl -tag -width 6n +.Pp +.It Li USER_BC_BASE_MAX +The maximum ibase/obase values in the +.Xr bc 1 +utility. +.It Li USER_BC_DIM_MAX +The maximum array size in the +.Xr bc 1 +utility. +.It Li USER_BC_SCALE_MAX +The maximum scale value in the +.Xr bc 1 +utility. +.It Li USER_BC_STRING_MAX +The maximum string length in the +.Xr bc 1 +utility. +.It Li USER_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX +The maximum number of weights that can be assigned to any entry of +the LC_COLLATE order keyword in the locale definition file. +.It Li USER_CS_PATH +Return a value for the +.Ev PATH +environment variable that finds all the standard utilities. +.It Li USER_EXPR_NEST_MAX +The maximum number of expressions that can be nested within +parenthesis by the +.Xr expr 1 +utility. +.It Li USER_LINE_MAX +The maximum length in bytes of a text-processing utility's input +line. +.It Li USER_POSIX2_CHAR_TERM +Return 1 if the system supports at least one terminal type capable of +all operations described in +.St -p1003.2 , +otherwise 0. +.It Li USER_POSIX2_C_BIND +Return 1 if the system's C-language development facilities support the +C-Language Bindings Option, otherwise 0. +.It Li USER_POSIX2_C_DEV +Return 1 if the system supports the C-Language Development Utilities Option, +otherwise 0. +.It Li USER_POSIX2_FORT_DEV +Return 1 if the system supports the FORTRAN Development Utilities Option, +otherwise 0. +.It Li USER_POSIX2_FORT_RUN +Return 1 if the system supports the FORTRAN Runtime Utilities Option, +otherwise 0. +.It Li USER_POSIX2_LOCALEDEF +Return 1 if the system supports the creation of locales, otherwise 0. +.It Li USER_POSIX2_SW_DEV +Return 1 if the system supports the Software Development Utilities Option, +otherwise 0. +.It Li USER_POSIX2_UPE +Return 1 if the system supports the User Portability Utilities Option, +otherwise 0. +.It Li USER_POSIX2_VERSION +The version of +.St -p1003.2 +with which the system attempts to comply. +.It Li USER_RE_DUP_MAX +The maximum number of repeated occurrences of a regular expression +permitted when using interval notation. +.It Li USER_STREAM_MAX +The minimum maximum number of streams that a process may have open +at any one time. +.It Li USER_TZNAME_MAX +The minimum maximum number of types supported for the name of a +timezone. +.El +.Ss CTL_VM +The string and integer information available for the CTL_VM level +is detailed below. +The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate +privilege may change the value. +.Bl -column "Second level nameXXXXXX" "struct loadavgXXX" -offset indent +.It Sy "Second level name Type Changeable" +.It "VM_LOADAVG struct loadavg no" +.It "VM_TOTAL struct vmtotal no" +.It "VM_PAGEOUT_ALGORITHM integer yes" +.It "VM_SWAPPING_ENABLED integer maybe" +.It "VM_V_CACHE_MAX integer yes" +.It "VM_V_CACHE_MIN integer yes" +.It "VM_V_FREE_MIN integer yes" +.It "VM_V_FREE_RESERVED integer yes" +.It "VM_V_FREE_TARGET integer yes" +.It "VM_V_INACTIVE_TARGET integer yes" +.It "VM_V_PAGEOUT_FREE_MIN integer yes" +.El +.Pp +.Bl -tag -width 6n +.It Li VM_LOADAVG +Return the load average history. +The returned data consists of a +.Va struct loadavg . +.It Li VM_TOTAL +Return the system wide virtual memory statistics. +The returned data consists of a +.Va struct vmtotal . +.It Li VM_PAGEOUT_ALGORITHM +0 if the statistics-based page management algorithm is in use +or 1 if the near-LRU algorithm is in use. +.It Li VM_SWAPPING_ENABLED +1 if process swapping is enabled or 0 if disabled. +This variable is +permanently set to 0 if the kernel was built with swapping disabled. +.It Li VM_V_CACHE_MAX +Maximum desired size of the cache queue. +.It Li VM_V_CACHE_MIN +Minimum desired size of the cache queue. +If the cache queue size +falls very far below this value, the pageout daemon is awakened. +.It Li VM_V_FREE_MIN +Minimum amount of memory (cache memory plus free memory) +required to be available before a process waiting on memory will be +awakened. +.It Li VM_V_FREE_RESERVED +Processes will awaken the pageout daemon and wait for memory if the +number of free and cached pages drops below this value. +.It Li VM_V_FREE_TARGET +The total amount of free memory (including cache memory) that the +pageout daemon tries to maintain. +.It Li VM_V_INACTIVE_TARGET +The desired number of inactive pages that the pageout daemon should +achieve when it runs. +Inactive pages can be quickly inserted into +process address space when needed. +.It Li VM_V_PAGEOUT_FREE_MIN +If the amount of free and cache memory falls below this value, the +pageout daemon will enter "memory conserving mode" to avoid deadlock. +.El +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width <netinet/icmpXvar.h> -compact +.It In sys/sysctl.h +definitions for top level identifiers, second level kernel and hardware +identifiers, and user level identifiers +.It In sys/socket.h +definitions for second level network identifiers +.It In sys/gmon.h +definitions for third level profiling identifiers +.It In vm/vm_param.h +definitions for second level virtual memory identifiers +.It In netinet/in.h +definitions for third level IPv4/IPv6 identifiers and +fourth level IPv4/v6 identifiers +.It In netinet/icmp_var.h +definitions for fourth level ICMP identifiers +.It In netinet/icmp6.h +definitions for fourth level ICMPv6 identifiers +.It In netinet/udp_var.h +definitions for fourth level UDP identifiers +.El +.Sh ERRORS +The following errors may be reported: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EFAULT +The buffer +.Fa name , +.Fa oldp , +.Fa newp , +or length pointer +.Fa oldlenp +contains an invalid address. +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa name +array is less than two or greater than CTL_MAXNAME. +.It Bq Er EINVAL +A non-null +.Fa newp +is given and its specified length in +.Fa newlen +is too large or too small. +.It Bq Er ENOMEM +The length pointed to by +.Fa oldlenp +is too short to hold the requested value. +.It Bq Er ENOMEM +The smaller of either the length pointed to by +.Fa oldlenp +or the estimated size of the returned data exceeds the +system limit on locked memory. +.It Bq Er ENOMEM +Locking the buffer +.Fa oldp , +or a portion of the buffer if the estimated size of the data +to be returned is smaller, +would cause the process to exceed its per-process locked memory limit. +.It Bq Er ENOTDIR +The +.Fa name +array specifies an intermediate rather than terminal name. +.It Bq Er EISDIR +The +.Fa name +array specifies a terminal name, but the actual name is not terminal. +.It Bq Er ENOENT +The +.Fa name +array specifies a value that is unknown. +.It Bq Er EPERM +An attempt is made to set a read-only value. +.It Bq Er EPERM +A process without appropriate privilege attempts to set a value. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sysconf 3 , +.Xr sysctl 8 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn sysctl +function first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.c b/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb6418e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.c @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sysctl.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/4/94"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <paths.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <string.h> + +extern int __sysctl(int *name, u_int namelen, void *oldp, size_t *oldlenp, + void *newp, size_t newlen); + +int +sysctl(name, namelen, oldp, oldlenp, newp, newlen) + int *name; + u_int namelen; + void *oldp, *newp; + size_t *oldlenp, newlen; +{ + if (name[0] != CTL_USER) + return (__sysctl(name, namelen, oldp, oldlenp, newp, newlen)); + + if (newp != NULL) { + errno = EPERM; + return (-1); + } + if (namelen != 2) { + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } + + switch (name[1]) { + case USER_CS_PATH: + if (oldp && *oldlenp < sizeof(_PATH_STDPATH)) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return -1; + } + *oldlenp = sizeof(_PATH_STDPATH); + if (oldp != NULL) + memmove(oldp, _PATH_STDPATH, sizeof(_PATH_STDPATH)); + return (0); + } + + if (oldp && *oldlenp < sizeof(int)) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (-1); + } + *oldlenp = sizeof(int); + if (oldp == NULL) + return (0); + + switch (name[1]) { + case USER_BC_BASE_MAX: + *(int *)oldp = BC_BASE_MAX; + return (0); + case USER_BC_DIM_MAX: + *(int *)oldp = BC_DIM_MAX; + return (0); + case USER_BC_SCALE_MAX: + *(int *)oldp = BC_SCALE_MAX; + return (0); + case USER_BC_STRING_MAX: + *(int *)oldp = BC_STRING_MAX; + return (0); + case USER_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX: + *(int *)oldp = COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX; + return (0); + case USER_EXPR_NEST_MAX: + *(int *)oldp = EXPR_NEST_MAX; + return (0); + case USER_LINE_MAX: + *(int *)oldp = LINE_MAX; + return (0); + case USER_RE_DUP_MAX: + *(int *)oldp = RE_DUP_MAX; + return (0); + case USER_POSIX2_VERSION: + *(int *)oldp = _POSIX2_VERSION; + return (0); + case USER_POSIX2_C_BIND: +#ifdef POSIX2_C_BIND + *(int *)oldp = 1; +#else + *(int *)oldp = 0; +#endif + return (0); + case USER_POSIX2_C_DEV: +#ifdef POSIX2_C_DEV + *(int *)oldp = 1; +#else + *(int *)oldp = 0; +#endif + return (0); + case USER_POSIX2_CHAR_TERM: +#ifdef POSIX2_CHAR_TERM + *(int *)oldp = 1; +#else + *(int *)oldp = 0; +#endif + return (0); + case USER_POSIX2_FORT_DEV: +#ifdef POSIX2_FORT_DEV + *(int *)oldp = 1; +#else + *(int *)oldp = 0; +#endif + return (0); + case USER_POSIX2_FORT_RUN: +#ifdef POSIX2_FORT_RUN + *(int *)oldp = 1; +#else + *(int *)oldp = 0; +#endif + return (0); + case USER_POSIX2_LOCALEDEF: +#ifdef POSIX2_LOCALEDEF + *(int *)oldp = 1; +#else + *(int *)oldp = 0; +#endif + return (0); + case USER_POSIX2_SW_DEV: +#ifdef POSIX2_SW_DEV + *(int *)oldp = 1; +#else + *(int *)oldp = 0; +#endif + return (0); + case USER_POSIX2_UPE: +#ifdef POSIX2_UPE + *(int *)oldp = 1; +#else + *(int *)oldp = 0; +#endif + return (0); + case USER_STREAM_MAX: + *(int *)oldp = FOPEN_MAX; + return (0); + case USER_TZNAME_MAX: + *(int *)oldp = NAME_MAX; + return (0); + default: + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } + /* NOTREACHED */ +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sysctlbyname.c b/lib/libc/gen/sysctlbyname.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4510fe0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sysctlbyname.c @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * "THE BEER-WARE LICENSE" (Revision 42): + * <phk@FreeBSD.org> wrote this file. As long as you retain this notice you + * can do whatever you want with this stuff. If we meet some day, and you think + * this stuff is worth it, you can buy me a beer in return. Poul-Henning Kamp + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> +#include <string.h> + +int +sysctlbyname(const char *name, void *oldp, size_t *oldlenp, void *newp, + size_t newlen) +{ + int name2oid_oid[2]; + int real_oid[CTL_MAXNAME+2]; + int error; + size_t oidlen; + + name2oid_oid[0] = 0; /* This is magic & undocumented! */ + name2oid_oid[1] = 3; + + oidlen = sizeof(real_oid); + error = sysctl(name2oid_oid, 2, real_oid, &oidlen, (void *)name, + strlen(name)); + if (error < 0) + return error; + oidlen /= sizeof (int); + error = sysctl(real_oid, oidlen, oldp, oldlenp, newp, newlen); + return (error); +} + diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sysctlnametomib.c b/lib/libc/gen/sysctlnametomib.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1515784 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sysctlnametomib.c @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2001 The FreeBSD Project. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD PROJECT BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* + * This function uses a presently undocumented interface to the kernel + * to walk the tree and get the type so it can print the value. + * This interface is under work and consideration, and should probably + * be killed with a big axe by the first person who can find the time. + * (be aware though, that the proper interface isn't as obvious as it + * may seem, there are various conflicting requirements. + */ +int +sysctlnametomib(const char *name, int *mibp, size_t *sizep) +{ + int oid[2]; + int error; + + oid[0] = 0; + oid[1] = 3; + + *sizep *= sizeof (int); + error = sysctl(oid, 2, mibp, sizep, (void *)name, strlen(name)); + *sizep /= sizeof (int); + return (error); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91404a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 @@ -0,0 +1,295 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)syslog.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd December 30, 2004 +.Dt SYSLOG 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm syslog , +.Nm vsyslog , +.Nm openlog , +.Nm closelog , +.Nm setlogmask +.Nd control system log +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In syslog.h +.In stdarg.h +.Ft void +.Fn syslog "int priority" "const char *message" "..." +.Ft void +.Fn vsyslog "int priority" "const char *message" "va_list args" +.Ft void +.Fn openlog "const char *ident" "int logopt" "int facility" +.Ft void +.Fn closelog void +.Ft int +.Fn setlogmask "int maskpri" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn syslog +function +writes +.Fa message +to the system message logger. +The message is then written to the system console, log files, +logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate. +(See +.Xr syslogd 8 . ) +.Pp +The message is identical to a +.Xr printf 3 +format string, except that +.Ql %m +is replaced by the current error +message. +(As denoted by the global variable +.Va errno ; +see +.Xr strerror 3 . ) +A trailing newline is added if none is present. +.Pp +The +.Fn vsyslog +function +is an alternate form in which the arguments have already been captured +using the variable-length argument facilities of +.Xr stdarg 3 . +.Pp +The message is tagged with +.Fa priority . +Priorities are encoded as a +.Fa facility +and a +.Em level . +The facility describes the part of the system +generating the message. +The level is selected from the following +.Em ordered +(high to low) list: +.Bl -tag -width LOG_AUTHPRIV +.It Dv LOG_EMERG +A panic condition. +This is normally broadcast to all users. +.It Dv LOG_ALERT +A condition that should be corrected immediately, such as a corrupted +system database. +.It Dv LOG_CRIT +Critical conditions, e.g., hard device errors. +.It Dv LOG_ERR +Errors. +.It Dv LOG_WARNING +Warning messages. +.It Dv LOG_NOTICE +Conditions that are not error conditions, +but should possibly be handled specially. +.It Dv LOG_INFO +Informational messages. +.It Dv LOG_DEBUG +Messages that contain information +normally of use only when debugging a program. +.El +.Pp +The +.Fn openlog +function +provides for more specialized processing of the messages sent +by +.Fn syslog +and +.Fn vsyslog . +The +.Fa ident +argument +is a string that will be prepended to every message. +The +.Fa logopt +argument +is a bit field specifying logging options, which is formed by +.Tn OR Ns 'ing +one or more of the following values: +.Bl -tag -width LOG_AUTHPRIV +.It Dv LOG_CONS +If +.Fn syslog +cannot pass the message to +.Xr syslogd 8 +it will attempt to write the message to the console +.Pq Dq Pa /dev/console . +.It Dv LOG_NDELAY +Open the connection to +.Xr syslogd 8 +immediately. +Normally the open is delayed until the first message is logged. +Useful for programs that need to manage the order in which file +descriptors are allocated. +.It Dv LOG_PERROR +Write the message to standard error output as well to the system log. +.It Dv LOG_PID +Log the process id with each message: useful for identifying +instantiations of daemons. +.El +.Pp +The +.Fa facility +argument encodes a default facility to be assigned to all messages +that do not have an explicit facility encoded: +.Bl -tag -width LOG_AUTHPRIV +.It Dv LOG_AUTH +The authorization system: +.Xr login 1 , +.Xr su 1 , +.Xr getty 8 , +etc. +.It Dv LOG_AUTHPRIV +The same as +.Dv LOG_AUTH , +but logged to a file readable only by +selected individuals. +.It Dv LOG_CONSOLE +Messages written to +.Pa /dev/console +by the kernel console output driver. +.It Dv LOG_CRON +The cron daemon: +.Xr cron 8 . +.It Dv LOG_DAEMON +System daemons, such as +.Xr routed 8 , +that are not provided for explicitly by other facilities. +.It Dv LOG_FTP +The file transfer protocol daemons: +.Xr ftpd 8 , +.Xr tftpd 8 . +.It Dv LOG_KERN +Messages generated by the kernel. +These cannot be generated by any user processes. +.It Dv LOG_LPR +The line printer spooling system: +.Xr lpr 1 , +.Xr lpc 8 , +.Xr lpd 8 , +etc. +.It Dv LOG_MAIL +The mail system. +.It Dv LOG_NEWS +The network news system. +.It Dv LOG_NTP +The network time protocol system. +.It Dv LOG_SECURITY +Security subsystems, such as +.Xr ipfw 4 . +.It Dv LOG_SYSLOG +Messages generated internally by +.Xr syslogd 8 . +.It Dv LOG_USER +Messages generated by random user processes. +This is the default facility identifier if none is specified. +.It Dv LOG_UUCP +The uucp system. +.It Dv LOG_LOCAL0 +Reserved for local use. +Similarly for +.Dv LOG_LOCAL1 +through +.Dv LOG_LOCAL7 . +.El +.Pp +The +.Fn closelog +function +can be used to close the log file. +.Pp +The +.Fn setlogmask +function +sets the log priority mask to +.Fa maskpri +and returns the previous mask. +Calls to +.Fn syslog +with a priority not set in +.Fa maskpri +are rejected. +The mask for an individual priority +.Fa pri +is calculated by the macro +.Fn LOG_MASK pri ; +the mask for all priorities up to and including +.Fa toppri +is given by the macro +.Fn LOG_UPTO toppri ; . +The default allows all priorities to be logged. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The routines +.Fn closelog , +.Fn openlog , +.Fn syslog +and +.Fn vsyslog +return no value. +.Pp +The routine +.Fn setlogmask +always returns the previous log mask level. +.Sh EXAMPLES +.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact +syslog(LOG_ALERT, "who: internal error 23"); + +openlog("ftpd", LOG_PID | LOG_NDELAY, LOG_FTP); + +setlogmask(LOG_UPTO(LOG_ERR)); + +syslog(LOG_INFO, "Connection from host %d", CallingHost); + +syslog(LOG_INFO|LOG_LOCAL2, "foobar error: %m"); +.Ed +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr logger 1 , +.Xr syslogd 8 +.Sh HISTORY +These +functions appeared in +.Bx 4.2 . +.Sh BUGS +Never pass a string with user-supplied data as a format without using +.Ql %s . +An attacker can put format specifiers in the string to mangle your stack, +leading to a possible security hole. +This holds true even if the string was built using a function like +.Fn snprintf , +as the resulting string may still contain user-supplied conversion specifiers +for later interpolation by +.Fn syslog . +.Pp +Always use the proper secure idiom: +.Pp +.Dl syslog("%s", string); diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/syslog.c b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..594fb97 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.c @@ -0,0 +1,435 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1988, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)syslog.c 8.5 (Berkeley) 4/29/95"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/socket.h> +#include <sys/syslog.h> +#include <sys/uio.h> +#include <sys/un.h> +#include <netdb.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <paths.h> +#include <pthread.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#include <stdarg.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#include "libc_private.h" + +static int LogFile = -1; /* fd for log */ +static int status; /* connection status */ +static int opened; /* have done openlog() */ +static int LogStat = 0; /* status bits, set by openlog() */ +static const char *LogTag = NULL; /* string to tag the entry with */ +static int LogFacility = LOG_USER; /* default facility code */ +static int LogMask = 0xff; /* mask of priorities to be logged */ +static pthread_mutex_t syslog_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; + +#define THREAD_LOCK() \ + do { \ + if (__isthreaded) _pthread_mutex_lock(&syslog_mutex); \ + } while(0) +#define THREAD_UNLOCK() \ + do { \ + if (__isthreaded) _pthread_mutex_unlock(&syslog_mutex); \ + } while(0) + +static void disconnectlog(void); /* disconnect from syslogd */ +static void connectlog(void); /* (re)connect to syslogd */ +static void openlog_unlocked(const char *, int, int); + +enum { + NOCONN = 0, + CONNDEF, + CONNPRIV, +}; + +/* + * Format of the magic cookie passed through the stdio hook + */ +struct bufcookie { + char *base; /* start of buffer */ + int left; +}; + +/* + * stdio write hook for writing to a static string buffer + * XXX: Maybe one day, dynamically allocate it so that the line length + * is `unlimited'. + */ +static int +writehook(void *cookie, const char *buf, int len) +{ + struct bufcookie *h; /* private `handle' */ + + h = (struct bufcookie *)cookie; + if (len > h->left) { + /* clip in case of wraparound */ + len = h->left; + } + if (len > 0) { + (void)memcpy(h->base, buf, len); /* `write' it. */ + h->base += len; + h->left -= len; + } + return len; +} + +/* + * syslog, vsyslog -- + * print message on log file; output is intended for syslogd(8). + */ +void +syslog(int pri, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + vsyslog(pri, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + +void +vsyslog(int pri, const char *fmt, va_list ap) +{ + int cnt; + char ch, *p; + time_t now; + int fd, saved_errno; + char *stdp, tbuf[2048], fmt_cpy[1024], timbuf[26], errstr[64]; + FILE *fp, *fmt_fp; + struct bufcookie tbuf_cookie; + struct bufcookie fmt_cookie; + +#define INTERNALLOG LOG_ERR|LOG_CONS|LOG_PERROR|LOG_PID + /* Check for invalid bits. */ + if (pri & ~(LOG_PRIMASK|LOG_FACMASK)) { + syslog(INTERNALLOG, + "syslog: unknown facility/priority: %x", pri); + pri &= LOG_PRIMASK|LOG_FACMASK; + } + + saved_errno = errno; + + THREAD_LOCK(); + + /* Check priority against setlogmask values. */ + if (!(LOG_MASK(LOG_PRI(pri)) & LogMask)) { + THREAD_UNLOCK(); + return; + } + + /* Set default facility if none specified. */ + if ((pri & LOG_FACMASK) == 0) + pri |= LogFacility; + + /* Create the primary stdio hook */ + tbuf_cookie.base = tbuf; + tbuf_cookie.left = sizeof(tbuf); + fp = fwopen(&tbuf_cookie, writehook); + if (fp == NULL) { + THREAD_UNLOCK(); + return; + } + + /* Build the message. */ + (void)time(&now); + (void)fprintf(fp, "<%d>", pri); + (void)fprintf(fp, "%.15s ", ctime_r(&now, timbuf) + 4); + if (LogStat & LOG_PERROR) { + /* Transfer to string buffer */ + (void)fflush(fp); + stdp = tbuf + (sizeof(tbuf) - tbuf_cookie.left); + } + if (LogTag == NULL) + LogTag = _getprogname(); + if (LogTag != NULL) + (void)fprintf(fp, "%s", LogTag); + if (LogStat & LOG_PID) + (void)fprintf(fp, "[%d]", getpid()); + if (LogTag != NULL) { + (void)fprintf(fp, ": "); + } + + /* Check to see if we can skip expanding the %m */ + if (strstr(fmt, "%m")) { + + /* Create the second stdio hook */ + fmt_cookie.base = fmt_cpy; + fmt_cookie.left = sizeof(fmt_cpy) - 1; + fmt_fp = fwopen(&fmt_cookie, writehook); + if (fmt_fp == NULL) { + fclose(fp); + THREAD_UNLOCK(); + return; + } + + /* + * Substitute error message for %m. Be careful not to + * molest an escaped percent "%%m". We want to pass it + * on untouched as the format is later parsed by vfprintf. + */ + for ( ; (ch = *fmt); ++fmt) { + if (ch == '%' && fmt[1] == 'm') { + ++fmt; + strerror_r(saved_errno, errstr, sizeof(errstr)); + fputs(errstr, fmt_fp); + } else if (ch == '%' && fmt[1] == '%') { + ++fmt; + fputc(ch, fmt_fp); + fputc(ch, fmt_fp); + } else { + fputc(ch, fmt_fp); + } + } + + /* Null terminate if room */ + fputc(0, fmt_fp); + fclose(fmt_fp); + + /* Guarantee null termination */ + fmt_cpy[sizeof(fmt_cpy) - 1] = '\0'; + + fmt = fmt_cpy; + } + + (void)vfprintf(fp, fmt, ap); + (void)fclose(fp); + + cnt = sizeof(tbuf) - tbuf_cookie.left; + + /* Remove a trailing newline */ + if (tbuf[cnt - 1] == '\n') + cnt--; + + /* Output to stderr if requested. */ + if (LogStat & LOG_PERROR) { + struct iovec iov[2]; + struct iovec *v = iov; + + v->iov_base = stdp; + v->iov_len = cnt - (stdp - tbuf); + ++v; + v->iov_base = "\n"; + v->iov_len = 1; + (void)_writev(STDERR_FILENO, iov, 2); + } + + /* Get connected, output the message to the local logger. */ + if (!opened) + openlog_unlocked(LogTag, LogStat | LOG_NDELAY, 0); + connectlog(); + + /* + * If the send() failed, there are two likely scenarios: + * 1) syslogd was restarted + * 2) /var/run/log is out of socket buffer space, which + * in most cases means local DoS. + * We attempt to reconnect to /var/run/log to take care of + * case #1 and keep send()ing data to cover case #2 + * to give syslogd a chance to empty its socket buffer. + * + * If we are working with a priveleged socket, then take + * only one attempt, because we don't want to freeze a + * critical application like su(1) or sshd(8). + * + */ + + if (send(LogFile, tbuf, cnt, 0) < 0) { + if (errno != ENOBUFS) { + disconnectlog(); + connectlog(); + } + do { + _usleep(1); + if (send(LogFile, tbuf, cnt, 0) >= 0) { + THREAD_UNLOCK(); + return; + } + if (status == CONNPRIV) + break; + } while (errno == ENOBUFS); + } else { + THREAD_UNLOCK(); + return; + } + + /* + * Output the message to the console; try not to block + * as a blocking console should not stop other processes. + * Make sure the error reported is the one from the syslogd failure. + */ + if (LogStat & LOG_CONS && + (fd = _open(_PATH_CONSOLE, O_WRONLY|O_NONBLOCK, 0)) >= 0) { + struct iovec iov[2]; + struct iovec *v = iov; + + p = strchr(tbuf, '>') + 1; + v->iov_base = p; + v->iov_len = cnt - (p - tbuf); + ++v; + v->iov_base = "\r\n"; + v->iov_len = 2; + (void)_writev(fd, iov, 2); + (void)_close(fd); + } + + THREAD_UNLOCK(); +} + +/* Should be called with mutex acquired */ +static void +disconnectlog(void) +{ + /* + * If the user closed the FD and opened another in the same slot, + * that's their problem. They should close it before calling on + * system services. + */ + if (LogFile != -1) { + _close(LogFile); + LogFile = -1; + } + status = NOCONN; /* retry connect */ +} + +/* Should be called with mutex acquired */ +static void +connectlog(void) +{ + struct sockaddr_un SyslogAddr; /* AF_UNIX address of local logger */ + + if (LogFile == -1) { + if ((LogFile = _socket(AF_UNIX, SOCK_DGRAM, 0)) == -1) + return; + (void)_fcntl(LogFile, F_SETFD, 1); + } + if (LogFile != -1 && status == NOCONN) { + SyslogAddr.sun_len = sizeof(SyslogAddr); + SyslogAddr.sun_family = AF_UNIX; + + /* + * First try priveleged socket. If no success, + * then try default socket. + */ + (void)strncpy(SyslogAddr.sun_path, _PATH_LOG_PRIV, + sizeof SyslogAddr.sun_path); + if (_connect(LogFile, (struct sockaddr *)&SyslogAddr, + sizeof(SyslogAddr)) != -1) + status = CONNPRIV; + + if (status == NOCONN) { + (void)strncpy(SyslogAddr.sun_path, _PATH_LOG, + sizeof SyslogAddr.sun_path); + if (_connect(LogFile, (struct sockaddr *)&SyslogAddr, + sizeof(SyslogAddr)) != -1) + status = CONNDEF; + } + + if (status == NOCONN) { + /* + * Try the old "/dev/log" path, for backward + * compatibility. + */ + (void)strncpy(SyslogAddr.sun_path, _PATH_OLDLOG, + sizeof SyslogAddr.sun_path); + if (_connect(LogFile, (struct sockaddr *)&SyslogAddr, + sizeof(SyslogAddr)) != -1) + status = CONNDEF; + } + + if (status == NOCONN) { + (void)_close(LogFile); + LogFile = -1; + } + } +} + +static void +openlog_unlocked(const char *ident, int logstat, int logfac) +{ + if (ident != NULL) + LogTag = ident; + LogStat = logstat; + if (logfac != 0 && (logfac &~ LOG_FACMASK) == 0) + LogFacility = logfac; + + if (LogStat & LOG_NDELAY) /* open immediately */ + connectlog(); + + opened = 1; /* ident and facility has been set */ +} + +void +openlog(const char *ident, int logstat, int logfac) +{ + THREAD_LOCK(); + openlog_unlocked(ident, logstat, logfac); + THREAD_UNLOCK(); +} + + +void +closelog(void) +{ + THREAD_LOCK(); + (void)_close(LogFile); + LogFile = -1; + LogTag = NULL; + status = NOCONN; + THREAD_UNLOCK(); +} + +/* setlogmask -- set the log mask level */ +int +setlogmask(int pmask) +{ + int omask; + + THREAD_LOCK(); + omask = LogMask; + if (pmask != 0) + LogMask = pmask; + THREAD_UNLOCK(); + return (omask); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/tcgetpgrp.3 b/lib/libc/gen/tcgetpgrp.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba4d084 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/tcgetpgrp.3 @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)tcgetpgrp.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt TCGETPGRP 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm tcgetpgrp +.Nd get foreground process group ID +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/types.h +.In unistd.h +.Ft pid_t +.Fn tcgetpgrp "int fd" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn tcgetpgrp +function returns the value of the process group ID of the foreground +process group associated with the terminal device. +If there is no foreground process group, +.Fn tcgetpgrp +returns an invalid process ID. +.Sh ERRORS +If an error occurs, +.Fn tcgetpgrp +returns -1 and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error, as follows: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EBADF +The +.Fa fd +argument is not a valid file descriptor. +.It Bq Er ENOTTY +The calling process does not have a controlling terminal or the +underlying terminal device represented by +.Fa fd +is not the controlling terminal. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr setpgid 2 , +.Xr setsid 2 , +.Xr tcsetpgrp 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn tcgetpgrp +function is expected to be compliant with the +.St -p1003.1-88 +specification. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/tcsendbreak.3 b/lib/libc/gen/tcsendbreak.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a7e86d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/tcsendbreak.3 @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)tcsendbreak.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt TCSENDBREAK 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm tcsendbreak , +.Nm tcdrain , +.Nm tcflush , +.Nm tcflow +.Nd line control functions +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In termios.h +.Ft int +.Fn tcdrain "int fd" +.Ft int +.Fn tcflow "int fd" "int action" +.Ft int +.Fn tcflush "int fd" "int action" +.Ft int +.Fn tcsendbreak "int fd" "int len" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn tcdrain +function waits until all output written to the terminal referenced by +.Fa fd +has been transmitted to the terminal. +.Pp +The +.Fn tcflow +function suspends transmission of data to or the reception of data from +the terminal referenced by +.Fa fd +depending on the value of +.Fa action . +The value of +.Fa action +must be one of the following: +.Bl -tag -width "TCIOFF" +.It Fa TCOOFF +Suspend output. +.It Fa TCOON +Restart suspended output. +.It Fa TCIOFF +Transmit a STOP character, which is intended to cause the terminal to stop +transmitting data to the system. +(See the description of IXOFF in the +.Ql Input Modes +section of +.Xr termios 4 ) . +.It Fa TCION +Transmit a START character, which is intended to cause the terminal to start +transmitting data to the system. +(See the description of IXOFF in the +.Ql Input Modes +section of +.Xr termios 4 ) . +.El +.Pp +The +.Fn tcflush +function discards any data written to the terminal referenced by +.Fa fd +which has not been transmitted to the terminal, or any data received +from the terminal but not yet read, depending on the value of +.Fa action . +The value of +.Fa action +must be one of the following: +.Bl -tag -width "TCIOFLUSH" +.It Fa TCIFLUSH +Flush data received but not read. +.It Fa TCOFLUSH +Flush data written but not transmitted. +.It Fa TCIOFLUSH +Flush both data received but not read and data written but not transmitted. +.El +.Pp +The +.Fn tcsendbreak +function transmits a continuous stream of zero-valued bits for four-tenths +of a second to the terminal referenced by +.Fa fd . +The +.Fa len +argument is ignored in this implementation. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +Upon successful completion, all of these functions return a value of zero. +.Sh ERRORS +If any error occurs, a value of -1 is returned and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error, as follows: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EBADF +The +.Fa fd +argument is not a valid file descriptor. +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa action +argument is not a proper value. +.It Bq Er ENOTTY +The file associated with +.Fa fd +is not a terminal. +.It Bq Er EINTR +A signal interrupted the +.Fn tcdrain +function. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr tcsetattr 3 , +.Xr termios 4 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn tcsendbreak , +.Fn tcdrain , +.Fn tcflush +and +.Fn tcflow +functions are expected to be compliant with the +.St -p1003.1-88 +specification. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/tcsetattr.3 b/lib/libc/gen/tcsetattr.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01628d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/tcsetattr.3 @@ -0,0 +1,329 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)tcsetattr.3 8.3 (Berkeley) 1/2/94 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd January 2, 1994 +.Dt TCSETATTR 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm cfgetispeed , +.Nm cfsetispeed , +.Nm cfgetospeed , +.Nm cfsetospeed , +.Nm cfsetspeed , +.Nm cfmakeraw , +.Nm tcgetattr , +.Nm tcsetattr +.Nd manipulating the termios structure +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In termios.h +.Ft speed_t +.Fn cfgetispeed "const struct termios *t" +.Ft int +.Fn cfsetispeed "struct termios *t" "speed_t speed" +.Ft speed_t +.Fn cfgetospeed "const struct termios *t" +.Ft int +.Fn cfsetospeed "struct termios *t" "speed_t speed" +.Ft int +.Fn cfsetspeed "struct termios *t" "speed_t speed" +.Ft void +.Fn cfmakeraw "struct termios *t" +.Ft int +.Fn tcgetattr "int fd" "struct termios *t" +.Ft int +.Fn tcsetattr "int fd" "int action" "const struct termios *t" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn cfmakeraw , +.Fn tcgetattr +and +.Fn tcsetattr +functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. +.Pp +The +.Fn cfgetispeed , +.Fn cfsetispeed , +.Fn cfgetospeed , +.Fn cfsetospeed +and +.Fn cfsetspeed +functions are provided for getting and setting the baud rate values in +the termios structure. +The effects of the functions on the terminal as described below +do not become effective, nor are all errors detected, until the +.Fn tcsetattr +function is called. +Certain values for baud rates set in the termios structure and passed to +.Fn tcsetattr +have special meanings. +These are discussed in the portion of the manual page that describes the +.Fn tcsetattr +function. +.Sh GETTING AND SETTING THE BAUD RATE +The input and output baud rates are found in the termios structure. +The unsigned integer +.Li speed_t +is typedef'd in the include file +.In termios.h . +The value of the integer corresponds directly to the baud rate being +represented, however, the following symbolic values are defined. +.Bd -literal +#define B0 0 +#define B50 50 +#define B75 75 +#define B110 110 +#define B134 134 +#define B150 150 +#define B200 200 +#define B300 300 +#define B600 600 +#define B1200 1200 +#define B1800 1800 +#define B2400 2400 +#define B4800 4800 +#define B9600 9600 +#define B19200 19200 +#define B38400 38400 +#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE +#define EXTA 19200 +#define EXTB 38400 +#endif /*_POSIX_SOURCE */ +.Ed +.Pp +The +.Fn cfgetispeed +function returns the input baud rate in the termios structure referenced by +.Fa tp . +.Pp +The +.Fn cfsetispeed +function sets the input baud rate in the termios structure referenced by +.Fa tp +to +.Fa speed . +.Pp +The +.Fn cfgetospeed +function returns the output baud rate in the termios structure referenced by +.Fa tp . +.Pp +The +.Fn cfsetospeed +function sets the output baud rate in the termios structure referenced by +.Fa tp +to +.Fa speed . +.Pp +The +.Fn cfsetspeed +function sets both the input and output baud rate in the termios structure +referenced by +.Fa tp +to +.Fa speed . +.Pp +Upon successful completion, the functions +.Fn cfsetispeed , +.Fn cfsetospeed , +and +.Fn cfsetspeed +return a value of 0. +Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error. +.Sh GETTING AND SETTING THE TERMIOS STATE +This section describes the functions that are used to control the general +terminal interface. +Unless otherwise noted for a specific command, these functions are restricted +from use by background processes. +Attempts to perform these operations shall cause the process group to be sent +a SIGTTOU signal. +If the calling process is blocking or ignoring SIGTTOU signals, the process +is allowed to perform the operation and the SIGTTOU signal is not sent. +.Pp +In all the functions, although +.Fa fd +is an open file descriptor, the functions affect the underlying terminal +file, not just the open file description associated with the particular +file descriptor. +.Pp +The +.Fn cfmakeraw +function sets the flags stored in the termios structure to a state disabling +all input and output processing, giving a +.Dq raw I/O path . +It should be noted that there is no function to reverse this effect. +This is because there are a variety of processing options that could be +re-enabled and the correct method is for an application to snapshot the +current terminal state using the function +.Fn tcgetattr , +setting raw mode with +.Fn cfmakeraw +and the subsequent +.Fn tcsetattr , +and then using another +.Fn tcsetattr +with the saved state to revert to the previous terminal state. +.Pp +The +.Fn tcgetattr +function copies the parameters associated with the terminal referenced +by +.Fa fd +in the termios structure referenced by +.Fa tp . +This function is allowed from a background process, however, the terminal +attributes may be subsequently changed by a foreground process. +.Pp +The +.Fn tcsetattr +function sets the parameters associated with the terminal from the +termios structure referenced by +.Fa tp . +The +.Fa action +argument is created by +.Em or Ns 'ing +the following values, as specified in the include file +.In termios.h . +.Bl -tag -width "TCSADRAIN" +.It Fa TCSANOW +The change occurs immediately. +.It Fa TCSADRAIN +The change occurs after all output written to +.Fa fd +has been transmitted to the terminal. +This value of +.Fa action +should be used when changing parameters that affect output. +.It Fa TCSAFLUSH +The change occurs after all output written to +.Fa fd +has been transmitted to the terminal. +Additionally, any input that has been received but not read is discarded. +.It Fa TCSASOFT +If this value is +.Em or Ns 'ed +into the +.Fa action +value, the values of the +.Va c_cflag , +.Va c_ispeed , +and +.Va c_ospeed +fields are ignored. +.El +.Pp +The 0 baud rate is used to terminate the connection. +If 0 is specified as the output speed to the function +.Fn tcsetattr , +modem control will no longer be asserted on the terminal, disconnecting +the terminal. +.Pp +If zero is specified as the input speed to the function +.Fn tcsetattr , +the input baud rate will be set to the same value as that specified by +the output baud rate. +.Pp +If +.Fn tcsetattr +is unable to make any of the requested changes, it returns -1 and +sets errno. +Otherwise, it makes all of the requested changes it can. +If the specified input and output baud rates differ and are a combination +that is not supported, neither baud rate is changed. +.Pp +Upon successful completion, the functions +.Fn tcgetattr +and +.Fn tcsetattr +return a value of 0. +Otherwise, they +return -1 and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error, as follows: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EBADF +The +.Fa fd +argument to +.Fn tcgetattr +or +.Fn tcsetattr +was not a valid file descriptor. +.It Bq Er EINTR +The +.Fn tcsetattr +function was interrupted by a signal. +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The +.Fa action +argument to the +.Fn tcsetattr +function was not valid, or an attempt was made to change an attribute +represented in the termios structure to an unsupported value. +.It Bq Er ENOTTY +The file associated with the +.Fa fd +argument to +.Fn tcgetattr +or +.Fn tcsetattr +is not a terminal. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr tcsendbreak 3 , +.Xr termios 4 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn cfgetispeed , +.Fn cfsetispeed , +.Fn cfgetospeed , +.Fn cfsetospeed , +.Fn tcgetattr +and +.Fn tcsetattr +functions are expected to be compliant with the +.St -p1003.1-88 +specification. +The +.Fn cfmakeraw +and +.Fn cfsetspeed +functions, +as well as the +.Li TCSASOFT +option to the +.Fn tcsetattr +function are extensions to the +.St -p1003.1-88 +specification. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/tcsetpgrp.3 b/lib/libc/gen/tcsetpgrp.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..494731c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/tcsetpgrp.3 @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)tcsetpgrp.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt TCSETPGRP 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm tcsetpgrp +.Nd set foreground process group ID +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/types.h +.In unistd.h +.Ft int +.Fn tcsetpgrp "int fd" "pid_t pgrp_id" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +If the process has a controlling terminal, the +.Fn tcsetpgrp +function sets the foreground process group ID associated with the +terminal device to +.Fa pgrp_id . +The terminal device associated with +.Fa fd +must be the controlling terminal of the calling process and the +controlling terminal must be currently associated with the session +of the calling process. +The value of +.Fa pgrp_id +must be the same as the process group ID of a process in the same +session as the calling process. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std tcsetpgrp +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn tcsetpgrp +function will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EBADF +The +.Fa fd +argument is not a valid file descriptor. +.It Bq Er EINVAL +An invalid value of +.Fa pgrp_id +was specified. +.It Bq Er ENOTTY +The calling process does not have a controlling terminal, or the file +represented by +.Fa fd +is not the controlling terminal, or the controlling terminal is no +longer associated with the session of the calling process. +.It Bq Er EPERM +The +.Fa pgrp_id +argument does not match the process group ID of a process in the same +session as the calling process. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr setpgid 2 , +.Xr setsid 2 , +.Xr tcgetpgrp 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn tcsetpgrp +function is expected to be compliant with the +.St -p1003.1-88 +specification. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/telldir.c b/lib/libc/gen/telldir.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36e261c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/telldir.c @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)telldir.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/queue.h> +#include <dirent.h> +#include <pthread.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#include "libc_private.h" +#include "telldir.h" + +/* + * The option SINGLEUSE may be defined to say that a telldir + * cookie may be used only once before it is freed. This option + * is used to avoid having memory usage grow without bound. + */ +#define SINGLEUSE + +/* + * return a pointer into a directory + */ +long +telldir(dirp) + DIR *dirp; +{ + struct ddloc *lp; + + if ((lp = (struct ddloc *)malloc(sizeof(struct ddloc))) == NULL) + return (-1); + if (__isthreaded) + _pthread_mutex_lock(&dirp->dd_lock); + lp->loc_index = dirp->dd_td->td_loccnt++; + lp->loc_seek = dirp->dd_seek; + lp->loc_loc = dirp->dd_loc; + LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&dirp->dd_td->td_locq, lp, loc_lqe); + if (__isthreaded) + _pthread_mutex_unlock(&dirp->dd_lock); + return (lp->loc_index); +} + +/* + * seek to an entry in a directory. + * Only values returned by "telldir" should be passed to seekdir. + */ +void +_seekdir(dirp, loc) + DIR *dirp; + long loc; +{ + struct ddloc *lp; + struct dirent *dp; + + LIST_FOREACH(lp, &dirp->dd_td->td_locq, loc_lqe) { + if (lp->loc_index == loc) + break; + } + if (lp == NULL) + return; + if (lp->loc_loc == dirp->dd_loc && lp->loc_seek == dirp->dd_seek) + goto found; + (void) lseek(dirp->dd_fd, (off_t)lp->loc_seek, SEEK_SET); + dirp->dd_seek = lp->loc_seek; + dirp->dd_loc = 0; + while (dirp->dd_loc < lp->loc_loc) { + dp = _readdir_unlocked(dirp); + if (dp == NULL) + break; + } +found: +#ifdef SINGLEUSE + LIST_REMOVE(lp, loc_lqe); + free((caddr_t)lp); +#endif +} + +/* + * Reclaim memory for telldir cookies which weren't used. + */ +void +_reclaim_telldir(dirp) + DIR *dirp; +{ + struct ddloc *lp; + struct ddloc *templp; + + lp = LIST_FIRST(&dirp->dd_td->td_locq); + while (lp != NULL) { + templp = lp; + lp = LIST_NEXT(lp, loc_lqe); + free(templp); + } + LIST_INIT(&dirp->dd_td->td_locq); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/telldir.h b/lib/libc/gen/telldir.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4fb4cb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/telldir.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Copyright (c) 2000 + * Daniel Eischen. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +#ifndef _TELLDIR_H_ +#define _TELLDIR_H_ + +#include <sys/queue.h> + +/* + * One of these structures is malloced to describe the current directory + * position each time telldir is called. It records the current magic + * cookie returned by getdirentries and the offset within the buffer + * associated with that return value. + */ +struct ddloc { + LIST_ENTRY(ddloc) loc_lqe; /* entry in list */ + long loc_index; /* key associated with structure */ + long loc_seek; /* magic cookie returned by getdirentries */ + long loc_loc; /* offset of entry in buffer */ +}; + +/* + * One of these structures is malloced for each DIR to record telldir + * positions. + */ +struct _telldir { + LIST_HEAD(, ddloc) td_locq; /* list of locations */ + long td_loccnt; /* index of entry for sequential readdir's */ +}; + +struct dirent *_readdir_unlocked(DIR *); +void _reclaim_telldir(DIR *); +void _seekdir(DIR *, long); + +#endif diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/termios.c b/lib/libc/gen/termios.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..333dff4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/termios.c @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)termios.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 2/21/94"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/fcntl.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <sys/time.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <termios.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +int +tcgetattr(fd, t) + int fd; + struct termios *t; +{ + + return (_ioctl(fd, TIOCGETA, t)); +} + +int +tcsetattr(fd, opt, t) + int fd, opt; + const struct termios *t; +{ + struct termios localterm; + + if (opt & TCSASOFT) { + localterm = *t; + localterm.c_cflag |= CIGNORE; + t = &localterm; + } + switch (opt & ~TCSASOFT) { + case TCSANOW: + return (_ioctl(fd, TIOCSETA, t)); + case TCSADRAIN: + return (_ioctl(fd, TIOCSETAW, t)); + case TCSAFLUSH: + return (_ioctl(fd, TIOCSETAF, t)); + default: + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } +} + +int +tcsetpgrp(int fd, pid_t pgrp) +{ + int s; + + s = pgrp; + return (_ioctl(fd, TIOCSPGRP, &s)); +} + +pid_t +tcgetpgrp(fd) + int fd; +{ + int s; + + if (_ioctl(fd, TIOCGPGRP, &s) < 0) + return ((pid_t)-1); + + return ((pid_t)s); +} + +speed_t +cfgetospeed(t) + const struct termios *t; +{ + + return (t->c_ospeed); +} + +speed_t +cfgetispeed(t) + const struct termios *t; +{ + + return (t->c_ispeed); +} + +int +cfsetospeed(t, speed) + struct termios *t; + speed_t speed; +{ + + t->c_ospeed = speed; + return (0); +} + +int +cfsetispeed(t, speed) + struct termios *t; + speed_t speed; +{ + + t->c_ispeed = speed; + return (0); +} + +int +cfsetspeed(t, speed) + struct termios *t; + speed_t speed; +{ + + t->c_ispeed = t->c_ospeed = speed; + return (0); +} + +/* + * Make a pre-existing termios structure into "raw" mode: character-at-a-time + * mode with no characters interpreted, 8-bit data path. + */ +void +cfmakeraw(t) + struct termios *t; +{ + + t->c_iflag &= ~(IMAXBEL|IXOFF|INPCK|BRKINT|PARMRK|ISTRIP|INLCR|IGNCR|ICRNL|IXON|IGNPAR); + t->c_iflag |= IGNBRK; + t->c_oflag &= ~OPOST; + t->c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ECHOE|ECHOK|ECHONL|ICANON|ISIG|IEXTEN|NOFLSH|TOSTOP|PENDIN); + t->c_cflag &= ~(CSIZE|PARENB); + t->c_cflag |= CS8|CREAD; + t->c_cc[VMIN] = 1; + t->c_cc[VTIME] = 0; +} + +int +tcsendbreak(fd, len) + int fd, len; +{ + struct timeval sleepytime; + + sleepytime.tv_sec = 0; + sleepytime.tv_usec = 400000; + if (_ioctl(fd, TIOCSBRK, 0) == -1) + return (-1); + (void)_select(0, 0, 0, 0, &sleepytime); + if (_ioctl(fd, TIOCCBRK, 0) == -1) + return (-1); + return (0); +} + +int +__tcdrain(fd) + int fd; +{ + return (_ioctl(fd, TIOCDRAIN, 0)); +} + +__weak_reference(__tcdrain, tcdrain); +__weak_reference(__tcdrain, _tcdrain); + +int +tcflush(fd, which) + int fd, which; +{ + int com; + + switch (which) { + case TCIFLUSH: + com = FREAD; + break; + case TCOFLUSH: + com = FWRITE; + break; + case TCIOFLUSH: + com = FREAD | FWRITE; + break; + default: + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } + return (_ioctl(fd, TIOCFLUSH, &com)); +} + +int +tcflow(fd, action) + int fd, action; +{ + struct termios term; + u_char c; + + switch (action) { + case TCOOFF: + return (_ioctl(fd, TIOCSTOP, 0)); + case TCOON: + return (_ioctl(fd, TIOCSTART, 0)); + case TCION: + case TCIOFF: + if (tcgetattr(fd, &term) == -1) + return (-1); + c = term.c_cc[action == TCIOFF ? VSTOP : VSTART]; + if (c != _POSIX_VDISABLE && _write(fd, &c, sizeof(c)) == -1) + return (-1); + return (0); + default: + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } + /* NOTREACHED */ +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/time.3 b/lib/libc/gen/time.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2770e49 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/time.3 @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information +.\" Processing Systems. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)time.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd July 18, 2003 +.Dt TIME 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm time +.Nd get time of day +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In time.h +.Ft time_t +.Fn time "time_t *tloc" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn time +function +returns the value of time in seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, +0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time. +If an error occurs, +.Fn time +returns the value +.Po Vt time_t Pc Ns \-1 . +.Pp +The return value is also stored in +.No \&* Ns Va tloc , +provided that +.Va tloc +is non-null. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn time +function may fail for any of the reasons described in +.Xr gettimeofday 2 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr gettimeofday 2 , +.Xr ctime 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Nm +function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-2001 . +.Sh HISTORY +A +.Fn time +function appeared in +.At v6 . +.Sh BUGS +Neither +.St -isoC-99 +nor +.St -p1003.1-2001 +requires +.Fn time +to set +.Va errno +on failure; thus, it is impossible for an application to distinguish +the valid time value \-1 (representing the last UTC second of 1969) +from the error return value. +.Pp +Systems conforming to earlier versions of the C and +.Tn POSIX +standards (including older versions of +.Fx ) +did not set +.No \&* Ns Va tloc +in the error case. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/time.c b/lib/libc/gen/time.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..840f9b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/time.c @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)time.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> + +time_t +time(t) + time_t *t; +{ + struct timeval tt; + time_t retval; + + if (gettimeofday(&tt, (struct timezone *)0) < 0) + retval = -1; + else + retval = tt.tv_sec; + if (t != NULL) + *t = retval; + return (retval); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/times.3 b/lib/libc/gen/times.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9775387 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/times.3 @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)times.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt TIMES 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm times +.Nd process times +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/times.h +.Ft clock_t +.Fn times "struct tms *tp" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Bf -symbolic +This interface is obsoleted by +.Xr getrusage 2 +and +.Xr gettimeofday 2 . +.Ef +.Pp +The +.Fn times +function returns the value of time in +.Dv CLK_TCK Ns 's +of a second since +0 hours, 0 minutes, 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal +Time. +.Pp +It also fills in the structure pointed to by +.Fa tp +with time-accounting information. +.Pp +The +.Vt tms +structure is defined as follows: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +struct tms { + clock_t tms_utime; + clock_t tms_stime; + clock_t tms_cutime; + clock_t tms_cstime; +}; +.Ed +.Pp +The elements of this structure are defined as follows: +.Bl -tag -width ".Va tms_cutime" +.It Va tms_utime +The +.Tn CPU +time charged for the execution of user instructions. +.It Va tms_stime +The +.Tn CPU +time charged for execution by the system on behalf of +the process. +.It Va tms_cutime +The sum of the +.Va tms_utime Ns s +and +.Va tms_cutime Ns s +of the child processes. +.It Va tms_cstime +The sum of the +.Fa tms_stime Ns s +and +.Fa tms_cstime Ns s +of the child processes. +.El +.Pp +All times are in +.Dv CLK_TCK Ns 's +of a second. +.Pp +The times of a terminated child process are included in the +.Va tms_cutime +and +.Va tms_cstime +elements of the parent when one of the +.Xr wait 2 +functions returns the process ID of the terminated child to the parent. +If an error occurs, +.Fn times +returns the value +.Pq Po Vt clock_t Pc Ns \-1 , +and sets +.Va errno +to indicate the error. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn times +function +may fail and set the global variable +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library +routines +.Xr getrusage 2 +and +.Xr gettimeofday 2 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr time 1 , +.Xr getrusage 2 , +.Xr gettimeofday 2 , +.Xr wait 2 , +.Xr clocks 7 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn times +function +conforms to +.St -p1003.1-88 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/times.c b/lib/libc/gen/times.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..936511e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/times.c @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)times.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/times.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> + +/* + * Convert usec to clock ticks; could do (usec * CLK_TCK) / 1000000, + * but this would overflow if we switch to nanosec. + */ +#define CONVTCK(r) (r.tv_sec * CLK_TCK + r.tv_usec / (1000000 / CLK_TCK)) + +clock_t +times(tp) + struct tms *tp; +{ + struct rusage ru; + struct timespec t; + clock_t c; + + if (getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &ru) < 0) + return ((clock_t)-1); + tp->tms_utime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_utime); + tp->tms_stime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_stime); + if (getrusage(RUSAGE_CHILDREN, &ru) < 0) + return ((clock_t)-1); + tp->tms_cutime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_utime); + tp->tms_cstime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_stime); + if (clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &t)) + return ((clock_t)-1); + c = t.tv_sec * CLK_TCK + t.tv_nsec / (1000000000 / CLK_TCK); + return (c); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/timezone.3 b/lib/libc/gen/timezone.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dcf2665 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/timezone.3 @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)timezone.3 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd April 19, 1994 +.Dt TIMEZONE 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm timezone +.Nd return the timezone abbreviation +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Ft char * +.Fn timezone "int zone" "int dst" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Bf Sy +This interface is for compatibility only; it is impossible to reliably +map timezone's arguments to a time zone abbreviation. +See +.Xr ctime 3 . +.Ef +.Pp +The +.Fn timezone +function returns a pointer to a time zone abbreviation for the specified +.Fa zone +and +.Fa dst +values. +The +.Fa zone +argument +is the number of minutes west of GMT and +.Fa dst +is non-zero if daylight savings time is in effect. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr ctime 3 +.Sh HISTORY +A +.Fn timezone +function appeared in +.At v7 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/timezone.c b/lib/libc/gen/timezone.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c59ae6b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/timezone.c @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)timezone.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#define TZ_MAX_CHARS 255 + +char *_tztab(); + +/* + * timezone -- + * The arguments are the number of minutes of time you are westward + * from Greenwich and whether DST is in effect. It returns a string + * giving the name of the local timezone. Should be replaced, in the + * application code, by a call to localtime. + */ + +static char czone[TZ_MAX_CHARS]; /* space for zone name */ + +char * +timezone(zone, dst) + int zone, + dst; +{ + char *beg, + *end; + + if ( (beg = getenv("TZNAME")) ) { /* set in environment */ + if ( (end = index(beg, ',')) ) {/* "PST,PDT" */ + if (dst) + return(++end); + *end = '\0'; + (void)strncpy(czone,beg,sizeof(czone) - 1); + czone[sizeof(czone) - 1] = '\0'; + *end = ','; + return(czone); + } + return(beg); + } + return(_tztab(zone,dst)); /* default: table or created zone */ +} + +static struct zone { + int offset; + char *stdzone; + char *dlzone; +} zonetab[] = { + {-1*60, "MET", "MET DST"}, /* Middle European */ + {-2*60, "EET", "EET DST"}, /* Eastern European */ + {4*60, "AST", "ADT"}, /* Atlantic */ + {5*60, "EST", "EDT"}, /* Eastern */ + {6*60, "CST", "CDT"}, /* Central */ + {7*60, "MST", "MDT"}, /* Mountain */ + {8*60, "PST", "PDT"}, /* Pacific */ +#ifdef notdef + /* there's no way to distinguish this from WET */ + {0, "GMT", 0}, /* Greenwich */ +#endif + {0*60, "WET", "WET DST"}, /* Western European */ + {-10*60,"EST", "EST"}, /* Aust: Eastern */ + {-10*60+30,"CST", "CST"}, /* Aust: Central */ + {-8*60, "WST", 0}, /* Aust: Western */ + {-1} +}; + +/* + * _tztab -- + * check static tables or create a new zone name; broken out so that + * we can make a guess as to what the zone is if the standard tables + * aren't in place in /etc. DO NOT USE THIS ROUTINE OUTSIDE OF THE + * STANDARD LIBRARY. + */ +char * +_tztab(zone,dst) + int zone; + int dst; +{ + struct zone *zp; + char sign; + + for (zp = zonetab; zp->offset != -1;++zp) /* static tables */ + if (zp->offset == zone) { + if (dst && zp->dlzone) + return(zp->dlzone); + if (!dst && zp->stdzone) + return(zp->stdzone); + } + + if (zone < 0) { /* create one */ + zone = -zone; + sign = '+'; + } + else + sign = '-'; + (void)snprintf(czone, sizeof(czone), + "GMT%c%d:%02d",sign,zone / 60,zone % 60); + return(czone); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/tls.c b/lib/libc/gen/tls.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a669f99 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/tls.c @@ -0,0 +1,315 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2004 Doug Rabson + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +/* + * Define stubs for TLS internals so that programs and libraries can + * link. These functions will be replaced by functional versions at + * runtime from ld-elf.so.1. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <elf.h> + +#include "libc_private.h" + +__weak_reference(__libc_allocate_tls, _rtld_allocate_tls); +__weak_reference(__libc_free_tls, _rtld_free_tls); + +#ifdef __i386__ + +__weak_reference(___libc_tls_get_addr, ___tls_get_addr); +__attribute__((__regparm__(1))) void * ___libc_tls_get_addr(void *); + +#endif + +void * __libc_tls_get_addr(void *); +__weak_reference(__libc_tls_get_addr, __tls_get_addr); + +void *_rtld_allocate_tls(void *oldtls, size_t tcbsize, size_t tcbalign); +void _rtld_free_tls(void *tls, size_t tcbsize, size_t tcbalign); +void *__libc_allocate_tls(void *oldtls, size_t tcbsize, size_t tcbalign); +void __libc_free_tls(void *tls, size_t tcbsize, size_t tcbalign); + +#if defined(__ia64__) || defined(__amd64__) +#define TLS_TCB_ALIGN 16 +#elif defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__i386__) || defined(__arm__) || \ + defined(__sparc64__) +#define TLS_TCB_ALIGN sizeof(void *) +#else +#error TLS_TCB_ALIGN undefined for target architecture +#endif + +#if defined(__ia64__) || defined(__powerpc__) +#define TLS_VARIANT_I +#endif +#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__amd64__) || defined(__sparc64__) || \ + defined(__arm__) +#define TLS_VARIANT_II +#endif + +#ifndef PIC + +#define round(size, align) \ + (((size) + (align) - 1) & ~((align) - 1)) + +static size_t tls_static_space; +static size_t tls_init_size; +static void *tls_init; +#endif + +#ifdef __i386__ + +/* GNU ABI */ + +__attribute__((__regparm__(1))) +void * +___libc_tls_get_addr(void *ti __unused) +{ + return (0); +} + +#endif + +void * +__libc_tls_get_addr(void *ti __unused) +{ + return (0); +} + +#ifndef PIC + +#ifdef TLS_VARIANT_I + +#define TLS_TCB_SIZE (2 * sizeof(void *)) + +/* + * Free Static TLS using the Variant I method. + */ +void +__libc_free_tls(void *tcb, size_t tcbsize, size_t tcbalign __unused) +{ + Elf_Addr *dtv; + Elf_Addr **tls; + + tls = (Elf_Addr **)((Elf_Addr)tcb + tcbsize - TLS_TCB_SIZE); + dtv = tls[0]; + free(dtv); + free(tcb); +} + +/* + * Allocate Static TLS using the Variant I method. + */ +void * +__libc_allocate_tls(void *oldtcb, size_t tcbsize, size_t tcbalign __unused) +{ + Elf_Addr *dtv; + Elf_Addr **tls; + char *tcb; + + if (oldtcb != NULL && tcbsize == TLS_TCB_SIZE) + return (oldtcb); + + tcb = calloc(1, tls_static_space + tcbsize); + tls = (Elf_Addr **)(tcb + tcbsize - TLS_TCB_SIZE); + + if (oldtcb != NULL) { + memcpy(tls, oldtcb, tls_static_space + TLS_TCB_SIZE); + free(oldtcb); + + /* Adjust the DTV. */ + dtv = tls[0]; + dtv[2] = (Elf_Addr)tls + TLS_TCB_SIZE; + } else { + dtv = malloc(3 * sizeof(Elf_Addr)); + tls[0] = dtv; + dtv[0] = 1; + dtv[1] = 1; + dtv[2] = (Elf_Addr)tls + TLS_TCB_SIZE; + + if (tls_init_size > 0) + memcpy((void*)dtv[2], tls_init, tls_init_size); + if (tls_static_space > tls_init_size) + memset((void*)(dtv[2] + tls_init_size), 0, + tls_static_space - tls_init_size); + } + + return(tcb); +} + +#endif + +#ifdef TLS_VARIANT_II + +#define TLS_TCB_SIZE (3 * sizeof(Elf_Addr)) + +/* + * Free Static TLS using the Variant II method. + */ +void +__libc_free_tls(void *tcb, size_t tcbsize __unused, size_t tcbalign) +{ + size_t size; + Elf_Addr* dtv; + Elf_Addr tlsstart, tlsend; + + /* + * Figure out the size of the initial TLS block so that we can + * find stuff which ___tls_get_addr() allocated dynamically. + */ + size = round(tls_static_space, tcbalign); + + dtv = ((Elf_Addr**)tcb)[1]; + tlsend = (Elf_Addr) tcb; + tlsstart = tlsend - size; + free((void*) tlsstart); + free(dtv); +} + +/* + * Allocate Static TLS using the Variant II method. + */ +void * +__libc_allocate_tls(void *oldtls, size_t tcbsize, size_t tcbalign) +{ + size_t size; + char *tls; + Elf_Addr *dtv; + Elf_Addr segbase, oldsegbase; + + size = round(tls_static_space, tcbalign); + + if (tcbsize < 2 * sizeof(Elf_Addr)) + tcbsize = 2 * sizeof(Elf_Addr); + tls = calloc(1, size + tcbsize); + dtv = malloc(3 * sizeof(Elf_Addr)); + + segbase = (Elf_Addr)(tls + size); + ((Elf_Addr*)segbase)[0] = segbase; + ((Elf_Addr*)segbase)[1] = (Elf_Addr) dtv; + + dtv[0] = 1; + dtv[1] = 1; + dtv[2] = segbase - tls_static_space; + + if (oldtls) { + /* + * Copy the static TLS block over whole. + */ + oldsegbase = (Elf_Addr) oldtls; + memcpy((void *)(segbase - tls_static_space), + (const void *)(oldsegbase - tls_static_space), + tls_static_space); + + /* + * We assume that this block was the one we created with + * allocate_initial_tls(). + */ + _rtld_free_tls(oldtls, 2*sizeof(Elf_Addr), sizeof(Elf_Addr)); + } else { + memcpy((void *)(segbase - tls_static_space), + tls_init, tls_init_size); + memset((void *)(segbase - tls_static_space + tls_init_size), + 0, tls_static_space - tls_init_size); + } + + return (void*) segbase; +} + +#endif /* TLS_VARIANT_II */ + +#else + +void * +__libc_allocate_tls(void *oldtls __unused, size_t tcbsize __unused, + size_t tcbalign __unused) +{ + return (0); +} + +void +__libc_free_tls(void *tcb __unused, size_t tcbsize __unused, + size_t tcbalign __unused) +{ +} + +#endif /* PIC */ + +extern char **environ; + +void +_init_tls() +{ +#ifndef PIC + Elf_Addr *sp; + Elf_Auxinfo *aux, *auxp; + Elf_Phdr *phdr; + size_t phent, phnum; + int i; + void *tls; + + sp = (Elf_Addr *) environ; + while (*sp++ != 0) + ; + aux = (Elf_Auxinfo *) sp; + phdr = 0; + phent = phnum = 0; + for (auxp = aux; auxp->a_type != AT_NULL; auxp++) { + switch (auxp->a_type) { + case AT_PHDR: + phdr = auxp->a_un.a_ptr; + break; + + case AT_PHENT: + phent = auxp->a_un.a_val; + break; + + case AT_PHNUM: + phnum = auxp->a_un.a_val; + break; + } + } + if (phdr == 0 || phent != sizeof(Elf_Phdr) || phnum == 0) + return; + + for (i = 0; (unsigned) i < phnum; i++) { + if (phdr[i].p_type == PT_TLS) { + tls_static_space = round(phdr[i].p_memsz, + phdr[i].p_align); + tls_init_size = phdr[i].p_filesz; + tls_init = (void*) phdr[i].p_vaddr; + } + } + + tls = _rtld_allocate_tls(NULL, TLS_TCB_SIZE, TLS_TCB_ALIGN); + + _set_tp(tls); +#endif +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ttyname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ttyname.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ada580f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ttyname.3 @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)ttyname.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd May 14, 2005 +.Dt TTYNAME 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm ttyname , +.Nm ttyname_r , +.Nm isatty , +.Nm ttyslot +.Nd get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft char * +.Fn ttyname "int fd" +.Ft int +.Fn ttyname_r "int fd" "char *buf" "size_t len" +.Ft int +.Fn isatty "int fd" +.Ft int +.Fn ttyslot void +.Sh DESCRIPTION +These functions operate on the system file descriptors for terminal +type devices. +These descriptors are not related to the standard +.Tn I/O +.Dv FILE +typedef, but refer to the special device files found in +.Pa /dev +and named +.Pa /dev/tty Ns Ar xx +and for which an entry exists +in the initialization file +.Pa /etc/ttys . +(See +.Xr ttys 5 . ) +.Pp +The +.Fn isatty +function +determines if the file descriptor +.Fa fd +refers to a valid +terminal type device. +.Pp +The +.Fn ttyname +function +gets the related device name of +a file descriptor for which +.Fn isatty +is true. +.Pp +The +.Fn ttyname +function +returns the name stored in a static buffer which will be overwritten +on subsequent calls. +The +.Fn ttyname_r +function +takes a buffer and length as arguments to avoid this problem. +.Pp +The +.Fn ttyslot +function +fetches the current process' control terminal number from the +.Xr ttys 5 +file entry. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn ttyname +function +returns the null terminated name if the device is found and +.Fn isatty +is true; otherwise +a +.Dv NULL +pointer is returned. +The +.Fn ttyname_r +function returns 0 if successful. +Otherwise an error number is returned. +.Pp +The +.Fn ttyslot +function +returns the unit number of the device file if found; otherwise +the value zero is returned. +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width ".Pa /etc/ttys" -compact +.It Pa /dev/\(** +.It Pa /etc/ttys +.El +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn ttyname_r +may fail and return the following error codes: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er ENOTTY +The +.Fa fd +argument +is not a valid file descriptor. +.It Bq Er ERANGE +The +.Fa bufsize +argument +is smaller than the length of the string to be returned. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr ioctl 2 , +.Xr ttys 5 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn isatty , +.Fn ttyname , +and +.Fn ttyslot +functions +appeared in +.At v7 . +The +.Fn ttyname_r +function +appeared in +.Fx 6.0 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ttyname.c b/lib/libc/gen/ttyname.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6543604 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ttyname.c @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ttyname.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/27/94"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <sys/filio.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <dirent.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <termios.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <paths.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include "reentrant.h" +#include "un-namespace.h" + +#include "libc_private.h" + +static char ttyname_buf[sizeof(_PATH_DEV) + MAXNAMLEN]; + +static once_t ttyname_init_once = ONCE_INITIALIZER; +static thread_key_t ttyname_key; +static int ttyname_keycreated = 0; + +int +ttyname_r(int fd, char *buf, size_t len) +{ + struct stat sb; + struct fiodgname_arg fgn; + size_t used; + + *buf = '\0'; + + /* Must be a terminal. */ + if (!isatty(fd)) + return (ENOTTY); + /* Must be a character device. */ + if (_fstat(fd, &sb) || !S_ISCHR(sb.st_mode)) + return (ENOTTY); + /* Must have enough room */ + if (len <= sizeof(_PATH_DEV)) + return (ERANGE); + + strcpy(buf, _PATH_DEV); + used = strlen(buf); + fgn.len = len - used; + fgn.buf = buf + used; + if (!_ioctl(fd, FIODGNAME, &fgn)) + return (0); + used = strlen(buf); + devname_r(sb.st_rdev, S_IFCHR, buf + used, len - used); + return (0); +} + +static void +ttyname_keycreate(void) +{ + ttyname_keycreated = (thr_keycreate(&ttyname_key, free) == 0); +} + +char * +ttyname(int fd) +{ + char *buf; + + if (thr_main() != 0) + buf = ttyname_buf; + else { + if (thr_once(&ttyname_init_once, ttyname_keycreate) != 0 || + !ttyname_keycreated) + return (NULL); + if ((buf = thr_getspecific(ttyname_key)) == NULL) { + if ((buf = malloc(sizeof ttyname_buf)) == NULL) + return (NULL); + if (thr_setspecific(ttyname_key, buf) != 0) { + free(buf); + return (NULL); + } + } + } + + if (ttyname_r(fd, buf, sizeof ttyname_buf) != 0) + return (NULL); + return (buf); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ttyslot.c b/lib/libc/gen/ttyslot.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a434626 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ttyslot.c @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ttyslot.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <ttyent.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +int +ttyslot() +{ + struct ttyent *ttyp; + int slot; + char *p; + int cnt; + char *name; + + setttyent(); + for (cnt = 0; cnt < 3; ++cnt) + if ( (name = ttyname(cnt)) ) { + if ( (p = rindex(name, '/')) ) + ++p; + else + p = name; + for (slot = 1; (ttyp = getttyent()); ++slot) + if (!strcmp(ttyp->ty_name, p)) { + endttyent(); + return(slot); + } + break; + } + endttyent(); + return(0); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/tzset.3 b/lib/libc/gen/tzset.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..34ca238 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/tzset.3 @@ -0,0 +1,338 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" Arthur Olson. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)tzset.3 8.2 (Berkeley) 11/17/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd November 17, 1993 +.Dt TZSET 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm tzset , +.Nm tzsetwall +.Nd initialize time conversion information +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In time.h +.Ft void +.Fn tzset void +.Ft void +.Fn tzsetwall void +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn tzset +function +initializes time conversion information used by the library routine +.Xr localtime 3 . +The environment variable +.Ev TZ +specifies how this is done. +.Pp +If +.Ev TZ +does not appear in the environment, the best available approximation to +local wall clock time, as specified by the +.Xr tzfile 5 Ns -format +file +.Pa /etc/localtime +is used. +.Pp +If +.Ev TZ +appears in the environment but its value is a null string, Coordinated +Universal Time +.Pq Tn UTC +is used (without leap second correction). +.Pp +If +.Ev TZ +appears in the environment and its value begins with a colon +.Pq Ql \&: , +the rest of its value is used as a pathname of a +.Xr tzfile 5 Ns -format +file from which to read the time conversion information. +If the first character of the pathname is a slash +.Pq Ql / +it is used as +an absolute pathname; otherwise, it is used as a pathname relative to +the system time conversion information directory. +.Pp +If its value does not begin with a colon, it is first used as the pathname +of a file (as described above) from which to read the time conversion +information. +If that file cannot be read, the value is then interpreted as a direct +specification (the format is described below) of the time conversion +information. +.Pp +If the +.Ev TZ +environment variable does not specify a +.Xr tzfile 5 Ns -format +file and cannot be interpreted as a direct specification, +.Tn UTC +is used. +.Pp +The +.Fn tzsetwall +function +sets things up so that +.Xr localtime 3 +returns the best available approximation of local wall clock time. +.Sh SPECIFICATION FORMAT +When +.Ev TZ +is used directly as a specification of the time conversion information, +it must have the following syntax (spaces inserted for clarity): +.Bd -ragged -offset indent +.Em std offset +.Bo +.Em dst +.Bq Em offset +.Bq , Em rule +.Bc +.Ed +.Pp +Where: +.Bl -tag -width std_and_dst -offset indent +.It Em std No and Em dst +Three or more bytes that are the designation for the standard +.Pq Em std +or summer +.Pq Em dst +time zone. +Only +.Em std +is required; if +.Em dst +is missing, then summer time does not apply in this locale. +Upper and lowercase letters are explicitly allowed. +Any characters +except a leading colon +.Pq Ql \&: , +digits, comma +.Pq Ql \&, , +minus +.Pq Ql \- , +plus +.Pq Ql + , +and +.Tn ASCII +.Dv NUL +are allowed. +.It Em offset +Indicates the value one must add to the local time to arrive at +Coordinated Universal Time. +The +.Em offset +has the form: +.Bd -ragged -offset indent +.Sm off +.Em hh Bo +.Em : mm +.Bq Em : ss +.Bc +.Sm on +.Ed +.Pp +The minutes +.Pq Em mm +and seconds +.Pq Em ss +are optional. +The hour +.Pq Em hh +is required and may be a single digit. +The +.Em offset +following +.Em std +is required. +If no +.Em offset +follows +.Em dst , +summer time is assumed to be one hour ahead of standard time. +One or +more digits may be used; the value is always interpreted as a decimal +number. +The hour must be between zero and 24, and the minutes (and +seconds) \(em if present \(em between zero and 59. +If preceded by a +.Pq Ql \- +the time zone shall be east of the Prime Meridian; otherwise it shall be +west (which may be indicated by an optional preceding +.Pq Ql + ) . +.It Em rule +Indicates when to change to and back from summer time. +The +.Em rule +has the form: +.Bd -ragged -offset indent +.Em date/time,date/time +.Ed +.Pp +where the first +.Em date +describes when the change from standard to summer time occurs and the +second +.Em date +describes when the change back happens. +Each +.Em time +field describes when, in current local time, the change to the other +time is made. +.Pp +The format of +.Em date +is one of the following: +.Bl -tag -width "M.m.n.d" +.It Sy J Em n +The Julian day +.Em n +(1 \*(Le +.Em n +\*(Le 365). +Leap days are not counted; that is, in all years \(em including leap +years \(em February 28 is day 59 and March 1 is day 60. +It is +impossible to explicitly refer to the occasional February 29. +.It Em n +The zero-based Julian day +(0 \*(Le +.Em n +\*(Le 365 ) . +Leap days are counted, and it is possible to refer to February 29. +.It Sy M Em m.n.d +The +.Em d Ns 'th +day (0 \*(Le +.Em d +\*(Le 6) +of week +.Em n +of month +.Em m +of the year +(1 \*(Le +.Em n +\*(Le 5), +(1 \*(Le +.Em m +\*(Le 12), +where week 5 means +.Do +the last +.Em d +day in month +.Em m +.Dc +which may occur in either the fourth or the fifth week). +Week 1 is the +first week in which the +.Em d Ns 'th +day occurs. +Day zero is Sunday. +.Pp +The +.Em time +has the same format as +.Em offset +except that no leading sign +.Pq Ql \- +or +.Pq Ql + +is allowed. +The default, if +.Em time +is not given, is +.Sy 02:00:00 . +.El +.Pp +If no +.Em rule +is present in the +.Ev TZ +specification, the rules specified +by the +.Xr tzfile 5 Ns -format +file +.Em posixrules +in the system time conversion information directory are used, with the +standard and summer time offsets from +.Tn UTC +replaced by those specified by +the +.Em offset +values in +.Ev TZ . +.El +.Pp +For compatibility with System V Release 3.1, a semicolon +.Pq Ql \&; +may be used to separate the +.Em rule +from the rest of the specification. +.Sh FILES +.Bl -tag -width /usr/share/zoneinfo/posixrules -compact +.It Pa /etc/localtime +local time zone file +.It Pa /usr/share/zoneinfo +time zone directory +.It Pa /usr/share/zoneinfo/posixrules +rules for +.Tn POSIX Ns -style +.Tn TZ Ns 's +.It Pa /usr/share/zoneinfo/GMT +for +.Tn UTC +leap seconds +.El +.Pp +If the file +.Pa /usr/share/zoneinfo/GMT +does not exist, +.Tn UTC +leap seconds are loaded from +.Pa /usr/share/zoneinfo/posixrules . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr date 1 , +.Xr gettimeofday 2 , +.Xr ctime 3 , +.Xr getenv 3 , +.Xr time 3 , +.Xr tzfile 5 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn tzset +and +.Fn tzsetwall +functions first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ualarm.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ualarm.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..47575cf --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ualarm.3 @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" From: @(#)ualarm.3 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd April 19, 1994 +.Dt UALARM 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm ualarm +.Nd schedule signal after specified time +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft useconds_t +.Fn ualarm "useconds_t microseconds" "useconds_t interval" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Bf -symbolic +This is a simplified interface to +.Xr setitimer 2 . +.Ef +.Pp +The +.Fn ualarm +function +waits a count of +.Fa microseconds +before asserting the terminating signal +.Dv SIGALRM . +System activity or time used in processing the call may cause a slight +delay. +.Pp +If the +.Fa interval +argument is non-zero, the +.Dv SIGALRM +signal will be sent +to the process every +.Fa interval +microseconds after the timer expires (e.g.\& after +.Fa microseconds +number of microseconds have passed). +.Pp +Due to +.Xr setitimer 2 +restriction the maximum number of +.Fa microseconds +and +.Fa interval +is limited to 100000000000000 +(in case this value fits in the unsigned integer). +.Sh RETURN VALUES +When the signal has successfully been caught, +.Fn ualarm +returns the amount of time left on the clock. +.Sh NOTES +A microsecond is 0.000001 seconds. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr getitimer 2 , +.Xr setitimer 2 , +.Xr sigpause 2 , +.Xr sigvec 2 , +.Xr alarm 3 , +.Xr signal 3 , +.Xr sleep 3 , +.Xr usleep 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn ualarm +function appeared in +.Bx 4.3 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ualarm.c b/lib/libc/gen/ualarm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf75775 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ualarm.c @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1985, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ualarm.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#define USPS 1000000 /* # of microseconds in a second */ + +/* + * Generate a SIGALRM signal in ``usecs'' microseconds. + * If ``reload'' is non-zero, keep generating SIGALRM + * every ``reload'' microseconds after the first signal. + */ +useconds_t +ualarm(usecs, reload) + useconds_t usecs; + useconds_t reload; +{ + struct itimerval new, old; + + new.it_interval.tv_usec = reload % USPS; + new.it_interval.tv_sec = reload / USPS; + + new.it_value.tv_usec = usecs % USPS; + new.it_value.tv_sec = usecs / USPS; + + if (setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &new, &old) == 0) + return (old.it_value.tv_sec * USPS + old.it_value.tv_usec); + /* else */ + return (-1); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ucontext.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ucontext.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0574322 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ucontext.3 @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Packet Design, LLC. +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Subject to the following obligations and disclaimer of warranty, +.\" use and redistribution of this software, in source or object code +.\" forms, with or without modifications are expressly permitted by +.\" Packet Design; provided, however, that: +.\" +.\" (i) Any and all reproductions of the source or object code +.\" must include the copyright notice above and the following +.\" disclaimer of warranties; and +.\" (ii) No rights are granted, in any manner or form, to use +.\" Packet Design trademarks, including the mark "PACKET DESIGN" +.\" on advertising, endorsements, or otherwise except as such +.\" appears in the above copyright notice or in the software. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED BY PACKET DESIGN "AS IS", AND +.\" TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, PACKET DESIGN MAKES NO +.\" REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING +.\" THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY AND ALL IMPLIED +.\" WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, +.\" OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. PACKET DESIGN DOES NOT WARRANT, GUARANTEE, +.\" OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE USE OF, OR THE RESULTS +.\" OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN TERMS OF ITS CORRECTNESS, ACCURACY, +.\" RELIABILITY OR OTHERWISE. IN NO EVENT SHALL PACKET DESIGN BE +.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM OR ARISING OUT OF ANY USE +.\" OF THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY DIRECT, +.\" INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES, LOSS OF +.\" USE, DATA OR PROFITS, HOWEVER CAUSED AND UNDER ANY THEORY OF +.\" LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF +.\" THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF PACKET DESIGN IS ADVISED OF +.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd September 10, 2002 +.Dt UCONTEXT 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm ucontext +.Nd user thread context +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In ucontext.h +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Vt ucontext_t +type is a structure type suitable for holding the context for a user +thread of execution. +A thread's context includes its stack, saved registers, and list of +blocked signals. +.Pp +The +.Vt ucontext_t +structure contains at least these fields: +.Pp +.Bl -tag -width ".Va mcontext_t\ \ uc_mcontext" -offset 3n -compact +.It Va "ucontext_t *uc_link" +context to assume when this one returns +.It Va "sigset_t uc_sigmask" +signals being blocked +.It Va "stack_t uc_stack" +stack area +.It Va "mcontext_t uc_mcontext" +saved registers +.El +.Pp +The +.Va uc_link +field points to the context to resume when this context's entry point +function returns. +If +.Va uc_link +is equal to +.Dv NULL , +then the process exits when this context returns. +.Pp +The +.Va uc_mcontext +field is machine-dependent and should be treated as opaque by +portable applications. +.Pp +The following functions are defined to manipulate +.Vt ucontext_t +structures: +.Pp +.Bl -item -offset 3n -compact +.It +.Ft int +.Fn getcontext "ucontext_t *" ; +.It +.Ft int +.Fn setcontext "const ucontext_t *" ; +.It +.Ft void +.Fn makecontext "ucontext_t *" "void \*[lp]*\*[rp]\*[lp]void\*[rp]" int ... ; +.It +.Ft int +.Fn swapcontext "ucontext_t *" "const ucontext_t *" ; +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sigaltstack 2 , +.Xr getcontext 3 , +.Xr makecontext 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ulimit.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ulimit.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4c2d76 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ulimit.3 @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Kyle Martin. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd January 4, 2003 +.Dt ULIMIT 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm ulimit +.Nd get and set process limits +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In ulimit.h +.Ft long +.Fn ulimit "int cmd" "..." +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn ulimit +function will get and set process limits. +Currently this is limited to the maximum file size. +The +.Fa cmd +argument is one of the following: +.Bl -tag -width ".Dv UL_GETFSIZE" +.It Dv UL_GETFSIZE +will return the maximum file size in units of 512 blocks of +the current process. +.It Dv UL_SETFSIZE +will attempt to set the maximum file size of the current +process and its children with the second argument expressed as a long. +.El +.Sh RETURN VALUES +Upon successful completion, +.Fn ulimit +returns the value requested; +otherwise the value \-1 is returned and the global variable +.Va errno +is set to indicate the error. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn ulimit +function will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINVAL +The command specified was invalid. +.It Bq Er EPERM +The limit specified to +.Fn ulimit +would have raised the maximum limit value, +and the caller is not the super-user. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr getrlimit 2 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn ulimit +function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-2001 . +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn ulimit +function first appeared in +.Fx 5.0 . +.Sh BUGS +The +.Fn ulimit +function provides limited precision for +setting and retrieving process limits. +If there is a need for greater precision than the +type +.Vt long +provides, the +.Xr getrlimit 2 +and +.Xr setrlimit 2 +functions should be considered. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ulimit.c b/lib/libc/gen/ulimit.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1bc020 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/ulimit.c @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2002 Kyle Martin <mkm@ieee.org> + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * $FreeBSD$ + */ + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <ulimit.h> + +long +ulimit(int cmd, ...) +{ + struct rlimit limit; + va_list ap; + long arg; + + if (cmd == UL_GETFSIZE) { + if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_FSIZE, &limit) == -1) + return (-1); + limit.rlim_cur /= 512; + if (limit.rlim_cur > LONG_MAX) + return (LONG_MAX); + return ((long)limit.rlim_cur); + } else if (cmd == UL_SETFSIZE) { + va_start(ap, cmd); + arg = va_arg(ap, long); + va_end(ap); + limit.rlim_max = limit.rlim_cur = (rlim_t)arg * 512; + + /* The setrlimit() function sets errno to EPERM if needed. */ + if (setrlimit(RLIMIT_FSIZE, &limit) == -1) + return (-1); + if (arg * 512 > LONG_MAX) + return (LONG_MAX); + return (arg); + } else { + errno = EINVAL; + return (-1); + } +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/uname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/uname.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a906e79 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/uname.3 @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1994 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)uname.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 1/4/94 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd December 2, 2005 +.Dt UNAME 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm uname +.Nd get system identification +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In sys/utsname.h +.Ft int +.Fn uname "struct utsname *name" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn uname +function stores +.Dv NUL Ns -terminated +strings of information identifying +the current system into the structure referenced by +.Fa name . +.Pp +The +.Vt utsname +structure is defined in the +.In sys/utsname.h +header file, and contains the following members: +.Bl -tag -width nodenameXXXX -offset indent +.It sysname +Name of the operating system implementation. +.It nodename +Network name of this machine. +.It release +Release level of the operating system. +.It version +Version level of the operating system. +.It machine +Machine hardware platform. +.El +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std uname +.Sh ENVIRONMENT +.Bl -tag -width ".Ev UNAME_s" +.It Ev UNAME_s +If the environment variable +.Ev UNAME_s +is set, it will override the +.Va sysname +member. +.It Ev UNAME_r +If the environment variable +.Ev UNAME_r +is set, it will override the +.Va release +member. +.It Ev UNAME_v +If the environment variable +.Ev UNAME_v +is set, it will override the +.Va version +member. +.It Ev UNAME_m +If the environment variable +.Ev UNAME_m +is set, it will override the +.Va machine +member. +.El +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn uname +function may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library functions +.Xr sysctl 3 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr uname 1 , +.Xr sysctl 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn uname +function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-88 . +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn uname +function first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/uname.c b/lib/libc/gen/uname.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a7baf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/uname.c @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1994 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "From: @(#)uname.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 1/4/94"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#define uname wrapped_uname +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <sys/sysctl.h> +#include <sys/utsname.h> +#include <errno.h> +#undef uname + +int +uname(struct utsname *name) +{ + return __xuname(32, name); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/unvis.3 b/lib/libc/gen/unvis.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9164f79 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/unvis.3 @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)unvis.3 8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd December 11, 1993 +.Dt UNVIS 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm unvis , +.Nm strunvis +.Nd decode a visual representation of characters +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In vis.h +.Ft int +.Fn unvis "char *cp" "int c" "int *astate" "int flag" +.Ft int +.Fn strunvis "char *dst" "const char *src" +.Ft int +.Fn strunvisx "char *dst" "const char *src" "int flag" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn unvis , +.Fn strunvis +and +.Fn strunvisx +functions +are used to decode a visual representation of characters, as produced +by the +.Xr vis 3 +function, back into +the original form. +Unvis is called with successive characters in +.Fa c +until a valid +sequence is recognized, at which time the decoded character is +available at the character pointed to by +.Fa cp . +Strunvis decodes the +characters pointed to by +.Fa src +into the buffer pointed to by +.Fa dst . +.Pp +The +.Fn strunvis +function +simply copies +.Fa src +to +.Fa dst , +decoding any escape sequences along the way, +and returns the number of characters placed into +.Fa dst , +or \-1 if an +invalid escape sequence was detected. +The size of +.Fa dst +should be +equal to the size of +.Fa src +(that is, no expansion takes place during +decoding). +.Pp +The +.Fn strunvisx +function does the same as the +.Fn strunvis +function, +but it allows you to add a flag that specifies the style the string +.Fa src +is encoded with. +Currently, the only supported flag is +.Dv VIS_HTTPSTYLE . +.Pp +The +.Fn unvis +function +implements a state machine that can be used to decode an arbitrary +stream of bytes. +All state associated with the bytes being decoded +is stored outside the +.Fn unvis +function (that is, a pointer to the state is passed in), so +calls decoding different streams can be freely intermixed. +To +start decoding a stream of bytes, first initialize an integer +to zero. +Call +.Fn unvis +with each successive byte, along with a pointer +to this integer, and a pointer to a destination character. +The +.Fn unvis +function +has several return codes that must be handled properly. +They are: +.Bl -tag -width UNVIS_VALIDPUSH +.It Li \&0 (zero) +Another character is necessary; nothing has been recognized yet. +.It Dv UNVIS_VALID +A valid character has been recognized and is available at the location +pointed to by cp. +.It Dv UNVIS_VALIDPUSH +A valid character has been recognized and is available at the location +pointed to by cp; however, the character currently passed in should +be passed in again. +.It Dv UNVIS_NOCHAR +A valid sequence was detected, but no character was produced. +This +return code is necessary to indicate a logical break between characters. +.It Dv UNVIS_SYNBAD +An invalid escape sequence was detected, or the decoder is in an +unknown state. +The decoder is placed into the starting state. +.El +.Pp +When all bytes in the stream have been processed, call +.Fn unvis +one more time with +.Fa flag +set to +.Dv UNVIS_END +to extract any remaining character (the character passed in is ignored). +.Pp +The +.Fa flag +argument is also used to specify the encoding style of the source. +If set to +.Dv VIS_HTTPSTYLE , +.Fn unvis +will decode URI strings as specified in RFC 1808. +.Pp +The following code fragment illustrates a proper use of +.Fn unvis . +.Bd -literal -offset indent +int state = 0; +char out; + +while ((ch = getchar()) != EOF) { +again: + switch(unvis(&out, ch, &state, 0)) { + case 0: + case UNVIS_NOCHAR: + break; + case UNVIS_VALID: + (void) putchar(out); + break; + case UNVIS_VALIDPUSH: + (void) putchar(out); + goto again; + case UNVIS_SYNBAD: + (void)fprintf(stderr, "bad sequence!\en"); + exit(1); + } +} +if (unvis(&out, (char)0, &state, UNVIS_END) == UNVIS_VALID) + (void) putchar(out); +.Ed +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr vis 1 , +.Xr vis 3 +.Rs +.%A R. Fielding +.%T Relative Uniform Resource Locators +.%O RFC1808 +.Re +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn unvis +function +first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/unvis.c b/lib/libc/gen/unvis.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9069e55 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/unvis.c @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)unvis.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <vis.h> + +/* + * decode driven by state machine + */ +#define S_GROUND 0 /* haven't seen escape char */ +#define S_START 1 /* start decoding special sequence */ +#define S_META 2 /* metachar started (M) */ +#define S_META1 3 /* metachar more, regular char (-) */ +#define S_CTRL 4 /* control char started (^) */ +#define S_OCTAL2 5 /* octal digit 2 */ +#define S_OCTAL3 6 /* octal digit 3 */ +#define S_HEX2 7 /* hex digit 2 */ + +#define S_HTTP 0x080 /* %HEXHEX escape */ + +#define isoctal(c) (((u_char)(c)) >= '0' && ((u_char)(c)) <= '7') +#define ishex(c) ((((u_char)(c)) >= '0' && ((u_char)(c)) <= '9') || (((u_char)(c)) >= 'a' && ((u_char)(c)) <= 'f')) + +/* + * unvis - decode characters previously encoded by vis + */ +int +unvis(char *cp, int c, int *astate, int flag) +{ + + if (flag & UNVIS_END) { + if (*astate == S_OCTAL2 || *astate == S_OCTAL3) { + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + } + return (*astate == S_GROUND ? UNVIS_NOCHAR : UNVIS_SYNBAD); + } + + switch (*astate & ~S_HTTP) { + + case S_GROUND: + *cp = 0; + if (c == '\\') { + *astate = S_START; + return (0); + } + if (flag & VIS_HTTPSTYLE && c == '%') { + *astate = S_START | S_HTTP; + return (0); + } + *cp = c; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + + case S_START: + if (*astate & S_HTTP) { + if (ishex(tolower(c))) { + *cp = isdigit(c) ? (c - '0') : (tolower(c) - 'a'); + *astate = S_HEX2; + return (0); + } + } + switch(c) { + case '\\': + *cp = c; + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': + case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': + *cp = (c - '0'); + *astate = S_OCTAL2; + return (0); + case 'M': + *cp = 0200; + *astate = S_META; + return (0); + case '^': + *astate = S_CTRL; + return (0); + case 'n': + *cp = '\n'; + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + case 'r': + *cp = '\r'; + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + case 'b': + *cp = '\b'; + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + case 'a': + *cp = '\007'; + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + case 'v': + *cp = '\v'; + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + case 't': + *cp = '\t'; + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + case 'f': + *cp = '\f'; + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + case 's': + *cp = ' '; + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + case 'E': + *cp = '\033'; + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + case '\n': + /* + * hidden newline + */ + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_NOCHAR); + case '$': + /* + * hidden marker + */ + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_NOCHAR); + } + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_SYNBAD); + + case S_META: + if (c == '-') + *astate = S_META1; + else if (c == '^') + *astate = S_CTRL; + else { + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_SYNBAD); + } + return (0); + + case S_META1: + *astate = S_GROUND; + *cp |= c; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + + case S_CTRL: + if (c == '?') + *cp |= 0177; + else + *cp |= c & 037; + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + + case S_OCTAL2: /* second possible octal digit */ + if (isoctal(c)) { + /* + * yes - and maybe a third + */ + *cp = (*cp << 3) + (c - '0'); + *astate = S_OCTAL3; + return (0); + } + /* + * no - done with current sequence, push back passed char + */ + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_VALIDPUSH); + + case S_OCTAL3: /* third possible octal digit */ + *astate = S_GROUND; + if (isoctal(c)) { + *cp = (*cp << 3) + (c - '0'); + return (UNVIS_VALID); + } + /* + * we were done, push back passed char + */ + return (UNVIS_VALIDPUSH); + + case S_HEX2: /* second mandatory hex digit */ + if (ishex(tolower(c))) { + *cp = (isdigit(c) ? (*cp << 4) + (c - '0') : (*cp << 4) + (tolower(c) - 'a' + 10)); + } + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_VALID); + + default: + /* + * decoder in unknown state - (probably uninitialized) + */ + *astate = S_GROUND; + return (UNVIS_SYNBAD); + } +} + +/* + * strunvis - decode src into dst + * + * Number of chars decoded into dst is returned, -1 on error. + * Dst is null terminated. + */ + +int +strunvis(char *dst, const char *src) +{ + char c; + char *start = dst; + int state = 0; + + while ( (c = *src++) ) { + again: + switch (unvis(dst, c, &state, 0)) { + case UNVIS_VALID: + dst++; + break; + case UNVIS_VALIDPUSH: + dst++; + goto again; + case 0: + case UNVIS_NOCHAR: + break; + default: + return (-1); + } + } + if (unvis(dst, c, &state, UNVIS_END) == UNVIS_VALID) + dst++; + *dst = '\0'; + return (dst - start); +} + +int +strunvisx(char *dst, const char *src, int flag) +{ + char c; + char *start = dst; + int state = 0; + + while ( (c = *src++) ) { + again: + switch (unvis(dst, c, &state, flag)) { + case UNVIS_VALID: + dst++; + break; + case UNVIS_VALIDPUSH: + dst++; + goto again; + case 0: + case UNVIS_NOCHAR: + break; + default: + return (-1); + } + } + if (unvis(dst, c, &state, UNVIS_END) == UNVIS_VALID) + dst++; + *dst = '\0'; + return (dst - start); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/usleep.3 b/lib/libc/gen/usleep.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a17468b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/usleep.3 @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)usleep.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd February 13, 1998 +.Dt USLEEP 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm usleep +.Nd suspend process execution for an interval measured in microseconds +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft int +.Fn usleep "useconds_t microseconds" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn usleep +function suspends execution of the calling process until either +.Fa microseconds +microseconds have elapsed or a signal is delivered to the process and its +action is to invoke a signal-catching function or to terminate the +process. +System activity may lengthen the sleep by an indeterminate amount. +.Pp +This function is implemented using +.Xr nanosleep 2 +by pausing for +.Fa microseconds +microseconds or until a signal occurs. +Consequently, in this implementation, +sleeping has no effect on the state of process timers, +and there is no special handling for SIGALRM. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +.Rv -std usleep +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn usleep +function +will fail if: +.Bl -tag -width Er +.It Bq Er EINTR +A signal was delivered to the process and its +action was to invoke a signal-catching function. +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr nanosleep 2 , +.Xr sleep 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn usleep +function appeared in +.Bx 4.3 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/usleep.c b/lib/libc/gen/usleep.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0454665 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/usleep.c @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)usleep.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <time.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +int +__usleep(useconds) + useconds_t useconds; +{ + struct timespec time_to_sleep; + + time_to_sleep.tv_nsec = (useconds % 1000000) * 1000; + time_to_sleep.tv_sec = useconds / 1000000; + return (_nanosleep(&time_to_sleep, NULL)); +} + +__weak_reference(__usleep, usleep); +__weak_reference(__usleep, _usleep); diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/utime.3 b/lib/libc/gen/utime.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1951613 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/utime.3 @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)utime.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd June 4, 1993 +.Dt UTIME 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm utime +.Nd set file times +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In utime.h +.Ft int +.Fn utime "const char *file" "const struct utimbuf *timep" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Bf -symbolic +This interface is obsoleted by +.Xr utimes 2 . +.Ef +.Pp +The +.Fn utime +function sets the access and modification times of the named file from +the +.Va actime +and +.Va modtime +fields of the +.Vt "struct utimbuf" +pointed at by +.Fa timep . +.Pp +If the times are specified (the +.Fa timep +argument is +.Pf non- Dv NULL ) +the caller must be the owner of the file or be the super-user. +.Pp +If the times are not specified (the +.Fa timep +argument is +.Dv NULL ) +the caller must be the owner of the file, have permission to write +the file, or be the super-user. +.Sh ERRORS +The +.Fn utime +function may fail and set +.Va errno +for any of the errors specified for the library function +.Xr utimes 2 . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr stat 2 , +.Xr utimes 2 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn utime +function conforms to +.St -p1003.1-88 . +.Sh HISTORY +A +.Fn utime +function appeared in +.At v7 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/utime.c b/lib/libc/gen/utime.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..97bf878 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/utime.c @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)utime.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/time.h> + +#include <utime.h> + +int +utime(path, times) + const char *path; + const struct utimbuf *times; +{ + struct timeval tv[2], *tvp; + + if (times) { + tv[0].tv_sec = times->actime; + tv[1].tv_sec = times->modtime; + tv[0].tv_usec = tv[1].tv_usec = 0; + tvp = tv; + } else + tvp = NULL; + return (utimes(path, tvp)); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/valloc.3 b/lib/libc/gen/valloc.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..610ca1c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/valloc.3 @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)valloc.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd October 30, 2007 +.Dt VALLOC 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm valloc +.Nd aligned memory allocation function +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In unistd.h +.Ft void * +.Fn valloc "size_t size" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn valloc +function is obsoleted by +.Xr posix_memalign 3 , +which can be used to request page-aligned allocations. +.Pp +The +.Fn valloc +function +allocates +.Fa size +bytes aligned on a page boundary. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn valloc +function returns +a pointer to the allocated space if successful; otherwise +a null pointer is returned. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr posix_memalign 3 +.Sh HISTORY +The +.Fn valloc +function appeared in +.Bx 3.0 . +.Pp +The +.Fn valloc +function correctly allocated memory that could be deallocated via +.Fn free +starting in +.Fx 7.0 . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/valloc.c b/lib/libc/gen/valloc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5b0f75 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/valloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1980, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)valloc.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +void * +valloc(size_t i) +{ + void *ret; + + if (posix_memalign(&ret, getpagesize(), i) != 0) + ret = NULL; + + return ret; +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/vis.3 b/lib/libc/gen/vis.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ec16eb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/vis.3 @@ -0,0 +1,308 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" From: @(#)vis.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93 +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd April 9, 2006 +.Dt VIS 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm vis +.Nd visually encode characters +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In vis.h +.Ft char * +.Fn vis "char *dst" "int c" "int flag" "int nextc" +.Ft int +.Fn strvis "char *dst" "const char *src" "int flag" +.Ft int +.Fn strvisx "char *dst" "const char *src" "size_t len" "int flag" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn vis +function +copies into +.Fa dst +a string which represents the character +.Fa c . +If +.Fa c +needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. +The string is +null terminated, and a pointer to the end of the string is +returned. +The maximum length of any encoding is four +characters (not including the trailing +.Dv NUL ) ; +thus, when +encoding a set of characters into a buffer, the size of the buffer should +be four times the number of characters encoded, plus one for the trailing +.Dv NUL . +The +.Fa flag +argument is used for altering the default range of +characters considered for encoding and for altering the visual +representation. +The additional character, +.Fa nextc , +is only used when selecting the +.Dv VIS_CSTYLE +encoding format (explained below). +.Pp +The +.Fn strvis +and +.Fn strvisx +functions copy into +.Fa dst +a visual representation of +the string +.Fa src . +The +.Fn strvis +function encodes characters from +.Fa src +up to the +first +.Dv NUL . +The +.Fn strvisx +function encodes exactly +.Fa len +characters from +.Fa src +(this +is useful for encoding a block of data that may contain +.Dv NUL Ns 's ) . +Both forms +.Dv NUL +terminate +.Fa dst . +The size of +.Fa dst +must be four times the number +of characters encoded from +.Fa src +(plus one for the +.Dv NUL ) . +Both +forms return the number of characters in dst (not including +the trailing +.Dv NUL ) . +.Pp +The encoding is a unique, invertible representation composed entirely of +graphic characters; it can be decoded back into the original form using +the +.Xr unvis 3 +or +.Xr strunvis 3 +functions. +.Pp +There are two parameters that can be controlled: the range of +characters that are encoded, and the type +of representation used. +By default, all non-graphic characters +except space, tab, and newline are encoded. +(See +.Xr isgraph 3 . ) +The following flags +alter this: +.Bl -tag -width VIS_WHITEX +.It Dv VIS_GLOB +Also encode magic characters +.Ql ( * , +.Ql \&? , +.Ql \&[ +and +.Ql # ) +recognized by +.Xr glob 3 . +.It Dv VIS_SP +Also encode space. +.It Dv VIS_TAB +Also encode tab. +.It Dv VIS_NL +Also encode newline. +.It Dv VIS_WHITE +Synonym for +.Dv VIS_SP +\&| +.Dv VIS_TAB +\&| +.Dv VIS_NL . +.It Dv VIS_SAFE +Only encode "unsafe" characters. +Unsafe means control +characters which may cause common terminals to perform +unexpected functions. +Currently this form allows space, +tab, newline, backspace, bell, and return - in addition +to all graphic characters - unencoded. +.El +.Pp +There are four forms of encoding. +Most forms use the backslash character +.Ql \e +to introduce a special +sequence; two backslashes are used to represent a real backslash. +These are the visual formats: +.Bl -tag -width VIS_HTTPSTYLE +.It (default) +Use an +.Ql M +to represent meta characters (characters with the 8th +bit set), and use caret +.Ql ^ +to represent control characters see +.Pf ( Xr iscntrl 3 ) . +The following formats are used: +.Bl -tag -width xxxxx +.It Dv \e^C +Represents the control character +.Ql C . +Spans characters +.Ql \e000 +through +.Ql \e037 , +and +.Ql \e177 +(as +.Ql \e^? ) . +.It Dv \eM-C +Represents character +.Ql C +with the 8th bit set. +Spans characters +.Ql \e241 +through +.Ql \e376 . +.It Dv \eM^C +Represents control character +.Ql C +with the 8th bit set. +Spans characters +.Ql \e200 +through +.Ql \e237 , +and +.Ql \e377 +(as +.Ql \eM^? ) . +.It Dv \e040 +Represents +.Tn ASCII +space. +.It Dv \e240 +Represents Meta-space. +.El +.Pp +.It Dv VIS_CSTYLE +Use C-style backslash sequences to represent standard non-printable +characters. +The following sequences are used to represent the indicated characters: +.Pp +.Bl -tag -width ".Li \e0" -offset indent -compact +.It Li \ea +.Dv BEL No (007) +.It Li \eb +.Dv BS No (010) +.It Li \ef +.Dv NP No (014) +.It Li \en +.Dv NL No (012) +.It Li \er +.Dv CR No (015) +.It Li \es +.Dv SP No (040) +.It Li \et +.Dv HT No (011) +.It Li \ev +.Dv VT No (013) +.It Li \e0 +.Dv NUL No (000) +.El +.Pp +When using this format, the +.Fa nextc +argument is looked at to determine +if a +.Dv NUL +character can be encoded as +.Ql \e0 +instead of +.Ql \e000 . +If +.Fa nextc +is an octal digit, the latter representation is used to +avoid ambiguity. +.It Dv VIS_HTTPSTYLE +Use URI encoding as described in RFC 1808. +The form is +.Ql %dd +where +.Ar d +represents a hexadecimal digit. +.It Dv VIS_OCTAL +Use a three digit octal sequence. +The form is +.Ql \eddd +where +.Ar d +represents an octal digit. +.El +.Pp +There is one additional flag, +.Dv VIS_NOSLASH , +which inhibits the +doubling of backslashes and the backslash before the default +format (that is, control characters are represented by +.Ql ^C +and +meta characters as +.Ql M-C ) . +With this flag set, the encoding is +ambiguous and non-invertible. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr unvis 1 , +.Xr unvis 3 +.Rs +.%A R. Fielding +.%T Relative Uniform Resource Locators +.%O RFC1808 +.Re +.Sh HISTORY +These functions first appeared in +.Bx 4.4 . +.Sh BUGS +The +.Nm +family of functions do not recognize multibyte characters, and thus +may consider them to be non-printable when they are in fact printable +(and vice versa.) diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/vis.c b/lib/libc/gen/vis.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..362f4dc --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/vis.c @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)vis.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 7/19/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <vis.h> + +#define isoctal(c) (((u_char)(c)) >= '0' && ((u_char)(c)) <= '7') + +/* + * vis - visually encode characters + */ +char * +vis(dst, c, flag, nextc) + char *dst; + int c, nextc; + int flag; +{ + c = (unsigned char)c; + + if (flag & VIS_HTTPSTYLE) { + /* Described in RFC 1808 */ + if (!(isalnum(c) /* alpha-numeric */ + /* safe */ + || c == '$' || c == '-' || c == '_' || c == '.' || c == '+' + /* extra */ + || c == '!' || c == '*' || c == '\'' || c == '(' + || c == ')' || c == ',')) { + *dst++ = '%'; + snprintf(dst, 4, (c < 16 ? "0%X" : "%X"), c); + dst += 2; + goto done; + } + } + + if ((flag & VIS_GLOB) && + (c == '*' || c == '?' || c == '[' || c == '#')) + ; + else if (isgraph(c) || + ((flag & VIS_SP) == 0 && c == ' ') || + ((flag & VIS_TAB) == 0 && c == '\t') || + ((flag & VIS_NL) == 0 && c == '\n') || + ((flag & VIS_SAFE) && (c == '\b' || c == '\007' || c == '\r'))) { + *dst++ = c; + if (c == '\\' && (flag & VIS_NOSLASH) == 0) + *dst++ = '\\'; + *dst = '\0'; + return (dst); + } + + if (flag & VIS_CSTYLE) { + switch(c) { + case '\n': + *dst++ = '\\'; + *dst++ = 'n'; + goto done; + case '\r': + *dst++ = '\\'; + *dst++ = 'r'; + goto done; + case '\b': + *dst++ = '\\'; + *dst++ = 'b'; + goto done; + case '\a': + *dst++ = '\\'; + *dst++ = 'a'; + goto done; + case '\v': + *dst++ = '\\'; + *dst++ = 'v'; + goto done; + case '\t': + *dst++ = '\\'; + *dst++ = 't'; + goto done; + case '\f': + *dst++ = '\\'; + *dst++ = 'f'; + goto done; + case ' ': + *dst++ = '\\'; + *dst++ = 's'; + goto done; + case '\0': + *dst++ = '\\'; + *dst++ = '0'; + if (isoctal(nextc)) { + *dst++ = '0'; + *dst++ = '0'; + } + goto done; + } + } + if (((c & 0177) == ' ') || isgraph(c) || (flag & VIS_OCTAL)) { + *dst++ = '\\'; + *dst++ = ((u_char)c >> 6 & 07) + '0'; + *dst++ = ((u_char)c >> 3 & 07) + '0'; + *dst++ = ((u_char)c & 07) + '0'; + goto done; + } + if ((flag & VIS_NOSLASH) == 0) + *dst++ = '\\'; + if (c & 0200) { + c &= 0177; + *dst++ = 'M'; + } + if (iscntrl(c)) { + *dst++ = '^'; + if (c == 0177) + *dst++ = '?'; + else + *dst++ = c + '@'; + } else { + *dst++ = '-'; + *dst++ = c; + } +done: + *dst = '\0'; + return (dst); +} + +/* + * strvis, strvisx - visually encode characters from src into dst + * + * Dst must be 4 times the size of src to account for possible + * expansion. The length of dst, not including the trailing NUL, + * is returned. + * + * Strvisx encodes exactly len bytes from src into dst. + * This is useful for encoding a block of data. + */ +int +strvis(dst, src, flag) + char *dst; + const char *src; + int flag; +{ + char c; + char *start; + + for (start = dst; (c = *src); ) + dst = vis(dst, c, flag, *++src); + *dst = '\0'; + return (dst - start); +} + +int +strvisx(dst, src, len, flag) + char *dst; + const char *src; + size_t len; + int flag; +{ + int c; + char *start; + + for (start = dst; len > 1; len--) { + c = *src; + dst = vis(dst, c, flag, *++src); + } + if (len) + dst = vis(dst, *src, flag, '\0'); + *dst = '\0'; + + return (dst - start); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/wait.c b/lib/libc/gen/wait.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2169b9d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/wait.c @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)wait.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/wait.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +pid_t +__wait(int *istat) +{ + return (_wait4(WAIT_ANY, istat, 0, (struct rusage *)0)); +} + +__weak_reference(__wait, wait); +__weak_reference(__wait, _wait); diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/wait3.c b/lib/libc/gen/wait3.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6098773 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/wait3.c @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)wait3.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/wait.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +pid_t +wait3(istat, options, rup) + int *istat; + int options; + struct rusage *rup; +{ + return (_wait4(WAIT_ANY, istat, options, rup)); +} diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/waitpid.c b/lib/libc/gen/waitpid.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b001837 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/waitpid.c @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)waitpid.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/wait.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +pid_t +__waitpid(pid_t pid, int *istat, int options) +{ + return (_wait4(pid, istat, options, (struct rusage *)0)); +} + +__weak_reference(__waitpid, waitpid); +__weak_reference(__waitpid, _waitpid); diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/wordexp.3 b/lib/libc/gen/wordexp.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..02fc253 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/wordexp.3 @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Tim J. Robbins +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" +.Dd July 29, 2004 +.Dt WORDEXP 3 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm wordexp +.Nd "perform shell-style word expansions" +.Sh LIBRARY +.Lb libc +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.In wordexp.h +.Ft int +.Fn wordexp "const char * restrict words" "wordexp_t * restrict we" "int flags" +.Ft void +.Fn wordfree "wordexp_t *we" +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Fn wordexp +function performs shell-style word expansion on +.Fa words +and places the list of words into the +.Va we_wordv +member of +.Fa we , +and the number of words into +.Va we_wordc . +.Pp +The +.Fa flags +argument is the bitwise inclusive OR of any of the following constants: +.Bl -tag -width ".Dv WRDE_SHOWERR" +.It Dv WRDE_APPEND +Append the words to those generated by a previous call to +.Fn wordexp . +.It Dv WRDE_DOOFFS +As many +.Dv NULL +pointers as are specified by the +.Va we_offs +member of +.Fa we +are added to the front of +.Va we_wordv . +.It Dv WRDE_NOCMD +Disallow command substitution in +.Fa words . +See the note in +.Sx BUGS +before using this. +.It Dv WRDE_REUSE +The +.Fa we +argument was passed to a previous successful call to +.Fn wordexp +but has not been passed to +.Fn wordfree . +The implementation may reuse the space allocated to it. +.It Dv WRDE_SHOWERR +Do not redirect shell error messages to +.Pa /dev/null . +.It Dv WRDE_UNDEF +Report error on an attempt to expand an undefined shell variable. +.El +.Pp +The +.Vt wordexp_t +structure is defined in +.In wordexp.h +as: +.Bd -literal -offset indent +typedef struct { + size_t we_wordc; /* count of words matched */ + char **we_wordv; /* pointer to list of words */ + size_t we_offs; /* slots to reserve in we_wordv */ +} wordexp_t; +.Ed +.Pp +The +.Fn wordfree +function frees the memory allocated by +.Fn wordexp . +.Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES +The +.Fn wordexp +function is implemented as a wrapper around the undocumented +.Ic wordexp +shell built-in command. +.Sh RETURN VALUES +The +.Fn wordexp +function returns zero if successful, otherwise it returns one of the following +error codes: +.Bl -tag -width ".Dv WRDE_NOSPACE" +.It Dv WRDE_BADCHAR +The +.Fa words +argument contains one of the following unquoted characters: +.Aq newline , +.Ql | , +.Ql & , +.Ql \&; , +.Ql < , +.Ql > , +.Ql \&( , +.Ql \&) , +.Ql { , +.Ql } . +.It Dv WRDE_BADVAL +An attempt was made to expand an undefined shell variable and +.Dv WRDE_UNDEF +is set in +.Fa flags . +.It Dv WRDE_CMDSUB +An attempt was made to use command substitution and +.Dv WRDE_NOCMD +is set in +.Fa flags . +.It Dv WRDE_NOSPACE +Not enough memory to store the result. +.It Dv WRDE_SYNTAX +Shell syntax error in +.Fa words . +.El +.Pp +The +.Fn wordfree +function returns no value. +.Sh ENVIRONMENT +.Bl -tag -width ".Ev IFS" +.It Ev IFS +Field separator. +.El +.Sh EXAMPLES +Invoke the editor on all +.Pa .c +files in the current directory +and +.Pa /etc/motd +(error checking omitted): +.Bd -literal -offset indent +wordexp_t we; + +wordexp("${EDITOR:-vi} *.c /etc/motd", &we, 0); +execvp(we.we_wordv[0], we.we_wordv); +.Ed +.Sh DIAGNOSTICS +Diagnostic messages from the shell are written to the standard error output +if +.Dv WRDE_SHOWERR +is set in +.Fa flags . +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr sh 1 , +.Xr fnmatch 3 , +.Xr glob 3 , +.Xr popen 3 , +.Xr system 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Fn wordexp +and +.Fn wordfree +functions conform to +.St -p1003.1-2001 . +.Sh BUGS +Do not pass untrusted user data to +.Fn wordexp , +regardless of whether the +.Dv WRDE_NOCMD +flag is set. +The +.Fn wordexp +function attempts to detect input that would cause commands to be +executed before passing it to the shell +but it does not use the same parser so it may be fooled. +.Pp +The current +.Fn wordexp +implementation does not recognize multibyte characters, since the +shell (which it invokes to perform expansions) does not. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/wordexp.c b/lib/libc/gen/wordexp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a437543 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/libc/gen/wordexp.c @@ -0,0 +1,316 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2002 Tim J. Robbins. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include "namespace.h" +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/wait.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <paths.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <wordexp.h> +#include "un-namespace.h" + +__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); + +static int we_askshell(const char *, wordexp_t *, int); +static int we_check(const char *, int); + +/* + * wordexp -- + * Perform shell word expansion on `words' and place the resulting list + * of words in `we'. See wordexp(3). + * + * Specified by IEEE Std. 1003.1-2001. + */ +int +wordexp(const char * __restrict words, wordexp_t * __restrict we, int flags) +{ + int error; + + if (flags & WRDE_REUSE) + wordfree(we); + if ((flags & WRDE_APPEND) == 0) { + we->we_wordc = 0; + we->we_wordv = NULL; + we->we_strings = NULL; + we->we_nbytes = 0; + } + if ((error = we_check(words, flags)) != 0) { + wordfree(we); + return (error); + } + if ((error = we_askshell(words, we, flags)) != 0) { + wordfree(we); + return (error); + } + return (0); +} + +/* + * we_askshell -- + * Use the `wordexp' /bin/sh builtin function to do most of the work + * in expanding the word string. This function is complicated by + * memory management. + */ +static int +we_askshell(const char *words, wordexp_t *we, int flags) +{ + int pdes[2]; /* Pipe to child */ + char bbuf[9]; /* Buffer for byte count */ + char wbuf[9]; /* Buffer for word count */ + long nwords, nbytes; /* Number of words, bytes from child */ + long i; /* Handy integer */ + size_t sofs; /* Offset into we->we_strings */ + size_t vofs; /* Offset into we->we_wordv */ + pid_t pid; /* Process ID of child */ + int status; /* Child exit status */ + char *ifs; /* IFS env. var. */ + char *np, *p; /* Handy pointers */ + char *nstrings; /* Temporary for realloc() */ + char **nwv; /* Temporary for realloc() */ + + if ((ifs = getenv("IFS")) == NULL) + ifs = " \t\n"; + + if (pipe(pdes) < 0) + return (WRDE_NOSPACE); /* XXX */ + if ((pid = fork()) < 0) { + _close(pdes[0]); + _close(pdes[1]); + return (WRDE_NOSPACE); /* XXX */ + } + else if (pid == 0) { + /* + * We are the child; just get /bin/sh to run the wordexp + * builtin on `words'. + */ + int devnull; + char *cmd; + + _close(pdes[0]); + if (_dup2(pdes[1], STDOUT_FILENO) < 0) + _exit(1); + _close(pdes[1]); + if (asprintf(&cmd, "wordexp%c%s\n", *ifs, words) < 0) + _exit(1); + if ((flags & WRDE_SHOWERR) == 0) { + if ((devnull = _open(_PATH_DEVNULL, O_RDWR, 0666)) < 0) + _exit(1); + if (_dup2(devnull, STDERR_FILENO) < 0) + _exit(1); + _close(devnull); + } + execl(_PATH_BSHELL, "sh", flags & WRDE_UNDEF ? "-u" : "+u", + "-c", cmd, (char *)NULL); + _exit(1); + } + + /* + * We are the parent; read the output of the shell wordexp function, + * which is a 32-bit hexadecimal word count, a 32-bit hexadecimal + * byte count (not including terminating null bytes), followed by + * the expanded words separated by nulls. + */ + _close(pdes[1]); + if (_read(pdes[0], wbuf, 8) != 8 || _read(pdes[0], bbuf, 8) != 8) { + _close(pdes[0]); + _waitpid(pid, &status, 0); + return (flags & WRDE_UNDEF ? WRDE_BADVAL : WRDE_SYNTAX); + } + wbuf[8] = bbuf[8] = '\0'; + nwords = strtol(wbuf, NULL, 16); + nbytes = strtol(bbuf, NULL, 16) + nwords; + + /* + * Allocate or reallocate (when flags & WRDE_APPEND) the word vector + * and string storage buffers for the expanded words we're about to + * read from the child. + */ + sofs = we->we_nbytes; + vofs = we->we_wordc; + if ((flags & (WRDE_DOOFFS|WRDE_APPEND)) == (WRDE_DOOFFS|WRDE_APPEND)) + vofs += we->we_offs; + we->we_wordc += nwords; + we->we_nbytes += nbytes; + if ((nwv = realloc(we->we_wordv, (we->we_wordc + 1 + + (flags & WRDE_DOOFFS ? we->we_offs : 0)) * + sizeof(char *))) == NULL) { + _close(pdes[0]); + _waitpid(pid, &status, 0); + return (WRDE_NOSPACE); + } + we->we_wordv = nwv; + if ((nstrings = realloc(we->we_strings, we->we_nbytes)) == NULL) { + _close(pdes[0]); + _waitpid(pid, &status, 0); + return (WRDE_NOSPACE); + } + for (i = 0; i < vofs; i++) + if (we->we_wordv[i] != NULL) + we->we_wordv[i] += nstrings - we->we_strings; + we->we_strings = nstrings; + + if (_read(pdes[0], we->we_strings + sofs, nbytes) != nbytes) { + _close(pdes[0]); + _waitpid(pid, &status, 0); + return (flags & WRDE_UNDEF ? WRDE_BADVAL : WRDE_SYNTAX); + } + + if (_waitpid(pid, &status, 0) < 0 || !WIFEXITED(status) || + WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0) { + _close(pdes[0]); + return (flags & WRDE_UNDEF ? WRDE_BADVAL : WRDE_SYNTAX); + } + _close(pdes[0]); + + /* + * Break the null-terminated expanded word strings out into + * the vector. + */ + if (vofs == 0 && flags & WRDE_DOOFFS) + while (vofs < we->we_offs) + we->we_wordv[vofs++] = NULL; + p = we->we_strings + sofs; + while (nwords-- != 0) { + we->we_wordv[vofs++] = p; + if ((np = memchr(p, '\0', nbytes)) == NULL) + return (WRDE_NOSPACE); /* XXX */ + nbytes -= np - p + 1; + p = np + 1; + } + we->we_wordv[vofs] = NULL; + + return (0); +} + +/* + * we_check -- + * Check that the string contains none of the following unquoted + * special characters: <newline> |&;<>(){} + * or command substitutions when WRDE_NOCMD is set in flags. + */ +static int +we_check(const char *words, int flags) +{ + char c; + int dquote, level, quote, squote; + + quote = squote = dquote = 0; + while ((c = *words++) != '\0') { + switch (c) { + case '\\': + quote ^= 1; + continue; + case '\'': + if (quote + dquote == 0) + squote ^= 1; + break; + case '"': + if (quote + squote == 0) + dquote ^= 1; + break; + case '`': + if (quote + squote == 0 && flags & WRDE_NOCMD) + return (WRDE_CMDSUB); + while ((c = *words++) != '\0' && c != '`') + if (c == '\\' && (c = *words++) == '\0') + break; + if (c == '\0') + return (WRDE_SYNTAX); + break; + case '|': case '&': case ';': case '<': case '>': + case '{': case '}': case '(': case ')': case '\n': + if (quote + squote + dquote == 0) + return (WRDE_BADCHAR); + break; + case '$': + if ((c = *words++) == '\0') + break; + else if (quote + squote == 0 && c == '(') { + if (flags & WRDE_NOCMD && *words != '(') + return (WRDE_CMDSUB); + level = 1; + while ((c = *words++) != '\0') { + if (c == '\\') { + if ((c = *words++) == '\0') + break; + } else if (c == '(') + level++; + else if (c == ')' && --level == 0) + break; + } + if (c == '\0' || level != 0) + return (WRDE_SYNTAX); + } else if (quote + squote == 0 && c == '{') { + level = 1; + while ((c = *words++) != '\0') { + if (c == '\\') { + if ((c = *words++) == '\0') + break; + } else if (c == '{') + level++; + else if (c == '}' && --level == 0) + break; + } + if (c == '\0' || level != 0) + return (WRDE_SYNTAX); + } else + c = *--words; + break; + default: + break; + } + quote = 0; + } + if (quote + squote + dquote != 0) + return (WRDE_SYNTAX); + + return (0); +} + +/* + * wordfree -- + * Free the result of wordexp(). See wordexp(3). + * + * Specified by IEEE Std. 1003.1-2001. + */ +void +wordfree(wordexp_t *we) +{ + + if (we == NULL) + return; + free(we->we_wordv); + free(we->we_strings); + we->we_wordv = NULL; + we->we_strings = NULL; + we->we_nbytes = 0; + we->we_wordc = 0; +} |
